L1006-Unitrol6800 User Manual

UNITROL 6800 User Manual
Document No.
L1006
Revision Status
Rev.Z
Date
2013
L1006
DEC reserves all rights to this document and to the information and topics
contained in it. This also applies to any possible claims to copyright or
patents. Forwarding and/or the duplicating of this document without the
express permission of DEC is forbidden.
This document has been prepared and checked with great care. If
however it still contains errors, then the user is asked to report these to
DEC.
ii
L1006
Table of Contents
Table of Contents ............................................................................................................... iii
List of Figures .................................................................................................................... vii
List of Tables ...................................................................................................................... ix
Terms and Abbreviations .................................................................................................. xi
Chapter 1 - Introduction .................................................................................................1-1
1.1.
1.2.
1.3.
1.4.
General .......................................................................................................................... 1-1

Field of Application ........................................................................................................ 1-1
Contents of this Manual ................................................................................................. 1-2
Manufacturers Address ................................................................................................. 1-3
Chapter 2 - System Overview.........................................................................................2-1

2.1.
2.2.
2.2.1.
2.2.2.
2.2.3.
General .......................................................................................................................... 2-1

Description of the Excitation System ............................................................................. 2-1
Introduction .................................................................................................................... 2-1
Main Technical Data (Example)..................................................................................... 2-2
Type Designation ........................................................................................................... 2-4
Chapter 3 - Safety Instructions ......................................................................................3-1

3.1.
3.2.
3.3.
3.3.1.
3.3.2.
3.4.
3.4.1.
3.4.2.
3.4.3.
3.4.4.
3.5.
3.5.1.
3.5.2.
3.5.3.
3.6.
3.6.1.
3.6.2.
3.6.3.
3.7.
General .......................................................................................................................... 3-1

Intended Audience ......................................................................................................... 3-1
Qualifications and Responsibilities ................................................................................ 3-2
Qualifications and Responsibilities ................................................................................ 3-2
Consequences of Non-Compliance ............................................................................... 3-2
Safety Concept .............................................................................................................. 3-3
General .......................................................................................................................... 3-3
Safety Rules .................................................................................................................. 3-3
Door Locking Concept of the Cubicles (if applicable) .................................................... 3-4
Residual Danger Areas.................................................................................................. 3-4
Safety Regulations......................................................................................................... 3-5
Structure of Safety Instructions...................................................................................... 3-5
General Safety Instructions ........................................................................................... 3-6
Additional Safety Instructions ........................................................................................ 3-7
Instructions for Emergency Situations ........................................................................... 3-7
Firefighting ..................................................................................................................... 3-7
First Aid Measures for Electrical Installations ................................................................ 3-8
Pacemaker..................................................................................................................... 3-8
Danger Signs ................................................................................................................. 3-9
Chapter 4 - Transportation, Storage and Decommissioning.......................................4-1

4.1.
General .......................................................................................................................... 4-1
L1006
iii

4.2.
4.3.
4.3.1.
4.3.2.
4.4.
4.4.1.
4.4.2.
4.4.3.
4.5.
4.6.
4.6.1.
4.6.2.
4.6.3.
Safety Regulations ........................................................................................................ 4-1

Transportation ............................................................................................................... 4-2
Transport Conditions ..................................................................................................... 4-2
Loading, Unloading and Moving on Site ....................................................................... 4-2
Preservation and Storage ............................................................................................. 4-2
Storage Conditions ....................................................................................................... 4-2
Preparing Excitation System for Storage ...................................................................... 4-3
Periodical Inspections ................................................................................................... 4-3
Storage and Handling of Spare Parts ........................................................................... 4-4
Decommissioning .......................................................................................................... 4-5
Short-Term Standstill .................................................................................................... 4-5
Long Term Storage ....................................................................................................... 4-6
Dismantling the Excitation System and Disposal .......................................................... 4-6
Chapter 5 - Mechanical Installation .............................................................................. 5-1

5.1.
5.2.
5.3.
5.3.1.
5.3.2.
5.3.3.
5.3.4.
5.4.
5.4.1.
5.4.2.
5.4.3.
5.4.4.
5.5.
5.5.1.
5.5.2.
5.5.3.
5.5.4.
5.6.
General ......................................................................................................................... 5-1

Installation Planning ...................................................................................................... 5-1
Safety Aspects .............................................................................................................. 5-1
Ambient Conditions on Site ........................................................................................... 5-1
Dimensions and Clearances ......................................................................................... 5-2
Foundation, Floor Leveling ........................................................................................... 5-3
Moving Excitation System to Installation Site ............................................................... 5-3
Receipt of Delivery ........................................................................................................ 5-3
Storage ......................................................................................................................... 5-4
Unpacking ..................................................................................................................... 5-5
Moving Equipment to Place of Installation .................................................................... 5-6
Mechanical Installation .................................................................................................. 5-8
Preparation for Floor Anchoring .................................................................................... 5-8
Alignment of Cubicles ................................................................................................... 5-9
Joining Transport Units ................................................................................................. 5-9
Floor Anchoring ........................................................................................................... 5-10
Concluding Work ......................................................................................................... 5-11
Chapter 6 - Electrical Installation .................................................................................. 6-1

6.1.
6.2.
6.3.
6.3.1.
6.3.2.
6.4.
6.5.
6.5.1.
6.5.2.
6.5.3.
6.6.
6.6.1.
6.6.2.
6.6.3.
6.6.4.
iv
General ......................................................................................................................... 6-1

Planning ........................................................................................................................ 6-2
Requirements for Cable Layout .................................................................................... 6-2
Electrical Drawings ....................................................................................................... 6-2
Connecting Main PE Ground ........................................................................................ 6-3
Connecting the Auxiliary and Control Cables ............................................................... 6-4
Preparation of Cable Inlet ............................................................................................. 6-4
Connecting the Cables to Customer Terminals ............................................................ 6-4
Cable Routing, Shield Grounding and Strain Relief ...................................................... 6-5
Connecting Power Connections .................................................................................... 6-6
General ......................................................................................................................... 6-6
Power Connections with Cables ................................................................................... 6-7
Power Connections with Rigid Bus ............................................................................... 6-8
Transformer Connections ........................................................................................... 6-10
L1006
6.6.5.
6.7.
6.8.
Connections for Ground Fault Relay ........................................................................... 6-10

Bridging Transport Separation ..................................................................................... 6-11
Concluding Work ......................................................................................................... 6-14
Chapter 7 - Commissioning ...........................................................................................7-1

7.1.
7.2.
7.3.
7.4.
General .......................................................................................................................... 7-1

Commissioning Process ................................................................................................ 7-1
Concluding Work after Commissioning .......................................................................... 7-2
Chapter 8 - Operation .....................................................................................................8-1

8.1.
8.2.
8.3.
8.3.1.
8.3.2.
8.3.3.
8.3.4.
8.3.5.
8.3.6.
8.4.
8.4.1.
8.4.2.
8.4.3.
8.5.
8.5.1.
8.5.2.
8.5.3.
8.5.4.
8.5.5.
8.6.
8.6.1.
8.6.2.
8.7.
8.7.1.
8.7.2.
8.8.
8.8.1.
8.8.2.
8.8.3.
8.8.4.
8.8.5.
8.8.6.
8.8.7.
8.9.
General .......................................................................................................................... 8-1

Operation of the Excitation System ............................................................................... 8-2
Check before Switching on ............................................................................................ 8-2
Switch-on Sequence ...................................................................................................... 8-3
Check during Operation ................................................................................................. 8-5
Shut-down Sequence .................................................................................................... 8-5
External Trip .................................................................................................................. 8-6
Event/Trip ...................................................................................................................... 8-7
Description of the Control Functions .............................................................................. 8-8
ON/OFF Commands ...................................................................................................... 8-8
Operation Modes and Setpoint Adjustment ................................................................... 8-9
Channel and Mode Changeover .................................................................................. 8-11
Control Commands ...................................................................................................... 8-16
Remote/Local Control .................................................................................................. 8-16
Remote Control, Hardware Interface ........................................................................... 8-16
Remote Control, Excitation Control Terminal (ECT) .................................................... 8-17
Remote Control, Fieldbus ............................................................................................ 8-17
Local Control, ECT ...................................................................................................... 8-18
Analog In- and Outputs ................................................................................................ 8-19
Analog Inputs ............................................................................................................... 8-19
Analog Outputs ............................................................................................................ 8-19
Event Messages .......................................................................................................... 8-19
Impact of Event States................................................................................................. 8-19
Status and Event Messages ........................................................................................ 8-20
Description of the Excitation Control Terminal (ECT) .................................................. 8-22
Overview of the Screen after Start-up and the Display Elements................................ 8-22
Function Selection Buttons .......................................................................................... 8-24
System Status Bar ....................................................................................................... 8-25
Login Procedure .......................................................................................................... 8-26
Operation ..................................................................................................................... 8-27
Parameters .................................................................................................................. 8-29
Event Logger ............................................................................................................... 8-29
Description of the Converter Control Panel (CCP) ...................................................... 8-30
Chapter 9 - Preventive Maintenance .............................................................................9-1

9.1.
9.2.
9.3.
General .......................................................................................................................... 9-1

Standard Procedures for Maintenance .......................................................................... 9-2
L1006

9.4.
9.5.
9.6.
9.6.1.
9.6.2.
9.6.3.
9.6.4.
9.6.5.
9.6.6.
Operating Conditions during Maintenance Work .......................................................... 9-3

Maintenance Schedule ................................................................................................. 9-4
Specific Maintenance Tasks ......................................................................................... 9-5
Visual Inspection ........................................................................................................... 9-5
Functional Inspection .................................................................................................... 9-6
Check Busbar and Cable Connections ....................................................................... 9-11
Check Protective Devices ........................................................................................... 9-12
Maintenance Work, Cleaning ...................................................................................... 9-14
Maintenance Work, Fans ............................................................................................ 9-16
Chapter 10 -Troubleshooting ....................................................................................... 10-1

10.1.
10.2.
10.3.
10.4.
10.5.
10.6.
10.7.
10.7.1.
10.7.2.
10.7.3.
10.8.
10.8.1.
10.8.2.
10.8.3.
10.8.4.
10.9.
10.10.
10.11.
General ....................................................................................................................... 10-1

Safety Regulations ...................................................................................................... 10-1
Standard Procedures for Troubleshooting .................................................................. 10-2
Event Messages ......................................................................................................... 10-4
Operating Conditions during Repair Work .................................................................. 10-4
Replacement of Defective Components ..................................................................... 10-5
ON-LINE Repair .......................................................................................................... 10-6
Converter Module, Draw-out Version (Configuration Standard and Twin) .................. 10-6
AVR Channel 1 or 2 .................................................................................................... 10-6
Backup Channel (CCM BU) ........................................................................................ 10-7
OFF-LINE Repair ........................................................................................................ 10-7
Converter Module, Draw-out Version (Config. Economic; w/o redundancy) ............... 10-7
Converter Module, Fixed Version ............................................................................... 10-7
AVR Channel 1 ........................................................................................................... 10-7
Crowbar, Deexcitation ................................................................................................. 10-8
Restart after Troubleshooting ..................................................................................... 10-8
Diagnosis - LED Status ............................................................................................... 10-9
Spare Parts ................................................................................................................. 10-9
Chapter 11 -Technical Description .............................................................................. 11-1
vi
L1006
List of Figures
Figure 1-1 General View of the Excitation System (Typical configuration) ...................................... 1-1
Figure 5-1 Required Free Space around Equipment ....................................................................... 5-2
Figure 5-2 Abided Floor Unevenness............................................................................................... 5-3
Figure 5-3 Transport Markings on Crate .......................................................................................... 5-4
Figure 5-4 Unpacking the Equipment ............................................................................................... 5-6
Figure 5-5 Moving with Suspension Beams ..................................................................................... 5-7
Figure 5-6 Moving with Lifting Plates ............................................................................................... 5-7
Figure 5-7 Moving the Excitation System ......................................................................................... 5-8
Figure 5-8 Bolting together Transport Units ................................................................................... 5-10
Figure 5-9 Floor Anchoring with Base Frame................................................................................. 5-11
Figure 5-10 Floor anchoring without Base Frame (e.g. detached AVR) ........................................ 5-11
Figure 5-11 Eyebolts on Base Frame............................................................................................. 5-11
Figure 6-1 Possible Arrangement of a Ground Busbar .................................................................... 6-3
Figure 6-2 Cable Inlet with Gland Plate at Bottom of Cubicle .......................................................... 6-4
Figure 6-3 Front and Side View of the +ER Cubicle ........................................................................ 6-5
Figure 6-4 Cable Holder for Fixing Cable Binders............................................................................ 6-6
Figure 6-5 Cable Connections to Busbars ....................................................................................... 6-8
Figure 6-6 Basic Assembly of Cable to Busbar ................................................................................ 6-8
Figure 6-7 Busbar Connections to Busbar (Entry from Top) .......................................................... 6-10
Figure 6-8 Basic Assembly of Busbar to Busbar Connections ....................................................... 6-10
Figure 6-9 Connecting Ground Bus (Typical Layout) ..................................................................... 6-11
Figure 6-10 Connection of Control Cables to Transport Separation Point (View from Top) .......... 6-12
Figure 6-11 Auxiliary Supply Bus Connection at Transport Separation Point (View from Top) ..... 6-13
Figure 6-12 Connecting Busbars.................................................................................................... 6-13
Figure 8-1 Switch ON Sequence of Generator................................................................................. 8-4
Figure 8-2 Switching OFF Sequence of the Generator .................................................................... 8-6
Figure 8-3 Q-/PF-Regulators ............................................................................................................ 8-9
Figure 8-4 Q-/ PF-Setpoint ............................................................................................................. 8-11
Figure 8-5 Changeover with Dual Channel System ....................................................................... 8-12
Figure 8-6 CH1 to CH2 Changeover States ................................................................................... 8-12
Figure 8-7 Changeover from AUTO to MANUAL Mode ................................................................. 8-13
Figure 8-8 AUTO to MANUAL Changeover States ........................................................................ 8-13
Figure 8-9 Changeover to Backup Field Current Regulator ........................................................... 8-15
Figure 8-10 Backup Channel Changeover States .......................................................................... 8-15
Figure 8-11 Overview Remote/Local Control ................................................................................. 8-16
Figure 8-12 States of the Excitation System .................................................................................. 8-19
Figure 8-13 Excitation Control Terminal (Typical layout after start-up) .......................................... 8-22
Figure 8-14 Static Display Elements .............................................................................................. 8-23
Figure 8-15 Login Procedure.......................................................................................................... 8-26
Figure 8-16 Command Buttons (Typical Layout)............................................................................ 8-28
Figure 8-17 Panel Control and Release Button.............................................................................. 8-28
Figure 8-18 Warning before Clearing Events ................................................................................. 8-29
Figure 8-19 Converter Control Panel ............................................................................................. 8-31
Figure 9-1 Definition of the Active and Inactive Channels.............................................................. 9-10
Figure 9-2 UNS 3020 ..................................................................................................................... 9-13
Figure 9-3 BENDER IRDH 275 ...................................................................................................... 9-14
Figure 9-4 Washing Instructions for Filter Mats.............................................................................. 9-16
L1006
vii

Figure 10-1 Event Details .............................................................................................................. 10-3
viii
L1006
List of Tables
Table 2-1 Machine Data ................................................................................................................... 2-2
Table 2-2 Ambient Conditions .......................................................................................................... 2-2
Table 2-3 System Output Values ..................................................................................................... 2-2
Table 5-1 Tightening Torques for Supplied Bolts ........................................................................... 5-10
Table 6-1 Tightening Torques for Cables and Mechanical Connections.......................................... 6-7
Table 6-2 Tightening Torque for Busbar Connections, Bolt Size M12 ............................................. 6-9
Table 8-1 Customer Commands for Remote Control (Hardwired) ................................................. 8-16
Table 8-2 ECT, Commands in Remote Control.............................................................................. 8-17
Table 8-3 Customer Commands for Remote Control (Fieldbus) .................................................... 8-18
Table 8-4 ECT, Commands in Local Control.................................................................................. 8-18
Table 8-5 Examples of the System Event Matrix ........................................................................... 8-20
Table 8-6 Description of Event Types ............................................................................................ 8-20
Table 8-7 Status and Event Messages (Hardwired)....................................................................... 8-20
Table 8-8 ECT, Available Function Selection Buttons.................................................................... 8-24
Table 8-9 ECT, Display of the Status Bar ...................................................................................... 8-25
Table 8-10 Access Levels, Default Factory Settings ...................................................................... 8-27
Table 9-1 Maintenance Schedule..................................................................................................... 9-4
Table 9-2 Maximum Fan Operating Hours ....................................................................................... 9-7
Table 9-3 Converter Fan Changeover.............................................................................................. 9-7
Table 9-4 Fan Supply Changeover .................................................................................................. 9-8
Table 9-5 Thyristor heat sink and air temperature of the converter ................................................. 9-8
Table 9-6 Measured Values for Machine, Converter and Transformer ............................................ 9-9
Table 10-1 Operating Conditions for Replacement of Components............................................... 10-5
Table 10-2 Software Release Control of the Units (ECT) .............................................................. 10-6
Table 10-3 LED Allocation for AC 800 PEC Controller .................................................................. 10-9
Table 10-4 LEDs, Status Indication CCM, CCI and CIO ............................................................... 10-9
L1006
ix

Terms and Abbreviations
AC
APD
AUTO
AVR
Alternating Current
Advanced Power Distributor
Automatic Voltage Regulation
(Auto Mode)
Automatic Voltage Regulator
Batt
BOD
BU
Battery
Break Over Diode
Backup Channel (Regulation)
CB
CCI
CCM
CCM BU
CIO
CSV
CT
Circuit Breaker
Converter Control Interface
Communication Control Measurement Device
Communication Control Measurement Device (Backup Channel,
BU)
Converter Control Panel
Channel 1 of the Automatic Voltage Regulator
Channel 2 of the Automatic Voltage Regulator (Dual channel
system)
Combined Input/Output Device
Comma separated values (Text file format)
Current Transformer
DC
Direct Current
EA
ECT
EDR
EDS
EG
EE
ER
ESD
EXC
AC Power inlet Cubicle

Excitation Control Terminal
Ethernet Device Router
Ethernet Device Switch
Converter Cubicle
De-excitation Cubicle
Control Cubicle
Electrostatic Discharge
Excitation
FCB
Field Circuit Breaker
GDI
GEN
GFR
Gate Driver Interface

Generator
Ground Fault Relay (Rotor Ground Fault Protection)
HW
Hardware
ICU
IGBT
Input Coupling Unit

Insulated Gate Bipolar Transistor
CCP
CH1
CH2
L1006
xi
xii
MANUAL
Field Current Regulation

(MANUAL Mode)
OEL
Overexcitation Limiter
PC
PCB
PDF
PE
PF
PPE
PS
PSU
PT
Personal Computer
Printed Circuit Board
Portable Document Format
Protective Earth (Protective Ground)
Power Factor
Personal Protective Equipment
Power Supply
Power Supply Unit (consists of APD + PS + ICU)
Potential Transformer
Reactive Power
Release button ECT
SCI
SCP
SES
SW
Snubber Control Interface

Service Control Panel
Static Excitation System
Software
UEL
Underexcitation Limiter
V/Hz
Volt per Hertz (-Limiter)
L1006

Chapter 1 - Introduction
1.1.
General
The User Manual provides detailed information on the
installation
operation
maintenance
and troubleshooting
of the excitation system, including detailed descriptions of the functions

and the hardware of the devices. Technical data, electrical and
dimensional drawings are included as well.
Each person involved in the installation, operation, maintenance and
repair of the excitation system must have read and fully understood the
corresponding chapters in this Operating Instructions Manual and in
particular Chapter 3 - Safety Instructions.
1.2.
Field of Application
Figure 1-1 General View of the Excitation System (Typical configuration)
L1006
1-1
The excitation system is a thyristor-based static system for medium and

large synchronous machines. It is used with 50 Hz, 60 Hz or 16 2/3 Hz
power supplies for field currents up to 10 000 A.
The excitation system is typically used for generator excitation in electric
power stations.
The excitation system provides automatic voltage regulation with single or

dual channel microprocessor-based regulators and optionally an additional backup current regulator.
The excitation system is designed to be fully integrated into higher
hierarchical control systems.
1.3.
Contents of this Manual

Chapter 1 - Introduction describes the contents of the User Manual and
mentions the manufacturers address.
Chapter 2 - System Overview outlines the scope of supply and the
applicable codes.
Chapter 3 - Safety Instructions explains the various safety instruction
levels and provides general instructions on safety, which need to be
strictly observed.
Chapter 4 - Transportation, Storage and Decommissioning provides
information on environmental conditions to be maintained during
transportation and storage, together with instructions for packing and
unpacking, information on disposal and recycling of materials.
Chapter 5 - Mechanical Installation specifies the requirements for the
installation site and gives instructions on how to mount the excitation
system.
Chapter 6 - Electrical Installation provides information on cable routing
and termination of control, power and auxiliary cables.
Chapter 7 - Commissioning provides information on preparing the device
for commissioning.
Chapter 8 - Operation describes the actions for normal operation.
Furthermore, the chapter provides an introduction into the control and
redundancy principle, describes the use of the control and display
elements as well as calling up and displaying actual data and event
messages.
Chapter 9 - Preventive Maintenance contains the maintenance schedule
and step-by-step instructions for specific maintenance tasks to be carried
out by the customer.
Chapter 10 - Troubleshooting provides instructions on how to proceed
when encountering problems.
1-2
L1006
The Appendix contains all project-specific technical information, such as

system description, technical data, electrical and dimensional drawings,
parts list, parameter and event lists as well as descriptions and test
reports.
1.4.
Manufacturers Information
If any questions arise, consult the local ABB representative or the
manufacturer:
L1006
1-3

Chapter 2 - System Overview
2.1.
General
Chapter 2 - System Overview provides the project-specific technical data
on the excitation system.
This chapter contains:
Description of the excitation system.
Main technical data
Type designation
2.2.
Description of the Excitation System
2.2.1.
Introduction
The Static Excitation System (SES) is based on long-standing know-how
and proven technology. It contains microprocessor controllers and utilizes
state-of-the-art technology of printed circuit boards and highly-efficient
semiconductor circuits. The digital Automatic Voltage Regulator (AVR)
module is a multi-purpose power electronic controller. It not only controls
the output of the power converters but also contains limiters, monitoring
functions and other control circuits as listed in the scope of supply. The
controlled DC output of converters is equipped with a field suppression
circuit in order to protect the generator field as well as the excitation
system.
L1006
2-1
2.2.2.
Main Technical Data (Example)
Machine data
The Static Excitation System has been designed for a synchronous
machine with the following name plate data:
Table 2-1 Machine Data
Sign
Description
Sn
Un
Rated power
MVA
Rated stator voltage
kV
fn
Rated frequency
Hz
p.f.
Rated power factor
Ifn
Rated field current
A dc
Ambient Conditions
Additionally, the following ambient conditions have been considered:
Table 2-2 Ambient Conditions
Sign
Description
Tdes
System design ambient temperature
Tsto
Temperature range during storage

Max. relative humidity (no condensation)
Max. altitude of installation
40
-40+55
95
1000
m.a.s.l
System Output Values

If operated under the specified ambient conditions, the output values of
the excitation system are as follows:
Table 2-3 System Output Values
2-2
Sign
Description
IEN
Rated system continuous DC output current
UEN
Rated system continuous DC output voltage
Ip
System ceiling current
Up
On-load system ceiling voltage
kUmin
Undervoltage factor to reach ceiling voltage
tp
Ceiling application time
Rcr
Response ratio (ANSI/IEEE Std 421.1-1986)
Tr
Response time
ms
L1006
-1
The excitation system regulates the terminal voltage and the reactive
power flow of the synchronous machine by controlling the field current
using converters.
For a so-called shunt or self-excitation, the excitation power is taken from
the machines terminals. The field current of the synchronous machine
flows through the excitation transformer and the power converter. The
Field Circuit Breaker can be located on the AC-side of the converter or on
the DC-side. The excitation transformer reduces the generator terminal
voltage to the required input voltage of the converter, provides the
galvanic separation between the machine terminals and the field winding
and acts at the same time as the commutating reactance for the converter.
The power converter converts the AC current into a controlled DC current.
At the beginning of a start sequence, the field flashing energy is taken
from an auxiliary supply. As soon as the input of the converter reaches 10
to 20 V, converter and control electronics are ready for operation and the
start-up energy is now derived from the generator terminals.
After synchronizing with the network, the excitation system can operate in
AVR mode, regulating the generator terminal voltage and reactive power
flow. It can also operate in one of the superimposed control modes, i.e.
the machines Cos-phi (power factor) control or MVAr (reactive power)
control. In addition, it can be included in an overall joint voltage and
reactive control of the power plant.
The purpose of the field suppression equipment is to disconnect the
excitation system from the field winding and to discharge its energy as
fast as possible. Depending on the nominal field current, the field
suppression circuit consists of a
Field circuit breaker with discharge contacts and field suppression

resistor, or a
Field circuit breaker, field suppression resistor and Crowbar thyristors

with their associated triggering electronics.
The brand-specific setup is already shown in the single-line diagram.
L1006
2-3
2.2.3.
Type Designation
The Type-Designation of the excitation system is:

A
(1)
6
(2)
S
(3)
(4)
O/
(5)
U2
(6)
3
(7)
1
(8)
(9)
S
(10)
4500
(11)
Configuration
(1)
S
Single channel (AUTO&MAN), incl. manual operation mode
Double channel (AUTO/MAN), independent MAN controller
2 AUTO channels (AUTO&MAN/AUTO&MAN), each incl. manual operation mode
Triple: (AUTO&MAN/AUTO&MAN/MAN)
Hardware
(2)
5
UNITROL 5000
UNITROL 6xxx
xxx: 800: PEC 800 (High /or very complex applications)
080: PEC 80 (AVR or Low End SES applications)
Converter Configuration
(3)
S
Standard (n-1 redundancy)
Standard Twin (1+1 redundancy, 100% cold reserve)
(4)
Additional Functions
(5)
O
2-4
WithOut additional functions
L1006
Converter Type
(6)
U2
UNL 13300
U5
UNL 14300
(7)
Converter Coupling / Connection
(8)
Converter Additional information

1
1 thyristor per bridge arm, 3-ph; 6-pulse
(9)
Breaker Configuration
(10)
(11)
AC-breaker on low voltage side of excitation transformer
DC-breaker, Single pole rupturing
DC-breaker, at least Double pole rupturing

Breake Rated Current Amps)
L1006
2-5
The static excitation system contains the following major function groups:
Excitation Transformer (-T01)

Three-phase dry-type transformer with 2-stage temperature monitoring:
Power Converter (-G01)

The redundant power converter is designed in such a way that the loss of
one converter module has no influence on the output values.
Field Suppression (-Q02, -R02)

The field circuit breaker of the following type is connected to the DC side
of the Converter.
The discharge circuit comprises a Crowbar and a combination of
nonlinear discharge resistors as follows:
2-6
L1006

Chapter 3 - Safety Instructions
3.1.
General
Chapter 3 Safety Instructions includes the safety instructions that must
be followed during installation, operation and maintenance of the
excitation system. Please read all instructions carefully before operating
the device and save this manual for future reference.
3.2.
Intended Audience
The User Manual addresses the following target groups:
Installation personnel.
Operators.
Maintenance and repair personnel.
The manual is not intended for commissioning staff (commissioning is

carried out by specially trained ABB personnel).
Installation
The installation personnel are mainly responsible for:
Operation
Preparing the installation.
Installing the excitation system on the mounting site (unpacking etc.).
Connecting transport separation.
Connecting cables (power cables, control cables).
Cooling water (if applicable)

Connecting and preparing the cooling circuit .
Preparing commissioning.
The operators are mainly responsible for:
Operation.
Maintenance
The maintenance personnel are mainly responsible for:
Periodical checks of the excitation system.
Simple maintenance tasks.
Fault finding and calling ABB repair service.
L1006
3-1
3.3.
Qualifications and Responsibilities
3.3.1.

Maintenance and repair personnel must have been trained in working
with the excitation system and must be aware of the related dangers
according to the currently valid regulations.
Maintenance personnel must be trained in emergency switch-off
measures and need to know how to isolate the equipment from the mains
in case of an emergency.
Maintenance personnel must be familiar with accident prevention
measures that apply to their workplace and must possess first aid and
firefighting skills.
The operator guarantees that all persons involved in maintenance and
repair activities on the excitation system have received appropriate
training together with the necessary instructions, and have thoroughly
read and clearly understood the safety instructions in this chapter.
3.3.2.
Consequences of Non-Compliance
Failure to comply with the safety instructions increases the risk of electric
shock and damage to the equipment. Third parties who approach the
installation are also at risk.
If the scheduled maintenance activities are performed only partially or not
at all, damage may occur with associated expensive repair costs.
Particularly soiling and dust deposits on the converters increase the risk
of voltage flashovers that can cause substantial damage.
3-2
L1006
3.4.
Safety Concept
3.4.1.
General
The safety regulations in this chapter generally apply when working on
the excitation system. You will find additional instructions and warnings
related to particular topics or actions throughout the manual where
relevant.
The following regulations must be strictly observed:
3.4.2.
The technical specifications and the typical application of the

excitation system (see Chapter 1 - Introduction, Field of Application)
must be strictly adhered to.
Training of personnel: only trained personnel are allowed to install,

operate, maintain or service the excitation system. Personnel must
be specially instructed and informed about the danger areas.
Modifications without authorization: modifications and constructional

changes of the excitation system are not allowed.
Duty of maintenance: the owner must ensure that the excitation

system is used only under proper conditions and in a fully serviceable
state.
Operating environment: the user must fulfill the specified ambient

conditions.
Safety Rules
The following safety procedures according to EN 50110-1 must absolutely
be followed if any (maintenance) work is carried out on the excitation
system:
1
Disconnect completely.
Secure against re-connection.
Verify that the installation is dead.
Carry out grounding and short-circuiting.
Provide protection against adjacent live parts.
L1006
3-3
3.4.3.
Door Locking Concept of the Cubicles (if applicable)

ABB provides a standard door locking concept to further improve the
safety of the maintenance and repair personnel. The following lock types
are used:
Triangular door lock for the cubicle

- right door of the Deexcitation (+EE),
- AC Power Inlet (+EA)
It is not allowed to open the cubicle door while the system is in operation
and there are no units included that allow ON-LINE maintenance.
Double bit door lock for the cubicle

- Control (+ER),
- left door of the Deexcitation (+EE),
- Converter (+EG)
It is allowed to open the cubicle door while the system is in operation

and there are units included that allow ON-LINE maintenance.
3.4.4.
Residual Danger Areas

Danger areas that cannot be eliminated by technical measures are clearly
marked with warning labels.
The operating voltage in the control cubicles is above 50 V. In the power
part, voltages can reach 1500 V ac (D1 to D5: only < 800 V ac) and shortcircuit currents can be very high. In order to warn personnel against
opening the doors during operation, warning labels are affixed to all
cubicle doors.
Other warning labels are attached to the inside of the cubicle doors and to
the covers of the power converter modules.
The following residual danger areas must be taken into account when
working on the excitation system:
3-4
Danger from live equipment inside the excitation system, if the

protective covers of the converter modules are removed.
Hazardous voltage from the rotor field winding and the secondary
side of the excitation transformer.
Capacitors may still be charged if a power converter cubicle door is

opened immediately after stopping the system.
Danger from main and auxiliary voltages in cubicles when cubicle

doors are open.
The fans of the converter remain in operation for a short time after
the excitation system is stopped.
Danger of burning due to hot equipment if a door is opened

immediately after stopping the excitation system.
Access to live equipment if rear walls are removed.
L1006
Hot cooling water (if applicable).
3.5.
Safety Regulations
3.5.1.
Structure of Safety Instructions

Signal Word!
Symbol
Situation
Type of Hazard Statement
Possible consequence
Consequence Statement
Essential safety measure Avoidance Statement

The signal word is divided into five categories and emphasized by the use
of the following safety signs:
DANGER!
This symbol indicates an imminent danger resulting from mechanical
forces or high voltage. Non-observance leads to life-threatening physical
injury or death.
WARNING!
This symbol indicates a dangerous situation. Non-observance may

result in bad or life-threatening physical injury or death.
CAUTION!
This symbol indicates a dangerous situation. Non-observance may lead
to physical injury or cause damage to the installation.
NOTICE!
This symbol emphasizes important information. Non-observance may
cause damage to the installation or to objects close to it.
IMPORTANT!
This symbol indicates useful information. Not to be used to indicate
dangerous situations.
L1006
3-5
3.5.2.
General Safety Instructions
DANGER!
The excitation system operates with dangerous voltages of up to 1500 V
ac (D1 to D5: only 800 V ac).
Handling live parts can lead to life-threatening situations, injury of the
persons involved or damage to equipment.
All troubleshooting activities must be carried out with the system
switched off and grounded.
DANGER!
The secondary voltage of the excitation transformer and the machine
voltages are present in the excitation cubicle.
There is a danger of electric shock.
DANGER!
When removing covers that serve as a protection against contact,
there is an increased risk of injury or death due to accidental contact
with live parts.
All troubleshooting activities must be carried out with the converter
module switched off and grounded.
WARNING!
The capacitor of the snubber circuit in the converters may still be

charged.
This may cause an electric shock.
The capacitor must be discharged.
CAUTION!
Electrical parts and power busbars may still be hot.
This may cause burns.
Do not touch any parts immediately after removing the cover plates.
3-6
L1006

3.5.3.
Additional Safety Instructions

Local and factory safety regulations must be followed strictly for all
activities while the system is in operation and when the doors to the
converter cubicle (+EG) are open.
For additional safety, it is
recommended to wear protective
clothing, a face shield and hearing
protection.
(PPE = Personal Protective
Equipment)
Additional measures must be implemented:

Access to the work area must be restricted (safety fence) and yellow
warning signs with the words Caution Extremely Dangerous High
Voltage" must be displayed.
Steps must be taken to ensure that switched-off systems cannot be
switched on, either due to control errors or by third parties (e.g. prevent
possibility to switch on the system by means of padlocks).
3.6.
Instructions for Emergency Situations
3.6.1.
Firefighting
All personnel must be familiar with the location of fire extinguishers and
emergency exits and must be able to operate the fire extinguishers.
Fire extinguishers are carbon dioxide (CO2) or foam-based.
CO2 fire extinguishers are intended for fighting fires in electrical

installations and may not be directed at persons.
Foam extinguishers are intended for fighting fires in non-electrical

equipment. They may be directed at persons but must not be used
for extinguishing fires in electrical equipment.
DANGER!
In case of fire,
Be aware of voltage, toxic gases, overheating.
See the instructions below.
L1006
3-7
Shut down the system.

Operators must be familiar with the emergency shutdown sequence.
3.6.2.
Put on a protection mask.
Use only CO2 to extinguish the fire, no foam, no water.
First Aid Measures for Electrical Installations

In case of an emergency, follow the instructions below:
DANGER!
A person is in contact with electricity.
There is a danger of electric shock for the first aider as well.
Do not touch the person until the system is grounded.
Shut down the plant.

Operators must be familiar with the emergency shutdown sequence
of the system.
DANGER!
Residual voltage of the rotating machine is present immediately after
shut-down of the system.
Wait until the system is grounded.
3.6.3.
Switch off all power supplies and ground the system.
Remove the injured person from the dangerous location.
Provide first aid for electric shock.
Call for emergency assistance.
Pacemaker
DANGER!
Electrical and magnetic fields.
The system can cause malfunction of pacemakers.
Avoid being close to the excitation system.
3-8
L1006
Electrical and magnetic fields may influence pacemakers. It is difficult to

predict the general sensitivity of pacemakers.
3.7.
Danger Signs
Danger signs are attached to any equipment/location with a potential
danger.
The degree and likelihood of such dangers are described by the signal
words DANGER, WARNING and CAUTION. The content of the warning
sign contains information about the respective situation and the
preventive safety measures that must be taken.
Structure of danger signs:
Sign
Description
DANGER
Hazardous voltage inside.
Disconnect power and
ground equipment before
maintenance work.
Signal word
Situation
Essential safety measures
Meaning of signal words and consequence statement:

Sign
Description of the signal word

DANGER
DANGER, electrical
This symbol indicates imminent danger that will result
in life-threatening physical injury or death.
WARNING
WARNING, electrical
This symbol indicates a possible dangerous situation
that could result in serious physical injury or death.
CAUTION
CAUTION, electrical
This symbol indicates a possible dangerous situation
that could result in moderate physical injury. This signal
word can also be used for warnings related to
equipment damage.
L1006
3-9

Chapter 4 - Transportation, Storage and
Decommissioning
4.1.
General
Chapter 4 - Transportation, Storage and Decommissioning provides all

instructions for transportation, storage and decommissioning of the
excitation system. It also contains information on how to dispose of and
recycle materials and how to handle spare parts.
4.2.
Safety Regulations
NOTICE!
First read and understand the general safety instructions in Chapter 3 Safety Instructions before starting to work on the excitation system.
DANGER!
The top cover plate is not designed to carry loads.
The roof may collapse and there is risk of injury.
Do not step on the top cover plate.
NOTICE!
Converter components can be damaged while transporting the
excitation system.
The excitation system must be transported and stored in upright
position.
L1006
4-1
Chapter 4 - Transportation, Storage and Decommissioning
4.3.
Transportation
4.3.1.
Transport Conditions
The transport conditions are based on IEC 60721-3-2 "Classification of
environmental conditions".
4.3.2.
Classification:
2K4 / 2B1 / 2M1 (with empty cooling circuit).
Transport time:
max. 2 months.
Loading, Unloading and Moving on Site

For detailed instructions refer to Chapter 5 - Mechanical Installation.
4.4.
Preservation and Storage

The storage procedures described below must be followed in order to
avoid damage or a degradation of quality due to corrosion, dirt or
mechanical damage. The corresponding precautions must be observed
from the time the equipment is put into storage until the time it is taken
out of storage and installed.
4.4.1.
Storage Conditions
The equipment must be stored in the original packing, in a closed room
and must be placed on pallets or wooden supports. The storage room
must be clean, dry and dust-free.
The minimum requirements for storage are defined on the basis of IEC
60721-3-1 "Classification of environmental conditions".
Classification:
1K2 */ 1B1 / 1C1 / 1S1 / 1M1.
Time of storage:
1 year.
Microclimatic class:
X2 / Y1.
* max. allowed temperature:
+55 C.
Make sure that the following environmental conditions are fulfilled during
the entire period of storage. ABB recommends keeping the air
temperature and the relative air humidity constant:
Storage Buildings and

Locations
4-2
Air temperature :
-25 C to +55 C (-13 F to +131 F).
Relative air humidity:
5% to 85%.
Access to the storage rooms should be restricted to authorized personnel.

In order to minimize the risk of damage, all equipment must be easily
L1006
accessible for inspection and/or repairs.

Equipment must be stacked in such a way that no item can be damaged
by the weight of any other part.
Fire-fighting equipment must be present and easily accessible. The
storage room must be kept clean at all times and the accumulation of
waste and old packing material must be avoided. In order to prevent
soiling or damage to the equipment, precautions must be taken to prevent
insects and small animals from getting into the storage area.
4.4.2.
Preparing Excitation System for Storage

If the excitation system must be stored for a period of up to one year, take
the following measures (in case of a longer storage period contact the
ABB service organization):
1
Install and fix the excitation system on a wooden frame or pallet.
Cover all cable and air inlets and outlets with an impermeable plastic
or aluminum foil and fix it with a wooden plate.
Add desiccant of appropriate quality:

1 desiccant unit (30 g) absorbing 6 g water vapor. Use the following
quantity with respect to the packaging material:
PE foil: 10 units/sqm foil.
ALU foil: 8 units/sqm foil.
Close all doors and lock them.
Use high-quality polyethylene or aluminum-combination foil as a

humidity barrier:
4.4.3.
PE foil: 0.3 g/sqm/24 h water vapor diffusion.
ALU foil: 0.01 g/sqm/24 h water vapor diffusion.
Place humidity indicators (e.g. mechanical hygrometers) within the

packaging. Place them e.g. on the converter front doors.
Periodical Inspections
The storage conditions, the condition of the cubicles and the packaging
should be checked monthly for the whole storage period.
The following items must be checked:
1
Identification and label.
Covers and seals.
Protective coatings and materials.
Desiccants.
Mechanical damage.
Cleanliness.
L1006
4-3
If the packaging is damaged by water, humidity, heat or fire, remove it

and check the condition of the excitation system. All damages should be
repaired before storing the device again.
If the humidity inside the packaging foil is found to be over 40% (check
the humidity indicators), or the activity of the desiccant is reduced, the foil
is to be opened and the desiccant replaced. A new desiccant can be
inserted or the existing desiccant can be regenerated by heating it in a
dryer between 120 C and 140 C (248 F to 284 F). The foil must be
resealed after the desiccant has been replaced.
Handling the
Equipment while in
Storage
All covers, bungs and other seals must be intact. Covers and hoods,
which were removed or opened for inspection, must be replaced and
resealed immediately.
Temporary protective foils (for protection against humidity) must be kept
intact at all times. Should it become necessary to replace a foil, only
properly tested and approved material may be used.
4.5.
Storage and Handling of Spare Parts

Check the spare parts immediately after receipt for possible damages and
report any damage to the forwarder and the insurance company. Follow
the instructions below to maintain the spare parts in good condition and to
keep the warranty valid during the warranty period:
Keep the spare parts in their original packaging.
Electronic boards have to be stored in antistatic bags or boxes.
Storage temperature range: -25 C to +55 C (-13 F to +131 F).

ABB recommends keeping the air temperature and the relative air
humidity constant.
The storage place must be:
Free of vibration and shock.
Protected against dust and sand.
Protected against vermin and insects.
Free of corrosive gases, salt or other impurities

that could damage electronic equipment and
boards.
Dry, no condensation.
Relative air humidity: 5% to 85%.
If in doubt whether the maximum allowed humidity is exceeded, protect

the spares by means of an external heater.
If further questions arise, consult the local ABB representative or the
factory. For the manufacturer's address see Chapter 1.4 - Manufacturers .
4-4
L1006
NOTICE!
Electrostatic discharge (ESD) can damage electronic boards and
components!
4.6.
Do not touch printed circuit boards or other sensitive

components without taking static-sensitive handling precautions.
Do not touch the components without wearing a wrist grounding

strap.
Put the board or component on a grounded working surface

which is protected against electrostatic discharges.
Hold a board only at the edge.
Handle a faulty board with care.
Decommissioning
WARNING!
Decommissioning work must be carried out with the appropriate

knowledge and experience and using the right tools.
Otherwise, it could lead to injuries.
Make sure that only qualified personnel are performing such jobs.
4.6.1.
Short-Term Standstill
In case of a short-time standstill of the excitation system (less than 6

months), the following instructions must be observed in order to avoid any
damages:
1
Switch the circuit breaker to test position (if applicable).
Protect the excitation system against dust, humidity, dirt or other

detrimental influences (see Chapter 4.4 - Preservation and Storage).
Periodically inspect the excitation system condition (see Chapter

4.4.3 - Periodical Inspections).
L1006
4-5
4.6.2.
Long Term Storage
DANGER!
The excitation system operates with dangerous voltages of up to
1500 V ac.
All decommissioning activities must be carried out while the system is
Turn the circuit breaker to its test position (if applicable).
Discharge the circuit breaker spring system (if applicable).
Perform the following cable disconnection sequence:
4.6.3.
Mark all cable connections.
Disconnect the power cables.
Disconnect the control cables.
Disconnect the grounding cables / bars.
Refer to Chapter 4.4.1 - Storage Conditions for all other storage

measures.
Dismantling the Excitation System and Disposal

Used materials can serve as raw materials for recycling or other purposes.
For an ecological separation of materials and waste handling please
contact your community or the local waste disposal company.
Dispose of the following components according to local regulations:
4-6
Batteries.
Capacitors.
Printed circuit boards.
Electronic components.
L1006

Chapter 5 - Mechanical Installation
5.1.
General
Chapter 5 - Mechanical Installation provides information on the
requirements for the installation site and contains instructions for moving
and installing the excitation system.
Refer to the Dimensional Drawing in A Client Appendix, Section A01 on
the data storage device.
5.2.
Safety Regulations
All mechanical installation activities must be carried out by qualified
personnel in compliance with local regulations.
NOTICE!
Before starting to work on the excitation system, the general safety
instructions in Chapter 3 - Safety Instructions must be read and
understood.
5.3.
Installation Planning
In order to ensure a safe and faultless installation, a careful planning and
preparation is essential.
5.3.1.
Safety Aspects
Adequate lighting and access to the place of installation must be ensured.
Local safety regulations must always be considered (e.g. door locks for
electrical room, safety signs).
5.3.2.
Ambient Conditions on Site

Ambient factors such as relative humidity, air contamination, shock and
vibration must be in compliance with the maximum permissible levels.
The following requirements must be met:
Maximum ambient temperature: according to technical data.
L1006
5-1
Transportation and storage as stated in Chapter 4 - Transportation,

Storage and Decommissioning.
Operation with respect to climatic and environmental conditions

based on IEC 60721-3-3 (3K3/3B1/3S2/3M3).
Wide fluctuations in temperature under conditions of high humidity are to

be avoided. If necessary, the installation site must be heated.
Condensation must be avoided.
5.3.3.
Dimensions and Clearances

The cubicle must be mounted with adequate free space. The length of the
excitation system depends on the type. The height and depth are typeindependent (see Figure 5-1).
The top should have a clearance of at least 500 mm (20") for installation
purposes.
1000 mm (40") of free space is required at the rear side of the excitation
system. However, it facilitates the installation procedure when there is
sufficient working space behind the cubicles.
At least 1500 mm (60") clearance should be allowed in front of the
converter as an escape route. However, this distance may vary according
to local regulations.
Front View
Top View
Figure 5-1 Required Free Space around Equipment
5-2
L1006
The exact dimensions of the actual configuration are given in the

Dimensional Drawing in A Client Appendix, Section A01 (see Data
Storage Device).
5.3.4.
Foundation, Floor Leveling
Foundation
The floor must be made of non-flammable material, with a smooth and

non-abrasive surface. It must also be leveled and protected against
humidity diffusion. In addition, the floor must be capable of supporting the
weight of the cubicles (see Technical Data).
The maximum allowable overall unevenness must not exceed 5 mm per
5 m (0.20" per 15). In case of an uneven floor, the excitation system must
be leveled by placing leveling plates between base frame and floor. A
strip foundation can also be used to obtain the required evenness.
Figure 5-2 Abided Floor Unevenness

The gap between base frame and foundation must be sealed with a
suitable material (paste) to prevent unfiltered air from entering the
cubicles. The dimensions of the base frame are given in the Dimensional
Drawing.
5.4.
Moving Excitation System to Installation Site
5.4.1.
Receipt of Delivery
1
All crates should be checked for external transport damage upon

delivery and before unpacking.
If the packing shows signs of damage, the equipment must be
unpacked in the presence of insurers and manufacturers
representatives. External damage must immediately be written down
on the shipping papers. Damage discovered after unpacking must be
reported in writing to the insurers and the manufacturer within 1 week.
NOTICE!
The manufacturer will not accept any liability unless the damage is
properly reported.
L1006
5-3
Transporting the
Packed Equipment
2
Unload the equipment from the transport vehicle by crane or forklift

truck.
When moving crates with lifting gear, the gear must be applied at the
points marked with the chain symbol according to DIN 55402, symbol
G. See Figure 5-3.
When raising and moving the equipment packaged in foil, use the
eyebolts with a suspension beam or lifting plates as shown in Figure
5-5 and Figure 5-6.
NOTICE!
In order to avoid damage to the equipment do not remove the packing
before moving the equipment to the site of installation.
Chain symbol for applying lifting gear
Figure 5-3 Transport Markings on Crate
5.4.2.
Storage
3
5-4
If the equipment has to be stored prior to installation, proper storage

conditions must be fulfilled according to Chapter 4 - Transportation,
Storage and Decommissioning.
L1006

5.4.3.
Unpacking
NOTICE!
The excitation system must not be unpacked unless the surrounding
area is clean and dust-free. Furthermore, as long as the doors and cable
covers are open, no dust and dirt producing works are allowed during
the installation.
Dust inside the excitation system can reduce the creepage distances
and increase the thermal stress.
If construction work is necessary, always cover the equipment with
plastic sheets and carefully remove the dust.
Keep the doors and all other openings closed as good as possible in
order to avoid unnecessary pollution inside the cubicle.
Proceed as follows when unpacking the equipment:

4
Check the equipment: labels and nameplates must be checked

against the order. If there are any discrepancies between the
delivered items and the order, immediately contact the responsible
project management at ABB.
Remove the top of the crate.

In case of foil packaging: remove all packaging material carefully. Do
not use sharp or pointed tools to open the packaging. Continue with
Step 7.
Remove the front, rear and side walls of the crate.
Do not take away the crate floor or the pallet when moving the unit by
forklift. See Figure 5-4.
Check the cubicles for transport damage. Pay special attention to:
Bent doors and side walls.
Loose or unassembled parts.
Damaged parts.
Dust layers.
Water or humidity.
Damages caused by insects or vermin.
Record any damages as instructed in Chapter 5.4.1 - Receipt of

Delivery.
L1006
5-5
Rear wall
Side wall
Top of crate
Crate floor
Side wall
Front wall
Figure 5-4 Unpacking the Equipment
Unpacking Additional
Parts
Some parts (e.g. spare parts) may be delivered in separate packages.
NOTICE!
Electrostatic discharge (ESD) can damage electronic boards and
components.
All electrical components must be handled with care.
Do not touch printed circuit boards or other sensitive components
without taking static-sensitive handling precautions.
5.4.4.
Moving Equipment to Place of Installation

10 After unpacking, move the equipment to the place of installation by
crane or round bars.
The equipment must always be put on a level surface. Make sure
that the equipment cannot topple while being moved.
Moving by Crane
5-6
If moving the equipment by crane using the eyebolts or the lifting plates,
the following must be assured:
When lifting the equipment with the base frame, always use the
eyebolts attached to the base frame!
The equipment must be transported in such a way that it does not

suffer any shocks.
L1006
Always use a suspension beam for lifting (see Figure 5-5).
The dimension "L" of the rope must be greater than the dimension
"M" (see Figure 5-5).
Ropes of insufficient strength and length are not allowed when lifting
the equipment by crane.
CAUTION!
Protruding eyebolts.
There is a risk of stumbling.
Remove eyebolts after moving equipment to final location.
Suspension beam
Eyebolts
Figure 5-5 Moving with Suspension Beams
60
Lifting plates
Only used for a single or double cubicle
Figure 5-6 Moving with Lifting Plates
L1006
5-7
Moving on Floor
When moving the equipment on the floor the following must be assured:
The crate floor must be removed when using round bars.
The equipment must always be transported in a vertical position.
Tipping and tilting must be avoided.
Use round bars.
Figure 5-7 Moving the Excitation System
5.5.
Mechanical Installation
The mechanical installation is carried out in 3 steps:
5.5.1.
Preparation for floor anchoring.
Alignment of cubicles and joining transport units.
Floor anchoring.
Preparation for Floor Anchoring

The base frame of the excitation system is bolted to the floor (see Figure
5-9). If no base frame is provided, the excitation system is bolted
according to Figure 5-10.
As an alternative the base frame can be welded to steel girders in the
floor.
NOTICE!
When mounting the excitation system, make sure that no dirt enters the
cubicles. Always close the doors and walls when work is discontinued.
Electrically conducting dust and chips may cause short circuits, which
can lead to serious damage when the excitation system is powered up.
5-8
L1006
To avoid damage to the equipment due to dirt, the mounting holes must
be drilled before moving the cubicles to their final location.
Proceed as follows:
5.5.2.
Drill the mounting holes in the base plate according to the

dimensional drawing.
Cut the holes and ducts in the floor for the power cables (or busbars).
Insert screw anchors into the base plate.
Clean the installation area, in particular the holes and the

surrounding areas.
Make sure that the floor surface is clean, see Chapter 5.3.4 Foundation, Floor Leveling .
Alignment of Cubicles
Proceed as follows:
5.5.3.
Move the excitation system to the final mounting location.
Arrange the equipment according to the layout plan and align the
cubicles accurately with each other and with the mounting holes in
the floor.
Check all doors and covers for correct function (they must be
opened/closed or removed without jamming or twisting).
Joining Transport Units

(if applicable)
Loose Mounting
Material
A set of loose mounting material, which is supplied together with the

equipment in a separate cardboard box, is required for the installation of
the equipment.
Joining Transport Units

Proceed as follows:
9
Bolt together the profiles of the upper cubicle structure using M6 bolts
(Figure 5-8). Do not tighten the bolts yet.
10 Bolt together the base frames using the M16 bolts (included in loose
mounting material) (Figure 5-8). Do not tighten the bolts yet.
11 Tighten all bolts by turns.
For the required tightening torque for the screws refer to Table 5-1.
L1006
5-9
Table 5-1 Tightening Torques for Supplied Bolts

Bolt size
Torque (Nm)
M6
4.5
M16
80
Screw M6x16
and washer
M16 bolts
Bolting together cubicle
structures
Bolting together base frames
Figure 5-8 Bolting together Transport Units

12 Check again all doors and covers for correct function (they must be
opened/closed or removed without jamming or twisting). If this is not
possible, repeat the aligning process.
5.5.4.
Floor Anchoring
After alignment, the equipment is anchored to the floor foundations.
13 Fix the excitation system to the floor. Refer to Figure 5-9 and
Figure 5-10.
The anchoring holes are located in the corners of each transport unit.
Cubicle
Base plate
Base frame
Screw anchor M16 (2/3")
Foundation
5-10
L1006
Figure 5-9 Floor Anchoring with Base Frame
85
0
mm
(33
.50
")
Screw anchor M16 (2/3")
Figure 5-10 Floor anchoring without Base Frame (e.g. detached AVR)
14 Remove the eyebolts at the base frame or lifting plates (Figure 5-11).
15 Keep transport aids for later use.
Eyebolt
Figure 5-11 Eyebolts on Base Frame
5.6.
Concluding Work
1
Check that the eyebolts are removed from the base frame (if
applicable).
Remove all foreign objects, such as tools, packing materials or cable

left-overs from the cubicle.
Wipe insulated parts with an anti-static cloth. Do not use any solvents!
Depending on the design and the required protection type (>IP 21

/ >IP 31), measures must be taken to seal the cubicles at the site of
installation. Sealing material and sealing strips are supplied.
Sealing of Joined Ends
of Transport Units
The joined ends between the transport units must be sealed.

4
Treat and degrease the frame sections with a suitable cleaning agent
before sealing them. The joint should then be sealed with sealer.
L1006
5-11
Fitting of Sealing Plugs

(lifting plates
dismantled)
If the device has been delivered with lifting plates, the roof plate must be
sealed:
5
Plug the holes in the roof plate with the sealing plugs and apply
sealer.
Damage to Paintwork
If any damage to paintwork has occurred during transport and installation,
the damaged spots must be touched up before commissioning the
equipment.
5-12
Only polyurethane paints may be used for touching up damaged

paintwork, since only these are guaranteed to adhere properly to the
original coatings.
Small chips and scratches can be touched up using a fine-haired

brush.
L1006

Chapter 6 - Electrical Installation
6.1.
General
Chapter 6 - Electrical Installation provides information on the
requirements for the electrical installation material and instructions for
connecting the excitation system to the AC and DC power terminals, to
the auxiliary power supply and to external control devices.
See A Client Appendix, Section A02 Electrical Drawings on the data
storage device.
6.2.
Safety Regulations
All electrical installation work must be carried out by qualified personnel in
compliance with local regulations.
NOTICE!
Before starting to work on the excitation system the general safety
understood.
DANGER!
The excitation system is a high power system.
When located, installed and connected in accordance with the
instructions given in this manual, the system is safe.
When misused it can lead to life-threatening physical injury or death.
Strictly observe the following instructions:
Any installation work must be done with mains and auxiliary power
off. Input and output must be isolated and secured, any existing
grounding device must be closed and the system must be
grounded.
Do not energize the system without the consent of the ABB

commissioning staff.
3BHSxxxxxx E80 Rev. -
6-1
NOTICE!
The excitation system must be unpacked in a clean and dust-free
surrounding area. Furthermore, no dust and dirt producing work may be
accomplished in this area during the installation as long as the doors
and cable covers are open.
Dust inside the excitation system can reduce the creepage distances
and increase the thermal stress.
If construction work is necessary, always cover the equipment with
plastic sheets to prevent dust from entering the system.
6.3.
Planning
The electrical installation is carried out in 5 steps as follows:
6.3.1.
Connecting Main PE Ground.
Connecting the Auxiliary and Control Cables.
Connecting Power Connections.
Bridging Transport Separation (if applicable).
Concluding Work.
Requirements for Cable Layout

Power and control cables must be laid separately. If possible, use
separate ducts. Otherwise, isolate the control cables from the power
cables by means of separating plates. The power cables must be well
fixated.
6.3.2.
Electrical Drawings
If electrical connections are mentioned or shown in this chapter, this is for
illustration purposes only. Use the Electrical Drawings as reference for all
electrical connections to be made.
The project-specific Electrical Drawings are included in A Client Appendix,
Section A02 on the Data Storage Device.
The Electrical Drawings contain a sheet with instructions on how to read
the layout.
6-2
L1006
6.4.
Connecting Main PE Ground

WARNING!
The green and yellow marked conductor must be used as a protective

ground (PE) conductor only.
It must not be used as a voltage-carrying conductor by altering the
colors at the ends. Nor is it permitted to use it as a connector for screen
grounding.
The continuous connection of the protective conductor to the inactive
metal parts of the building structure in compliance with IEC 60439 or
DIN VDE 0100 part 540 is to be carried out according to the conditions
at the installation site.
1
Connect the ground busbar to plant ground. Figure 6-1 shows the
ground busbar in the front area of the +ER cubicle.
Ground busbar connection is needed in one cubicle only.
The cross-section of the connection to plant ground must be at least
120 mm2 (0.186 in2). A set of pre-drilled holes is provided on each
ground busbar.
Ground busbar for grounding

connections
(front frame area top view)
Figure 6-1 Possible Arrangement of a Ground Busbar

If the excitation system consists of several transport units, the ground
busbars of the units must be connected to each other. See Chapter 6.7 Bridging Transport Separation.
L1006
6-3
6.5.
Connecting the Auxiliary and Control Cables

The cables are fed into the cubicle from the bottom.
For the cable selection, refer to the standards IEC 60502 or DIN VDE
0276.
6.5.1.
Preparation of Cable Inlet

The base plates are already equipped with gland plates.
2
On the gland plate select the needed cable glands of appropriate size
with respect to the cable diameters.
Pierce the selected glands with a pointed tool.
Customer cable duct
Cable holders
Gland plate
Ground busbar
Figure 6-2 Cable Inlet with Gland Plate at Bottom of Cubicle
6.5.2.
Connecting the Cables to Customer Terminals

CAUTION!
Do not cut conductors and do not drill inside the cubicles.
can lead to damage or malfunction.
Dust and chips caused by drilling, cable cutting and stripping must not
enter the cubicle.
6-4
L1006
Install the cables outside the cubicle according to local regulations.

Use cable trays or ducts and strain relief for cable protection.
Carefully insert the cables through the respective holes in the gland
plates.
Connect the cables according to the Electrical Drawings. Use the

cable holders for cable shield grounding. For details refer to Chapter
6.5.3 - Cable Routing, Shield Grounding and Strain Relief.
It is recommended to apply cable identification tags.
6.5.3.
Perform a wiring check.
Cable Routing, Shield Grounding and Strain Relief

IMPORTANT!
Strain relief is mandatory. However, instead of attaching the control
cables inside the cubicles as described below, they can also be fixed
outside the cubicle entry (e.g. in the neighboring cable tray). Local
regulations must be observed.
Cable Routing
Figure 6-3 shows a typical layout of the front and the sides of the +ER
cubicle with the customer cable duct and customer terminals.
Cable strain relief fittings are situated under the customer cable duct.
Strain relief can be achieved by fixing the cables to the cable holder with
cable binders.
Customer cable ducts

Customer terminal
blocks
Figure 6-3 Front and Side View of the +ER Cubicle

Remark: This is a typical layout. The actual layout can be different.
L1006
6-5
Cable Strain Relief and

Grounding
The +ER cubicle is equipped with cable holders at the bottom. The cable
holders can be removed if not used.
The cables are fixed to the cable holder using cable binders. The cable
holders can be used for EMC grounding of the cable shield. Therefore, in
order to allow electrical contact with the shield, the cables must be
stripped for approximately 50 mm (2) in the area of the cable holder.
Figure 6-4 Cable Holder for Fixing Cable Binders
6.6.
Connecting Power Connections
6.6.1.
General
When laying the cables and wires the following must be observed:
6-6
Power cables must be isolated from the control cables. If possible,

separate ducts must be used, otherwise the control cables must be
kept apart from the power conductors by means of internal partitions.
The power cables must be well-fixated.
Keep the power cables as short as possible in order to minimize

sensitivity to interference and voltage drops.
Busbar connections are always system-specific and defined in the

Dimensional Drawing.
Busbar connections must be bolted (see Figure 6-6).
In order to avoid cold welding, screw sets for power connections

must be lubricated with contact grease MOLYKOTE D Paste* before
mounting.
(*Registered trademark of Dow Corning Corporation)
L1006
CAUTION!
The external power conductors must be fixed firmly to retainers in order
to withstand the high dynamic stresses that can arise in the conductors
in case of crowbar activation.
CAUTION!
enter the cubicle.
6.6.2.
Power Connections with Cables

For the cable selection, refer to the standard IEC 60502 or DIN VDE 0276.
The power cables can be connected directly to the busbar with cable lugs.
Proceed as follows:
1
Measure the required conductor length, strip the cables, apply cable
lugs and place them beside the corresponding busbar through the
cable duct. Do not yet connect the conductors.
Check the insulation of each cable before connecting them according

to the specifications of the cable manufacturer.
Clean the contact surfaces of the busbar thoroughly using a lint-free

cloth. Where the surfaces are very dirty, use a cleaning agent (e.g.
alcohol) or a soft brush. The surfaces must be absolutely free of dirt
and grease.
Because of oxidation, the cables must be immediately connected to the

busbars:
4
In order to avoid cold welding, lubricate the screw sets with contact
grease MOLYKOTE D Paste before mounting.
Connect the phase cables to the corresponding busbars. Observe

local regulations and standards for tightening torques.
Table 6-1 Tightening Torques for Cables and Mechanical Connections

Bolt size
Torque (Nm)
M6
4.5
L1006
M10
20
M12
40
M16
80
6-7
Verify that the conductors are arranged in the correct phase order.
Wrong phase order may result in damaging the equipment.
Fix the external power cables with supports and retainers for strain
relief as shown in Figure 6-5.
Seal the cable entries and exits to prevent air, dust, humidity and
animals from entering into the cubicles. The seals must be made of
insulating material and be fireproof.
Front view
Side view
DC cable
strain relief
Figure 6-5 Cable Connections to Busbars
screw-bolt
lock washer
cable lug
busbar
washer
hex-nut
Figure 6-6 Basic Assembly of Cable to Busbar
6.6.3.
Power Connections with Rigid Bus

The alternative is to make the power connections with rigid bus
connectors. Proceed as follows:
The external bus connectors are connected directly to the busbars in the
cubicle. The internal busbars are provided with slots for M12 bolts.
1
6-8
Remove the busbar cover plate from the top of the cubicle.
L1006
Measure the required lengths for the bus connector and cut them to
length. For a dimension plan of the terminal bars refer to the
Dimensional Drawings.
CAUTION!
enter the cubicle.
Drill the required holes into the bus connectors.
Lay the busbars to their final position.
Verify that the conductors are arranged in the correct phase order.
Wrong phase order may result in damage of the equipment.
Clean the contact surfaces thoroughly using a lint-free cloth. Where

the surfaces are very dirty, use a cleaning agent (e.g. alcohol) or a
soft brush. The surfaces must be absolutely free of dirt and grease.
Because of oxidation, the busbars must immediately be connected:

7
In order to avoid cold welding, lubricate the screw sets with contact
grease MOLYKOTE D paste.
Connect the phase conductors to the corresponding busbars as

shown in Figure 6-7 and Figure 6-8. Follow local regulations and
standards for tightening torques.
Table 6-2 Tightening Torque for Busbar Connections, Bolt Size M12
Number of busbars
Torque (Nm)
n=2
40
n3
60
CAUTION!
The external power conductors must be fixed firmly with retainers to
withstand the high dynamic stresses that can arise in the conductors in
case of crowbar activation.
Fix the external phase conductors with supports.
10 Refit the busbar cover plate to the top of the cubicle.

11 Seal the conductor entries and exits to prevent air, dust, humidity and
L1006
6-9
Figure 6-7 Busbar Connections to Busbar (Entry from Top)

The busbar to busbar connection is illustrated in Figure 6-8.
Screw-bolt
Washer
Spring washer
Busbar
Washer
Hex-nut
Conical Spring washer
Figure 6-8 Basic Assembly of Busbar to Busbar Connections
6.6.4.
Transformer Connections
Connect the external excitation transformer according to the
manufacturers instructions and local regulations.
6.6.5.
Connections for Ground Fault Relay

(if applicable)
For installation instructions refer to the ABB Instruction Manual
HIER 95140 in B Common Appendix, Section B04 06 on the Data
Storage Device.
6-10
L1006
6.7.
Bridging Transport Separation

(if applicable)
Loose Mounting
Material
A set of loose mounting material, which is supplied together with the

equipment in a separate cardboard box, is required for the installation of
the equipment.
Ground Busbar
The ground busbars mounted in the front part must be connected with
M12 bolts to a separate connecting plate. Torque for the screws is given
in Table 6-1.
1
Mount the connecting plate for the ground bus between the transport
units (plate and bolts are included in loose mounting material)
(Figure 6-9).
- Screw M6x10
- Lock washer
- Washer
Figure 6-9 Connecting Ground Bus (Typical Layout)

The control and supply conductors of the transport units must be
connected as follows:
Control Cables
Each transport unit is equipped with terminal blocks, which must be joined
as shown in Figure 6-10.
1
Make the connections between the terminal blocks by means of short

wire bridges. These are supplied with the equipment and attached to
one of the terminal blocks.
For details see the Electrical Drawings.
L1006
6-11
Wire bridges
Terminals of transport unit 1
Terminals of transport unit 2
Figure 6-10 Connection of Control Cables to Transport Separation Point

(View from Top)
Control Cable Duct,

Fiber Optic Cable
The fiber optic cables and the supply cables from the converter cubicles
are retracted through the roof cable duct.
1
Connect the retracted fiber optic cables and the supply cables to the
CCI board on the converter cubicles.
IMPORTANT!
Handle fiber optic cables with care. Do not touch the ends of the fibers,
they are extremely dirt-sensitive. When unplugging a fiber optic cable,
always hold the connector, not the fiber.
Observe the maximum long-term tensile load of 1.0 N and the minimum
bend radius of 25 mm (1").
Auxiliary Supply Bus
6-12
The auxiliary supply bus is fed through the cubicles with a WoertzSystem-Bus. Connections between the adjoining cubicles are made with
a special connection box as shown in Figure 6-11.
1
Connect the flat cable supply bus from both cubicles to each other.
Remove the protection caps from the terminals and insert wires as
shown in Figure 6-11.
Refit the protection caps.
L1006
Figure 6-11 Auxiliary Supply Bus Connection at Transport Separation

Point (View from Top)
Power Busbar
The principle of the power busbar connection is shown in Figure 6-12:
1
Connect the busbars using the connection pieces and M12 bolts (part
of loose material). The required torque for the bolts is given in
Table 6-1.
flexible connections
Connecting pieces
M12 Bolts
Figure 6-12 Connecting Busbars
L1006
6-13
6.8.
Concluding Work
Systems with Floor

Cable Inlet
NOTICE!
Cable entries and exits must be sealed to prevent air, dust, humidity and
Cubicles with floor plate:
1
Visually check that all cable glands are properly sealed.
Final Checks
Carry out the following final checks:
2
Check all busbar and frame connections of the joined transport units.
Check that the protection class requirements are fulfilled, especially

with regard to floor plates and the cable inlet at the top of the cubicle.
General visual inspection: appearance, cleanliness, completeness,

markings and presence of foreign objects.
Check that all cable connections and wirings made on site are correct
and complete.
Check that the cable shields are correctly grounded where entering
the cubicle.
Close all cubicle doors.
NOTICE!
If desiccant bags are supplied with the cubicles: Do not remove them
until commissioning starts.
Special Instructions
6-14
If the installation and wiring work must be interrupted, precautions must

be taken to protect the equipment against dust, dampness and foreign
objects:
1
Cover the equipment with plastic sheets.
Provide heating for the installation site or connect the cubicle heaters
(if installed).
L1006
NOTICE!
If desiccant bags are delivered with the cubicles: Do not remove them
until commissioning starts.
WARNING!
Damage to Paintwork
In order to prevent condensation inside the cubicles, the cubicle heaters

must be connected. Before energizing the heaters make sure that:
The heaters are not covered.
There is no flammable material near the heaters.
See Chapter 5.6 - Concluding Work
L1006
6-15

Chapter 7 - Commissioning
7.1.
General
Chapter 7 - Commissioning is carried out by certified commissioning
personnel. Only ABB Switzerland can certify commissioning engineers.
7.2.
Safety Regulations
The Safety regulations according to Chapter 3 - Safety Instructions must
be followed.
7.3.
Commissioning Process
Prerequisites
Preparations by the customer must have been completed, i.e.:
Commissioning
All installations are complete according to Chapter 5 - Mechanical

Installation and Chapter 6 - Electrical Installation.
AC and DC power supplies are available and ready to be switched on.
Other components such as generator protection, substation/cables,

turbine regulator, turbine, generator and auxiliary equipment must be
ready for operation within the next few days.
The different commissioning tasks must be coordinated between

customer and commissioning engineer. The commissioning can only be
carried out if generator and grid are ready and exclusively available for
excitation tests.
L1006
7-1
Acceptance
7.4.
When commissioning is completed, the commissioning report is signed by

the customer as a sign of acceptance and by the ABB commissioning
engineer. A copy of this report is handed out to the customer, the second
copy is sent to ABB.
ABB provides the customer with the following files in electronic form:
Test and Commissioning Report, updated as commissioned.
Hardware drawings, updated as commissioned.
Current parameter & signal file saved as commissioned (snapshot).
Concluding Work after Commissioning
After commissioning work is finished, the filter mats in the doors must
be replaced. A set of replacement filter mats is included in the loose
material.
See Chapter 9 - Preventive Maintenance
7-2
L1006

Chapter 8 - Operation
8.1.
General
Chapter 8 - Operation provides all necessary information for the regular
operation of the excitation system using the Excitation Control Terminal
(ECT). The chapter is divided into two parts.
Chapter 8.3 contains the instructions on how to operate the excitation
system.
Chapters 8.4 to 8.9 contain a brief description of the control functions,
control commands, analog in- and outputs, messages and the description
ECT and Converter Control Panel (CCP).
The content of this chapter is based on the Operating Instructions of the
ECT and CCP which are included in Operating Instructions on the Data
Storage Device.
NOTICE!
Several password operation levels are necessary when operating the
Excitation Control Terminal. Regular operation requires operation level
2. For other activities refer to Table 8-10 Operation Levels, Default
Factory Settings.
NOTICE!
ABB recommends periodical training for operating personnel
Remote Control
8.2.
The excitation system can be operated from external stations. In this case
data exchange takes place through hardwired connections or serial
fieldbus.
Safety Regulations
DANGER!
Dangerous voltage.
All doors and covers must be closed before energizing the excitation
system.
L1006
8-1
NOTICE!
Before operating the excitation system the general safety instructions in
Chapter 3 - Safety Instructions must be read and understood.
CAUTION!
Parameters are set during commissioning of the device and must not be
changed afterwards.
Running the excitation system with incorrect data can result in improper
operation, reduction in control accuracy and damage to equipment.
Only qualified and certified personnel are allowed to operate the device,
i.e. personnel who are familiar with the excitation system and the
hazards involved and who have acquired the certificate after attending
the ABB service training.
8.3.
Operation of the Excitation System
8.3.1.
Check before Switching on
Prerequisites
Check that the following prerequisites for safe operation are fulfilled:
Checks to Carry out
Commissioning must be successfully completed.
Periodical maintenance must be carried out in accordance with the

maintenance plan (see Chapter 9 - Preventive Maintenance).
No events are pending, and any disturbance has been properly

eliminated.
Any settings that have been changed must be checked and tested.
Before switching on, make sure that all necessary power supply voltages
are present so that a safe start-up is possible.
Check the following using the remote panel or the ECT in the control
room.
8-2
No maintenance work is in progress on the system.
Control and power cubicles are ready for operation and properly
locked.
Generator terminals are connected; input and output cables to the

excitation transformer and to the excitation cubicles are connected.
L1006
8.3.2.
Temporary safety grounding equipment has been removed.
Battery supply for field circuit breaker (FCB) control and power supply
unit (24 V) is present.
No event messages are pending.
The excitation control system is switched to remote control mode.
The excitation regulation is switched to automatic voltage regulation

(AUTO) mode.
Generator runs at nominal rotation speed.
Switch-on Sequence
e.g. Remote ECT
Indication on
ECT status bar:
Proceed as follows:
1
To close the field circuit breaker (FCB), use the

command FCB On (See in Figure 8-1).
AUX: On
The FCB is switched on.

2
Check that no event, alarm or inactive channel alarm

is active.
If the excitation system is supplied directly from the

generator terminals through the excitation
transformer, check that the auxiliary voltage is
present.
Check that the rotation speed of the turbine is above

90% of the nominal speed.
To switch on the excitation system, use the command

EXC On (See in Figure 8-1).
Fault: Alarm: StbyAlarm: -
EXC: On
The voltage builds up within 5 to 20 s.

The generator runs without load.
NOTICE!
The field flashing circuit may only be activated for 1 minute per hour. After 4
consecutive unsuccessful attempts (5 s each), wait for at least one hour
before attempting field flashing again.
Adjust the generator voltage by means of the raise/

lower commands to the voltage setpoint (see in
Figure 8-1) until it matches the network voltage.
The excitation system is now ready for operation
under load.
L1006
8-3
Close the generator circuit breaker as soon as the

network and generator voltage are synchronous (see
in Figure 8-1).
NET: OnLine
The reactive power of the generator is close to zero.

8
Set the desired reactive power within the operating

limits of the generator by means of the raise/lower
commands to the voltage setpoint (see in Figure
8-1).
The generator voltage is regulated and the generator
produces reactive power.
NOTICE!
The excitation system will issue a TRIP message as soon as the power
supplies are missing.
r.p.m.
Remote
control
Local
control
Common
Alarm or Trip
No event
No alarm
Voltage
ON
OFF
FCB
On
FCB
Off
Excitation
ON/OFF
EXC
On
EXC
Off
4
ON
OFF
ON/OFF
ON/OFF
2
ON
OFF
Load operation (on network)
Generator
breaker
Reactive
Power
Regulation
1
ON
OFF
Q-Reg
On
Q-Reg
Off
ON
OFF
Setpoint
Reference
Reset to Preset value
RAISE/
LOWER
Synchron. system
By operating
personnel
Figure 8-1 Switch ON Sequence of Generator

(Refer to the text for explanation of to ).
8-4
L1006

8.3.3.
Check during Operation

While the system is in operation, check at regular intervals:
A
8.3.4.
In the Control Room:

1
No limiter is active.
No events are active.
Setpoints of the active regulator do not touch the

limits.
Voltage regulators are balanced and ready for

changeover.
Field current, generator voltage and reactive power

or power factor are stable.
On-site, at the excitation system:

1
No events are active on the ECT and CCP.
No unusual noises (from fan, transformer etc.) are

heard.
Shut-down Sequence
e.g. Remote ECT
Indication on
ECT status bar:
Proceed as follows:
Isolate the generator from the network:
1
Reduce the reactive power, use the command lower

of the voltage setpoint (See in Figure 8-2).
Reduce the active power via turbine regulator (See

in Figure 8-2).
Open the generator circuit breaker.
NET: OffLine
The setpoint of the active regulator (AUTO/MANUAL)

will be automatically reset to the preset value.
4
To switch off the excitation, use the command

EXC Off (See in Figure 8-2).
EXC: Off
The generator voltage is reduced to zero within a few

seconds.
5
To open the field circuit breaker, use the command

FCB Off (See in Figure 8-2).
AUX: Off
NOTICE!
It is not necessary to open the field circuit breaker at any shut-down of
the excitation system.
L1006
8-5
r.p.m.
Remote
control
Local
control
Common Alarm
or Trip
No event
No alarm
Voltage
ON
OFF
FCB
On
FCB
Off
EXC
On
Excitation
ON/OFF
EXC
Off
9
ON
OFF
8
ON
OFF
7
Load operation (on network)
Generator
breaker
ON
OFF
ON/OFF
Q-Reg
On
Reactive
Power
Regulation
Q-Reg
Off
ON/OFF
Setpoint
Reference
ON
OFF
Reset to preset value
RAISE/LOWER
Figure 8-2 Switching OFF Sequence of the Generator
8.3.5.
External Trip
Events in a number of peripheral devices can, in certain cases, cause a
situation where neither remote nor local control of the excitation system is
possible. In such situations, it must still be possible to switch off the
excitation in an emergency. An Emergency OFF signal "External Trip"
can be given out to the input terminal (See also A Client Appendix, A02
Electrical Drawings on the Data Storage Device).
An Emergency OFF signal switches off the generator and the excitation
system. The supply voltages to the excitation system are not switched off.
It is essential that the operator knows how to carry out the emergency
shutdown.
8-6
L1006
NOTICE!
With the generator circuit breaker closed, the excitation system cannot
be switched off (by remote control), before the generator circuit breaker
has opened.
The Emergency OFF procedure should only be used, if it is not possible
to switch off the system by means of the normal OFF command.
8.3.6.
Event/Trip
As soon as an event occurs, an error code is generated. The event logger
provides a dynamic list of the actual events and an event log table with
the corresponding time stamp.
Touch the information button or double-click the event to get the
information including troubleshooting instructions. Do not forget to save
the recorded event log table (see Chapter 8.8.7 - Event Logger).
If an event occurs during operation, the system can normally continue
operation. Automatic shutdown takes place if the event is a trip.
CAUTION!
The event logger provides important information on the excitation
system.
Cleared data complicate the diagnostics for maintenance or
troubleshooting.
It is not allowed to clear the event logs before the event log table is
saved. (refer to Chapter 8.8.7 - Event Logger)
L1006
8-7
8.4.
Description of the Control Functions
8.4.1.
ON/OFF Commands
In this section the different commands and their effect on both the
excitation system and the generator are described briefly.

ON/OFF
The ON command closes the field circuit breaker, as long as no trip signal
is active.
The field circuit breaker can only be opened if the generator circuit
breaker is already open and the excitation switched off (generator is in
no-load condition).
Excitation ON/OFF
(Start, Stop)
The command EXC ON is used to initiate the excitation of the generator.

The excitation feeds the generator rotor with field current so that the
generator voltage rapidly builds up to nominal voltage.
The ON command is non-effective as long as a trip command is active.
The excitation cannot be switched ON before the field circuit breaker is
closed. A typical Start/Stop sequence for generators is shown in Figure
8-1 and Figure 8-2.
The command EXC OFF can only be carried out if the generator circuit
breaker is already open (generator is in no-load condition). It is not
possible to execute the command FCB/EXC OFF from local control.
The firing angle of the converter is thereby shifted to inverter mode (for
field energy feedback) and the discharge resistor is switched in parallel to
the rotor winding, so that the generator can be quickly discharged through
the converter and the discharge resistor. After 60 s, the firing pulses to
the converter are blocked so that the converter is completely switched off.
Reactive Power/
Power Factor
Regulator ON/OFF
If the generator is connected to the network and the AUTO mode is in

operation, the chosen superimposed regulator can be switched ON. Both
regulators are superimposed to the voltage regulator, but react slowly to
changes in the operating conditions.
Short-term network disturbances therefore do not influence these
superimposed regulators. They are absorbed by the voltage regulator.
All limiters of the AUTO mode are enabled and, if necessary, have impact
on the voltage regulator output including the superimposed components.
For further details refer to Chapter 8.4.2 - Operation Modes and Setpoint
Adjustment.
8-8
L1006
raise
lower
Setpoint
Superimposed Regulator
Voltage Regulator
raise
Q- / PFRegulator
lower
Setpoint
AVR
Figure 8-3 Q-/PF-Regulators

The reactive power regulator and the power factor regulator (Cos ) have
their own setpoint (setpoint integrator). If the superimposed regulators are
switched off, the setpoint always follows the actual value. Therefore the
operating point of the generator will remain unchanged in case of a
transition from the automatic voltage regulator to the superimposed
regulator.
Power System
Stabilizer ON/OFF
Low-frequency oscillations of the generator magnet wheel and/or the

network frequency can be damped by means of the power system
stabilizer (PSS).
The PSS is enabled as soon as the generators active power reaches a
certain adjustable value and the generator voltage is within an adjustable
range (e.g. 90 to 110% UGN). The power system stabilization does not
require any settings done by the operating personnel.
The PSS can always be switched off manually and is switched off
automatically if the generators active power and voltage are out of the
selected ranges or if the generator is no longer connected to the network.
Switching OFF due to

an Event/Trip
In case of a trip (e.g. by the generator protection), the excitation system is

automatically switched off and the field circuit breaker is opened.
Further procedure:
After the excitation has been switched off due to a trip, the event
messages must be checked on the ECT. The disturbance has to be
eliminated by authorized personnel. Further advice for troubleshooting
internal trips is given in Chapter 10 - Troubleshooting.
8.4.2.
Operation Modes and Setpoint Adjustment
Setpoint
In the excitation ON sequence, the internal setpoint automatically follows
the preset value with a steady increase. (Reference tension = 100%).
However, the setpoint can also be supplied externally as an analog value
or across a fieldbus interface.
The setpoint adjustments can also be accomplished manually by means
of raise/lower commands from the excitation control terminal (ECT). A
feedback indication MIN / MAX appears, when the setpoint is reached.
L1006
8-9
Bus Voltage Tracking
in AUTO Mode
With "Bus Voltage Tracking" equal to true, the internal AVR-setpoint is

adjusted to the value of the busbar voltage. In this way, the generator
then follows the busbar voltage as long as both are not synchronized.
The following conditions deactivate the "Bus Voltage Tracking" function:
- Loss of "Bus Voltage" signal
- Status signal Generator synchronized.
- Raise / Lower command of synchronizing unit
- Off command for Bus Voltage Tracking
In AUTO mode, the setpoint of the generator voltage is adjusted by
means of the raise / lower commands. In no-load operation, changing this
setpoint adjusts the generator voltage, in operation under load, this
adjusts the reactive power. If the operating limit of the rotor and/or
generator stator is exceeded, limiting regulators will inhibit further
changes of the raise / lower commands.
If the generator voltage setpoint reaches its minimum or maximum, the
message "Active regulator MIN-POS/MAX-POS" will appear. If the raise/
lower keys are pressed together, no adjustment of the setpoint will take
place. When the excitation system is switched on, the generator voltage
setpoint will automatically be set to the nominal value.
in MANUAL Mode
The MANUAL mode is not active in normal operation. The operator can
choose this mode for tests or troubleshooting purposes. An automatic
changeover to MANUAL mode can only take place if the generator
voltage measurement is lost.
In MANUAL mode, the setpoint of the field current is adjusted by means
of the raise/lower commands. In no-load operation, changing this setpoint
adjusts the field current and thus the generator voltage; in operation
under load, this adjusts the reactive power. In MANUAL mode, only a PQRestrictor for underexcitation (to prevent generator slipping) and a V/HzRestrictor (to prevent magnetic saturation) are available. Unlike for AUTO
mode, the setpoint is not limited in case an operating limit of the rotor
and/or generator stator is exceeded. Therefore it must be ensured that
these operating limits (according to the power diagram) are never
exceeded.
If the field current setpoint reaches its minimum or maximum, the
message "Active regulator MIN-POS/MAX-POS" appears. If the raise/
lower keys are pressed together, no adjustment of the setpoint will take
place. When the excitation system is switched on and when the generator
circuit breaker opens, the field current setpoint is automatically set to
approximately 90% of the no-load field current value.
NOTICE!
While MANUAL mode is selected, the operating condition of the
generator should be watched carefully.
Do not leave the unit unattended in this condition.
8-10
L1006
in Reactive Power/
Power Factor
Regulator Mode
The slow reaction of the superimposed Q-/PF-Regulator must be

considered when adjusting the setpoint. Otherwise the system could
reach an unintended operating condition due to the regulator lagging.
If the reactive power/power factor setpoint reaches its minimum or
maximum, the message "Active regulator MIN-POS/MAX-POS" will
appear.
In order to gain better control over this setpoint adjustment, the setpoint
integrator of this regulator can be integrated in the control system of the
control room. The output of the setpoint integrator is then supplied directly
to the excitation system as a remote setpoint for the reactive power
regulator/power factor regulator (e.g. as 4 to 20 mA signal).
If the remote setpoint reaches the internal minimum or maximum, it has
no effect beyond these internal limits and the message "Active regulator
MIN-POS/MAX-POS" appears (see Figure 8-4).
+ Q- / PF-REFERENCE VALUE
AIx HIGH VALUE
20 mA
HL REF
REMOTE REFERENCE VALUE
INTERNAL REFERENCE VALUE
REMOTE REFERENCE VALUE
REFERENCE VALUE MAX ACTIVE
REFERENCE VALUE MIN ACTIVE
4 mA
LL REF
ALARM AIx FAIL
0 mA
AIx LIVE ZERO

AIx LOW VALUE
- Q- / PF-REFERENCE VALUE
Figure 8-4 Q-/ PF-Setpoint
8.4.3.
Channel and Mode Changeover
Changeover from
CH1 to CH2
Applies to dual channel systems only

This excitation system features two fully independent control channels,
channel 1 (CH1) and channel 2 (CH2). Both channels are equivalent, so
that either channel can be freely selected as the active one. The
remaining backup (or inactive) channel is continuously and automatically
updated to match the active channel.
L1006
8-11
The changeover from the active to the backup channel does not change
the regulation mode.
CH1
AVR
AUTO
FCR
MANUAL
CH1
CH2
CH2
AVR
AUTO
FCR
MANUAL
Figure 8-5 Changeover with Dual Channel System

Figure 8-6 CH1 to CH2 Changeover States
Basically, a channel changeover can be carried out at any time, except in
the following situations:
If an event is detected in the active channel that requires channel

changeover, an emergency changeover to the second channel will
take place automatically. It is not possible to switch back to the
defective channel until the reason for the event has been eliminated.
A manual changeover from the active to the inactive channel is not

possible if the inactive channel is defective.
If an event causes a channel changeover, a dynamic disturbance in the

generator voltage can occur simultaneously. However, the inactive
channel (to which changeover automatically takes place at this instant)
should not follow this dynamic disturbance in the generator voltage. In
order to achieve this, the inactive channel always follows up with the
actual generator voltage relatively slowly and with a delay.
This relatively slow follow-up of the inactive channel must be taken into
account in case of a manual changeover from the active to the inactive
channel: immediately after a change in the generator voltage the
changeover is delayed for a short time. In this way, a bumpless
changeover is always achieved.
8-12
L1006
Changeover from
AUTO to MANUAL
Mode
Each channel features an automatic voltage regulation (AUTO) mode and

a field current regulation (MANUAL) mode.
In AUTO mode, the generator voltage is regulated in a way that the
voltage produced at the generator terminals is as constant as possible.
On the contrary, in MANUAL mode, the field current is kept constant. In
case of a fluctuating generator load, the field current setpoint must be
manually followed up to keep the generator voltage constant.
AVR
AUTO
FCR
MANUAL
Figure 8-7 Changeover from AUTO to MANUAL Mode

Figure 8-8 AUTO to MANUAL Changeover States
Basically, it is possible to switch between operating modes at any time,
because there is always an automatic follow-up control from the active to
the inactive regulator. The following should be taken into account:
If an event that requires channel changeover is detected in AUTO

mode, an emergency changeover to MANUAL mode will take place
automatically. It is not possible to switch back to the defective
channel until the reason of the event has been eliminated.
There will be no changeover from AUTO to MANUAL mode if there is

a disturbance in the field current regulator.
The generator can operate in AUTO mode within extreme yet

permitted operating ranges, which lie outside of the permitted (and
set) operating ranges for MANUAL mode. In these cases, the field
current regulator can no longer follow up with the automatic voltage
regulator. The feedback indication "CH XFER" (Channel balanced or Ready on the Status bar of the ECT) allows checking the follow-up
of the field current regulator.
In MANUAL mode, it is possible to reach generator voltages outside

the range of the AUTO setpoint. In that case, the voltage regulator
can no longer follow up with the field current regulator.
L1006
8-13
If an event causes an automatic changeover to MANUAL mode, the

setpoint prior to the event is maintained. For this purpose, the follow-up
control of the field current regulator reacts with a delay and relatively
slowly to changes in the field current.
This relatively slow follow-up behavior of the field current regulator must
be taken into account for a manual changeover from AUTO to MANUAL
mode. The behavior is comparable to a changeover from CH1 to CH2.
NOTICE!
The MANUAL mode is designed as field current regulation (no
regulation of the generator voltage). Therefore, in MANUAL mode it is
necessary that the operating personnel expertly monitor the excitation of
the generator.
As long as the generator current and voltage transformer signals are
present, an underexcitation limiter also prevents a dangerous
underexcitation of the machine in MANUAL mode, which in extreme
cases could lead to slipping. In addition, in no-load operation with
reduced rotational speed, a V/Hz restrictor reduces the excitation to
prevent oversaturation of the machine and the connected transformers.
The operating variables such as generator voltage, generator current
and reactive power must be monitored by the operating personnel and if
necessary adjusted by changing the field current setpoint.
Backup Field Current

Regulator in Operation
The excitation system contains an additional independent backup field

current regulator with its own gate controller.
In case of a failure of both regular channels (AUTO and MANUAL mode),
control is automatically switched over to the backup channel. This backup
channel has limited functions: It only provides field current regulation
(MANUAL mode) and contains an excitation transformer overcurrent
monitor.
Therefore, the operation with the backup channel is only a temporary
emergency situation. If the backup channel is activated, the excitation
system should be switched off in an orderly manner and the failures
repaired (see Chapter 8.3.4 - Shut-down Sequence).
8-14
L1006
CH#
AVR
AUTO
FCR
MANUAL
CH#
BU
BU
BFCR
Figure 8-9 Changeover to Backup Field Current Regulator

Figure 8-10 Backup Channel Changeover States
L1006
8-15
8.5.
Control Commands
8.5.1.
Remote/Local Control
The excitation system is normally operated via remote control from the
control room.
Remote control from the control

room. The commands are passed
to the excitation system as binary
signals (Hardwired I/O) or
Ethernet
switch
Control room
ECT
remote
Control
remote
Hardwired I/O
Remote control from the control

room with ECT. The commands
are passed to the excitation
system via fieldbus.
Ethernet
switch
Local control using the local

ECT, mounted in the front door of
the control cubicle, is only used
for commissioning and test
purposes or as an emergency
control option.
CH1
ECT
local
CIO
CH2
BU
UNITROL 6000
Figure 8-11 Overview Remote/Local Control
8.5.2.
Remote Control, Hardware Interface

The commands and feedback indications for remote control of the
excitation system are available in the control room.
The following table shows the standard commands from the remote
control. The column "Feedback" indicates whether a feedback indication
is displayed in the control room or not. (see A Client Appendix, Section
A02 Electrical Drawings on the Data Storage Device).
Table 8-1 Customer Commands for Remote Control (Hardwired)
Command
8-16
Remote
Feedback
ON, OFF
Excitation
ON (START), OFF (STOP)
Channel changeover
CH1, CH2
Operation mode
AUTO, MANUAL
Power factor regulator
ON, OFF
Reactive power regulator
ON, OFF
Setpoint reference
raise, lower
max./min. pos
L1006

8.5.3.
Remote Control, Excitation Control Terminal (ECT)

The ECT can be used as a remote and/or local control terminal (see
Figure 8-11).
Table 8-2 ECT, Commands in Remote Control
Command +
Release button
Command
Remote
Feedback
- Field breaker FCB Off

FCB On
Field Circuit Breaker open or close
X
X
FCB OFF
FCB ON
- Excitation EXC Off

EXC On
Excitation switch OFF or ON
X
X
Exc. OFF
Exc. ON
X
X
Channel1
Channel2
X
X
Auto
Manual
X
X
OFF
ON
- Channel CH1
CH2
- Channel Active channel chosen CH1 or CH2
- Mode Auto
Man
- Mode Operation mode in AUTO or MANUAL
- Q-Regulator Q-reg Off

Q-reg On
- Q-Regulator Reactive power regulator switch OFF or ON
Setpoint reference button

Raise, Lower 1
Indication
Setpoint of the active regulator
90 to 110%
): The commands from the Hardware Interface are released in this mode as long as the system is not
synchronized.
8.5.4.
Remote Control, Fieldbus

The following protocols are supported by the Excitation Control Platform:
Modbus RTU.
Modbus TCP.
Profibus DP V0.
OPC DA/A&E.
The commands and feedback indications for remote control of the

excitation system are the same as in the hardwired case.
L1006
8-17
Table 8-3 Customer Commands for Remote Control (Fieldbus)

Command
Remote
Feedback
ON, OFF
Excitation
ON (START), OFF (STOP)
The fieldbus connection to the external control is done via Anybus-S

modules. For more information see the document "Serial Link
Interconnections" in A Client Appendix, Section A04 Remaining
Documents on the Data Storage Device. It describes the serial
communication concept with different fieldbus adapters including
installation and Start-up Guide.
8.5.5.
Local Control, ECT

The ECT can be used as a remote and/or local control terminal. (See
Figure 8-11)
Table 8-4 ECT, Commands in Local Control
Command +
Release button
- Field breaker FCB Off
FCB On
- Excitation EXC Off
EXC On
- Channel CH1
CH2
- Mode Auto
Man
- Q-Regulator Q-reg Off
Q-reg On
Command
Remote
Field Circuit Breaker open or close
X
X
FCB OFF
FCB ON
Excitation switch OFF or ON
X
X
Exc. OFF
Exc. ON
X
X
Channel1
Channel2
X
X
Auto
Manual
X
X
OFF
ON
- Channel Active channel chosen CH1 or CH2

- Mode Operation mode in AUTO or MANUAL
- Q-Regulator Reactive power regulator switch OFF or ON
Setpoint reference button

Raise, Lower 1
Feedback
Indication
Setpoint of the active regulator
90 to 110%
): The commands from the Hardware Interface are released in this mode as long as the system is not
synchronized.
8-18
L1006
8.6.
Analog In- and Outputs
8.6.1.
Analog Inputs
The following analog input signals can be processed in the excitation
system:
8.6.2.
Temperature of the excitation transformers PH1 to PH3.
Remote setpoint.
Analog Outputs
The following analog outputs can be connected to output terminals and
can be used in the control room.
Field current signal.
For details, see A Client Appendix, Section A02 Electrical Drawings

on the Data Storage Device.
8.7.
Event Messages
8.7.1.
Impact of Event States
Normal operation states.

See Chapter 8.3.
Events
These are categorized in up to 8 event arrays
of 12 categories each that initiate a certain
action. See table below.
Normal Operation States Event Action

Figure 8-12 States of the Excitation System
L1006
8-19
The following event array shows examples of events that are allocated to
certain groups.
1: Alarm
2: Redundancy fault
3: MANUAL fault
4: AUTO fault
5: Channel fault
6: Other channel HW fault
7: BU Channel HW fault
8: Channel to BU link loss
9: Emergency stop
10: Trip 1
11: Trip 2
12: Start-up inhibit
Table 8-5 Examples of the System Event Matrix
Signal name
Event
Description
ConvRed1Flt
FCB1TurnOnFlt
OvrCurrInstFlt
CCMLinkFlt
Converter redundancy fault level 1 is reached.

FCB 1 ON failure
Overcurrent instantaneous fault is reached.
CCM Link is faulty.
X
X
X
X
Additionally, the events in the ECT are subcategorized as follows.

Table 8-6 Description of Event Types
Event Type
Information
Alarm
Error
8.7.2.
Description
Typically displays a message initiated by an action
Typically displays a failure of a system or of a part of the system
Displays a serious system fault, initiates a trip
Status and Event Messages

In addition to the feedback indications, the following status and event
messages are displayed in the control room (see A Client Appendix,
Section A02 Electrical Drawings on the Data Storage Device).
Table 8-7 Status and Event Messages (Hardwired)
Feedback
Ready for changeover AUTO/MANUAL
Local control
Under-/Overexcitation limiter
Common event
Spare digital output
Ready for Changeover
8-20
A smooth changeover from AUTO to MANUAL mode will only be

guaranteed if the feedback indication appears.
L1006
Local Control
Under-/Overexcitation
limiter
This status message means that the system cannot be operated by

remote control.
Remedy: Changeover to remote control.
Either an overexcitation or underexcitation limiter is now active. The
former reduces the field current, whereas the latter increases the field
current. The generator voltage regulator or superimposed regulator (if
switched on) is no longer effective. Operation with continuous limitation is
permitted. However, this generally impairs the dynamic behavior of the
excitation system in case of load changes.
Remedy: If possible, deactivate limiter by adjusting the setpoint.
Event
In case of an event, the maintenance personnel must be notified. The

system continues normal operation. But in case of a fault, automatic
shutdown takes place. However, the system must not be started up after
a shutdown until all causes of events have been eliminated and the
corresponding messages have disappeared.
L1006
8-21
8.8.
Description of the Excitation Control Terminal (ECT)
8.8.1.
Overview of the Screen after Start-up and the Display Elements

The description of the Excitation Control Terminal (ECT) in this chapter is
based on the Operating instructions of the Control Terminal which can be
found in Operating Instructions on the Data Storage Device.
Figure 8-13 Excitation Control Terminal (Typical layout after start-up)

The ECT is used to control and monitor the excitation system. The ECT
can be installed as a door panel at the excitation system for local control
and/or in the control room for remote control purposes.
The ECT is a powerful industrial PC with a user friendly Human Machine
Interface that runs independently of the control CPUs. The TFT touch
screen provides a range of selectable screens showing information about
the actual status of the system in graphical and numerical form. In
addition, authorized personnel can view and adjust all parameter values.
Analyzing tools for troubleshooting are also available. Important data is
stored in the ECT and can be displayed on the TFT or exported for further
investigation.
In order to protect the system against unauthorized manipulation, different
password-protected operation levels can be defined.
The ECT requires a hard lock (Dongle in green color) to function.
8-22
L1006

Static Display
Elements
To make sure that the operator has an overall process overview, the most
important system display elements are always visible on the screen:
System status bar
Panel control button

(to switch to Active Control Mode)
Not logged in with a password, an

ECT with higher priority is in
operation or there is no connection to
the UNITROL-System.
gray
The system cannot be operated or

monitored
red
The operation of the system is

authorized
green
Function selection buttons
Setpoint indication and setpoint

command buttons raise and lower .
Command buttons
Figure 8-14 Static Display Elements
L1006
8-23
8.8.2.
Function Selection Buttons
Table 8-8 ECT, Available Function Selection Buttons

Selection Button
Description
Operations
Start-up window, instruments and

command buttons
Powerchart
Visualization of operating point of

machine, actual values of the system
Diagrams
Simplified single line diagram, actual

values of the system
Slow Trending
Graphs, cycle time > 100 ms
Fast Trending
Graphs, cycle time 1 ms
Transient Recorder
Oscilloscope for a short time data logging
Events
Event logger, alarm list
Parameters
Parameter and signal selection and

adjustments
Login or Logout
Password input or back to level -
Options
Application Settings
(requires operation level 5)
The operator has operation to a set of screens that inform about the
excitation system status.
All indications on the screens are based on real-time information from the
system. This means that all data is retrieved directly from the selected
channel.
8-24
L1006

8.8.3.
System Status Bar
If a condition is active, the color of the corresponding feedback indication

is changed.
Table 8-9 ECT, Display of the Status Bar
System Status Bar
Description
AUX:
Off, On
Auxiliary circuit ready, not ready (e.g. FCB

OFF, ON)
EXC:
Off, On
Excitation is switched OFF or ON
NET:
OffLine, OnLine
Net not-synchronized or synchronized
Mode:
Auto, Manual
System in automatic or manual mode
CTRL:
None, Discharge, Q-Reg,

PF-Reg Spare
Status of the superimposed regulator
Limiter (Man):
None, P/Q-Lim, V/Hz-Lim,

Softstart 1)
Limiter (Auto): None, Igind, Ifmax,
IGcap, Ifmin, P/Q-Lim,
V/Hz-Lim, Softstart,
U-Max 1)
Fault:
Alarm:
- , Active 1)
None or active limiter
The active Channel indicates a fault
The active Channel indicates an alarm
- , Active )
StbyAlarm:
- , Active )
The inactive Channel indicates an alarm
Start:
not OK, OK
System is ready to start
ChXfer:
- , Ready
Channel balanced
Active:
None, CH1, CH2, BU
Active Channel
Connect:
None, CH1, CH2, BU
Indication to which Channel(s) the ECT is

connected
Unit:
Default
Name of the excitation system unit
Operator:
Operation Level 2 to 5
Administrator and
Personal Operation Level
Operation level of the password
Note 1):
Display blinking red

Display red
No display
L1006
Event available
Event reset but still available
No event and reset
8-25
8.8.4.
Login Procedure
Users without password can only supervise the system.
- After touching LOGIN the
window [Login] opens to
enter the User ID and the
Password
[Login]
- To open the User ID, touch

this button
[Users]
- Scroll to the desired
Operation Level[up] or [down]
,
[Users]
- Accept or reject the User
ID
[OK] or [cancel]
,
- To open the Password

Text Editor, touch this button
[Login]
- Enter the password for the

desired operation level
- Accept or reject the
password
[OK] or [cancel]
- Accept or reject the Login
[OK] or [cancel]
[Text Editor]
,
[Login]
,
Figure 8-15 Login Procedure
8-26
L1006
Operation Levels
General rule for passwords and operation levels:

A higher operation level includes all lower level functions as well.
Table 8-10 Operation Levels, Default Factory Settings
8.8.5.
Password
Default Value
Operation Level
Permitted Activities
Default Settings
administrator
Administrator
Full operation, inclusive password and

rule definition rights
sample (e.g.)
Sample = Personal
Operation Level
User with a Personal Operation Level

can be defined by the Administrator
test5
5 = Commissioning
The settings menu is available
test4
4 = Maintenance
Permission to change parameters,

event list can be cleared
test3
3 = Diagnostics
Operation to the backup channel, Event

Logger
test2
2 = Operator
All control buttons are available,

Trending
--
- = Viewer
Only status and actual values can be

viewed
Operation
After login, the color of the panel control button (hand)
changes to red.
Operation modes
After touching the button the color changes to green

The system can now be operated locally or remotely.
Both modes have the authorization to operate the
system.
Notice: The Service operation mode has a higher priority than the local
ECT operating mode. If the system is operated in the former modes, the
ECT loses authorization, a changeover is not possible.
The priority of the operation modes are as follows:
1. Service
2. Local ECT
3. Remote operation
4. Fieldbus Master
5. Fieldbus
6. Remote operation ECT
Remark: A failure of the ECT or an interruption in the communication of
the ECT to the hardware has no influence over the system operation,
because the Remote Operation is taking over the command (default
setting).
L1006
8-27
Command Buttons
Screen Operations
The main functions of the excitation system can be controlled with the
command buttons. The corresponding status feedback shows a different
background color.
The following figure gives the available standard commands:
Figure 8-16 Command Buttons (Typical Layout)

Before one of the command buttons can be used, the following conditions
must be fulfilled:
Touch panel control button

green hand Control Mode is active.
The user can control the excitation system
according to the selected operation level
A red hand allows only viewer operation.
Select the release button R within the next 5 s

The red lock changes to green.
to
Figure 8-17 Panel Control and Release Button
Channel Changeover
CH1 to CH2 or back

- Touch the command buttons R CH2 or R CH1
Mode Changeover
AUTO to MANUAL or back

- Touch the command buttons R Man or R Auto
8-28
L1006
8.8.6.
Parameters
Commands without
Buttons
Password Operation level 4

Commands without buttons are found in the parameter list
Screen Parameters
Choose path [Control IT \ In \ SM_StateMachine] Command (e.g.
ForceChannel1)
Value -> True (double touch of the signal opens the Editor Screen)
8.8.7.
Event Logger
Event Messages
Screen Events
The event indications on the status bar of the ECT are collective
messages for all events/trips that occur in the excitation system. Details
can be viewed on screen Events of the ECT.
Save, Print
Screen Events
Buttons to save/print the event log

table
Reset the Events
Screen Events
Button to reset the events.
Not available if the ECT is configured as a remote panel.
Clearing Event Log

Table
Password Operation level 4

Screen Events
Button to clear the event log table.
Figure 8-18 Warning before Clearing Events
L1006
8-29
8.9.
Description of the Converter Control Panel (CCP)

The converter control panel for the UN6800 system provides the following
features:
General Display
Features
Monitoring of three actual converter parameter values.
Parameter viewing.
Event logger.
Real time clock and synchronization with PEC controller.
Soft Key commands:

The soft key commands are defined in the bottom line of the LCD display
just above each key.
Display Contrast:
To adjust display contrast, simultaneously press the MENU and Up or
Down key.
Main Display
Use the Main Display to read information on the converter status. To view
the Main Display, press EXIT until the LCD display shows the following
information.
The LCD Display is divided into three main areas:
The top line of the display shows the basic status information of the
converter: OFF, ON, ISOLATED.
The middle area includes three lines displaying customized

parameter values or the menu for PARAMETERS, EVENT LOGGER
and CLOCK SET.
The bottom line shows the currently allocated command for the two
soft keys, such as MENU, ENTER.
Status LED
The status LED is located on the top left area of the panel:
- Green:
Normal operation.
- Flashing green: Event (Alarm) pending.
- Red:
Event (Fault) pending.
8-30
L1006
Key Commands
Press the MENU key on the Main
Display to go to the Main Menu
Soft key
Scroll with [up] or [down] arrow keys to

the desired line.
Arrow key
Press ENTER to show the highlighted

submenu.
Scroll with [up] or [down] arrow keys in
the submenu.
Press SEL to select a parameter or clock
set.
Or press DETAIL to show the Event
information.
Remark:
The arrow key is used to decrement or
increment the highlighted value.
Press EXIT to return to the last state or
continue to press EXIT to return to the
Main Menu.
All other buttons are inactive.
Figure 8-19 Converter Control Panel
The CCP displays the following converter status information in the top line:
OFF
Converter blocked.
ON
Converter in operation.
ISOLATED
Converter disconnected (draw-out version only).
The CCP displays the following default parameter values:
0A
0 Alpha
Actual firing angle of the thyristor pulses.
74 C Tco
Temperature inside the converter module.
Ico
Actual converter current.
For a detailed description, see document 3BHS233287 E80 in Operating

Instructions on the Data Storage Device.
L1006
8-31

Chapter 9 - Preventive Maintenance
9.1.
General
Chapter 9 - Preventive Maintenance contains the maintenance schedule
and the step by step instructions for the specific maintenance tasks. It
addresses qualified personnel who are responsible for the excitation
system.
NOTICE!
To maintain safe and reliable operation of the excitation system, ABB
recommends taking out a service contract with the local ABB service
organization. For more information contact your local service
representative.
NOTICE!
ABB recommends periodical training for the maintenance personnel.
NOTICE!
During the warranty period, any repair work must be carried out
exclusively by ABB service personnel.
The customer is responsible for observing the maintenance intervals. A

periodic maintenance can prevent system malfunctions.
ABB is not liable for defects as a result of neglecting maintenance work.
Operation of the excitation system during a preventive maintenance
activity is carried out with the ECT and based on Chapter 8 - Operation.
NOTICE!
Several password operation levels are necessary when operating the
ECT. Regular operation requires operation level 2; for other activities
refer to Chapter 8, Table 8-8 ECT, Available Function Selection Buttons.
L1006
9-1
9.2.
Safety Regulations
Before starting to work on the excitation system, the general safety
understood.
Some situations require ON-LINE maintenance activities. Otherwise, it is
not allowed to work without the excitation system in grounded condition.
Local and factory regulations must be strictly followed for all activities.
DANGER!
Dangerous voltage.
The live parts are located directly behind the door, any contact with
them will cause serious or even fatal injury.
If the excitation system is in operation, it is absolutely forbidden to open
the right door of the DC Deexcitation cubicle (+EE) and the door of the
AC Power inlet cubicle (+EA), not even for visual inspection.
9.3.
Standard Procedures for Maintenance

As mentioned in Chapter 9.1 - General, the excitation system is operated
with the ECT.
For maintenance works proceed as follows:
1
On the Excitation Control Terminal (ECT), switch the excitation

system to local mode.
NOTICE!
Operation level 4 is required for a mode change.
2
Check the Event Logger for active events.

On the ECT, select Events, dynamic list of actual events and the
event log table.
CAUTION!
The event logger provides important information on the excitation
system.
Cleared data will complicate the diagnostics for maintenance or
troubleshooting.
saved.
9-2
L1006
If an event is pending, refer to Chapter 10 - Troubleshooting.

3
Carry out the inspections, checks and maintenance work according

to the instructions in this chapter.
NOTICE!
For your own safety, follow exactly the instructions for inspections and
maintenance work according to the maintenance schedule in this
chapter. Do not carry out any maintenance work which is not mentioned
in these instructions.
4
9.4.
Switch back to ECT Remote Mode.
Operating Conditions during Maintenance Work

When planning and carrying out maintenance work, the operating
condition of the whole system should be considered.
Therefore ABB recommends coordination of maintenance work on the
excitation system with the plant maintenance.
Distinction is made between the following levels of system operating
conditions:
All power supplies (main and auxiliary power supplies) shut down and
disconnected, and the excitation system grounded.
NOTICE!
Power supply for the stand-still heater remains ON.
Auxiliary power supplies present (battery and AC supply)
Generator running at rated speed (excitation OFF)
Generator running in no-load operation at rated speed (excitation ON)
Generator in parallel operation (synchronized).
L1006
9-3
9.5.
Maintenance Schedule
Table 9-1 Maintenance Schedule gives an overview of all required
maintenance actions.
Table 9-1 Maintenance Schedule
OC Level*)
Action
9.6.1 Visual Inspection

Excitation transformer
Air filter mats
Converter fans
Door fan, +ER cubicle
Spare parts
--
--
X
X
X
X
--
3 months
Annual
--
--
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
9.6.4 Check Protective Devices

General
Excitation transformer temperature monitoring
Crowbar, BOD
Ground fault protection
Insulating monitoring device
Tripping
Control signals
9.6.5 Maintenance Work, Cleaning
Excitation transformer
Cubicles
Insulators
Thyristor heat sinks
Power switches (FCB, Isolator)
Control electronics
9.6.2 Functional Inspection

Status bar ECT
Event logger ECT, CCP
Converter fans operating hours
Converter fan changeover test
Fan supply changeover test
Thyristor heat sinks and cooling air
Generator voltage and active power
Redundant regulation circuits
Channel and mode changeover test
9.6.3 Check Busbar and Cable Connections
Busbar, cable
Insulators
Check intervals
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
9.6.6 Maintenance Work, Fans
If
necessary
Air filter mats

Converter fan
+ER cubicle, door fan
If
necessary
X
X
X
*) OC system operating conditions (refer to Chapter 9.4 - Operating Conditions during Maintenance Work)
If it is possible or if it makes sense, the maintenance could be done with a lower level of system operating conditions.
9-4
L1006
9.6.
Specific Maintenance Tasks

The intervals for maintenance tasks given in the maintenance schedule
must be strictly followed, especially in the first year of operation. An
optimum maintenance interval can then be worked out based on the
results of the regular inspections. In particular, the accumulation of dirt
must be observed in the first year of operation.
9.6.1.
Visual Inspection
For visual inspection proceed as follows:
Refer to Chapter 2 - System Overview for the identification of the
individual components.
Visual inspection is carried out with system operating condition
generator runs in parallel operation (synchronized).
Visually inspect the following items:
Excitation Transformer
1
Check for dust, dirt and abnormal noises of the transformer.
NOTICE!
Watch out for the magnetic fields.
Air Filter Mats

Contamination of the air filter mats.
2
Check the air filter mats on the +EE and +EA cubicle doors.
Check the air filter mats on the +ER cubicle door (only if an ECT is
mounted).
Check for abnormal noise.
Converter Fans
Since it is not possible to lubricate the bearings, fans with excessive

noise must be replaced at the next overhaul.
For more information see the Operating Instructions for Converter
type UNL14300 in B Common Appendix, Section B04 01 Converter
Module on the Data Storage Device
L1006
9-5
Converter Module
Inspection of the heat sinks is NOT allowed while the excitation system is
in operation.
DANGER!
Dangerous voltage.
The live parts are located directly behind the cover, any contact with
When the excitation system is in operation and the converter cubicle
doors (+EG) have been opened, the front cover of the converter module
must not be removed for any reason.
Door Fan,
+ER Cubicle
5
Check for dust and dirt, normal airflow and abnormal noises.
Since it is not possible to lubricate the bearings, fans with increased
noise must be replaced at the next overhaul.
Spare Parts
6
Check for completeness.

The spare parts list can be found in A Client Appendix, Section A04
Remaining Documents Recommended Spare Parts on the Data
Storage Device.
9.6.2.
Functional Inspection
Functional inspection is carried out with system operating condition
generator runs in parallel operation (synchronized).
Inspect the following items:
Status Bar, ECT

1
Check the indications on the status bar and compare them with the
actual system configuration.
See Chapter 8 Operation, ECT, Table 8-3 Customer Commands for
Remote Control (Fieldbus) and Table 8-4 ECT, Commands in Local
Control.
9-6
L1006
Event Logger ECT,

CCP
2
Check the Event Logger for active events.

See ECT, select Events, dynamic list of actual events and the event
log table.
See CCP, Main Menu \ EVENT LOGGER
No event should be indicated.
Converter Fans
Operating Hours
3
Check the operating hours of the fans:

Select Parameters, choose path [Control IT \ Out \ (see table
below for the rest of the parameter)
Table 9-2 Maximum Fan Operating Hours

Path]
Converter #
Signal name
Criterion
Conv_ConverterFanControl1]
Conv_ConverterFanControlX]
Fan1RunningHours
Fan2RunningHours
Fan1RunningHours
Fan2RunningHours
<40000 h
<40000 h
<40000 h
<40000 h
Fan 1
Fan 2
Fan 1
Fan 2
If a criterion is reached, replace the corresponding fan according to

Chapter 9.6.6 - Maintenance Work, Fans.
Converter Fan
Changeover Test
4
Check the converter fan changeover:

Select Parameters, choose path [Control IT \ In \ (see table below
for the rest of the parameter)
Table 9-3 Converter Fan Changeover

Path]
Converter #
Signal name
Toggle
button
FanChangeOver
FanChangeOver
FanChangeOver
FanChangeOver
True-False
True-False
True-False
True-False
Fan 1 to 2
Fan 2 to 1
Fan 1 to 2
Fan 2 to 1
Scroll up/down to the signal line

FanChangeOver and touch the pen button to
open the Toggle Editor. Mark the field, confirm
with OK, mark the field again and confirm.
The fan rotates and no event message should be indicated.
L1006
9-7
Fan Supply
Changeover Test
5
Check the fan supply changeover:

Select Parameters, choose path [Control IT \ In \ (see table below
Table 9-4 Fan Supply Changeover

Path]
Converter #
Fan 1
Supply 1 to 2
Supply 2 to 1
Fan 1 to 2
Supply 1 to 2
Supply 2 to 1
Fan 2 to 1
Fan 1
Supply 1 to 2
Supply 2 to 1
Fan 1 to 2
Supply 1 to 2
Supply 2 to 1
Fan 2 to 1
Signal name
Toggle
button
SupplyChangeOver
SupplyChangeOver
FanChangeOver
SupplyChangeOver
SupplyChangeOver
FanChangeOver
True-False
True-False
True-False
True-False
True-False
True-False
SupplyChangeOver
SupplyChangeOver
FanChangeOver
SupplyChangeOver
SupplyChangeOver
FanChangeOver
True-False
True-False
True-False
True-False
True-False
True-False
The fan rotates and no event message should be indicated.
Thyristor Heat Sinks

and Cooling Air
6
Check the temperature of the thyristor/converter:
Select Parameters and choose path [Control IT \ Out \ (see table below
Table 9-5 Thyristor heat sink and air temperature of the converter
Path]
Converter #
Signal name
Criterion
Conv_ConverterModule1]
1 Sensors 1 to 6
Cooling air 1,2
3 Sensors 1 to 6
Cooling air 1,2
ThyrCaseTemp1 to 6
ConverterAirTemp1, 2
ThyrCaseTemp1 to 6
ConverterAirTemp1, 2
<90 C
<90 C
<90 C
<90 C
Conv_ConverterModuleX]
Optional: ThyCaseTemp1 to 6.
If the temperature is over 90 C, clean the thyristor heat sink and replace
dirty air filter mats according to Chapter 9.6.6 - Maintenance Work, Fans.
9-8
L1006
Generator Voltage and

Active Power
7
Compare the following measured values on the ECT with an

independent measurement, e.g. from the control room or from the 2nd
channel, if provided. This should at least be possible for the
generator voltage and active power. If no measured values are
available to compare with the other parameters, the accuracy of the
results must be evaluated on the basis of previously measured
values.
Do this for the following screens on the ECT:

- Select Powerchart or
- Select Diagrams or
- Select Parameters and choose path [Control IT \ Out \
Table 9-6 Measured Values for Machine, Converter and Transformer
Path]
Signal name
Description
Meas_SystemMeasurement]
UgAbs
Generator voltage
IgAbs
Generator current
PAbs
Active power
QAbs
Reactive power
Conv_Converter1]
UfAbs
Excitation voltage
Conv_Converter1]
IfAbs
Field current
Conv_Converter1]
UsynAbs
Converter supply
voltage
Prot_ExcTrafoMon]
ExcTrafoTemp1
to 3
Transformer temp. 1
to 3
Criterion
Redundant Regulation
Circuits
8
Test the setpoint of the redundant regulation circuits by touching the

Raise and Lower buttons on the ECT.
The inactive channel should follow the active channel.
While balancing is in progress, the message "CH XFER" appears on
the status bar of the ECT. If the "CH XFER" message displays
"Ready" after a few seconds, all redundant circuits can be considered
as functional.
L1006
9-9
Triple channel system
Single channel system
Figure 9-1 Definition of the Active and Inactive Channels
NOTICE!
It takes some time for the regulator to balance the redundant circuits.
NOTICE!
Under extreme operating conditions, the field current regulator (FCR)
may not always track the automatic voltage regulator because of its
reduced operation range.
The above test includes all redundant sensing circuits as well as the
redundant regulator functions but not the firing pulse circuits of the triple
channel system. In order to test this, the following steps must be taken:
9-10
L1006
Channel and Mode

Changeover Test
This test includes a changeover to the redundant backup channel, if the
"CH XFER" on the status bar of the ECT indicates Ready.
Status bar ECT Active
1
Mode
Changeover CH1 to CH2

Touch command buttons R CH2 means
that first the Release button must be touched
(remains active for 5 s).
CH1
Changeover AUTO to MANUAL

Touch command buttons R MAN
CH2
Changeover MANUAL to BACKUP (only

MANUAL)
Select Parameters, choose path [Control IT \
In \ SM_StateMachine] command
ForceBackup.
CH2
Manual
BU
Manual
Changeover BACKUP to CH1 (MANUAL)

Touch command buttons R CH1
CH2
Manual
Changeover MANUAL to AUTO

Touch command buttons R AUTO
Auto
CH2
Auto
Manual
CH1
CH1
Manual
Auto
If all changeovers listed above proceed smoothly, all redundant circuits

can be considered as functional. If a changeover leads to a noticeable
change of the operating point, the cause for the change must be
determined.
NOTICE!
After testing has been completed, make sure that the AUTO mode is
selected again. Change the active channel to CH1.
9.6.3.
Check Busbar and Cable Connections

Checking the busbar and cable connections is carried out in system
operating condition all power supplies (main and auxiliary power
L1006
9-11
supplies) shut down and disconnected, and the excitation system

grounded.
Busbar and Cable
1
Check tightness of bolted connections of the busbars.
Check that all screw connections on screw terminals, etc. are tight.
Check tightness of bolted connections.
Insulators
We recommend that all bolted connections are checked after the first year
of operation, afterwards ca. every 4 years.
9.6.4.
Check Protective Devices

Checking protective devices is carried out in system operating condition
Auxiliary power supplies present (battery and AC supply).
General
NOTICE!
For the following function checks, the system must be switched off and
the power section of the excitation transformer must be isolated from the
generator. Moreover, AC and DC sources must be grounded.
Open the field circuit breaker and ground the excitation system on
both sides. The regulator electronics are still supplied from the station
battery via the input circuit.
When the system is dead, switch over to local operation and close the
field circuit breaker again on the ECT.
Test the protection equipment and functions (if provided).
Reset the alarm and close the field circuit breaker again each time a
protection feature has been triggered.
Simulate an overtemperature situation by disconnecting the

measuring cable on one side of the input terminals (see terminals
plan).
Temperature
Monitoring
Crowbar, BOD
9-12
L1006
To carry out a functional test of the crowbar, ask for ABB service
personnel or trained and certified customer personnel.
Ground Fault
Protection
UNS 3020 (if applicable)

1
Press the TEST key on unit -F75.

This will simulate a ground fault.
This is indicated by the illumination of the

LEDs ST1 and ST2 on the unit itself. No
signal to the regulator electronics is
issued.
2
To check the controller for a trip or

an alarm signal, swap the soldering
bridge from S1202 to S1201 and
activate the external test input 3_09
(jumper from terminal 3_08 to 3_09).
Remove the jumper after completing

the test.
Restore the soldering bridge to its

original position.
For further information, see the

Operation Manual of the Rotor Ground
Fault Protection in B Common Appendix,
Section B04 Components 06 Protection
and Monitoring Devices on the Data
Storage Device.
Figure 9-2 UNS 3020
Insulation Monitoring
Device
BENDER IRDH 275(B)
(if applicable)
Use the TEST button to verify the

functions of the unit, including the
connections to the mains and to
ground.
Press the INFO button and important

information, such as the system
leakage capacitance and device
settings will be displayed.
Press the RESET button to delete the

insulation alarms.
For further information, see the Bender

Manual in B Common Appendix, Section
B04 Components 06 Protection and
Monitoring Devices on the Data Storage
L1006
9-13
Device.
Figure 9-3 BENDER IRDH 275
Tripping
1
Test the excitation trip.

Command:
See ECT, select Parameters, choose path [Control IT \ In \
Prot_SystemGroupFaults] command ForceTrip1 (True-False).
As a result of the trip, the field circuit breaker must open.
If hardwired, a feedback signal "Excitation Trip" will be given to the
customer terminal.
See Electrical Drawings.
Control Signals
9.6.5.
To test the inputs, locate the signal sources with the hardware
schematic diagram and simulate the triggering of the indicator contact.
Simulate the outputs to the control room and the commands to the
field circuit breaker.
Maintenance Work, Cleaning

Cleaning is carried out with system operating condition All power
supplies (main and auxiliary power supplies) shut down and disconnected,
and the excitation system grounded.
1
Clean off dust and dirt with a dry cloth, vacuum cleaner or
compressed air (not high pressure). Do not use any solvents.
Clean the air inlets at the cubicle doors and the air outlets of the
converter cubicles.
Cubicles
9-14
L1006
Clean the fan inlets and outlets.
NOTICE!
No compressed air must be used for cubicle cleaning.
Insulators
4
Clean the insulators with a dry cloth.
Clean with a brush and vacuum cleaner. Never use solvents.
Thyristor Heat Sinks
For more information see the Operating Instructions for Converter Type
UNL14300 in B Common Appendix, Section B04 01 Converter Module
on the Data Storage Device.
Power Switches
Field circuit breaker (-Q02) and Isolator (-Q08):
6
Check for contact charring. Clean with a brush and dry cloth. If
necessary, remove charring using emery paper.
Lubricate all sliding surfaces using appropriate grease.
Check the arc chamber each time the breaker is tripped due to short
circuit, remove smoke residue and dust using compressed air, scrub
off cinder.
Consult the separate Maintenance Instructions for the Breaker in B
Common Appendix, Section B04 Components 02 Field Circuit
Breaker on the Data Storage Device.
Control Electronics
9
Check the printed circuit boards.
Under normal conditions, no dirt and dust will accumulate on the printed
circuit boards. Use a vacuum cleaner and soft brushes to clean the
boards. Never use solvents.
L1006
9-15
9.6.6.
Maintenance Work, Fans

Maintenance of the fans is carried out with system operating condition
Air Filter Mats
Change or wash dirty air filter mats.

+ER cubicle door (applicable only if an ECT is mounted)
Remove filter mats
Wash, then dry
Figure 9-4 Washing Instructions for Filter Mats

EE and EA cubicle doors
1
The filter mats are installed in the cubicle doors of the +EE and +EA
cubicle. In order to dismantle the fan grid, open the lock by means of
a quarter-turn.
Replace or wash the filter mat. Then dry the mat.
Afterwards, reinsert the fan grid and turn the lock horizontally. Close
the lock with finger pressure.
Replace the fans after approximately 40 000 hours of operation. Read

the operating hours of the fans from the ECT.
Converter Fan
Do not forget to reset the operating hours counter.

Select Parameters, choose path [Control IT \ Out \
Conv_ConverterFanControl#, command Fan#RunningHours.
For more information see the Operating Instructions for Converter
Type UNL14300 in the B Common Appendix, Section B04
Components 01 Converter Module on the Data Storage Device.
+ER Cubicle, Door
Fan
5
9-16
Replace the door fan of the excitation system after approximately

25 000 hours of operation.
L1006

Chapter 10 - Troubleshooting
10.1.
General
Chapter 10 - Troubleshooting provides instructions on how to proceed in
case of a problem with the excitation system. It addresses qualified
personnel who are responsible for repairing the excitation system.
NOTICE!
To maintain safe and reliable operation of the excitation system, ABB
recommends taking out a service contract with the local ABB service
organization. Fore more information contact your local service
representative.
NOTICE!
ABB recommends periodical training for the maintenance and repair
personnel.
NOTICE!
During the warranty period, any repair work must be carried out
exclusively by ABB service personnel.
10.2.
Safety Regulations
Before starting to work on the excitation system the general safety
understood.
When planning and carrying out maintenance work, the operating
condition of the whole system should be considered.
See Chapter 10.5 - Operating Conditions during Repair Work.
Some situations require ON-LINE maintenance activities. Otherwise, it is
not allowed to work without the excitation system in grounded condition.
Local and factory regulations must be strictly followed for all activities.
3BHSxxxxxx E80 Rev. -
10-1
DANGER!
Dangerous voltage.
The live parts are located directly behind the door; any contact with
When the excitation system is in operation and the converter cubicle
doors (+EG) have been opened, the front cover of the converter module
must not be removed for any reason.
10.3.
Standard Procedures for Troubleshooting

Before doing any repair work, be sure that the reason for an event is clear
and that you fully understand the corrective actions to undertake.
For repair work proceed as follows:
1
On the Excitation Control Terminal (ECT), switch the excitation

system to local mode.
NOTICE!
Operation level 4 is required for a mode change.
Check the event logs for active events.

On the ECT, select Events, dynamic list of actual events and the
event log table.
Do not clear the event logs now.
CAUTION!
The event logs provide important information on the excitation system.
Cleared data will complicate the diagnostics for maintenance or
troubleshooting.
saved.
3
Identify the event.

To get the help text, scroll to the event line and touch the Info button
or double-touch the event line.
The help text provides the operator with information on what has
happened and gives possible hints for successful troubleshooting.
Check the actual time stamp in the left corner.
10-2
L1006
oTouch Info
Figure 10-1 Event Details

4
If in use, check the Transient Recorder of CH1 (and CH2 and BU, if
applicable).
Repair the failure.

Instructions on how to replace a damaged component and other
required actions are given in Chapter 10.5 Operating Conditions
during Repair Work.
NOTICE!
For your own safety, follow exactly the instructions for event finding
given in the chapter mentioned above. Do not carry out any repair work
beyond these instructions.
If you need to order new spare parts proceed according to

A Client Appendix, Section A04 Remaining Documents
Recommended Spare Parts on the Data Storage Device.
If the problem cannot be solved, contact the ABB service

representative (see address in Chapter 1.4 Introduction,
Manufacturers ).
For efficient troubleshooting it is recommended to have the following
data available when calling the ABB Service representative:
Event log table, printed or saved as CSV-File.
Transient Recorder, printed or saved as CSV-File

(if triggered).
Snapshot list from each channel as CSV-File. (from

Upload)
L1006
10-3
After the failure is repaired, reset the events and clear the event logs.
If the troubleshooting was successful, start the excitation system
according to Chapter 10.9 - Restart after Troubleshooting.
If a restart is not possible and an event is still pending, call the ABB
service representative.
10.4.
Event Messages
The list of all event messages is provided in a separate document, which
identifies all events together with information, hints and possible actions
to repair the system.
If further assistance is needed, call the ABB Service organization (see
address in Chapter 1.4 Introduction, Manufacturers ) or your local
representative.
IMPORTANT!
Before calling ABB Service always check the events for other, possibly
related messages.
10.5.
Operating Conditions during Repair Work

When carrying out repair work, the operating condition of the whole
system should be considered.
Distinction is made between the following levels of system conditions:
All power supplies (main and auxiliary power supplies) shut down and
disconnected, and the excitation system grounded, i.e. operating
condition for OFF-LINE Repair:
NOTICE!
Power supply for the stand-still heater remains ON.
Auxiliary power supplies present (battery and AC supply).
Generator running at rated speed (excitation OFF).
Generator running in no-load operation at rated speed (excitation ON).
Generator in parallel operation (synchronized), i.e. operating condition
for ON-LINE Repair
10-4
L1006
10.6.
Replacement of Defective Components
Operating Conditions
The following table gives an overview of all possible replacement actions

that can be carried out either with the system OFF-LINE () or with the
system ON-LINE ().
Before doing any repair work with the system ON-LINE, read the
instructions in Chapter 3 - Safety Instructions and 10.5 Operating
Conditions during Repair Work.
Table 10-1 Operating Conditions for Replacement of Components
Replacement
OC*)
OFF-LINE
10.7.1
10.7.2
10.7.3
10.8.1
10.8.2
10.8.2
10.8.3
10.8.4
Converter Module, Draw-out Version (Configuration Standard and Twin)

- Converter module
- Thyristor, Converter module removed or in replacement position
- Fan box, redundant or single
- Converter Control Interface (CCI)
AVR Channel 1 or 2 (only dual Channel system)
Controller AC800PEC
Communication Control Measurement Device (CCM)
Backup Channel (CCM BU)
Converter Module, Draw-out Version (Config. Economic; w/o redundancy)
- Converter module
- Thyristor, Converter module removed or in replacement position
- Fan box, redundant
- Fan box, single
Converter Module, Fixed Version (Configuration standard and twin)
- Thyristor, Converter module in fixed position
Converter Module, Fixed Version (Config. Economic; w/o redundancy)
- Thyristor, Converter module in fixed position
- Fan box, single
AVR Channel 1
Controller AC800PEC
Communication Control Measurement Device (CCM)
Crowbar, Deexcitation
ON-LINE
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
*) OC system operating conditions (refer to Chapter 10.5 - Operating Conditions during Repair Work)
If possible and reasonable, the maintenance could be done with a lower level of system operating conditions.
Prerequisites for
Repair Work
Before installing a new component, compare its type, settings etc., with
those of the device to be replaced. The settings can also be found in the
document Testing and commissioning report for UNITROL 6800 Static
Excitation Systems in the A Client Appendix, Section A03 Test Reports
on the Data Storage Device .
L1006
10-5
This includes in particular the following checks:

Specification on the rating plate
Type, hardware status
Settings
Firmware version
Check the SW Release of the failed unit. (E.g. for CIO 1.0.03).
By the replaced unit, the first figure (1.) of SW Release must be equal, the
remaining figures can be equal or higher.
See ECT, select Parameters and choose path [Control IT \ Out \ (see
table below for the rest of the parameter)
Table 10-2 Software Release Control of the Units (ECT)
Unit #
Path]
Signal Name
AC800PEC
CCM
CCMBackup
CCI#
CIO#
Sys_ExcitationSystem]
Conv_ConverterSystem#
Meas_CIOConfig
SoftwareVersionPEC800
SoftwareVersionCCM
SoftwareVersionCCMBackup
SoftwareVersionCCI#
SoftwareVersionCIO#
The download of the Software Release package (Installer Archive ZIP-file)

takes place with the PECInstaller Tool.
10.7.
ON-LINE Repair
10.7.1.
Converter Module, Draw-out Version (Configuration Standard and Twin)

Repair work is described in detail in the Operating Instructions for
Converter Type UNL14300, Draw-out Version in B Common Appendix,
Section B04 01 Converter Module on the Data Storage Device.
10.7.2.
AVR Channel 1 or 2
NOTICE!
Be sure that this channel is in backup operation.
10-6
Switch OFF the Advanced Power Distributor (APD) of the particular

device (AC 800PEC or CCM).
Be careful, the APD belongs to a device and is accordingly labeled
(see Electrical Drawings).
Unplug all connectors.
Replace the hardware.
L1006
For CCM, set the code switch number of the channel device address.
Switch ON the APD.
Check the SW Release, if necessary download the right release

version.
For AC800PEC, download the Snapshot CH1 or CH2,
Reset the Event.

Select Events and touch the Reset button [
10.7.3.
] on the ECT.
Backup Channel (CCM BU)

1
Switch OFF the Advanced Power Distributor (APD) of the CCM BU.
Be careful, the APD belongs to a device and is accordingly labeled.
Set the code switch number of the Backup Channel device address.
Switch ON the APD.
Check the SW Release, otherwise download the right release version.

Download the Snapshot Backup Channel.
Reset the Event.

Select Events and touch the Reset button on the ECT.
10.8.
OFF-LINE Repair
10.8.1.
Converter Module, Draw-out Version (Config. Economic; w/o redundancy)

Converter Type UNL14300, Draw-out Version in B Common Appendix,
10.8.2.
Converter Module, Fixed Version
Configuration Standard and Twin or

Config. Economic; w/o redundancy

Converter Type UNL14300, Fixed Version in B Common Appendix,
10.8.3.
AVR Channel 1
1
Switch OFF the Advanced Power Distributor (APD) of the particular

device (AC 800PEC or CCM).
L1006
10-7
Be careful, the APD belongs to a device and is accordingly labeled.

(see A Client Appendix, Section A02 Electrical Drawings on the Data
Storage Device).
10.8.4.
For CCM, set the code switch number of the CH1 device address.
Switch ON the APD.
Check the SW Release, otherwise download the right release version.

For AC800PEC, download the Snapshot CH1.
Reset the Event.

Crowbar, Deexcitation
The repair of crowbar and deexcitation equipment is only allowed by ABB
service personnel.
10.9.
Restart after Troubleshooting

ON-LINE repair:
After an ON-LINE repair the system is still in operation and requires only
a reset of the Event from the repaired Channel.
OFF-LINE repair:
Checks before
Switching ON
1
Visually check the appearance, cleanliness inside and outside and if

any tools or other foreign objects are left in the cubicles.
Connect all disconnected power supplies.
Remove safety grounding equipment.
Follow the instructions in Chapter 8.3.1 - Operation, Check before

Switching on.
Reset the Event of the repaired failure, if it is still pending.

Switch-on Sequence
10-8
L1006
Start-up the excitation system.

Follow the instructions in Chapter 8.3.2 - Operation, Switch-on
Sequence.
10.10. Diagnosis - LED Status

AC 800PEC
Table 10-3 LED Allocation for AC 800 PEC Controller
Color
Marking
Status and Meaning in Running State
LED_1
Red
F(ault)
LED_2
Green
R(un)
LED_3
Green
P(ower)
LED_4
Green
S(upervisor)
LED_5
Yellow
T(ransmission)
LED_6
Yellow
A(ctivity)
LED is turned OFF.

LED may be turned ON to indicate a severe
system fault.
LED is turned ON if FPGA is configured.
LED is turned OFF if the FPGA is cleared.
LED is turned ON.
LED is turned OFF if supply is out of range.
LED is turned ON.
LED is turned OFF if any operating
conditionis out of range.
PowerLink supervision.
LED is flashing if PowerLinks are available.
Normal state: Led is flashing.
LED is turned OFF if any watchdog error is
LED #
CCM, CIO and CCI

Table 10-4 LEDs, Status Indication CCM, CCI and CIO
LED #
Color
Name
Description
Red
F (Fault)
LED OFF: Normal state

LED ON: Indicates a severe system fault
Green
R (Run)
LED OFF: FPGA is not configured

LED ON: FPGA is configured
Green
P (Power)
LED OFF: Power supply is out of range

LED ON: Power supply is in range
Yellow
A (Activity)
LED OFF: Watchdog error detected

LED flashing: Normal state
10.11. Spare Parts
L1006
10-9
See A Client Appendix, Section A04 Remaining Documents

Recommended Spare Parts on the Data Storage Device.
10-10
L1006

Chapter 11 - Technical Description
Chapter 11 - Technical Description provides a list of the complete user

documentation for operation, maintenance and troubleshooting. This
documentation can be found on the Data Storage Device supplied
together with this User Manual.
NO.
Title
Document No.
A01.1
UNITROL 6800, Operating Instructions

ECT
3BHS233935 E80
A01.2
UNITROL 6800, Operating Instructions

CCP
3BHS233287 E80
B01.1
Interlock Block Diagram
3BHS223093 E77
B01.2
UN6800 Operational Software Description
3BHS240590 E04
B01.3
UN6800 Signal and Parameter List
3BHS258025 E07
B01.4
UN6800 Alarm and Event List
3BHS258033 E07
B02.1
Operating Instructions for Converter Type

UNL13300
3BHS260553 E02
B03.1
PP D113_800PEC Controller
B03.2
UF D128_Optical Module
B03.3
PC D230_Communication Control and

Measurement CCM
B03.4
UNS 0881_Gate Driver Interface GDI
B03.5
PC D235_Combined Input Output CIO
B03.6
PC D231_Converter Control Interface CCI
B03.7
UA D215_Converter Signal Interface CSI
B03.8
KS D211_Input Coupling Unit ICU
L1006
NOTE
11-1
ABB
UNITROL 6000 Operating Instructions
(ECT)
Document No.:
Version
ABB Switzerland Ltd. All Rights Reserved.
3BHS233935 E80 Rev. C

09 / 2009
ABB
ABB reserves all rights to this document and to the information and topics
express permission of ABB is forbidden.
ABB.
3BHS233935 E80 Rev. C
Operating Instructions
ABB
Table of Contents
Table of Contents ................................................................................................................3
List of Figures......................................................................................................................5
List of Tables .......................................................................................................................6
General Information ............................................................................................................7
Chapter 1 - Safety Instructions .........................................................................................8
1.1.
1.2.
1.3.
1.4.
General .......................................................................................................................... 8
Required Qualification and Responsibilities.................................................................... 8
Safety Signs and Labels................................................................................................. 8
Exclusion of Warranty and Liability................................................................................. 9
Chapter 2 - Device Description .......................................................................................10

2.1.
2.2.
2.3.
2.4.
2.5.
2.6.
Introduction ...................................................................................................................10
Operational Features ....................................................................................................10
Data Representation .....................................................................................................11
Operation ......................................................................................................................11
Area of Application ........................................................................................................12
Hardware ......................................................................................................................13
Chapter 3 - Installation ....................................................................................................14

3.1.
3.2.
Panel Configuration.......................................................................................................14
Channel IP Addresses for local TCP/IP Network ...........................................................14
Chapter 4 - Settings .........................................................................................................15

4.1.
4.2.
4.3.
4.4.
Screen after Startup ......................................................................................................15

Selection of the Operation Level ...................................................................................16
Options, Brief Description..............................................................................................18
ECT Network Configuration...........................................................................................20
Chapter 5 - Functional Description ................................................................................21

5.1.
5.1.1.
5.1.2.
5.1.3.
5.1.4.
5.2.
5.2.1.
5.2.2.
5.3.
5.4.
5.5.
5.5.1.
5.5.2.
Static Display Elements.................................................................................................21

System Status Bar ........................................................................................................22
Panel Control Button .....................................................................................................23
Functions, Screen Selection..........................................................................................23
Setpoint Indication and Setpoint Command...................................................................24
Operation ......................................................................................................................25
Command Buttons ........................................................................................................25
Analog Instruments .......................................................................................................26
Power Chart ..................................................................................................................28
Diagrams (optional).......................................................................................................29
Slow Trending ...............................................................................................................30
Selection of the Channel ...............................................................................................31
Selection of the Signals and Start of the Recording.......................................................31
3BHS233935 E80 Rev. C
ABB
5.5.3.
5.5.4.
5.5.5.
5.5.6.
5.6.
5.6.1.
5.6.2.
5.6.3.
5.6.4.
5.6.5.
5.6.6.
5.7.
5.7.1.
5.7.2.
5.7.3.
5.7.4.
5.7.5.
5.7.6.
5.8.
5.9.
5.9.1.
5.9.2.
5.9.3.
5.9.4.
5.9.5.
5.9.6.
5.9.7.
5.9.8.
5.9.9.
5.10.
5.10.1.
5.10.2.
5.10.3.
5.10.4.
5.10.5.
5.10.6.
5.10.7.
5.10.8.
5.10.9.
5.10.10.
Scaling of the Signals in the Graph .............................................................................. 33

Display Settings ........................................................................................................... 34
Stop, Start, Timer ......................................................................................................... 35
Save, Export Trending Files and Load the Graph......................................................... 36
Fast Trending............................................................................................................... 39
Selection of the Channel .............................................................................................. 39
Selection of the Signals and Start of the Recording...................................................... 40
Stop, Start, Timer ......................................................................................................... 41
Save, Export Trending Files and Load the Graph......................................................... 42
Transient Recorder ...................................................................................................... 43
Channel Selection and Settings of the Trigger conditions............................................. 44
Selection of the Signals and Start of the Recording...................................................... 45
Auto and Manual Trigger, Reading, Timer.................................................................... 46
Save and Export Recorded Files or Load the Graph .................................................... 48
Events.......................................................................................................................... 49
Parameters and Signals List/Selection ......................................................................... 52
Changing of a Parameter Value ................................................................................... 55
Defining My Groups ..................................................................................................... 56
Creating a Snapshot (Upload) ...................................................................................... 58
Opening a Snapshot .................................................................................................... 59
Compare Snapshots .................................................................................................... 60
Update Target (Download) ........................................................................................... 62
Save Parameter to Flash.............................................................................................. 64
Setting and Save Boot Parameters to Flash................................................................. 66
Definition of the Parameters/Signals ............................................................................ 66
Options ........................................................................................................................ 67
General ........................................................................................................................ 67
Alarms & Events........................................................................................................... 70
Tools ............................................................................................................................ 73
Powerchart................................................................................................................... 74
Operations ................................................................................................................... 74
Diagrams...................................................................................................................... 80
Trending....................................................................................................................... 80
Transient Recorder ...................................................................................................... 81
Security........................................................................................................................ 81
Appendix 1 to Chapter Options .................................................................................... 85
Chapter 6 - Installation and Disposal............................................................................. 87

6.1.
6.2.
6.3.
Mechanical installation ................................................................................................. 87

Grounding .................................................................................................................... 87
Disposal ....................................................................................................................... 87
Chapter 7 - Commissioning............................................................................................ 88
Chapter 8 - Maintenance and Faults .............................................................................. 89
Chapter 9 - Appendix ...................................................................................................... 92
9.1.
9.2.
4
General Data................................................................................................................ 92
Mechanical Dimensions ............................................................................................... 93
3BHS233935 E80 Rev. C
ABB
List of Figures
Figure 2-1 Example of an Excitation System ...................................................................................12
Figure 2-2 Hardware .......................................................................................................................13
Figure 3-1 Overview of a possible IP Address Configuration ...........................................................14
Figure 4-1 Typical Screen after Startup ...........................................................................................15
Figure 4-2 Application Settings........................................................................................................18
3BHS233935 E80 Rev. C
ABB
List of Tables
Table 3-1 Panel Configuration ........................................................................................................ 14
Table 3-2 Default value of the Channels......................................................................................... 14
Table 4-1 Operation Levels, Default Factory Settings..................................................................... 16
Table 4-2 Application Settings ........................................................................................................ 19
Table 5-1 Static Display Elements.................................................................................................. 21
Table 5-2 Display of the Status Bar ................................................................................................ 22
Table 5-3 Available Screens of the ECT, Selection Buttons ........................................................... 23
Table 5-4 Settings for Fast Trending .............................................................................................. 40
Table 5-5 Event Type ..................................................................................................................... 50
Table 5-6 Description of the Available Tags ................................................................................... 54
Table 5-7 Setting and Saving Procedure of the Boot Parameters................................................... 66
Table 5-8 List of Settings relating to the Operation Level................................................................ 84
Table 5-9 Description of the Device Configuration Settings ............................................................ 85
3BHS233935 E80 Rev. C
ABB
General Information
Manufacturers Address
If any questions arise, consult the local ABB representative or the factory:
IMPORTANT!
If calling ABB, please leave your name, department and phone number.
This will allow the responsible ABB representative to call back without
delay.
ABB Switzerland Ltd

Static Excitation Systems, Voltage Regulators
and Synchronizing Equipment
CH-5300 Turgi / Switzerland
Telephone:
Fax:
Email:
Internet:
+41 58 589 24 86
+41 58 589 23 33
pes@ch.abb.com
http://www.abb.com/unitrol
24 h Hotline for urgent service inquiries: +41 844 845 845

Email contact for service inquiries: unitrol.supportline@ch.abb.com
ABB is constantly striving for the best product and service offerings for
our customers. Therefore ABB appreciates your valuable feedback or
suggestions for improvements of UNITROL products.
Please send your comments to "unitrol.feedback@ch.abb.com". Your
information will be forwarded to the responsible persons in order to
improve ABBs future offerings.
Quality Certificates and Applicable Standards

SQS herewith certifies that ABB Switzerland Ltd, CH-5300 Turgi,
Switzerland has a management system which meets the requirements of
the normative bases.
ISO 9001:2008
ISO 14001:2004
OHSAS 18001:2007
EC Conformity Declaration of the excitation system.
List of standards the excitation system complies with.
Quality Management System

Environmental Management System
Safety at Work Management System,
Health and Safety Management System.
3BHS233935 E80 Rev. C
ABB
1.1.
General
The safety instructions shall be followed during commissioning, operation
and maintenance of the excitation system. Read these instructions and
the excitation system User Manual carefully before operating the device
and keep this document for future reference.
1.2.
Required Qualification and Responsibilities
Installation Work and

Commissioning
Personnel involved in installation work and commissioning in connection

with the Excitation Control Terminal (ECT) must be familiar, specially
instructed and informed about the residual danger areas according to the
regulations currently in force.
Operating Personnel
The operator must be familiar with the functions of the ECT in order to
operate the excitation system.
Maintenance
Personnel
Only specially instructed personnel can carry out maintenance and repair
work. The maintenance personnel must be informed about the
emergency shutdown measures and must be capable of turning off the
system in case of emergency.
The maintenance personnel must be familiar with the accident prevention
measures at their workplace and must be instructed in first aid and fire
fighting.
Responsibilities
It is the owners responsibility to ensure that each person involved in the

installation and commissioning has received the appropriate training or
instructions and has thoroughly read and clearly understood the safety
instructions in this Chapter and the User Manual of the excitation system.
1.3.
Safety Signs and Labels

Safety signs and labels are used to highlight a potentially dangerous
situation when working on the excitation system. There is absolutely no
danger to operate the system when the cubicle doors are closed.
For more information see Chapter 3 Safety Instructions of the excitation
system.
3BHS233935 E80 Rev. C
ABB
1.4.
Exclusion of Warranty and Liability

All required software is already installed on the Excitation Control
Terminal (ECT).
Therefore it is absolutely forbidden to install any other software on the
ECT hard disk, except for tested and approved software from ABB
Switzerland, Dept. ATPE.
Other software could affect the ECT operation.
There is no anti-virus software installed on the ECT. It is the

customers responsibility to make sure the system remains virus-free.
The customer is only allowed to import new settings.

ABB can provide neither warranty nor liability for any injury which can be
caused by the installation and operation of unauthorized software.
3BHS233935 E80 Rev. C
ABB
Chapter 2 - Device Description
2.1.
Introduction
The Excitation Control Terminal (ECT) is used for controlling and
monitoring the excitation system with a different regulation configuration.
The ECT can be located in the door panel of the excitation system for
local control and/or in the control room for remote control.
The Excitation Control Terminal is a powerful industrial PC with a user
friendly Human Machine Interface that runs independently of the control
CPUs. The ECT can be added to an excitation system to support the
operating and maintenance staff. The TFT touch screen provides the
operator with a range of selectable screens showing information about
the current status of the system in graphical and numerical form.
Additionally, authorized engineers can read and adjust all parameter
values. Further, analysis tools for troubleshooting are available as well.
The ECT includes long-time recordings and auto save functions. These
are indispensable features for quick and precise analyses.
Important data are saved and are ready to be shown on the ECT or to be
exported for further investigation.
In order to protect the system against unauthorized manipulation, different
password-protected Operation Levels can be defined.
2.2.
Operational Features
Independent industrial PC with 15" color touch screen
Modbus/TCP communication
To use as local and/or remote CT terminal
Password protected Operation Levels
Selectable languages.
3BHS233935 E80 Rev. C
10
ABB
2.3.
Data Representation
To ensure that the operator keeps a clear overview of the process,
important data are always directly shown on the screen. The information
is either shown as symbols or as text representing the status of the
respective signals.
Analog measurements are shown as numbers in an analog instrument or
as graphics in the Trending and Transient Recorder.
A detailed description of the screens, the data representation and the
functionalities, is given in Chapter 5 - Functional Description.
2.4.
Operation
The operator has a range of screens at his disposal, which informs about
the status of the excitation system. A detailed description of all screens
can be found in Chapter 5 - Functional Description.
If the operator has logged in "Active Control Mode" (Password protected)
he is entitled to perform active control such as opening and closing
breakers, adjusting setpoints, selecting an operation mode etc.
These operating principles follow the rules below to ensure easy and failsafe operation:
ECT requires a hard lock (Dongle) otherwise the panel is not

working.
To control the system with the ECT:
A password is necessary according to the

Operation Level
"Active Control Mode" must be selected (Panel

control button on "green")
The release button must be touched first, before

the command buttons can be activated.
Users without password can supervise the system, but have no

control over it.
All indications on the screens are real feedback information from the
system. This means that all data shown on the screen are retrieved
directly from the selected channel.
NOTICE!
A failure of the ECT or an interruption of the hardware link has no
influence on the current operation. The default value of the operator
location is remote. In this case the access to the ECT is immediately
disabled.
3BHS233935 E80 Rev. C
11
ABB
2.5.
Area of Application
The Excitation Control Terminal is used for controlling and monitoring the
excitation system. This ECT with its software is suitable only for this area
of application in connection with the control system of the UNITROL
6800/6080.
Figure 2-1 Example of an Excitation System
12
3BHS233935 E80 Rev. C
ABB
2.6.
Hardware
Structure
The ECT is mechanically robust. The unit

cover is made of galvanized sheet-steel.
The connections, slots and interfaces are
on the left sidewall of the case.
Installation
The seamless sealed front panel protects

reliably against ingress and dust, dirt and
spray water.
The green LED indicates power supply OK
Mounting
The ECT can be installed in racks, cubicle doors and desks.

It is designed as a fanless system but due to the temperature inside the
cubicle the pure convection cooling could be not sufficient.
See Chapter 9.1 - General Data.
Hard lock
The software of the ECT does not work

without a hard lock (Dongle).
Dimensions
The mechanical and fitting dimensions are described in

Chapter 9.2 - Mechanical Dimensions.
Device Connections (This figure shows a possible case version)
Only the Ethernet

socket is used
(RJ-45)
Hard lock (Dongle)
(right UBS socket)
+= 24 VDC
-= 0 VDC
Connector:
Phoenix Contact
PC 4/2-G-7.62
Figure 2-2 Hardware
3BHS233935 E80 Rev. C
13
ABB
Chapter 3 - Installation
3.1.
Panel Configuration
First, perform the following adjustments:
Set the parameter for the monitoring release of the ECT to true.
Touch Parameter, path [Control IT \ In \ path \ Parameter]
Table 3-1 Panel Configuration
Mode
Path \ Parameter
ECT in Local
ECT in Remote CT#
OpSel_Local \ EnableCommMon]
OpSel_Remote_CT \ EnableCT#CommMon]
# = ECT number 1 to 4
Save the parameter to the flash-memory of this Channel
See Chapter 5.9.7 - Save Parameter to Flash, page 64.
3.2.
Channel IP Addresses for local TCP/IP Network

ECT 2
(remote)
IP Address:
Ethernet
switch
172.16.0.62
ECT-PC 1
with ECT-SW
(local)
IP Address: 172.16.0.63
Ethernet
switch
ECT 1
(local)
IP Address:
172.16.0.61
UNITROL
6000
CH1
UNITROL
6000
CH2
UNITROL
6000
BU
172.16.0.11
172.16.0.12
172.16.0.13
IP Address:
UNITROL 6000 cubicle
Figure 3-1 Overview of a possible IP Address Configuration

Set the IP address with the Control Builder (cannot be changed by ECT).
Table 3-2 Default value of the Channels
Value
CH1
CH2
BU
IP Address
172.16.0.11
172.16.0.12
172.16.0.13
Note: CH1, CH2 and BU belong to a Triple Channel System

CH1 and CH2 belong to a Dual Channel System.
Only CH1 belongs to a Single Channel System.
3BHS233935 E80 Rev. C
14
ABB
Chapter 4 - Settings
This Chapter describes the following settings:
4.1.
Description and setting of the password-dependent Operation Levels
Settings of the ECT configuration (Options, Brief Description)
Settings of the IP Address from local TCP/IP Network.
Screen after Startup

The ECT starts after it is powered up. Windows XP is automatically
loaded, the OPC server is started and establishes the connection to the
channel. The procedure of startup takes a few minutes.
The following screen will be shown after startup.
Figure 4-1 Typical Screen after Startup

Note: The ECT has a screen saver function that will turn off the screen
after 2 hours (Default).
Simply touch the screen and it will turn on again.
The measure extends the lifetime of the screen and the backlight.
3BHS233935 E80 Rev. C
15
ABB
4.2.
Selection of the Operation Level

Different types of users can operate the ECT. The system can be
protected to prevent access by unauthorized people.
Relation between password and Operation Level.

The table below shows a brief description. For detailed information
see Table 5-8 List of Settings relating to the Operation Level, page
84.
Table 4-1 Operation Levels, Default Factory Settings

Password
Default Value
Operation Level #
= Task
Permitted Activities
Default Settings
administrator
Administrator
Full access and inclusive password and

rule definition rights
mytest (e.g.) or
blank
Sample = Personal
(e.g.)
User with a Personal Operation Level can

be defined by the Administrator
test5
5 = Commissioning
The settings menu is available
test4
4 = Maintenance
Permission to change parameters,

event list can be cleared
test3
3 = Diagnostic
Access to the standby channel, Logger
test2
2 = Operator
All control buttons are available, Trending
--
1 = Viewer
Only status and actual values can be

viewed
The higher levels include all functions of the lower levels.

The default value of the passwords may already have been changed on
customer request.
16
3BHS233935 E80 Rev. C
ABB
Select Operation Level: enter appropriate passwords

- After touching Login the
window [Login] opens in
order to enter the User ID
and the password
[Login]
- Open the User ID

Operation Level
[Users]
- Accept or reject the User

ID
[Users]
- Open the Password Text

Editor
[Login]
- Enter the password for

the desired access level
[Text Editor]
- Accept or reject the

password
- Accept or reject the Login
,
[Login]
,
Touch Login. The view
changes to Logout and
shows additional Options
- Change the password

again, touch Logout and
afterwards Login
3BHS233935 E80 Rev. C
17
ABB
4.3.
Options, Brief Description

The end user settings have already been made. For details, see Chapter
5.10 - Options, page 67.
The overview of Operation Levels is described in Table 5-8 List of
Settings relating to the Operation Level, page 84.
Touch Options
Figure 4-2 Application Settings
Options toolbar bottom line
Operation Level N 5
Import settings from an external file.
(Use a stick to transfer the ECT configuration data to
another ECT)
Export settings to an external file.
(Use a stick to transfer the ECT configuration data to
another ECT)
Discard current changes and reset to active settings.
Reset display settings to factory defaults.
18
3BHS233935 E80 Rev. C
ABB
Description of the Application Settings
Table 4-2 Application Settings

Application Settings
Description
+ General
- Device Configuration
Channel configuration (CH1, CH2, etc,)
- CT Modules
Changing the order or show/hide the screen selection
- CT Channel Mapping
Device assignment Channel 1 to 3 (CH1, CH2 and BU)
- Language Settings
Possibility to select another language
+ Alarms & Events

- AC 800PEC Event Service
+ Tools
- Pec Software Information
- CPU Load
+ Powerchart
- Powerchart Configuration
+ Operation
- Keep-Alive Signaling
Setting of the Service buffer Size (min.=1000, max.=10000)

Resolve events command (all pending events),
Overridden events,
Event mappings and event filters
Displays installed components of connected target (PECs)
Shows CPU load information of connected devices
Setting of the I air and U air gap values,
No saturation calculation
(Cos phi nom = constant)
Slow ECT-Communication monitoring for normal data traffic in
the Keep-Alive entry
- Command Editor
Configuration of the command buttons with fast ECTCommunication monitoring included
- Setpoint Configuration
Configuration of the setpoint up/down buttons and the value

indication with fast ECT-Communication monitoring included
+ Diagrams
- Diagrams Configuration
+ Trending
- Fast Trending
- Slow Trending
+ Transient Recorder
- Display Settings
+ Security
- User Management
Select of the visible diagram

Setting of the Chart Update Interval (ms),
Default Number of Samples,
Minimum and Maximum Number of Samples
Setting of the Chart Update Interval (ms),
Maximum Log Size,
Default Range (s),
Minimum and Maximum Range (s)
Default number of samples (ms)
Changing the personal password,
Administrator access: Editing user accounts
3BHS233935 E80 Rev. C
19
ABB
4.4.
ECT Network Configuration
IP Address from local TCP/IP Network
Set the IP Address from the ECT on the Local Area Connection of the
ECT.
[Start \ Settings \ Network Connections...]
See the following example:

Description
Default IP Address
20
ECT 1
or
ECT-PC1
(Local)
172.16.0.61
3BHS233935 E80 Rev. C
ECT 2
(Remote)
172.16.0.62
ABB
Chapter 5 - Functional Description
5.1.
Static Display Elements

In order to ensure that the operator has a clear process overview, the
most important system display elements are permanently visible on the
screen.
Independent of the actual screen selection, the following important parts
are always visible:
System status bar
Function, screen selection
Setpoint indication and setpoint command [up] and [down] button.
Table 5-1 Static Display Elements

System status bar

(to Active Control Mode)
to
Screen selection,
Function selection buttons
Setpoint indication and setpoint

command buttons
3BHS233935 E80 Rev. C
21
ABB
5.1.1.
System Status Bar

The status of the excitation system is displayed at the top of the screen.
This important information is presented on all user screens, as it indicates
the actual condition of the system.
If a condition is active, the color of the corresponding feedback indication

is changed.
Table 5-2 Display of the Status Bar
22
System Status Bar
Description
AUX:
Auxiliary ready, not ready (e.g. FCB

ON, OFF)
Off, On
EXC:
Off, On
Excitation is switched OFF or ON
NET:
Off Line, On Line
Net not synchronized or synchronized
Mode:
Auto, Manual
System in automatic or manual mode
CTRL:
None, Discharge, Q-Reg,

PF-Reg
Status of the superimposed regulator
Limiter (Man): None, P/Q-Lim, V/Hz-Lim,

Softstart,
Limiter (Auto): None, IGind, Ifmax, IGcap,
Ifmin, P/Q-Lim, V/Hz-Lim,
Softstart, UrefMax
None or active limiter
Fault:
- , Active
The active Channel indicates a fault
Alarm:
- , Active
The active Channel indicates an alarm
StbyAlarm:
- , Active
The inactive Channel indicates an alarm
Start:
Not OK, OK
Readiness of the system for start
ChXfer:
- , Ready
Channel balanced
Active:
None, CH1, CH2, BU
Active Channel
Connect:
None, CH1, CH2, BU
Indication to which Channel(s) the ECT

is connected
Display channel blinks:
See Chapter 5.10.1, CT Channel
Mapping
Unit:
Default
Operator:
Operation Level - to 5,
Administrator and
Personal Operation Level
Access level of the password
3BHS233935 E80 Rev. C
ABB
5.1.2.
Panel Control Button

The color of the hand shows:
Panel control is available but system control is not (viewer
level).
System control is available (writing to target)
Command buttons, setpoint, parameters etc. are adjustable,
but dependent on the Operation Level 2 to 5, Administrator or
Personal Operation Level.
After a specified time period of inactivity (Default=10 min.) a
logged in user is logged out automatically (grey hand).
System is not logged in, a panel with higher priority is in
operation or there is no connection to the UNITROL system.
Check the IP address according to Chapter 5.10.1 - General.
How to change the panel control button: See Chapter 4.2 - Selection of
the Operation Level, page 16.
5.1.3.
Functions, Screen Selection

Table 5-3 Available Screens of the ECT, Selection Buttons
Selection Screen
Buttons
Description
Operations
Start-up window, instruments and

command buttons.
Shows the data of the active channel.
Powerchart
Visualization of operation point, actual

values of the system.
Diagrams (optional)
Simplified single line diagram, actual

values of the system.
Slow Trending
Graphs, cycle time >100 ms
Fast Trending
Graphs, cycle time N1 ms
Transient Recorder
Oscilloscope for a short time data

recording, automatically/manually triggered
Events
Event logger, event list

Display of the last 2000 event messages
(alarms and faults)
Parameters
Parameter and signal selection and

adjustments.
Export and Import (up- and download)
3BHS233935 E80 Rev. C
23
ABB
5.1.4.
Setpoint Indication and Setpoint Command

The maximum, minimum and the actual setpoints
are shown as numbers independent of the
operation mode of the excitation system (auto,
manual...).
The setpoint of the actual operation mode is
graphically represented by the bar graph
between the maximum and minimum values.
Setpoint modification:
The Operation Level 2, see Chapter 4.2 Selection of the Operation Level, page 16.
Setpoint [up] and [down] buttons to increase and
decrease the setpoint of the actual operation
mode.
24
3BHS233935 E80 Rev. C
ABB
5.2.
Operation
Operation Level 2
Analog instruments and various command buttons are displayed on the
main screen. The features are:
Command buttons to control the system
Six selectable signals are displayed as analog instruments providing

full synchronous machine instrumentation.
Touch Operations
5.2.1.
Command Buttons
The main functions of the excitation system can be controlled by means
of the command buttons and their corresponding status feedback. The
following typical commands are available:
Before any of the command buttons can be used, the following conditions
must be fulfilled:
Touch the panel control button

green hand Control Mode is active.
The user has access to control the excitation
system according to the selected access level
A red hand only permits viewer access.
Select the release button R which becomes

active for 5 seconds
The red lock changes to green for 5 seconds
3BHS233935 E80 Rev. C
to
25
ABB
5.2.2.
Analog Instruments
Configuration of a signal to an analog instrument

Note: These settings have to be made in each Control Channel (CH1, CH2 and BU)
- Touch Operations
- Touch the analog instrument field
The following menu appears
[Select Data Point]
- Touch the table with the

parameter/signal groups and
scroll to the group (grey highlighted line)
Parameter /
Signal group
Parameter / Signal
[Measurem]

parameter/signal names,
scroll to the signal and mark it
(grey highlighted line)
- For detailed information

about the parameter/signal:
- Close the window of

parameter/signal information
- Finally confirm or reject the
parameter/signal
26
[Data Point...]
[Measurem]
3BHS233935 E80 Rev. C
ABB
[Configure]
- Open the numeric keyboard

of Minimum
[Editor]
- Enter the value and confirm
- Repeat this for all settings

Delete the settings (blank
field)
[Configure...]
Decimal places of the

indicated value
Threshold
See the red bars 0.7 to 0.9
and 1.1 to 1.3
If no threshold, field must be
blank.
-Touch this button
CosPHi Type
Different scale
- Finally confirm the settings
[Configure...]
Cancel: The scale of the

previous settings are saved
[Cancel]
- Close the pull-down menu
3BHS233935 E80 Rev. C
27
ABB
5.3.
Power Chart
Operation Level = 1 (no password needed)
The Power Chart screen is provided to give a visual indication of the
operation point of the machine.
Touch Powerchart
All limiters according to their settings are visible and correspond to

the real value.
A pointer represents the actual operating point and the generator

current vector is shown.
A discrete line shows the history of the operation points during the
last hour.
Actual measurements of several machine and excitation system data.
- Change the measured data from unit to percent

- Clear the history line
- Switch x- and y-axes grid lines ON or OFF
- Define the graph
position
Q(p)
P(q)
P(q)
Q(p)
P
Q
28
3BHS233935 E80 Rev. C
Q
P
ABB
5.4.
Diagrams (optional)
Operation Level = 1 (no password necessary)
Touch Diagrams
The excitation system is shown as a
simplified single line diagram. This window
contains information about:
Easy and quick overview of the whole
system
Breaker position indications
Actual measurements of various
machine and excitation system data
(not included in this detail of the
picture)
The AVR Control shows the operation

mode of CH1 (Single Channel System)
The display is as follows:
Mode: Auto, Manual, PF-Reg or Q-Reg
Status: OK, Alarm or fault message
Change the measured data from unit to percentage
to
After touching the button Diagrams this

message appears.
Not ordered: The button has to be canceled. See Chapter 5.10.1 - General, section CT Modules.
Ordered: The Diagrams has to be activated. See Chapter 5.10.6 - Diagrams.
If the following message appears, the activated Diagrams has to be checked. See Chapter
5.10.6- Diagrams.
3BHS233935 E80 Rev. C
29
ABB
5.5.
Slow Trending
Operation Level 2
Slow trending function performs a 12 h recording (default) of up to twelve
free signals. The features are:
Twelve selectable signals
Slow Trending (100 ms sample rate) with long-time recording (up to

12 h)
Save and reload of trending and auto scaling / zoom and single
channel indication.
Timestamp is given from the ECT hard disk
The trending adjustments are described in Chapter 5.10.7 - Trending.

Touch Slow Trending
Trending toolbar top line
Several folders to save different trending

groups
ECT shows the data from CH1.
Is active only if a parameter from a channel is
already present.
Open the menu bar to modify the view of the
graph. Is active only if a parameter from a
channel is already present.
- Information about the signal
- Show the parent group of the signal
- Allocate the signal to group 1 to 6
- Hide the signal as data points (graph)
- Show the signal as data points (graph)
- Bit indices in order to show or hide
Scroll to a signal (grey highlighted line)
30
Slow Trending (toolbar bottom line)
3BHS233935 E80 Rev. C
ABB
5.5.1.
Selection of the Channel
Toolbar channel selection.
- Open the Select Device

- Scroll to CH1 or CH2 (grey
highlighted line)
- Confirm the Channel
5.5.2.
Selection of the Signals and Start of the Recording

[Browse Items]
- Open the signal overview

signal groups and scroll to the
desired group (grey highlighted line)
[Meas_Sys]
[Control IT \ Out \

signal names, scroll to the
desired signal (grey
highlighted line)
3BHS233935 E80 Rev. C
31
ABB

[Meas_Sys]
- Mark the signal

- or mark twelve lines in a row
- Confirm the settings. The

signals appear in the table
This window allows the signals

to be re-arranged
[Browse Items]
Cancel a signal:
- scroll to the desired signal
line (grey highlighted line) and
touch this button
Insert a new signal:
- Scroll to the empty line (grey
highlighted line) and touch this
button
- Confirm the selected signal
The recording starts after
the confirmation.
All signals with the same

range of amplitude or the
same data format should be
merged to the same group.
- Mark the line and select the
group
,
etc.
Description of the data formats see Chapter 5.9.9 - Definition of the Parameters/Signals, page 66.
G = Group number
I = Signal number of the
graph
Data Point = Signal name
32
1 to 6
1 to 12
3BHS233935 E80 Rev. C
ABB
5.5.3.
Scaling of the Signals in the Graph
Toolbar signals selection.

Group Configuration:
- Open the configuration dialog.
- Choose the desired Group and
scroll to the appropriate line
(grey highlighted line) of the
Scale / Group Modes
Scale / Group Modes

Automatic Scaling:
Leave fields empty
Data format
User-defined min / max:

Fill out both values
Data format
Logarithmic scaling:
Fill out both values
Data format
Stacked boolean signals:

For boolean signals, select
another Group
Data format
Bitwise rendering:
16-Bit resolution of the lower
part of the double integer signal.
E.g. Control or Status word.
Select another Group for each
signal.
Data format
,
,
Signal 2
Signal 1
Signal 0
,
Bit 0 to 15
Show or hide a Group from the

Chart
- Confirm the settings
3BHS233935 E80 Rev. C
33
ABB
5.5.4.
Display Settings
Toolbar display
"Legend" buttons
Set legend size:

This button optimizes the legend field. All
signals are visible.
Show legend on top, on the left or hide legend
,
or
Display mode buttons
Single Chart:
All recorded signals are displayed in one graph.
Split Mode:
Each signal of the recording is displayed
separately in a small graphic.
User Groups:
Combines individual signals into groups, which
are displayed in one graphic.
Markers and Time scaling
Show markers
.
Time scaling, increase, decrease
34
3BHS233935 E80 Rev. C
ABB
5.5.5.
Stop, Start, Timer
Toolbar Timer, Stop and Start
The Slow Trending has already started after the selection of the signals
Stop, Start
- [stop] and [start] trending

..
The following dialog must be confirmed in order to interrupt the recording
- [freeze] display, recording of data

[freeze] display opens the scroll bar of the
time axis
- Touch again to [unfreeze] the display
Timer
The timer button is always available. Freeze

or stop recording for a time measurement.
- Touch the graph to set the cursor
(Time axis) or
- move the cursor
Red line
,
- Touch the [timer] button
- Touch the graph to set the second cursor

,
The times and the duration are shown in the
box next to the timer buttons. The measured
range is colored dark-grey in the graphic.
3BHS233935 E80 Rev. C
35
ABB
Log Group Info
- Display Log Group Info
5.5.6.
General: Data of the trending record.

Description: Additional information in the description field.
See text input in next chapter.
Save, Export Trending Files and Load the Graph
Toolbar load, save or

export
First a recording has to be
started or loaded
Save the recording to the ECT hard disk
- Save data to hard disk

ECT
- Use the default file or
create a new one by
opening the folder and file
name, select the desired
folder or device and
confirm the message
- Use the default file name
or create a new one by
opening the Text Editor,
enter the file name with the
keyboard and confirm
[Browse For ]
OK
Default folder location:

C:\Documents and Settings\UserName\My Documents\Control
Terminal\ECT\Data\Slow Trending
[Text Editor]
[Select File]
- Confirm the Log file
- Write a mark
The marks are stored in
the file called remarks.txt
in the above-mentioned
defined folder
- Finally confirm the export
data
36
Take notice of the file format in the folder "Data":

[Export Data]
3BHS233935 E80 Rev. C
ABB
Export the recording
- Export recorded data to

an internal folder or an
external storage device
- Use the default folder or
create a new one by
opening the folder, select
the desired folder or device
and confirm the message
- Use the default file name
or create a new one by
opening the Text Editor,
enter the file name with the
keyboard and confirm
Default folder location:
C:\Documents and Settings\UserName\My Documents\Control

Terminal\ECT\Export\Slow Trending
[Browse For ]
OK
[Text Editor]
- Finally confirm the export

data
Take notice of the file format in the folder "Export":
[Select File]
Load the saved log file from hard disk ECT or from another device (graph visible on the
screen)
- Load saved logs from

ECT on the screen
- Selection of log file

or delete the log file

- Confirm the message
Or open the file from
another device (USB stick)
[Log Browser]
[Delete]
Yes
[Log Browser]
3BHS233935 E80 Rev. C
37
ABB
- Display additional device

information
- Finally confirm the log file
Note:
All columns of a table can be sorted in ascending or descending order.
Touch the headline of the corresponding column and the sort order will immediately change.
Restart trending from the loaded file
- Touch to continue with the selected configuration
38
3BHS233935 E80 Rev. C
ABB
5.6.
Fast Trending
Operation Level N 2
Fast trending records a maximum of 2000 samples (default) in the buffer
of each channel (AC 800PEC). The features are:
Eight selectable signals
Fast Trending (1 ms sample rate)
Timestamp is provided by the excitation control system
The trending adjustments are described in Chapter 5.10.7 - Trending.

Touch Fast Trending
5.6.1.
Selection of the Channel

- Open the Fast Trending
Recorder
- Touch the left table and
scroll to the CH1 or CH2
[Fast Trending...]
Touch this button

- Min Sampling Interval {a},
- Max Buffered Samples
have both a fixed value
1500 Ts
2000 Samples
- Sampling interval {b}

The ratio of {b} to {a} must
be integer as {n} = 1, 2 etc.
Otherwise a warning
appears.
- Refresh Interval {c}
Rate of refreshing the data
of the graph on the screen at
{c} = {n} x {b},
at {n} = 10100
6000 Ts
960 ms
See settings table next page
3BHS233935 E80 Rev. C
39
ABB
Table 5-4 Settings for Fast Trending

Parameter Fast Trending
UNITROL 6080
UNITROL 6800
1500 Ts
2000
6000 Ts
960 ms
2400 Ts
2000
4800 Ts
960 ms
Min Sampling Interval, not adjustable

Max Buffered Samples, not adjustable
Sampling interval (1500)
Refresh Interval (200 to 3000)
- Open the [Browse Items]
Eight signals can be fast
recorded (see next chapter)
5.6.2.
[Configure Record..]
- Open the signal overview
[Browse Items]
See Chapter 5.5.2 - Selection of the Signals and Start of the Recording. The trending does not start
automatically. See later.
Note: The Fast Trending can only sample Simulink signals.
This signal name starts with SFS_or STS_... (Example: SFS_Meas_UgRel)
Otherwise the following fault message appears after the confirmation of the [Fast Trending
Recorders]
[Browse Items]
- Confirm the signals

- Confirm the configuration
[Configure Rec]
- Confirm the fast trending

and the visible graph
[Fast Trending...]
or
- Confirm the fast trending
and close the dialog
40
3BHS233935 E80 Rev. C
ABB
5.6.3.
Stop, Start, Timer

Start, Stop
- Open the Fast Trending

Recorders dialog
- [Start] the fast trending

- [Stop] the fast trending.
The mark in the check box
indicates that the trending is
in operation.
The same looking button

with the same functionality is
in the tool bar of the bottom
line.
Note:
Stop the Fast Trending Recorders before closing the menu bar [Fast Trending Recorders],
otherwise the following message will appear.
Timer
- For these buttons see

Chapter 5.5.5
Log Group Info
- Display Log Group Info
5.6.4.
General: Data of the trending record

Description: Additional information in the description field.
- See Chapter 5.5.3
3BHS233935 E80 Rev. C
41
ABB
5.6.5.
Display Settings
- See Chapter 5.5.4
5.6.6.
Save, Export Trending Files and Load the Graph
Save the recording to the hard disk ECT
Or Export the recording
- See Chapter 5.5.6,
First of all a recording

has to be started or
loaded
Or save the data file from the Fast Trending Recorders screen
Save the file from the

dialog [Fast Trending
Recorders]
The recorder must be

active (Start button =
green) otherwise the
save button is greyed
out.
Load the log file from hard disk ECT or from another device (graph visible on the screen)
- Load saved logs from

ECT
42
3BHS233935 E80 Rev. C
ABB
5.7.
Transient Recorder
Operation Level 3
The Transient Recorder function is an imaging tool for the graphical
representation of events. It features eight independent signals (1 to 8)
allowing the user to program the corresponding Transient Recorders
signals in the UNITROL system. The signals sampled in the UNITROL
systems Transient Recorder can be read and then displayed like in an
oscilloscope. The Transient Recorder buffer contains 2000 entries for
each signal (1 to 8).
The Transient Recorder supports an auto save and restart function.
Alarms, faults or other signals could be set as a trigger event to start
recording.
The features are:
Configurable transient recorder with eight selectable signals

(Configurable Transient Recorder).
Transient recorder with sixty-four signals, not configurable for the

customer (Transient Recorder AC 800PEC).
Auto / manual trigger and Auto Read function.
The Transient Recorder adjustments are described in Chapter 5.10.8 Transient Recorder.
Touch Transient Recorder
Logging toolbar top line
See Chapter 5.5 - Slow Trending
Transient recorder toolbar bottom line
3BHS233935 E80 Rev. C
43
ABB
5.7.1.
Channel Selection and Settings of the Trigger conditions

- Open the
[Transient
Recorders]
- Call the last

setting, open
the dialog
- Or open
"Select
Recorder"
- Touch the left
table and scroll
to CH1 or CH2
(grey
highlighted
line)
[Transient
Rec...]
Note: The "Transient Recorder" is not configurable, but has the same operation as the
"Configurable Transient Recorder".
- Touch the right table and
scroll to "Configurable
Transient Recorder" (grey
highlighted line)
- Confirm the recorder
Number of Samples:
Min/Max value: 0 to 1500
Sampling Interval: >1500 Ts
Pretrigger:
Min/Max value: 0 to 1500
Trigger Signal:
E.g.: STS_SM_bForceAuto
(See Signal/Parameter list)
- Mark and confirm the line
[Configure Rec..]
[State
Machine_STS]
Cancel Signal:
E.g.: STS_SM_bReset
44
3BHS233935 E80 Rev. C
ABB

[State
Machine_STS]
- Mark and confirm the line

- Open the dialog to select
the signals for recording
,
[Configure Record..]
Eight signals can be fast

recorded
(see next Chapter for the
selection of these signals)
5.7.2.
Open the parameter

overview
[Browse Items]
See Chapter 5.5.2 - Selection of the Signals and Start of the Recording. The Transient Recorder
does not start automatically. See later.
Note: The Transient Recorder can only sample Simulink signals.
This signal name starts with SFS_or STS_... (Example: SFS_Meas_UgRel)
Otherwise the following fault message appears after confirming the [Fast Trending
Recorder].

(E.g.: Group [Measurement Rel.
Values_SFS])
[Measurement Rel. Values_SFS]
- Select the signals

[Browse Items]
- Confirm the configuration
[Configure Recorder: Configurable...]
3BHS233935 E80 Rev. C
45
ABB
5.7.3.
Auto and Manual Trigger, Reading, Timer

Automatic readout of the recorder (Auto Read)
Auto Read saves the recorded data to the selected Channel (CH1, CH2 or BU) and to the hard disk
of the ECT. Otherwise the data is only saved to the Channel. The graph is not visible on the screen.
The "Auto Read" function is allowed to be active only in one ECT of an excitation system. This
concerns both Transient Recorders and all devices such as CH1, CH2 and BU.
- Touch this button
from the tool bar of the
bottom line
and select "Select
Recorder" to open
the dialog [Transient
Recorder Browser]
- Select "Configurable
Transient Recorder".
- Mark Auto Read

check box
Confirm the trigger
condition
to
[Transient Rec...]
Note: The mark in the Auto Read check box changes after confirming ( ,
etc)
Auto Trigger
After the trigger conditions are set, the trigger trips after the conditions are fulfilled.
See 5.7.1 - Channel Selection and Settings of the Trigger conditions
Manual Trigger
The recorders can be

triggered directly during
operation.
- Touch this button and
select the
"Configurable Transient
Recorder"
(The last one used is
visible)
46
3BHS233935 E80 Rev. C
ABB
Or touch the "Select

Recorder" to open
Recorder Browser] and
select the line
Recorder".
[Transient..]
- Confirm the triggering
Reading the last recordings
The graph will be visible on the screen.

- Touch this button and
select "Configurable
Transient Recorder"
(The last one used is
visible)
Or select "Select
Recorder" to open
Recorder Browser] and
select "Configurable
Transient Recorder".
Timer
See Chapter 5.5.5
Log Group Info
- Display Log Group

Info
5.7.4.
See Chapter 5.5.3
5.7.5.
Display Settings
See Chapter 5.5.4
3BHS233935 E80 Rev. C
47
ABB
5.7.6.
Save and Export Recorded Files or Load the Graph
Load, save and export toolbar

,
Save and export
See Chapter 5.5.6
Load the graph
Touch this button and select the

"Configurable Transient Recorder"
(The last used Transient Recorder
is visible)
Recorded data from the Channel:

- Select the desired recorded file
[Select Rec..]
[Select Rec]
- Confirm the selection

Or select "Select Recorder" to
open the dialog [Transient Recorder
Browser] and select the line
Recorder".
- Choose and confirm the
Recorder".
- Select the Recorded file and
confirm
[Transient
Rec]
[Select Rec]
Note: Each recorded file from the Channel can be saved to the hard disk.
See the section "Save and export" at the beginning of this Chapter.
Recorded data from the ECT hard
disk:
- Load the saved log from hard
disk ECT or from another device
(graph visible on the screen)
and confirm the selection
[Log Browser]
See Chapter 5.5.6, second part of

the description
48
3BHS233935 E80 Rev. C
ABB
5.8.
Events
Operation Level = 1 (no password necessary)
As soon as an Alarm or Trip occurs, an error code is generated. These error codes
are transferred to the fault logger together with the real time and date of occurrence.
The event logger provides the description of each event and a troubleshooting
instruction. The event lists can be saved and/or printed. Additionally a dynamic list of
the actual alarms and faults is visible. The features are:
Dynamic list of the actual events and event logger table
Information about the events and troubleshooting instructions
Export, print or clearing of the event logger table.
Touch Events
The Event Logger contains a table with the last 2000 entries. As soon as this window is selected, an
automatic upload will start. If a new entry occurs, the panel reads this out of the UNITROL System
and the table will automatically be updated.
Dynamic list of
actual events
Event logger table
All columns can be sorted in ascending or descending order

- Touch the headline of the corresponding column and the sort order will
immediately change
Merged
CH1
CH2
BU
Event logger table CH1, CH2 and BU can be sorted according to "Device"
Event logger table CH1
Event logger table CH2
Event logger table BU
Actual alarm
Reversed alarm
Event Toolbar
3BHS233935 E80 Rev. C
49
ABB
Description of the Event Type

Table 5-5 Event Type
Event Type
Description
Information
Warning
Alarm
Error (Trip)
Typically displays a message initiated by an action

Typically displays a failure of a component
Typically displays a failure of a system or of a part of the system
Displays a serious system fault, initiates a trip
Information about the Events
-Touch the Event logger

table, scroll to the signal/
parameter (background
grey highlighted)
- Touch [info] to get more
information about this
event
- Move to another Event in
the list without closing the
dialog
[Event Details]
[Event Details]
- Close the Information

dialog
- [Freeze] and [Unfreeze]

the display
Export the Event Table
- Export the logged data to

the ECT hard disk or to an
external storage device
Open the dialog
- Select the Folder and
enter the File Name
[Select File],
[Browse For
Folder],
[Text Editor]
[Select File]
- Confirm or reject
- Close the window
50
3BHS233935 E80 Rev. C
ABB
Filter for masking the Event Type
See Chapter 5.10.2 Alarms & Events, page 70
Print the Event Table
- Select the form of the

table
List CH1 and CH2 or
Merged
List only from CH1 or
CH1
List only from CH2
CH2
- Print to the default printer
Notice!
The entire list will be printed out at the pre-defined standard printer.
No confirmation will appear.
The file will be printed out in A4 landscape format. This will result in
the printout of approximately 30 A4 sheets.
If a standard printer has been pre-defined, it will begin printing
immediately. It is also possible to define a PDF printer as standard.
In this case no paper is required. The necessary software is not
included in our scope of supply.
Reset: Not available when the ECT is configured as a remote panel.
- Reset the events.

Operation Level 2
Clearing the event logger
- Clear the event logger

Operation Level 4
Yes
3BHS233935 E80 Rev. C
51
ABB
5.9.
Parameters and Signals List/Selection

Operation Level
Operation Level
4: Setting and writing

2 or else
The features are:
Reading parameters/signals and adjustment of all parameters.
Exporting the parameters from the Channel (Control)-> UPLOAD
Writing parameters to the Channel (Control)

Panel Control Button must be green
User-defined directory and parameter list in My Groups
-> DOWNLOAD
Parameter changes
Warning!
Only specially trained ABB personal are permitted to make parameter
changes.
Never make parameter changes without clear authorization from ABB.
Unauthorized changes may result in personal injury and/or severe
damage to the equipment.
Touch Parameters
Parameter toolbar top line (after touching Parameters the first time:)
The parameters/signals are live data from a

Channel (Control), source CH1.
Note: The table lines are white grey
Open snapshot
Create snapshot: UPLOAD
52
Parameter toolbar top line (after making a snapshot):
3BHS233935 E80 Rev. C
ABB
The parameters/signals are data from snapshot

(source: CH1).
Note: The table lines are white green colored.
The content is a snapshot on the screen and after a
change no data will have changed in the Channels.
Switch between the live data from the
control and the snapshot from a file.
to
Open snapshot file

Info button: Device Information
Update Target: DOWNLOAD
Write snapshot content to device
Save snapshot to hard disk or an
external storage device.
Compare snapshots
Parameter toolbar bottom line
Up or down in the Groups directory

or
One level up or down in the Groups
directory
or
Up or down in the Items

(Parameters/signal table)
Switch from Groups to Items or
switches from Items to Groups
or
Give detailed information of a

parameter/signal
Group button, see Chapter "Defining My
Groups"
Edit button
3BHS233935 E80 Rev. C
53
ABB
Tag Filters
No mark: All parameters/signals are
shown
Table 5-6 Description of the Available Tags

Available Tags
Description
Boot
Expert
These parameters can only be changed in the configuration sequence

These important parameters require the special UNITROL know how, otherwise one is not
allowed to modify them
not used
These parameters are used for operation
These parameters are not enabled by default
These parameters are mandatorily adjusted
These parameters are mandatorily adjusted for special test purposes
This is an output signal
ML/SL-Par
Operation
Optional
Required
Required Test
Signal
54
3BHS233935 E80 Rev. C
ABB
5.9.1.
Changing of a Parameter Value

Change the mode from AUTO to MANUAL with the parameter ForceManual (Example)
Touch the left table and scroll to

the directory SM_StateMachine
Control IT [down]
In [right]
Brk_Breaker [right]
SM_StateMachine [down]
- Touch the right table and scroll
to the parameter ForceManual
-Touch the pen button to open
the Editor
(green Panel Control Button)
- Mark the field and confirm with
[OK]. The value of the parameter
will be "True".
Set it back to "False"
will again be "False".
The change from "False" to "True" and back to "False" is the principle of a toggle switch.
Check the change: See the "ON State Message" of the command button "Mode" in the menu
Operations.
Note: The Editor dialog depends on the data format of the parameter.
Note: Parameters in the Simulink directory cannot be changed.
The pen button remains grey
3BHS233935 E80 Rev. C
55
ABB
5.9.2.
Defining My Groups
The user can define separate directories (group) and subdirectories for frequently used parameters.
Note: These settings must be made in each Channel (CH1, CH2 and BU)
Create a new directory (Example: TestConfiguration\ForceChannel)
Toolbar top line

Toolbar bottom line
- Move the grey highlighted line
up or down to My Groups
- Touch the group button to
open Manage Groups
- Touch Manage Groups to
open the dialog
-Touch the + button to open the
Text Editor
[My Groups]
- Specify the name of the

directory and confirm with e.g.
TestConfiguration
[Text Editor]
[My Groups]
- Confirm the new directory

Additional subdirectory e.g.
ForceChannel
- Move the grey highlighted line
to TestConfiguration
- Touch the group button to
open Manage Groupsand
repeat the steps.
[My Groups]
- Confirm the new subdirectory

Description of the rest of the
icons in My Groups:
Move the grey highlighted line
up or down
[My Groups]
Move the selected group (grey

highlighted line) up or down
The name of the group can be
changed (grey highlighted line)
A group can be deleted

56
3BHS233935 E80 Rev. C
ABB
Note: A new directory is located

one level below the grey
highlighted directory.
It is not possible to create a
directory on the same level as
My Groups.
Fill the parameters in the new directory (Example: ForceChannel1)
Touch the left table and scroll to

the directory SM_StateMachine
Control IT [down]
In [right]
Brk_Breaker [right]
SM_StateMachine [down]
to the parameter ForceChannel1
- Touch the [group] button to
open [Add to group]
- Touch [Add to group] to open
the dialog.
- Scroll to the desired item
- Confirm the new item
- Repeat this procedure for the

other parameters
- Repeat this procedure for the
other Channels (CH2, BU)
3BHS233935 E80 Rev. C
57
ABB
5.9.3.
Creating a Snapshot (Upload)
The parameters from the Channel are uploaded to the hard disk or an external storage device.
Toolbar top line
- Open the dialog to select the

Channel.
- Scroll to CH1 or CH2 (grey
highlighted line)
- Confirm the Channel
- Touch this button to open the

dialog
Select the Snapshot Format
Possibility to select another
folder or an external device and
to change the name of the file
- Confirm the upload
58
OK
3BHS233935 E80 Rev. C
ABB
5.9.4.
Opening a Snapshot
The snapshot file is saved to the hard disk or an external storage device.
Channel CH1
Toolbar top line

dialog
- Select the file (blue highlighted
line)
Open
Toolbar top line changes to these icons
Shows the first open snapshot
It is possible to open two snapshots and to switch between them
- Scroll to the desired snapshot

- Load the selected snapshot
The white-green color of the lines
in the parameter/signal table
indicates the snapshot view.
See the description of Chapter
5.9 - Parameter toolbar top line.
3BHS233935 E80 Rev. C
59
ABB
5.9.5.
Compare Snapshots
Unless two snapshots are opened, the icon of the compare function remains grey.
See last Chapter.
- Touch this button to start the
comparison
Interpretation of the comparison:

window
Note: 0 Item(s) means that there
is no difference between both
snapshots
Different Data Point Values
shows a list with the compared
snapshots. It is possible to edit
the values.
(See also next section)
-Cancel the snapshot comparison
- Write data to the target
Note: This is always snapshot 1
YES
OK
Note: The written parameters are only active if the Panel Control Button is green.
Note: Write snapshot 2 data to the target
In order to write snapshot 2 to the target, first go back to live data, then open snapshot file 2 and
write it to the target.
60
3BHS233935 E80 Rev. C
ABB
There are warning signs
Note: In this case the result of the snapshot comparison must be analyzed before the button "Write
data to the target" has been touched. But this is not part of this description.
Interpretation of the comparison:
window [Skipped Snapshot]
(Different Data Type and
Unknown Data Points in the
same screen)
Description of the toolbar:
Scroll to the desired parameter
Gives detailed information of a
parameter/signal
Save or export the skipped
snapshot to the ECT hard disk or
to an external storage device.
[SkippedSnapshotItems.csv]

window [Different Data Point]
- Touch one of the three buttons
to see the different data point
values
Description of the toolbar:

Scroll to the desired parameter
Gives detailed information of a
parameter/signal
Edit buttons for column 1 and 2
The values of the first column
refer to snapshot 1 etc.
Save or export to hard disk ECT
or to an external storage device.
[DifferentSnapshotItemValues.csv]
3BHS233935 E80 Rev. C
61
ABB
5.9.6.
Update Target (Download)
The snapshot file is only written to the target, but not saved in the flash memory.
Channel CH1
Toolbar top line

dialog
The field must appear as
checked, which means the
validation status is 100%
compatible.
(See the following section where
the validation status is not
compatible.
Touch this button to get more
information about the difference
between the snapshot and the
target.
Yes
OK
Note: The written parameters are only active if the Panel Control Button is green.
62
3BHS233935 E80 Rev. C
ABB
The validation status is not

compatible
The release of the AVR software

is different.
Snapshot: Release 0.9.5
AVR:
Release 2.1.21
Yes
OK
- Open the file

The "Snapshot writes errors.txt" file has to be
checked. The result of this analysis should
provide the basis for the decision. But this is
not part of this description.
Channel CH2 (Dual Channel System)
- Select the data source CH2
- Scroll to the CH2
3BHS233935 E80 Rev. C
63
ABB
Channel BU (Triple Channel System)
- Select the data source BU and repeat the previous steps.
5.9.7.
Save Parameter to Flash
After updating the target (Download) the parameters have to be saved in the flash memory to make
changes permanent.
Brief description
Set the parameter SaveParToFlash to True and False.

The command is found in the parameter list
Touch Parameter, path [Control IT\ In \ Sys_ExcitationSystem..]
Description
This toolbar top line has to be
present
Select Channel CH1
- Select data source CH1 if CH2

is selected
- Scroll to the desired Channel

Search for the parameter SaveParToFlash
- Touch the left table and scroll

to the directory
[Sys_ExcitationSystem]

Control IT [down]
In [right]
Brk_Breaker [right]
Sys_ExcitationSystem [down]
to the parameter
SaveParToFlash (grey
highlighted line)
64
3BHS233935 E80 Rev. C
ABB
Save the parameters
-Touch the pen button to open

the Toggle Editor.
will be "True".
Set it back to "False"
will again be "False".
The parameter ParSaveToFlashOK confirms
the successful download.
Path [Control IT \ Out \ Sys_ExcitationSystem]
The feedback signal remains [True] until the
next boot process.
Select Channel CH2 (Dual Channel System)
- Select data source CH2

- Scroll to the desired Channel
- Search for the parameter
SaveParToFlash and save the
parameters
Select Channel BU (Triple Channel System)
- Select data source BU and repeat the previous steps.
3BHS233935 E80 Rev. C
65
ABB
5.9.8.
Setting and Save Boot Parameters to Flash
Note: The Panel Control Button must be green to start the boot sequence.
The update of the configuration parameters is only possible in the configuration sequence.
The table below shows how to make the settings and save them permanently to the flash memory.
Table 5-7 Setting and Saving Procedure of the Boot Parameters
Action
Parameter
Path to the Parameter List
Set parameter to True

RequestConfigChange
Control IT \ In \ SM_StateMachine
Set parameter to True and again to False
SaveParToFlash
Control IT \ In \ Sys_ExcitationSystem
Check: Parameter has to be True
SaveParToFlashOK
Control IT \ Out \ Sys_ExcitationSystem
EnableRebootCmd
RebootDevice (UN6800)
Reboot
(UN6080)
System is in the configuration sequence
Note: The system loses the connection for a short time. The Panel Control Button disappears and the connection to the
Channel blinks for a few moments.
RequestControl
Control IT \ OperatorCommand
Note: The parameter immediately changes
to False
ControlStatus
Control IT \ OperatorStatus
Check: Parameter must be 2 (UN6800)
Parameter must be 3 (UN6080)
Control IT \
Set the boot parameter
See parameter list
Set parameter to False
RequestConfigChange
Control IT \ In \ SM_StateMachine
System has left the configuration sequence
Panel Control Button appears green
Set parameter to True and again to False
SaveParToFlash
Check: Parameter must be True
SaveParToFlashOK
Control IT \ Out \ Sys_ExcitationSystem
Touch the Selection Screen Button EVENTS, RESET the events
Note: Finish the complete sequence otherwise the system remains in the configuration sequence.
5.9.9.
Definition of the Parameters/Signals
Description of the data format

- Float 4 and 8 Byte
- Signed integer 2 and 4 Byte
- Boolean signal, False / True
- Text string
- Date and Time format
66
,
,
3BHS233935 E80 Rev. C
ABB
5.10.
Options
Operation Level
Touch Options
The menu bar "Application Settings" and the toolbar bottom line are described in
Chapter 4.3 - Options, Brief Description, page 18.
Note: The settings of decimals values are limited between the minimum and maximum value
specified in the editor menu.
5.10.1.
General
Device Configuration
- Touch this button to start
the dialog
Toolbar bottom line

- Scroll to the desired line
Device Information:
- General
- Custom Properties
Not used in this application
- Disconnect the device
from the system (Channel 1,
2 or BU)
Note: Touch this button to reset the present device

after a connection loss (e.g. supply interrupt).
- Connect the device to the

system
3BHS233935 E80 Rev. C
67
ABB
Configuration of a new
device
- Open the dialog
"Supported Devices"
See "Device Configuration"
next page
- Delete the selected Device
Device Configuration:
This button is only available
(not grey) when the LED of
the device model is grey.
(Device disconnected)
- Touch this button
General:
- Open the Text Editor and
enter the Device Name
Device Settings 1):
68
3BHS233935 E80 Rev. C
ABB
- Open the Editor to

edit this line
- Confirm the Text
Editor
- Finally confirm the
settings
[Text Editor]
[Device Confi]
Note 1): For detailed information see Table 5-9 Description of the Device Configuration Settings,
page 85 at the end of this Chapter.
CT Modules
line (grey highlighted
line)
Move the highlighted
line up or down
The menu bar "Screen
Selection" will change
the order
The cross means that
the button on the
screen selection
Diagrams is hidden.
CT Channel Mapping
Unit Name:
- Open the Text Editor
and enter the Name
In a single channel
system:
Touch the red point of
CH2 to cancel CH2,
otherwise CH1 blinks
in the system status
bar.
3BHS233935 E80 Rev. C
69
ABB
- Open the dialog

Select Device for
Channel 1 to 3
device (grey
highlighted line)
- Confirm the setting
Language Settings
Select the language
language (grey
highlighted line)
Note: After changing the language, the ECT must be restarted. Otherwise the setting will not
become active.
5.10.2.
Alarms & Events
AC 800PEC Event Service

This section describes how to override a user event.
Service Buffer Size:
Number of entries in the
Event Logger Table
Keep standard settings!
Resolve Events Command:
Reset all pending events
Keep standard settings!
Overrides:
- Open the Overrides Editor
(User Events)
70
3BHS233935 E80 Rev. C
ABB
Set a new User Event
- Open the Editor and enter the

Event ID, the Name, the
Category and the Description
- Category
Scroll to the desired grey
highlighted line
[Editor]
[Event Prop...]

- Edit a User Event
- Cancel an entry
[Overrides...]
3BHS233935 E80 Rev. C
71
ABB
New Event Mappings:

- Define a new entry
or
- Open the Editor and input the

Event Type ID (e.g. 10)
- Open the Editor and input the
Event Type.
It is only possible to open a
pop-up window
and to select one of the given
Event Types
[Editor...]

[Event Pro..]

- Edit the Event Properties
- Cancel the grey highlighted
line
[Event Type..]

Event Filters
Masking of the Event Types in
the Event Logger Table (not
checked means hidden)
(Critical and Reset not used)
[Application...]
72
3BHS233935 E80 Rev. C
ABB
5.10.3.
Tools
PEC Software Information

The complete text of the
description column is in
the dark grey field under
the last visible line.
Option of saving the SW

information
- Enter the Folder and
the File Name
[Select File]
CPU Load
Chart View
Display of the processor
performance for most
tasks
Freeze display
Display updating
periodically
3BHS233935 E80 Rev. C
73
ABB
Grid View
Display of the whole
processor performance of every task
line)
Freeze Display
Display periodic
updating
5.10.4.
Powerchart
Powerchart Configuration
- Open the Text Editor,
- Enter the value
There is no saturation
calculation and no
values are taken over.
5.10.5.
Operations
There are two different ECT-Communication monitoring parameters:

- SlowCommMonRamp for monitoring the normal data traffic. This signal is incremented by the ECT
every 1500 ms. This value should not be adjusted.
- FastCommMonRamp for monitoring setpoint commands and the command buttons. This signal is
incremented by the ECT every 100 ms. This value cannot be adjusted.
74
3BHS233935 E80 Rev. C
ABB
Keep-Alive Signaling
(Setting of the SlowCommMonRamp)
- Open the Editor
- Enter a new interval
time

device (grey
highlighted line)
- Open the dialog box
Send Keep-Alive To:

- Open the parameters
and go to [Control IT\..]
Start value, Increment
and End value:
- Keep standard
settings
- Scroll to the Signal
SlowCommMonRamp
and highlight it
- Confirm the signal
Command Editor
device (grey
highlighted line)
3BHS233935 E80 Rev. C
75
ABB
- Open the Command

Editor dialog
Buttons Command Editor
Toolbar Command Editor
Scroll up/down to the desired line (grey highlighted line)

Move up/down the highlighted line to change the command button order
Define a new command button
Note: The max. number of possible buttons is 10. If more are needed,
use one of the Spare places.
Edit the (new) command button
Cancel the (new) command button
Command Editor, adding a new command button
- Select the upper or

lower command button
place in the pull-down
menu
76
Command button
upper = Command 1
lower = Command 2
3BHS233935 E80 Rev. C
ABB
- Define a new
command button
- Touch the edit button
to open the Text Editor
and rename the
button.
(e.g. ForceBackup)
Example:
Command button
called ForceBackup
Name:
- Enter the name in
two lines (word length
too long for the button
field)
Target Data Point:
and go to [Control IT\
In\SM_StateMachine]

ForceBackup (grey
highlighted line) and
mark the signal
Confirm the signal
Send Keep-Alive To:
and go to [Control IT]
FastCommMonRamp
and mark the signal
3BHS233935 E80 Rev. C
77
ABB
Feedback Data Point:

and go to [Control IT\
Out\SM_StateMachine]

ForceChannel
and mark the signal
ON State Message:
- Enter "FB ON"
OFF State Message:
- Enter "FB OFF"
ON State Colors and
OFF State Colors:
- Select the background and font.
colors
Description: Field for additional information
Command Editor, defining of a space between command button groups.

The space is a of a command button.
- Touch this button

and rename the command. (e.g. Space 1)
Move the grey highlighted line between
the commands
- Confirm Command
Editor
78
3BHS233935 E80 Rev. C
ABB
Command Editor, copy the settings from the adjusted Channel 1 to another Channel
Selected Device is
CH1
- Select the device

from CH1 to CH2
Scroll to the desired
device (grey
highlighted line)
- Confirm the selected
device
Setpoint Configuration
Setpoints Up/Down
and value indication of
the setpoint
commands/display
Select
FastCommMonRamp
for communication
monitoring
3BHS233935 E80 Rev. C
79
ABB
5.10.6.
Diagrams
Diagrams Configuration
device (grey highlighted line) in the "Not
Visible Diagrams"
Field
- Move the selected
line to the "Visible
Diagrams" Field
Option to load a new
diagram
- Move the line back to
the "Not Visible
Diagrams" Field
5.10.7.
Trending
Fast Trending
- Enter the value
(Image format of the
ECT)
Slow Trending
- Enter the value
80
3BHS233935 E80 Rev. C
ABB
5.10.8.
Transient Recorder
Display Settings
- Enter the value
5.10.9.
Security
User Management
Dialog User
Management
Each user can change
its password
Registration of a new user
Operation Level = Administrator

Setting of the user
logged in time
Default value = 10 min
- Add a new user
3BHS233935 E80 Rev. C
81
ABB
- Create a User ID
(e.g. Sample)
- Create the password
(e.g. mytest) or leave
the line blank if there
is no password
desired
role (grey highlighted
line)
- Define the user

profile for each role
Or cancel a role
line) and move the
role to the unassigned
user roles
- Or move the user
profile from a role
group
(e.g. Operation
Level 2)
configured level (grey
highlighted line)
- Confirm the level
[Users]
[User
Settings]
82
3BHS233935 E80 Rev. C
ABB
Deletion of an existing user

level/name (grey
highlighted line)
- Cancel the user
YES
[User
Settings]
Change a user profile

level/name (grey
highlighted line)

Upgrading:
- Scroll in the table of
unassigned roles to
the desired role
- Move the role to the
assigned user roles
Downgrading:
- Scroll in the table of
assigned roles to the
desired role
- Move the role to the
unassigned user roles
[User
Settings]
[Application...]
3BHS233935 E80 Rev. C
83
ABB
User Account
The following table lists the default settings of the different operation levels
Table 5-8 List of Settings relating to the Operation Level
Settings
Operation
Level2
Operation
Level3
Operation
Level4
Operation
Level5
Administrator
Options: Security / Edit user accounts
Options: Security / Change own password
Diagrams: Configure
Events: Clear Event Logger
Events: Reset / Acknowledge Events
Events: Save / Print / Freeze
General: Minimize / Close CT
Operations: Access Command Buttons
Operations: Configure Meters
Options: Access Options Dialog
Options: Alarms and Events
Options: General
Options: Import Settings
Options: Operations
Options: Tools
Options: Trending
Parameters: Create Snapshot
Parameters: Edit Parameter Values
Parameters: Manage "My Groups"
Parameters: Open Snapshot
Parameters: Save Snapshot
Parameters: Write Snapshot
Testing: Edit
Testing: Run
Transient Recorder: Configure Auto-Read
Transient Recorder: Configure Recorder
Transient Recorder: Read Recorder Data
Transient Recorder: Trigger
Trending (Fast): Configure Recorders
Trending (Slow): Configure Data Logging
Trending General: Configure Chart Formatting
Trending General: Open / Save Local Files
84
3BHS233935 E80 Rev. C
ABB
5.10.10. Appendix 1 to Chapter Options
Description of the Device Settings

,
Path: Options, General, Device Configuration,
, Device Settings
Table 5-9 Description of the Device Configuration Settings

Function
Setting
Description
CT Location
(See how to adjust this
function next page)
Local
Local
Remote 1-4
The ECT mounted in the front door of

the control cubicle of the excitation
system is predefined as local device.
Remote applications of the ECTs.
Device Address
172.16.0.11
Compare the setting with Chapter 3.2 - Channel IP

Addresses for local TCP/IP Network, page 14
SOAP Port Number
8081
Do not change
Has to be set in accordance with the target
OPC DA Connection String
OpcDaServer.3
Name of the OPC server used
OPC AE Connection String
Not used
OPC Server Address (IP)
Default field blank

The software of the OPC server is installed on the ECT
hard disk
Remove OPC root from ID.
Check box checked by default

Do not change
The signal name has no path information
OPC Root Group )
Applications.Unitrol
Copy OPC definition files

from target
Common partial path from all OPC signals

Copy of the definition files
OPC definition file on target
\opc_def.zip
Name of the target file
OPC server working

directory
\OPC Server for AC 800M

\Files
Name of the server working directory
Replace cached data

(See next page how to
adjust this function)
Check box not checked by default

Unmarked: The signal information is stored in the ECT
Marked:
The signal information is uploaded to the
hard disk of the ECT unless there is no
internal database available
Use database
Database in use
Database file
_CTData.fdb
Production Environment
Source for time stamps
Important: The database of this particular application

must be installed
Check box checked by default
A code change in the target asks for an adapted
database or snapshot file
Device
Device:
PC:
Time information is given by the target

(for local ECT)
Time information is given by the ECT
(for remote ECTs and IBS PC)
Note 1): This entry must have the same CT Location.

Note: After changing a attribute, the ECT must be restarted. Otherwise the setting will not become
active.
3BHS233935 E80 Rev. C
85
ABB
Examples of adjustment
Selection of the CT Location:

- Scroll to the CT Location
line (grey highlighted)
- Open the dialog to edit the
line
[Editor]
- Confirm the CT Location
Replace cached data

Scroll to replace cached
data line (grey highlighted)
- Open the dialog to edit the

line
- Mark the field as empty
[Editor]
[Device Configuration]
86
3BHS233935 E80 Rev. C
ABB
Chapter 6 - Installation and Disposal
The unit should be unpacked with the usual degree of care, without use of
force and using suitable tools.
The unit should be visually inspected to check for any damage caused
during transport. Complaints regarding defects resulting from
inappropriate transport are to be addressed immediately to the receiving
station or the last carrier.
The electrical and software installations are described in Chapter 3 Installation, page 14.
6.1.
Mechanical installation
Rear side of the ECT:
The unit has 10x pass-through threaded bolt (M5-25 mm).
The fitting dimensions are described in Chapter 9.2 - Mechanical
Dimensions, page 93.
6.2.
Grounding
Ground: - Grounding point M4 x 10 on the rear side of the case
- at least 2.5 mm2 (AWG 13).
6.3.
Disposal
Improper disposal of electrical devices can lead to environmental
damage. It is therefore important that qualified personnel carry out the
disposal of electronic equipment.
The metallic casing does not present any risk to the environment and
can be recycled.
The printed circuit boards are simple to remove. The boards must be
removed and should be disposed of by a licensed disposal company.
Environmentally hazardous elements such as capacitors must be
separated from the boards.
3BHS233935 E80 Rev. C
87
ABB
Safety Regulations
The instructions according to Chapter 1 - Safety Instructions, page 8 shall
be followed.
Commissioning
Before switching on, check whether the connection terminals are wired up
according to the plant schematic.
See Chapter 3 - Installation, page 14
Setting Aids, Set in Operation with the Machine

The parameter settings and the startup procedure described in the User
Manual is to be studied.
3BHS233935 E80 Rev. C
88
ABB
Chapter 8 - Maintenance and Faults
Safety Regulations
The instructions according to Chapter 1 - Safety Instructions, page 8 shall
be followed.
Maintenance
Overflow of the hard disk
Check the directory "My Documents \ ." number and size of the files to
prevent an overflow of the hard disk.
Check the file Debug.log in the directory "Program Files \ ABB \ CT \
CT Panel Edition for ECT". If it is larger than 100000 KB make an export
and delete the file.
Fault Message
There is a communication mistake between the ECT and channel
(Control) system.
- Minimize the application in the task bar

(Access Level N 5 shows these icons
on the ECT Display)
- Start the Explorer of the ECT

- Copy the Debug.log file and send it to ABB for further clarification.
Connection loss between ECT and Channel(s)
If Channel 2 disappears the status bar display of the Channel 1 turns red
and starts flashing.
Connection loss between ECT and Control System

The operator location defines the parameter DefaultCommandInput
(Path Control IT \ In \ OpSel_OperatorSelect).
Default value is "Remote".
In case of an abrupt connection loss to the ECT, the control system
transfers the control to the device which is defined as remote control.
3BHS233935 E80 Rev. C
89
ABB
ECT Display frozen

Disconnect the 24 V supply to restart the ECT.
Application Exception
If this message appears, follow the instructions in the screenshot below.
To recover the ECT from the "unexpected error", disconnect the 24 V
supply to restart the ECT.
Restart
ECT operates independently of the control system and it always starts up
in passive mode. The hand of the panel control button is grey.
See Chapter 5.1.2 - Panel Control Button, page 23.
Touch Screen Re-calibration
There is a SW program for screen re-calibration of the ECT.
The windows program is accessible in the Operation Level 5.
- Choose Operation Level 5
- Minimize the application in the task bar
- Touch Start \ Hampshire TSHARC Control Panel \ Calibration and
follow the instructions
90
3BHS233935 E80 Rev. C
ABB
Repair
It is not allowed to open the case of an ECT.
A defective unit should be sent in for repair. See manufacturers details
on page 7.
3BHS233935 E80 Rev. C
91
ABB
Chapter 9 - Appendix
9.1.
General Data
Ordering information
Product designation
Human-Machine-Interface
Type
PB D190A
Order number: concluded software and dongle
3BHE017671 R6000
Mechanical data
Touch screen, diagonal (XGA: 1024 x 768)
15.0"
Weight
7.3 kg
Protection class, front side / rear side
IP 65 / 20
Dimensions (WxHxD)
482.6x354.8x92 mm, (19"/8U)
Climatic stability
Temperature range for operation
Temperature range for storage
+5 to +45 C
-20 to + 60 C
Vibration: 10 Hz to 58 Hz
0.075 mm
58 Hz to 150 Hz
10 m/s2
Shock:
10 g, 11 ms, 3 shocks
IEC 60068-2-6
IEC 60068-2-27
Electrical data
Supply voltage
Power consumption, average / max
Test voltage according to
24 VDC (18 to 36 VDC)

60 / 80 W
EN 60950
Operating System
Microsoft Windows XP Professional Version 2002, Service Pack 2
The ECT Software was designed and tested in this operating system.
Software Release
CT 1.3.73.886
Relevant standards, CE conformity

Directive EMC
Emission standard, Class A
Generic immunity standard
Test certificate
3BHS233935 E80 Rev. C
2004/108/EC
EN55011 / EN 55022
IEC/EN 61000-6-2
CE and UL
92
ABB
9.2.
Mechanical Dimensions
Device Dimensions
Note: All measurements in

(mm)
Fitting Dimensions
3BHS233935 E80 Rev. C
93
ABB
REVISION
Rev.
ind.
94
Page (P),
Chapt. (C)
Description
(or number of revision)
Date
Dept./ Init.
Software release 1.2.69.715
20.01.2009 / Mo
Software release 1.3.73.886
02.09.2009 / Mo
3BHS233935 E80 Rev. C
ABB
UNITROL 6000 Operating Instructions
Converter Control Panel
(CCP)
Document No.:
Version
3BHS233287 E80 Rev. A

10 / 2009
ABB
ABB.
3BHS233287 E80 Rev. A
ABB
Table of Contents
List of Figures......................................................................................................................4
List of Tables .......................................................................................................................4
1.1.
1.2.
General .......................................................................................................................... 6
Required Qualification and Responsibilities.................................................................... 6
Chapter 2 - Device Description .........................................................................................6

2.1.
2.2.
2.3.
2.4.
2.5.
Introduction .................................................................................................................... 6
Operation ....................................................................................................................... 6
Area of Application ......................................................................................................... 7
Hardware ....................................................................................................................... 7
Settings.......................................................................................................................... 7
Chapter 3 - Functional Description ..................................................................................9

3.1.
3.2.
3.3.
3.4.
3.5.
3.6.
3.7.
General .......................................................................................................................... 9
Status LED..................................................................................................................... 9
Display ........................................................................................................................... 9
Keypad..........................................................................................................................10
Alarm report ..................................................................................................................10
Fault report....................................................................................................................10
Menu Structure .............................................................................................................11
Chapter 4 - Maintenance and Repair ..............................................................................13

4.1.
4.2.
Maintenance .................................................................................................................13
Repair of the Device......................................................................................................13
Chapter 5 - General Data .................................................................................................14
3BHS233287 E80 Rev. A
ABB
List of Figures
Figure 1 CCP ................................................................................................................................. 9
List of Tables
Table 1- DESCRIPTION Of KEY COMMANDS .............................................................................. 10
Table 2- DISPLAY .......................................................................................................................... 11
Table 3- PARAMETERS................................................................................................................. 12
Table 4- FAULT LOGGER (example) ............................................................................................. 12
Table 5- CLOCK SET ..................................................................................................................... 13
3BHS233287 E80 Rev. A
ABB
General Information
If any questions arise, consult the local ABB representative or the factory:
IMPORTANT!
If calling ABB, please leave your name, department and phone number.
This will allow the responsible ABB representative to call back without
delay.
ABB Switzerland Ltd

Static Excitation Systems, Voltage Regulators
and Synchronizing Equipment
CH-5300 Turgi / Switzerland
Telephone:
Fax:
Email:
Internet:
+41 58 589 24 86
+41 58 589 23 33
pes@ch.abb.com
http://www.abb.com/unitrol
24 h Hotline for urgent service inquiries: +41 844 845 845

Email contact for service inquiries: unitrol.supportline@ch.abb.com
ABB is constantly striving for the best product and service offerings for
our customers. Therefore ABB appreciates your valuable feedback or
suggestions for improvements of UNITROL products.
Please send your comments to "unitrol.feedback@ch.abb.com". Your
information will be forwarded to the responsible persons in order to
improve ABBs future offerings.
Quality Certificates and Applicable Standards

The following certificates and conformity declarations are available with
ABB:
ISO 9001:2000, ISO 14001:2004 and OHSAS 18001:2007
certificates stating that ABB Switzerland Ltd has implemented and
maintains a management system which fulfills the requirements of
the normative standards.
EC Conformity Declaration of the excitation system.
List of standards the excitation system complies with.
3BHS233287 E80 Rev. A
ABB
1.1.
General
The safety instructions shall be followed of the excitation system. Read
the instructions in the Operating Instructions of the UNITROL 6000,
excitation system carefully before operating the device and keep this
document for future reference.
1.2.
Required Qualification and Responsibilities

Take notice of the required qualification and responsibilities in the
Operating Instructions of the excitation system.

2.1.
Introduction
The Converter Control Panel (CCP) is used for monitoring a converter of
the UNITROL 6000 excitation system. Each converter has its own panel
which is connected to the Control Converter Interface (CCI) of the
corresponding converter.
2.2.
Operation
The operator has a range of displays at his disposal, which informs about
the status of the converter.
All indications on the display are real feedback information. This means,
that all data shown on display are retrieved directly from the selected
converter.
The Converter Control Panel has the following features:
Monitoring of three actual converter parameter values
3BHS233287 E80 Rev. A
ABB
Parameter viewing
Fault Logger
Real time clock and synchronization with PEC
Only a group of alarms and faults of the Fault Logger are visible on the
CCP. The Fault Logger displays the time and date of the alarm/fault, the
name, GlobalID, class and the trigger condition. It displays the last 255
events, and can be cleared using the CCP.
The CCP posses a real time clock that may be configured via the menu
CLOCK SET. A time synchronization between the controller and the
CCP is done automatically. Thereby the controller is the time master and
the CCP the time slave. However it is also possible to change the
controllers time via the clock set menu SET TIME.
2.3.
Area of Application
The Converter Control Panel with its software is suitable only for this area
of application in connection with the control system of the UNITROL
6000.
2.4.
Hardware
The unit cover is made of plastic and mechanical robust.
The Ethernet socket RJ-45 is on the rear side of the case.
The panel is mounted on the cubicle door of the converter.
2.5.
Settings
There are no settings to do.
3BHS233287 E80 Rev. A
ABB
3.1.
General
- Status LED
- Display
- Keypad
Figure 1 CCP
3.2.
Status LED
- Green for normal operation
- Flashing green for alarms
- Red for faults
3.3.
Display
Top line shows the basic status information of
the converter
OFF:
Converter blocked
ON:
Converter in operation
ISOLATED: Converter disconnected (draw-out
version)
Turning circle left or right side is a signal
generate by the control application.
Middle area shows the three lines of parameter
values.
Bottom line shows the current command of the

two soft keys as MENU, ENTER, EXIT etc.
3BHS233287 E80 Rev. A
ABB
3.4.
Keypad
The keypad consists of four active push buttons with the following
functions:
Table 1- DESCRIPTION Of KEY COMMANDS
Keys
Commands
Up,
Down
Select mode:Moves the highlighted line up or down

Settings:
Decrements or increments the highlighted value of a

selected parameter
Soft key 1
Select EXIT:
Select RESET
Returns to the last state

Continue to press EXIT until to the Main Display.
Fault reset
Soft key 2
Select MENU:
Select ENTER:
Select SEL:
Select EDIT:
Select DETAIL:
Select DIAG:
Select OK:
Select EXIT:
Selects main menu

Selects submenu of the highlighted line
Selects the highlighted Parameter or Clock Set group
Edits parameters (mostly write protected)
Shows the detail of the highlighted ALARM/FAULT
Help text, no diagnostic assistant available
Confirms the form of date or the new value
Returns to the last state
LOC/REM
Not available
Not available
STOP
Not available
START
Not available
3.5.
Alarm report
For the CCP, an Alarm triggers the CCPs Alarm response, which
involves the green LED flashing, and an alarm message being displayed
on the screen every few seconds. This message can be dismissed with
keypad activity, however does return after 3 seconds of inactivity.
3.6.
Fault report
With a Trip event, the Fault state of the CCP is triggered. The Fault state
has a red LED, and a Fault Message. When the Fault state is triggered,
the user has two options. Select "Exit", and use the CCP as normal,
however if the fault remains, the fault state will resume after 10 seconds.
Alternatively, the user can press "Reset", and a bit in the "Control Word"
will be set.
10
3BHS233287 E80 Rev. A
ABB
3.7.
Menu Structure
Table 2- DISPLAY
Main Display
Main Menu
Submenu
OFF
0 A Ico
0 Alpha
74 C Tco
MENU
OFF
N
N
MAIN MENU
PARAMETERS
FAULT LOGGER
CLOCK SET
EXIT
ENTER
OFF
N
N
N
N
N
PAR GROUPS-01
01 Measurements
02 Conv. Control
03 Temperatures
04 Status
05 Faults
EXIT
SEL
100 System Parameters
FAULT LOGGER
OFF
FAULT LOG
2: Alarm
8175
N
N
N
07:04:51
1: Fail
2: Alarm
2: Alarm
EXIT
CLOCK SET
OFF
N
N
N
N
DETAIL
TIME & DATE
CLOCK VISIBILITY
TIME FORMAT
DATE FORMAT
SET TIME
SET DATE
EXIT
3BHS233287 E80 Rev. A
SEL
11
ABB
Table 3- PARAMETERS
PAR GROUPS
No.
Parameter
Description
01 Measurements
0101
Ico
Actual converter current
0102
Uf
Actual converter output voltage
0103
UT2
Secondary voltage of the excitation transformer
02 Conv. Control
0201
Alpha
Firing angle of the thyristor pulses
03 Temperatures
0301
Trp
Thyristor case temperature phase R, positive
0302
Trn
Thyristor case temperature phase R, negative
0303
Tsp
Thyristor case temperature phase S, positive
0304
Tsn
Thyristor case temperature phase S, negative
0305
Ttp
Thyristor case temperature phase T, positive
0306
Ttn
Thyristor case temperature phase T, negative
0307
Tco
Temperature inside the converter module
0308
Tsb
Snubber temperature in the cooling channel
0401
Run
Converter in operation
0402
Off
Converter blocked
0403
Isolated
Converter disconnected (draw-out version)
0501
FanFail
Fan failure
0502
RpFail
Thyristor failure phase R, positive
0503
SpFail
Thyristor failure phase S, positive
0504
TpFail
Thyristor failure phase T, positive
0505
RnFail
Thyristor failure phase R, negative
0506
SnFail
Thyristor failure phase S, negative
0507
TnFail
Thyristor failure phase T, negative
100 System
10001
Output Signal 1
This is the parameter line 1 on the Main Display
Parameters
10002
Output Signal 2
10003
Output Signal 3
10004
LANGUAGE
04 Status
05 Faults
Table 4- FAULT LOGGER (example)

FAULT LOG
Description
Value
Comment
2: Alarm
FAULT TIME
07:04:51
Time
DAYS
23.01.07
Date
EDGE
Trigger condition
Global ID
20002
CLASS
Event class
FAULT
Fault code (Alarm=1, Fault=2)
12
3BHS233287 E80 Rev. A
ABB
Chapter 4 - Maintenance and Repair
Table 5- CLOCK SET

TIME & DATE
Selection
CLOCK VISIBILITY
Show clock
Comment
Hide clock
TIME FORMAT
24-hours
12-hours
DATE FORMAT
dd.mm.yy
23.01.07
mm/dd/yy
01/23/07
dd.mm.yyyy
23.01.2007
mm/dd/yyyy
01/23/2007
SET TIME
Enter the time
SET DATE
Enter the date
Date format see above
Chapter 4 - Maintenance and Repair

4.1.
Maintenance
The battery keeps clock running at least 10 years without any external
power. The type of the battery is CR2032.
4.2.
Repair of the Device

It is not allowed to open the casing of a CCP.
A defective unit should be sent in for repair. See manufacturers details
on page 5.
3BHS233287 E80 Rev. A
13
ABB
Chapter 5 - General Data
Ordering information
Name
Type
Order number:
PEC80-CCP Convert Ctrl Panel

AF D242 A
3BHE023126 R0020
Electrical and mechanical characteristics

Supply voltage
Connector
Backup battery (Lithium battery, CR2032)
Protection class (with door mounting kit
Dimensions (WxHxD)
11 to 30 VDC @ 60 mA
RJ-45
3 V, 220 mAh
IP 65
70 x 100 x 22
User Interface
Display, Type
Resolution (pixels)
full graphical LCD

128 x 64
Climatic stability
Temperature range for operation
Temperature range for storage
0 to +50 C
-20 to +70 C
EMC requirements, CE conformity

EMC directive
EMC requirements
89/336/EEC
IEC 61800-3
Lithium battery circuit fulfils UL safety requirements (Standard for Lithium

Batteries, UL 1642)
14
3BHS233287 E80 Rev. A
ABB
REVISION
Rev.
ind.
Page (P)
Chapt (C)
Description
Date
Dept./Init.
P14
Type: AF D242 A
05.10.2009 / Mo
3BHS233287 E80 Rev. A
15
ABB
UNITROL 6800 Interlock Block Diagram
for Excitation System
Document No.
Revision Status
Date
Software Release
3BHS223093 E77
Rev. D
11 / 2010
v2.4.53
v3.0.00
Based on 3BHS223093 E77 Rev. D
ABB
ABB.
3BHS223093 E77
ABB
Table of Contents
TABLE OF CONTENTS...................................................................................................................... 3
TERMS AND ABBREVIATIONS ........................................................................................................ 4
EXPLANATION OF THE SYMBOLS.................................................................................................. 6
EXPLANATION OF THE OPERATOR LOCATIONS......................................................................... 7
CHAPTER 1 - INTRODUCTION ......................................................................................................... 8
1.1.
1.2.
1.3.
1.4.
Purpose of the Document ..................................................................................................... 8

Structure of the Diagram.......................................................................................................8
Description of the States....................................................................................................... 9
Description of the Sequence................................................................................................. 9
CHAPTER 2 - INTERLOCK BLOCK DIAGRAM.............................................................................. 10

2.1.
2.2.
2.3.
2.4.
2.5.
2.6.
2.7.
2.8.
2.9.
Sequences from Start to Operation .................................................................................... 10

Sequences from Operation to Stop..................................................................................... 11
Trip Circuit........................................................................................................................... 12
Operation Location.............................................................................................................. 13
Channel Selection............................................................................................................... 14
Mode Auto / Manual............................................................................................................ 15
Reactive Power / Power Factor Control ON / OFF ............................................................. 16
Setpoint Raise / Lower........................................................................................................ 17
Power System Stabilizer ON / OFF (PSS).......................................................................... 18
CHAPTER 3 - LIST OF REFERENCE.............................................................................................. 19
3BHS223093 E77
ABB
Terms and Abbreviations
AC 800PEC
Main Controller Device, name of the Electronic Platform
Auto
Automatic Voltage Regulator Mode
AutoFaultCH1 / 2
This signal reports a loss of the automatic voltage regulator in

Channel 1 or 2
Automatic Logout
Time
After this delay time, a release command enables the present

operation location which falls back to the default operation
location. (Default value is 10 min) This signal reports that the
time has expired.
Auto-Manual
balanced
For a bumpless changeover from AUTO to MANUAL mode,

the current values of the regulator have to be taken over by
the passive regulators. This signal reports that the Follow-up
signal has adapted the value of the voltage reference.
BU
Backup Channel (Field Current Regulator)
BUChannelHW
Fault
This signal reports a hardware fault of the Backup Channel
CB
Circuit Breaker
CIT
Control IT
CMD
Internal signal, Command
CCM
Communication Control Measurement Device
CH1
Channel 1 of the Automatic Voltage Regulator
CH2
Channel 2 of the Automatic Voltage Regulator (Dual Channel

System)
CH1 / CH2 is on
This signal reports that Channel 1 or 2 is active
CH1 / CH2Fault
This signal reports that Channel 1 or 2 has a failure
Channel
Consists of a AC 800PEC and a CCM
Common Alarm
This signal reports a common event
Ctrl
Control
CT
External Control Terminal for excitation system
Def
Default
ECT
Emergency Stop
This internal stop command can only be active when the

generator is off grid
Exc
Excitation
f (..)
Function of (..), see PSS Operational Conditions
Fault
This signal reports a serious system fault
3BHS223093 E77
ABB
FCB
FCB open
This signal reports that the Field Circuit Breaker is open
I/O
Terminal Input or Output
Internal signal
Manual
Field Current Regulator Mode
ManualFaultCH1/2 This signal reports a loss of the field current regulator in

Channel 1 or 2
Machine CB
closed
This external signal reports that both CBs of the net and the
generator are closed
OP
Operation Panel, e.g. Excitation Control Terminal (ECT)
PB
Push or Touch Button
PF
Power Factor
PSS
Power System Stabilizer
PSS Operational
Conditions
Condition
Effect
Remark
Online (de-block)
Offline (block)
t_OND
immediately
Adjustable delay time
Release
immediately
Absolute value P > Limiter

Absolute value P < Limiter
t_OND
0.25 sOND if IG > 1
Adjustable delay time

Distance short circuit
UG > min
UG < min
immediately
0.25 sOND if IG > 1
Distance short circuit
UG > max
UG < max
immediately
immediately
UG > UmaxPSS_level
Tdown PSS_out
Limitation UG max ref.
(MP PQlim*10)= negative
Limit PSS_out min
Limitation PQmin
Reset, RS flip flop
Reg
Regulator
Preset
This signal reports that the initial value of the setpoint is

available
Set, RS flip flop
SEL
Selection
Reactive Power
Q < Limit
This signal reports the Feedback of the Q = 0 MVAr
RequestDef(3)
This signal reports an adjusted default request after all

releases are enabled
(3) Remote I/O will be active
RequestDef(2)
No standard signal
If present, (2) Local will be active after all releases are
enabled
Trip 1
This signal reports a software Trip
3BHS223093 E77
ABB
Explanation of the Symbols
State
400
OPERATION
State
State number and the fulfilled condition.
True
Input or output signal exists when condition (A) is true.

No difference is made between a pulse and a
continuous signal.
Internal signal A exists when condition (A) is true.
Push or Touch Button Switch.

RS Flip-Flop
Preselect means that the output signal is stored or
restored.
Truth Table:
*) last state
Time Delay Device
Default inverter delay time t = 60 s
Default Operation Location with priority list
The default operation location defines the request after
all releases are enabled. Otherwise the request of the
higher priority is active.
E.g. Default value 3 means Remote I/O
AND gate
OR gate
AND gate
Input B is inverted
3BHS223093 E77
ABB
Explanation of the Operator Locations
The excitation system can be controlled by one of the following six
operator locations (operator states):
Service
The service operator (Status 1) is an internal ABB operator. (Control

Builder application) The service operator has the highest priority of all
operators. No standard operator function.
Local
The local operator (Status 2) is an ECT (Excitation Control Terminal). The

local operator has the second highest priority. The local ECT is mounted
directly on the front door of the excitation system control cabinet.
Remote
The remote operator (Status 3) acts via the analog and digital
inputs/outputs of the excitation system. This operator has 3rd highest
priority. The remote operator is used by the superimposed plant control to
operate the excitation system via hardware I/Os.
Fieldbus Master
The fieldbus master operator (Status 4) acts via the Anybus-S I/O
interface and a specific fieldbus protocol. The fieldbus operator has 4th
highest priority. The fieldbus master operator is used by the
superimposed plant control to operate the excitation system via a second
or master fieldbus. No standard operator function.
Fieldbus
The fieldbus operator (Status 5) acts via the Anybus-S I/O interface and a
specific fieldbus protocol. The fieldbus operator has 5th highest priority.
The fieldbus operator is used by the superimposed plant control to
operate the excitation system via fieldbus. No standard operator function.
Remote CT
The remote CT operator (Status 6) can consist of up to 4 different ECTs

(Excitation Control Terminals). It has the lowest priority of all operators.
The remote ECTs can be located in the control room of a power plant or
elsewhere. No standard operator function.
3BHS223093 E77
ABB
1.1.
Purpose of the Document

In general, this document describes the operation process of a UNITROL
6800 Excitation System.
The operator can follow the impact of an input command. For instance, it
is not possible to open the field circuit breaker in all operating conditions.
The diagram shows the regular conditions which have to be fulfilled as
well as which commands have to be given before the field circuit breaker
opens.
1.2.
Structure of the Diagram

The sequence control is implemented as a state machine. The states are
represented as gray numbered boxes. The state represents a welldefined and stable condition. The system can only be in one specific state
at the same time. The output of the state with fulfilled conditions is always
"True" and the next sequence could be started.
This sequence is initiated either by an operator command or by an
external process signal. At the end of a sequence the system comes in
the next state forward or returns backwards.
The diagrams in Chapter 2.1 and 2.2 show the conditions from start to
operation and vice versa.
All other diagrams start from a state or are independent between the state
conditions 100 and 400.
For a detailed description see document 3BHS240590 E0x
(UNITROL 6800, Operation Software Description). This document is
available upon request.
3BHS223093 E77
ABB
1.3.
Description of the States
General State
10
OFF
Description
Excitation system is de-energized, controller power is off.
System is ready for power-up.
Not specified in the following description.
100
AUX READY
Excitation system is de-energized, controller power is on.

200
AUX ON
The FCB is closed and the cooling system is running. The system is
ready for the excitation process.
300
READY
The generator is excited and ready for synchronizing.
400
OPERATION
The generator is on grid and the excitation system in full operation

according to the setpoints. The generator voltage is now regulated and
the generator can produce active and reactive power depending on the
setpoints.
State OFF Circuit

370
WAIT STOP
The generator is discharged and kept to Q = 0 MVAr but still connected

to the grid. By means of the Discharge Off command, the system can be
brought back to OPERATION state.
State Trip Circuit

70
TRIPPED
40
ON INHIBIT State
1.4.
After a Trip the excitation system remains in the TRIPPED state until the
fault is cleared.
After the fault clearing, the system switches to the ON INHIBIT state.
After a fault has been cleared, the excitation system remains in the ON
INHIBIT state until the Trip is reset manually.
After the reset, the system moves to the AUX READY state.
Description of the Sequence

Transitions between states are executed by means of the sequences that
are initiated from the Excitation Control Terminal or by an external
process signal.
Chapter 2 - Interlock Block Diagram shows the transition between the
states as a logical diagram.
3BHS223093 E77
ABB
Chapter 2 - Interlock Block Diagram
2.1.
Sequences from Start to Operation
External
Internal
External
State
100
AUX READY
True
I/O
Field Breaker On
Excitation Start
1
L
See Chapter 2.4)
Remote I/O
Local
See Chapter 2.4)
OP
PB
PB
&
CMD
&
FCB On
&
Release
FCB On
&
I/O
FCB Closed
FCB Closed
State
200
AUX On
True
CMD
&
Remote I/O
See Chapter 2.4)
L
See Chapter 2.4)
OP
PB
PB
Local
Exc On
&
I/O
Excitation On
&
Release
Exc On
State
300
READY
True
I/O
Machine CB closed
&
Net CB
State
Generator CB
G
400
OPERATION
True
Means both CBs closed
10
3BHS223093 E77
ABB
2.2.
Sequences from Operation to Stop
State
External
Internal
External
400
OPERATION
True
I/O
Q-Discharge
&
Q < Limit
State
370
WAIT STOP
True
&
1
I/O
&
Machine CB closed
State
300
READY
I/O
Excitation Stop
True
L
See Chapter 2.4)
&
Remote I/O
L
OP
PB
PB
L
&
CMD
Exc Off
Trip
See Chapter 2.3)
Local
See Chapter 2.4)
&
Release
Exc Off
I/O
Excitation Off
Emergency Stop
State
I/O
Field Breaker Off
200
AUX ON
See Chapter 2.4)
Remote I/O
Local
See Chapter 2.4)
OP
PB
PB
L
True
&
&
Trip
CMD
FCB Off
See Chapter 2.3)
&
Release
FCB Off
FCB open
I/O
FCB open
Emergency Stop
State
100
AUX READY
True
3BHS223093 E77
11
ABB
2.3.
Trip Circuit
External
Internal
External
State
>30
STATE
True
I/O
External Trip 1
External Trip 2
1
L
Trip
&
CMD
I/O
Trip 1 to Gen Protection

Trip 2 to Gen Protection
Trip 1
Common Alarm
I/O
*)
Common Alarm
State
70
TRIPPED
L
L
See Chapter 2.4)
OP
PB
PB
True
Fault
Local
Release
Reset
Preselect
Fault Reset
&
&
State
40
ON INHIBIT
True
&
State
100
AUX READY
True
*) Display Event ECT: Information, Warning, Alarm, Error (Trip)

For detailed information see the Operating Instructions of the ECT.
12
3BHS223093 E77
ABB
2.4.
Operation Location
External
Internal
External
CIT
Default Op. Location

Priority:
Service
Local
Remote I/O
Fieldbus Master
Fieldbus
Remote CT 1 to 4
CIT
1
1
2
3
4
5
6
Service
Request1
CIT
Release1
Automatic Logout Time
&
CMD
CMD
RequestDef(3)
ECT Link loss
Local
RequestDef(2)
OP
Login
Request2
&1
PB
Logout
PB
Release2
PB
PB
OP
OP
L
CMD
&
I/O
Ctrl is Local
Automatic Logout Time
Request1
Request2
I/O
RequestDef(3)
&
&
1
Request Remote Ctrl

Release Remote Ctrl
I/O
Fieldbus Master
L
I/O
Fieldbus
L
I/O
Remote CT 1 to 4
CMD
Remote I/O
Request4
Release4
Request5
Release5
Request6
Release6
Note: gray colored text = no standard operator functions
3BHS223093 E77
13
ABB
2.5.
Channel Selection
External
External
Internal
L
L
I/O
CH2 is on
Force CH1
&
CH2Fault
1
1
&
Remote I/O
See Chapter 2.4)
Local
See Chapter 2.4)
OP
PB
PB
&
CH1
CMD
&
Release
CH1
CH1Fault
L
See Chapter 2.6)
AutoFaultCH1
Auto
&
ManualFaultCH1
Manual
&
L
See Chapter 2.6)
I/O
Force CH2
CH1 is on and CH1Fault

NOT CH2Fault
NOT AutoFaultCH2
NOT ManualFaultCH2
CH2
Force BU
CH1Fault and CH2Fault

NOT BUCHHWFault
BU
I/O
14
3BHS223093 E77
CMD
CMD
ABB
2.6.
Mode Auto / Manual
External
Internal
External
I/O
CMD
Auto Operation
See Chapter 2.4)
&
Remote I/O
AUTO
1
I/O
Auto mode is active
L
See Chapter 2.5)
AutoFaultCH1
CH1
&
AutoFaultCH2
CH2
&
L
See Chapter 2.5)
&
BU
See Chapter 2.5)
Local
See Chapter 2.4)
OP
PB
PB
&
Release
Auto
I/O
CMD
Manual Operation
&
Remote I/O
Manual
1
I/O
Man mode is active
L
See Chapter 2.5)
ManualFaultCH1
CH1
&
L
See Chapter 2.5)
ManualFaultCH2
CH2
L
Local
See Chapter 2.4)
OP
PB
PB
&
&
&
Release
Manual
Auto-Manual balanced
3BHS223093 E77
I/O
Mode change is ready
15
ABB
2.7.
16
Reactive Power / Power Factor Control ON / OFF
3BHS223093 E77
ABB
2.8.
Setpoint Raise / Lower
External
Internal
External
State
300
READY
True
&
I/O
Synchronizer Raise
&
I/O
Setpoint Raise
See Chapter 2.4)
&
Remote I/O
Local
See Chapter 2.4)

OP
PB
&
Raise
L
L
I/O
Setpoint max.
Setpoint max reached
Setpoint min.
Setpoint min reached
I/O
I/O
Act. Ext. Ref. On
Setpoint
&
I/O
Synchronizer Lower
I/O
Setpoint Lower
See Chapter 2.4)
&
&
&
Mach. Voltage
Raise
&
Lower
&
Field Current
Raise
&
Lower
Remote I/O
L
See Chapter 2.4)
OP
PB
Local
Setpoint
&
Lower
Manual
See Chapter 2.6)
L
See Chapter 2.6)
L
See Chapter 2.7)
Auto
Setpoint
Q-Ctrl
&
Q-Ctrl
Raise
&
Lower
Setpoint
L
See Chapter 2.7)
PF-Ctrl
3BHS223093 E77
&
PF-Ctrl
Raise
&
Lower
17
ABB
2.9.
Power System Stabilizer ON / OFF (PSS)
External
Internal
External
State
400
OPERATION
True
Auto
See Chapter 2.6)
&
PSS Operational Conditions
PSS is on
I/O
f (Active Power)
f (Ug)
L
I/O
PSS On
I/O
&
PSS Off
L
See Chapter 2.4)
&
Remote I/O
L
See Chapter 2.4)
OP
PB
PB
L
See Chapter 2.4)
OP
PB
PB
18
Preselect
PSS Sel
Local
&
Release
Select PSS
Local
&
Release
PSS Off
3BHS223093 E77
ABB
Chapter 3 - List of Reference
Documents
- Operation Software Description,
3BHS240590 E0x
- Excitation Control Terminal, Operating Instructions, 3BHS233935 E80

- Functional Description,
3BHS239062 E01
- User Manual, related to the project,
3BHS
E80
3BHS
E20
Diagram
- Hardware Diagram, related to the project,
x) Consecutive numbering of the software release document
3BHS223093 E77
19
ABB
Revision
Rev.
ind.
20
Page (P) Description

Chapt.(C)
P9, C2.1
B
C
-P16, C2.8
--
Date
Dept./Init.
I/O FCB Closed signal is not connected with the state

signal
Several corrections applied
Change of the diagram
16.01.2009 / Mo
Software Release v2.4.53 and v3.0.00
04.11.2010 / Mo
3BHS223093 E77
04.05.2009 / Mo
16.11.2009 / Mo
ABB
UNITROL 6800
Static Excitation Systems
Operation Software Description
Document No.:
Revision Status:
3BHS240590 E04
Rev. D
Prepared by:
Stutz / 30.09.2010
Released by:
Nold / 30.09.2010
ABB
ABB.
3BHS240590 E04
UNITROL 6800 Software Description
ABB
Table of Contents
List of Figures......................................................................................................................4
Chapter 1 - Introduction ....................................................................................................5
1.1.
1.2.
General .......................................................................................................................... 5
Intended Use of this Guide............................................................................................. 5
Chapter 2 - Conventions and Prerequisites.....................................................................7

2.1.
2.2.
Prerequisites .................................................................................................................. 7
Conventions ................................................................................................................... 7
Chapter 3 - State Machines ...............................................................................................9

3.1.
3.2.
3.3.
General .......................................................................................................................... 9
Channel State Machine and Auto Manual State Machine............................................ 9
Main State Machine ......................................................................................................14
Chapter 4 - Start/Stop Sequences ..................................................................................19

4.1.
4.2.
4.3.
Description of Sequences .............................................................................................19

Normal Operation Sequences: Sequential Functional Charts........................................24
Fault Sequences: Sequential Functional Charts............................................................39
Chapter 5 - Signals and Parameters...............................................................................43

5.1.
Signal Flow and Signal Designations ............................................................................43
Chapter 6 - Operator Control ..........................................................................................47

6.1.
6.2.
6.3.
6.4.
General .........................................................................................................................47
OperatorSelect Module .................................................................................................47
Operator Locations........................................................................................................48
Operator Select Sequences ..........................................................................................49
Appendix A - Drawings .....................................................................................................54
3BHS240590 E04
ABB
List of Figures
Figure 3-1 UN6800 Channel Redundancy ...................................................................................... 10
Figure 3-2 Main State Machine....................................................................................................... 16
Figure 4-1 Excitation On Sequence (290): Timing Diagram without Field Flashing......................... 21
Figure 4-2 Excitation On Sequence (290): Timing Diagram with Field Flashing.............................. 21
Figure 4-3 Configuration Sequence (30)......................................................................................... 25
Figure 4-4 AuxOn Sequence (190) ................................................................................................. 26
Figure 4-5 AuxOff Sequence (150) ................................................................................................. 27
Figure 4-6 Excitation On Sequence (290)....................................................................................... 28
Figure 4-7 Excitation On Sequence (290.1): Normal Excitation Part 1............................................ 29
Figure 4-8 Excitation On Sequence (290.1): Normal Excitation Part 2............................................ 30
Figure 4-9 Excitation On Sequence (290.1.4): Field Flash.............................................................. 31
Figure 4-10 Excitation On Sequence (290.3): LCI Start .................................................................. 32
Figure 4-11 Excitation On Sequence (290.4): Electrical braking ..................................................... 33
Figure 4-12 Excitation On Sequence (290.5): Async Start.............................................................. 34
Figure 4-13 Excitation Off Sequence (250)..................................................................................... 35
Figure 4-14 Operation On Sequence (390)..................................................................................... 36
Figure 4-15 Discharge Sequence (380).......................................................................................... 37
Figure 4-16 Stop Sequence (360) .................................................................................................. 38
Figure 4-17 Emergency Stop Sequence (170) Part 1 ..................................................................... 39
Figure 4-18 Emergency Stop Sequence (170) Part 2 ..................................................................... 40
Figure 4-19 Trip Sequence (80) Part 1 ........................................................................................... 41
Figure 4-20 Trip Sequence (80) Part 2 ........................................................................................... 42
Figure 5-1 Signal Flow Principle ..................................................................................................... 43
Figure 5-2 Signal Flow, Example for Input from Local Control Terminal to State Machine .............. 45
Figure 5-3 Signal Flow, Example for Output from State Machine to Local Control Terminal ........... 46
Figure 6-1 Operator Select: Overview ............................................................................................ 50
Figure 6-2 Operator Select Logic: Request Local ........................................................................... 51
Figure 6-3 Operator Status: Service ............................................................................................... 52
Figure 6-4 Operator Status: Local .................................................................................................. 53
Figure A- 1 Channel Overview........................................................................................................ 54
Figure A- 2 Channel State Machine................................................................................................ 55
Figure A- 3 Auto-Manual State Machine......................................................................................... 56
3BHS240590 E04
ABB
1.1.
General
This document contains the software description of the UN6800
sequence and operator control from a functional viewpoint. This includes
the
Main, Channel and Auto-Manual State Machines
Configuration sequence
On/Off sequences
Emergency Stop and Trip Sequences
Signal flow between operator control and sequence control modules
Coordination of operator control locations.
This software is implemented in an AC 800PEC controller on the ControlIT

level. However, some of the functions described depend on processes
running on the Matlab/Simulink level. They are treated only as far as
necessary to understand the function, i.e. by referring to the resulting
signal exchange.
1.2.
Intended Use of this Guide

This document is intended to be used for reference purposes by
UNITROL engineering personnel, such as:
Engineering Department ATPE, ABB Switzerland, Turgi
Local engineering centers (LECs)
Site operators.
The reader must be familiar and must have practical experience with
excitation systems as well as with the UNITROL control hardware and
software and the Control Builder programming tool, including the
AC 800PEC specific features of the ControlIT environment.
1.2.1.
Safety Regulations
The reader is responsible for compliance with the applicable general
regulations concerning work safety, the safety regulations for working on
high voltage electrical installations and the specific safety regulations
imposed by the application as stated in the relevant users manuals.
3BHS240590 E04
ABB
Chapter 2 - Conventions and Prerequisites
2.1.
Prerequisites
In order to understand this documentation the reader must be familiar
with the following topics:
2.2.
Design and operation of a static excitation system
Application programming with the AC 800PEC controller and the

Control Builder.
Conventions
The sequential diagrams in this documentation are based on the
Standard IEC 60848 GRAFCET specification language for sequential
function charts, which is the current standard for specifying and
documenting sequential processes. The IEC 60848 complements the
IEC 61131 which on its part defines the programming languages for
programmable controllers.
For all other conventions refer to the list of related documents in the next
Section.
State Machine Diagrams are drawn on the basis of the Mathworks
Stateflow printouts.
3BHS240590 E04
ABB
Chapter 3 - State Machines
3.1.
General
The UN6800 operation software is based on the state machine concept
and consists mainly of the following components:
Channel State Machine

to determine the active control channel at start-up and at run time
based on the system redundancy.
Auto-Manual State Machine

to manage the changeover between the various continuous control
modes.
Main State Machine

to coordinate the operation status of the excitation system.
The state machines are programmed on the Matlab/Simulink control level.
3.2.
Channel State Machine and Auto Manual State Machine
3.2.1.
Control System Configuration

A fully redundant UN6800 control system consists of 1 or 2 independent
and identical controllers (see Figure 3-1):
control channel 1
control channel 2,
each allowing full automatic operation (voltage regulation, AVR) and

manual operation (field current regulation, FCR). In addition, a
backup channel
is provided for emergency manual operation (backup field current

regulation, BFCR). At any time, only one of the three channels can be the
active channel that controls the process.
3BHS240590 E04
ABB
Control channel
1
CH #1
UG
IG
AVR
IF
FCR
Control channel 2
CH #2
UG
IG
AVR
IF
FCR
Backup channel
IF
BFCR
Auto-manual switchover
Channel switchover
Figure 3-1 UN6800 Channel Redundancy

Configurations with reduced redundancy (e.g. 1 channel only, with or
without backup) are also possible.
3.2.2.
Switchover Conditions
The main channels 1 and 2 can each operate in auto (AVR) and manual
(FCR) modes. The BFCR only provides manual operation. Depending on
the status of each channel, an auto/manual or a channel switchover takes
place.
A switchover between auto and manual modes or between channels can
either be initiated manually by an operator command or automatically due
to a degraded operating situation.
Channel Switchover
The switchover between the redundant control channels is coordinated by

the channel state machine.
In a redundant configuration, one of the two main channels (e.g.
channel 1) is active. The second, passive, channel is continuously
updated via a redundant communication link and its outputs follow the
active channel. In case of a disturbance in the active channel, or in case
of a manual channel force, the passive channel immediately assumes
active control. If both channels fail, the backup channel takes over active
control.
Auto Manual
Switchover
10
The switchover between AVR and FCR control modes is coordinated by

the auto manual state machine.
3BHS240590 E04
ABB
Channel Status
Switchover only takes place if certain functional preconditions are fulfilled,

i.e. the target channel must be in a condition to run the requested control
mode. Therefore each channel has a fault status, represented by a
valence according to Table 3-1: The higher the valence of the channel,
the better the current availability of the channel.
Table 3-1Channel Functional Status
Valence
Channel Status
Meaning
Used for main

channels
Used for
backup
channel
40
No Fault
AVR and manual working
30
Manual Fault
AVR working
20
Auto Fault
Manual working
10
Channel Fault
AVR and manual not working
The channel and the auto manual state machine charts that are
included in Appendix A - Drawings show all possible states together with
the switching criteria.
3.2.3.
System Initiated Switchovers

If all channels are working the changeover is done according to the
channel states listed in Table 3-1. The channel with highest valence (i.e.
highest priority) will be the active channel.
"No Fault" has highest priority.
"Manual Fault" has priority over "Auto Fault", i.e. a channel with
working AVR has priority over a channel with working FCR.
"Channel Fault" has lowest priority.
If both main channels have the same channel redundancy, a backup

optical link loss can initiate a switchover.
If the active main channel encounters a serious fault, the passive main
channel takes over. If there is no passive main channel or if it is faulted
too, the backup channel takes over. If all channels have serious faults,
the CCI runs into timeout after 10 ms and blocks pulse generation.
Return from the backup channel to a main channel must be initiated
manually and always leads to a forced manual mode.
There are three methods of detecting serious channel faults:
Power fail detection
CPU watchdog detection
All links dead detection
"Power fail" and "CPU watchdog" are detected by the channel itself and
the fault is signaled to the other channels. "All links" dead is detected by
the properly working channels by checking all CCI links and the own links
to the channel.
3BHS240590 E04
11
ABB
Channel Protection
Each supervision signal and system fault from both, the Simulink and
ControlIT level, is allocated to one of 12 different system and channel
relevant group faults:
Alarm
Redundancy Fault
Manual Fault
Auto Fault
Channel Fault
Other Channel Hardware Fault
Backup Channel Hardware Fault
Channel to Backup Optical Link Loss
Emergency STOP
Trip 1
Trip 2
Startup Inhibit
If a fault occurs, the corresponding group fault will be activated. Each

group fault can be reset individually. However, reset is only possible if the
fault is not active anymore. Each group fault is logged in the fault-logger.
The group faults directly affect the state-machine behavior (except
"Alarm" and "Redundancy fault") as follows:
3.2.4.
"Auto", "Manual" and "Channel Fault" initiate a change of valence of

the affected channel.
"Channel to Backup Link Loss" initiates a switchover to the other

main channel if the auto, manual and channel fault states indicate the
same valence.
"Emergency Stop", "Trip 1", "Trip 2" directly initiate the corresponding
sequence, if possible.
"Other Channel Hardware Fault" and "Backup Channel Hardware

Fault" can initiate immediate switchover to a passive channel (e.g.
Power-fail, CPU watchdog or FPGA freeze).
Operator Initiated Switchovers

The following operator commands will initiate switchovers:
12
Force Manual: forces both main channels to manual mode, if

possible
Force Auto: forces both channels to auto mode, if possible
Force Channel: forces a switchover to the corresponding channel.
3BHS240590 E04
ABB
Manual switchover (channel forcing) is allowed only if both channels have
the same valence. Switching from a channel with higher valence to a
channel with lower valence is prevented, except when forcing the backup
channel (since the backup channel has no machine PTs the backup
channel valence is always in auto fault or channel fault state).
No distinction regarding the valence of a channel is made between auto
and force manual mode. Force manual mode is an operator intervention
and not a fault. Therefore force manual has no impact on the automatic
switchover.
Force manual is possible on the active channel only. If the active channel
is forced to manual, the stand-by channel will follow, if possible. As long
as there is no auto fault all the machine supervision functions are still live
(even in force manual state!).
3.2.5.

The conditions to be fulfilled for a switchover from one main channel to
the second main channel or to the backup channel are illustrated in the
channel state machine chart in Appendix A - Drawings.
The channel state machine includes 4 different states:
Channel 1 (active)
Channel 2(active)
Backup Channel (active)
No Active Channel
In case of a normal cold start (energizing the control system), one of the
two main channels is selected by the operator to be the active channel.
In case of a warm start, i.e. if a channel is energized in a running system,
3.2.6.
Auto Manual State Machine

The conditions to be fulfilled for a switchover from auto to manual mode
or to a fault state are illustrated in the auto - manual state machine chart
in Appendix A - Drawings.
The auto - manual state machine includes the following states:
No fault states:
Auto
Forced Manual
Fault states:
Auto Fault
Manual Fault
Channel Fault
3BHS240590 E04
13
ABB
3.3.
Main State Machine

The main state machine provides an overview over the various
operational states of the excitation system and the transitions between
these states, i.e. the startup-, operation-, stop-, and trip sequences. Each
sequence is initiated either by an operator command from the active
operator location or by an external process signal.
Each state and each sequence is tagged with an identification number
according to Table 3-2. This state number is used in the control software
to identify the active system state. Therefore, the same state numbers are
used in the sequential diagrams in this documentation.
State machine and sequence control are implemented in the
StateMachine control module.
Table 3-2 State-Machine: State Numbers
State
Number
Off
0/10
Oninhibit
40
Tripped
70
Trip Sequence
80
Wait Trip Release
90
Aux Ready
100
Aux Ready Test
110
Aux On
200
Aux On Test
210
Ready
300
Ready Test
310
Wait Stop
370
Operation
400
Operation Test
410
Table 3-3 State-Machine: Sequence Numbers

Sequence
14
Number
HW Check Sequence
20
Config Sequence
30
Aux Off Sequence
150
Emergency Stop Sequence
170
Aux On Sequence
190
Exc Off Sequence
250
Exc On Sequence
290
Stop Sequence
360
3BHS240590 E04
ABB
Sequence
Number
Discharge Sequence
380
Operation-On Sequence
390
Table 3-4 State-Machine: Commands

Command
Aux On
Emergency Stop
Aux Off
Excitation Start
Exc On
Exc Stop
Exc Off
Operation
Discharge
Stop
Trip 1
Trip 2
Trip Release
3.3.1.
Main State Machine Chart

Figure 3-2 shows the various states and sequences that are further
explained on the following pages:
States, sequences and transitions are represented with boxes indicating
steps according to the GRAFCET notation.
States are represented with grey boxes including state number and
name according to Table 3-2.
Example:
Sequences are represented with white boxes indicating an enclosing

step according to the GRAFCET notation. The boxes include
sequence number and name according to Table 3-2.
Example:
The initial state OFF is marked with a double outline.
3BHS240590 E04
15
ABB
10 OFF
80 Trip Sequence
70 TRIPPED
Controller Power ON
Reset
30 Configuration
Sequence
40 ON INHIBIT
Configuration sequence finished
110 AUX READY TEST
Trip Release
Command
90 WAIT TRIP
OnInhibit Cleared
(Simulink)
Trip 1
Trip 2
Zone D
100 AUX READY

Aux Off Sequence finished
Aux On Command
or
Excitation Start Command
Zone A
190 Aux On
Sequence
170 Emergency Stop

Sequence
150 Aux Off

Sequence
Aux Off Command
or
Exc Stop Command
Emergency Stop
Command
Aux ON Sequence finished
210 AUX ON TEST
200 AUX ON
Excitation Off
Sequence finished
250 Exc Off

Sequence
Excitation On Command
or
Excitation Start Command
Zone B
290 Exc On
Sequence
Exc Off Command

or
Exc Stop Command
Excitation ON Sequence finished
310 READY TEST
300 READY
Stop Sequence
finished
360 Stop Sequence

Stop Command
370 WAIT STOP

Discharge Sequence
finished
Operation Command
390 Operation On
Sequence
Zone C
380 Discharge
Sequence
Discharge Command
Operation ON Sequence finished
410 OPERATION TEST
400 OPERATION
Figure 3-2 Main State Machine
16
Some sequences can be initiated from several states or while

another sequence is running (in this case, the running sequence is
aborted). In Figure 3-2 such zones are marked with shaded boxes:
3BHS240590 E04
ABB
3.3.2.
Zone A: the Aux Off and the Emergency Stop

sequences can be initiated if the system is in state
AUX ON or the Aux On sequence is running.
Zone B: the Exc Off and the Emergency Stop

sequences can be initiated if the system is in state
READY or the Exc On sequence is running.
Zone C: the Discharge sequence can be initiated if

the system is in state OPERATION or the
Operation On sequence is running.
Zone D: a Trip can be initiated if the system is in

any regular state.
Description of the States

Each state is tagged with an identification number according to Table 3-2
and represents a well defined and stable system condition. The excitation
system can be in only one state at a given instant.
According to Figure 3-2 the following states exist:
10 OFF State

100 AUX READY

State
The excitation system is configured correctly, controller is running and no

fault is pending.
System is ready to be started.
200 AUX ON State
The FCB is closed. The system is ready for the excitation process.
300 READY State
The generator is excited and ready for synchronizing.
400 OPERATION
State
The generator is on grid and the excitation system in full operation

according to the setpoints. The generator voltage is now regulated and
setpoints.
370 WAIT STOP State
The generator is discharged and kept to Q = 0 MVAr but still connected to

the grid. By means of the Discharge Off command, the system can be
brought back to OPERATION state.
90 WAIT TRIP State
The WAIT TRIP is attained if a Trip 2 is active. In case of a Trip 2, the

Trip sequence must be released with an external command.
3BHS240590 E04
17
ABB
On the other hand, a Trip 1 will immediately start the Trip sequence, even
if the generator is on grid.
70 TRIPPED State
After a Trip the excitation system remains in the TRIPPED state until the
fault is cleared.
After the fault clearing, the system switches to the ON INHIBIT state.
40 ON INHIBIT State
After the reset, the system moves to the AUX READY state.
Test States
18
The test states are used to switch the excitation system into test mode.
They are not yet implemented. The descriptions will follow.
3BHS240590 E04
ABB
Chapter 4 - Start/Stop Sequences
4.1.
Description of Sequences
Transitions between states are executed by means of the sequences that
are initiated from the control panel(s). Each sequence is tagged with an
identification number according to Table 3-3.
According to Figure 3-2 the following sequences exist:
4.1.1.
30 Configuration Sequence
Initial State
10 OFF
Activation
The Configuration sequence is initiated automatically when the

controller power supply is switched on, i.e. when the AC 800PEC
controller is booted or re-booted.
The configuration parameters will be changed only if the
Par.In.RequestConfigChange has been set before in the
StateMachine CMD Window.
Actions
The configuration sequence is used to update the configuration

parameters of the system:
Resulting State
Excitation system name
Channel configuration
I/O configuration
Converter configuration
100 AUX READY
3BHS240590 E04
19
ABB
4.1.2.
190 Aux On Sequence
Initial State
100 AUX READY
Activation
Aux On command from active operator

or
Excitation Start command (Aux On and Excitation On) sequences are
both initiated and executed (Transition from AUX READY to READY)
Actions
The Aux On sequence starts the cooling system (if applicable) and
closes the field circuit breaker (FCB).
Resulting State
200 AUX ON
4.1.3.
290 Excitation On Sequence
Initial State
200 AUX ON
Activation
Excitation On command from active operator

or
Excitation Start command (Aux On and Excitation On) sequences are
both initiated and executed (Transition from AUX READY to READY)
Actions
The Excitation On sequence leads the generator to the excited state

where it is ready for synchronization with the grid (see timing diagram,
Figure 4-1). It builds up generator voltage and field current
first by firing all thyristors in pure rectifier mode to utilize the

generator remanence and then by
ramping the generator voltage and field current in controlled 6pulse mode (soft start) up to nominal voltage.
If the generator remanence is not sufficient, the field flashing circuit is

used to build up the minimum required field.
Depending on the system configuration the following optional actions
are carried out:
Resulting State
20
Line Charging
Electrical breaking
LCI Start
Async start
300 READY
3BHS240590 E04
Fi
re
10
al
lt
im
eo
ut
ap
pr
ox
.
ABB
Figure 4-1 Excitation On Sequence (290): Timing Diagram without Field Flashing
UG
Reference voltage
(100 %)
ff
Su
no
ce,
nen ary
ma cess
nt re ne
icie
field
g
hin
flas
ft s
So
ram
tart
Fire all
Ready for
synchronization
10 V approx.
Field flashing
Remanence
(1.5 V approx.)
F
-> ield
E fl
vi me ash
(fr a p rge ti
ee ro n m
w te cy eo
he ct S ut
el ion top
in
g)
Fi
re
al
lt
im
eo
ut
Unsucessful attempt
Figure 4-2 Excitation On Sequence (290): Timing Diagram with Field Flashing
4.1.4.
390 Operation On Sequence
Initial State
300 READY
Activation
From external input (generator breaker closed)
Actions
Releasing of limiters and superimposed regulators if the generator is

synchronized to the grid.
(The synchronization of the generator and closing the generator
breaker is an external action.)
Resulting State
400 OPERATION
3BHS240590 E04
21
ABB
4.1.5.
380 Discharge Sequence
Initial State
400 OPERATION
Activation
Discharge On command from active operator
Actions
Discharging the generator system, i.e. bringing the reactive power to

zero.
Generator remains on grid
Resulting State
4.1.6.
370 WAIT STOP
360 Stop Sequence
Initial State
370 WAIT STOP
Activation
From external input (generator breaker open)
Actions
Disable discharging the generator system and freeze regulators.

Generator is off grid (opening the generator breaker is an external
action)
Resulting State
4.1.7.
300 READY
250 Excitation Off Sequence
Initial State
300 READY
Activation
Excitation Off command from active operator

or
Excitation Stop command (Aux Off and Excitation Off) sequences are
both initiated and executed (Transition from READY to AUX READY)
Actions
The Excitation Off sequence sets the converter to inverter mode and,
after approximately 60 seconds, blocks the pulses.
Resulting State
200 AUX ON
22
3BHS240590 E04
ABB
4.1.8.
150 Aux Off Sequence
Initial State
200 AUX ON
Activation
Aux Off command from active operator

or
Excitation Stop command (Aux Off and Excitation Off) sequences are
both initiated and executed (Transition from READY to AUX READY)
Actions
The Aux Off sequence opens the field circuit breaker (FCB) and stops
the cooling system (if applicable).
Resulting State
100 AUX READY
4.1.9.
170 Emergency Stop Sequence
Initial State
200 AUX ON, 300 READY, 190 Aux On sequence,

290 Exc On sequence (excitation system is active, but not on grid)
Activation
From external input (protection)
Actions
The Emergency Stop sequence shuts down the excitation system by
Resulting State
4.1.10.
Opening the Field Breaker and Field Flash Breaker
Blocking pulses
Stopping the cooling system
Blocking and pre-setting the regulators
100 AUX READY
80 Trip Sequence
Initial State
Excitation system is active (Channel Active)

or
90 WAIT TRIP STATE
Activation
From external input (protection): Trip 1 or Trip Release
Actions
The Trip sequence shuts down the excitation system by
Opening the Field Breaker and Field Flash Breaker
3BHS240590 E04
23
ABB
Blocking pulses
Disabling the cooling system
Blocking and pre-setting the regulators
(The Trip sequence as such is identical with the Emergency Off

Sequence, except that activation and resulting state are different)
Resulting State
4.2.
70 TRIPPED
Normal Operation Sequences: Sequential Functional Charts
This section contains the detailed diagrams for the sequences defined in
Figure 3-2. The sequence diagrams are based on the GRAFCET notation
(see Chapter 2 - Conventions and Prerequisites).
Each step is numbered according to the following scheme:
The initial step carries the sequence number according to Table 3-2
and Table 3-3.
All following steps in the sequence are numbered consecutively after

the decimal point, e.g. 30.1, 30.2, .
A macro step is marked with an "M" in front of the number. The first
(entry) step in the corresponding expansion is marked wit an "E". The
following steps are then numbered consecutively using a second
decimal point, e.g. M290.1 M E290.1, 290.1.1, 290.1.2, .
Transitions are numbered consecutively with small letters: a, b, c,
Off-page connectors are used if a sequence does not fit on a single

page. An off-page connector is tagged with the number of the
following/preceding step or transition.
Additional comments are located on the left and right sides of the
diagrams. They also include important input and output signals.
24
3BHS240590 E04
ABB
4.2.1.
30 Configuration Sequence
10 OFF
Aux ON Command
30 CONFIGURATION
100 AUX READY
Reset "Configuration sequence"

finished
30 Init_Config
Configuration Command
when booting
"Variable Start Config sequence" =1
30.1 Initialize "Wait"

Timer
b
If configuration parameters are to
be changed, the
Par.In.RequestConfigChange
must be set first in the
StateMachine CMD Window
(check box "Request
reconfiguration")
Then the Sequence updates the
configuration parameters until the
Par.In.RequestConfigChange is
reset.
Internal timer
Par.In.RequestConfigChange= 0
(No reconfiguration requested,
configuration is valid)
Par.In.RequestConfigChange = 1
Configuration
30.2 Control Channel Update
Parameters:
- Excitation system name
Configuration
- Channel configuration
- I/O configuration
- Converter configuration
Par.In.RequestConfigChange= 0
(No reconfiguration requested,
configuration is valid)
30.3 Channel Start-up Activate the converter

e
Internal "Wait" timer has reached limit
30.4 Config Finished

f
Sequence remains in this state

and configuration parameters can
be modified in the various
StateMachine CMD Window until
check box "Request
reconfiguration" is unchecked.
Notice:
If configuration parameters have
been changed, the check box
"Request reconfiguration" must
be unchecked in the
StateMachine CMD Window to
continue with start-up.
Then the configuration
parameters must be saved to the
controller Flash memory and the
control system must be rebooted.
Set "Configuration sequence" finished
"Start Config sequence" =0
Figure 4-3 Configuration Sequence (30)
3BHS240590 E04
25
ABB
4.2.2.
190 Aux ON Sequence
100 AUX READY

Aux ON Command
190 Aux On
Sequence
200 AUX ON
190 Init_AuxON
From active operator
control via State Machine:
AuxOn
NoAuxSystemRequired
Reset "Aux ON sequence" finished
"Start Aux ON sequence" =1

No Aux System required

Aux System required
190.1 Switching ON
Cooling System
c
Converter_Status.CoolSysIsOn
190.2 Closing Field

Breaker
Breaker_Status.FieldBreakerIsClosed
Breaker_Status.BreakerFault
Set "Enable Cooling

System" Command
Converter_Cmd.EnableCoolSys
Cooling system ON
Set "Close Field Breaker"

Command
Breaker_Cmd.CloseFieldBreaker
Field Breaker closed or

Field Breaker fault
190.3 Aux ON
finished
e
AuxOnSeq_Finished =0
Reset "Close Field Breaker"

Command
Set "Aux ON sequence finished"
AuxOnSeq_Finished =1
Figure 4-4 AuxOn Sequence (190)
26
3BHS240590 E04
ABB
4.2.3.
150 AuxOFF Sequence

200 AUX ON
Aux OFF Command
150 Aux OFF
Sequence
Aux OFF Sequence finished
100 AUX READY
150 Init_AuxOFF
From active operator control
via State Machine:
AuxOff
NoAuxSystemRequired
Set "Open Field Breaker" Command

Block converter firing pulses
Field Breaker open and

No Field Breaker fault and
Firing pulses blocked and
No Aux System
Converter_Status.CoolSysIsOn
150.3 Aux OFF

finished
Breaker_Cmd.OpenFieldBreaker
Field Breaker open and

No Field Breaker fault and
Firing pulses blocked and
Aux System to be turned OFF
150.1 Switching OFF

Cooling System
AuxOffSeq_Finished =0
"Start Aux OFF sequence" =1
150.2 Opening Field

Breaker
Breaker_Status.FieldBreakerIsClosed
Breaker_Status.BreakerFault
Reset "Aux OFF sequence" finished
Reset "Enable Cooling

System" Command
Converter_Cmd.EnableCoolSys
Cooling system OFF
Set "Aux OFF sequence finished"

Reset "Open Field Breaker" Command
"Start Aux OFF sequence" =0
Figure 4-5 AuxOff Sequence (150)
3BHS240590 E04
27
ABB
4.2.4.
290 Excitation ON Sequences
Figure 4-6 Excitation On Sequence (290)
28
3BHS240590 E04
ABB
Start "Excitation ON" timer

Start "Time before Soft start" timer
Preset manual and AVR regulator
setpoints
E290.1
ExcSysSupplyMode
(true for shunt supply)
Setpoint integrators at preset value
290.1.1 Preset
regulator
SystemMeasurement_Status.IfRel
SystemMeasurement_Status.UgRel
Par.In.ExcSysSupplyMode =0
(No shunt supply)
Timer to measure the time

between ExcOn Cmd and Start
of soft start ramp
Store actual If and Ug values (initial values for

Soft Start ramp)
Release manual and AVR regulator setpoints
(Shunt supply)
and
"Firing all" criteria fulfilled *)
(Shunt supply)
and not
"Firing all" criteria fulfilled *)
290.1.3 Fire all trip
290.1.2 Start firing all
e
SystemMeasurement_Status.IfRel
SystemMeasurement_Status.UgRel
290.1.4 No field flash
Set "Fire all trip fault"

-> Emergency Stop
Converter_Cmd.EnableFireAll:=true;
Converter_Cmd.ReleasePulses:=true;
Start "Fire all" timer
Minimum value of Ug or If
reached to start in 6-pulse
mode
*) "Firing all" criteria:

Ug < 0.8 p.u.
and
If < 0.8 p.u.
and
Usyn < 0.8 p.u.
Release converter
firing pulses
Set "fire all" mode
Minimum value of Ug or If
not reached within "Fire
All" timeout limit
Hold "Fire all" timer

Store actual If and Ug
values (initial values for
Soft Start ramp)
M290.1.5 Field flash
True
True
290.1.6
Figure 4-7 Excitation On Sequence (290.1): Normal Excitation Part 1
3BHS240590 E04
29
ABB
Figure 4-8 Excitation On Sequence (290.1): Normal Excitation Part 2
30
3BHS240590 E04
ABB
E290.1.4 Field flash
System ready for 6-pulse operation

(Minimum value of Ug or If reached
to start in 6-pulse mode)
Close field flash breaker

FieldFlashingActive:=true
Start "field flash timeout" timer
Field flashing time out
290.1.4.1 Field flash

timeout
Disable fire-all
Enable free wheeling mode
Stop "ExcOn" timer
Start "free wheeling" timer
Freewheeling Time elapsed
290.1.4.2 Field flash

Fault
Breaker_Cmd.CloseFieldFlashBreaker
Disable free wheeling mode

Stop "free wheeling" timer
Open field flash breaker
Set "field flash timeout" fault
Excitation OFF sequence active
Store actual If and Ug values
values for Soft Start

290.1.4.3 Save values (initial
ramp)
Figure 4-9 Excitation On Sequence (290.1.4): Field Flash
The line charging excitation on sequence is equal to the normal excitation sequence. The only
difference is that instead of the normal startup time "Par.In.ExcOnStartupTime" a longer time
"Par.In.LineChargingExcOnStartupTime" is used for the startup of the excitation (slower softstart
ramp). The margin between the timeout time and the startup time is the same as in the normal
excitation sequence (e.g. Timeout=20 s, StartupTime=15 s -> Margin=5 s |
LineCharingStartupTime=120 s -> LineChargingTimeout=125 s).
3BHS240590 E04
31
ABB
Start "Excitation ON" timer

Preset manual setpoint (field current
regulator)
E290.3
External reference for manual regulator is active

or
analog reference input is ready
290.3.1 ForceManual
Manual Operation is active
Timeout if manual control is not active

(ExcON Timeout)
290.3.3 ExcOn
timeout LCI
290.3.2 Release
converter
Current regulator is released for

LCI start
Release manual regulator setpoint

Set "ForceManual"
Release "ForceManual"
Set ExcOnTimeoutFault
Release pulses for 6-pulse operation

Release converters
Converter is released for LCI

start
Figure 4-10 Excitation On Sequence (290.3): LCI Start
32
3BHS240590 E04
ABB
E290.4
a
290.4.1 ForceManual
c
290.4.2 ExcOn
timeout braking1
290.4.3 Release
converter
e
290.4.4 ExcOn
timeout braking2
290.4.5 Braking mode

active
g
290.4.6 ExcOn
timeout braking3
290.4.7 Wait for

Excitation Off
h
290.4.8 ExcOn
timeout braking4
Figure 4-11 Excitation On Sequence (290.4): Electrical braking
3BHS240590 E04
33
ABB
Figure 4-12 Excitation On Sequence (290.5): Async Start
34
3BHS240590 E04
ABB
4.2.5.
250 Excitation OFF Sequence
Figure 4-13 Excitation Off Sequence (250)
3BHS240590 E04
35
ABB
4.2.6.
Excitation Start/Stop
The Excitation Start/Stop sequences are combined sequences:
4.2.7.
Excitation Start: Aux On and Excitation On are both initiated and

executed (Transition from AUX READY to READY).
Excitation Stop: Excitation Off and Aux Off are both initiated and
executed one after the other (Transition from READY to
AUX READY).
390 Operation ON Sequence
Figure 4-14 Operation On Sequence (390)
36
3BHS240590 E04
ABB
4.2.8.
380 Discharge Sequence
Figure 4-15 Discharge Sequence (380)
3BHS240590 E04
37
ABB
4.2.9.
360 Stop Sequence
Figure 4-16 Stop Sequence (360)
38
3BHS240590 E04
ABB
4.3.
Fault Sequences: Sequential Functional Charts
4.3.1.
170 Emergency Stop Sequence
170 Init_Emergency
Stop
a
170.1 Open FBE
170.2 AC breaker
with FFB closed
d
170.3 AC breaker
with FFB open
170.4 DC breaker
c
170.5 Cooling system

off
h
170.6 Pulse Block
Figure 4-17 Emergency Stop Sequence (170) Part 1
3BHS240590 E04
39
ABB
Figure 4-18 Emergency Stop Sequence (170) Part 2
40
3BHS240590 E04
ABB
4.3.2.
80 Trip Sequence
ACTIVE CHANNEL
Trip1/Trip Release
80 TRIP SEQUENCE
Sequence finished
70 TRIPPED
Active Status 200 AUX ON or 300 READY

Initialize "Inv mode" timer (Reset & Hold)
Reset "Trip finished"
80 Init_Trip
a
From protection
"Start_TripSeq" =1
80.1 Open FBE
Set "Open Field Breaker Command" = 1

Disable Usyn monitoring
AC breaker used and

field flash breaker closed
80.2 AC breaker
with FFB closed
TripSeq_Finished = 0
DC breaker
Enable free wheeling mode

Start "free wheeling" timer
Start "Inv mode" timer
Block limiters (If limitations etc.)
80.3 AC breaker
with FFB open
AC breaker used and

field flash breaker open
Block Converter pulses

80.4 DC breaker
c
Free wheeling time

elapsed
80.5 Cooling system

off
h
True
Disable cooling system

Set "Open Field Flash Breaker Command" = 1
Restart "Inv mode" timer
InvModeTimer.Q or
(ACBreakerUsed and not enable free wheeling)
80.6 Pulse Block
80 p
True
Set converter to "Inv mode"

Start "Inv mode" timer
Block pulses
Reset "Inv mode"
Stop "Inv mode" timer
Disable free wheeling mode
80 i
80 j
Figure 4-19 Trip Sequence (80) Part 1
3BHS240590 E04
41
ABB
Figure 4-20 Trip Sequence (80) Part 2
42
3BHS240590 E04
ABB
Chapter 5 - Signals and Parameters
5.1.
Signal Flow and Signal Designations

As explained in the UN6800 CIT Software Documentation,
3BHS232543 D01, Chapter 2 Software Architecture Overview,
programming of the Excitation System follows the concept of object
oriented programming. Communication between the control modules is
organized strictly hierarchical and each object has well defined interfaces,
a fact that makes signal tracking in the software description rather
difficult.
In order to further illustrate the data handling as well as the signal types
and designations that are involved in operator and sequence control,
typical examples for a signal flow are shown in Figure 5-2 and Figure 5-3.
A control module (e.g. Local1) receives commands from its superior
module (in this case OperatorSelect), while it sends status information to
the superior module.
On the other hand, the subsidiary module is a part of the superior module
and, from the viewpoint of the superior module, data exchange with the
subsidiary module is done with local variables.
Figure 5-1 Signal Flow Principle

In order to pass the data to the next higher level, the variable data sets
must be mapped to command/status data sets. This mapping process is
repeated for each hierarchical level, as shown in Figure 5-2 for a typical
3BHS240590 E04
43
ABB
input signal (AUX ON from the local CT) and in Figure 5-3 for a typical
output signal (current State Number to the local CT).
Signal exchange with the external control devices (e.g. local CT) takes
place via an OPC communication interface. Therefore the process
variables are mapped to parameter sets (Par.In and Par.Out) that can be
accessed via the OPC server.
44
3BHS240590 E04
ABB
Excitation system
Mapping
StateMachine_Par.In:=
OperatorSelect_Status.OperatorIn.SM_StateMachine
StateMachine_Par.In.AuxOn
OperatorSelect_Status.OperatorIn.SM_StateMachine.AuxOn
Variable_Cmd
StateMachine
Status.OperatorIn.SM_StateMachine.AuxOn
Mapping
Status.OperatorIn :=
OperatorSelect_Status.OperatorIn
Variable_Status
Variable_Cmd
OperatorSelect
Command
Status
Command
Par.In.AuxOn
Mapping
Local_Status.OperatorIn
Mapping
Local_Status.OperatorIn.SM_StateMachine.AuxOn
AuxOn
Variable_Status
Variable_Cmd
Local1
Status
Command
Mapping
CT1_Status.OperatorIn
CT1_Status.OperatorIn.SM_StateMachine.AuxOn
Variable_Status
Variable_Cmd
Local_CT
Status
Command
Mapping
Par.In
Par.In.SM_StateMachine.AuxOn
Par.Out
Par.In
MMS
OPC
CT
AUX
ON
Figure 5-2 Signal Flow, Example for Input from Local Control Terminal to State Machine
3BHS240590 E04
45
ABB
Excitation system
Mapping
OperatorSelect_Cmd.OperatorOut.SM_StateMachine :=
StateMachine_Par.Out
StateMachine_Par.Out.SM_StateNumber
OperatorSelect_Cmd.OperatorOut.SM_StateMachine.SM_StateNumber
Variable_Cmd
StateMachine
Variable_Status
Variable_Cmd
OperatorSelect
Command
Status
Command
Cmd.OperatorOut.SM_StateMachine.SM_StateNumber
Par.Out.SM_StateNumber
Mapping
Mapping
Local_Cmd.OperatorOut :=
Cmd.OperatorOut
Local_CmdOperatorOut.SM_StateMachine.SM_StateNumber
SM_StateNumber
Variable_Status
Variable_Cmd
Local1
Status
Command
Mapping
CT1_Cmd.OperatorOut :=
Cmd.OperatorOut
CT1_Cmd.OperatorOut.SM_StateMachine..SM_StateNumber
Variable_Status
Variable_Cmd
Local_CT
Status
Command
Mapping
Par.Out :=
Cmd.OperatorOut
Par.Out.SM_StateMachine.SM_StateNumber
Par.Out
Par.In
MMS
OPC
CT
AUX
ON
Figure 5-3 Signal Flow, Example for Output from State Machine to Local Control Terminal
46
3BHS240590 E04
ABB
Chapter 6 - Operator Control
6.1.
General
Operator control is responsible for the following tasks:
6.2.
Coordination of the various control locations according to their

requests for active control and the predefined priority pattern.
Allocation of active operator location.
OperatorSelect Module
Operator control is implemented in the OperatorSelect control module.
The purpose of the operator select control module is to enable one of six
possible operator locations for the excitation system. Only one operator
location may be active at one time. In addition, each operator location has
its pre-defined priority level. An operator location with higher priority can
always take over control from an operator with lower priority.
Each operator can
request active control from OperatorSelect
release control in order to allow takeover by another operator with

lower priority.
The active operator can parameterize and operate the excitation system.
A default operator selection allows the definition of the operator which is
active after power-up. In addition, the default operator will become the
active operator if any active operator releases control.
The main tasks of the OperatorSelect module are:
to manage the different operator locations and to assign active

control to one location, depending on the incoming requests and on
valid preconditions (see Figure 6-2)
to handle the inputs and outputs from/to the active operator location,
i.e. to process the commands and to pass them over to the other
modules in the excitation system (e.g. StateMachine Module)
to update the inactive operator locations with the current system

status by mapping the active status data to the corresponding
operator variables (e.g. for display)
to coordinate the parameter follow-up between the control channels.
3BHS240590 E04
47
ABB
6.3.
Operator Locations
The excitation system can be controlled by one of the following six
operator locations (operator states):
Service
The service operator (Status 1) is an internal operator via Control Builder.

The excitation system is parameterized and operated with the control
module graphic in Control Builder. The service operator has the highest
priority of all operators.
At controller power-up, the service operator is always active for 500 ms to
initialize the operators.
Local
The local operator (Status 2) is an ECT (Excitation Control Terminal). The

local operator has the second highest priority. The local ECT is mounted
directly on the front door of the excitation system control cabinet.
Remote
The remote operator (Status 3) acts via the analog and digital
inputs/outputs of the excitation system. This operator has 3rd highest
priority. The remote operator is used by the superimposed plant control to
operate the excitation system via hardware I/Os.
Fieldbus Master
The fieldbus master operator (Status 4) acts via the Anybus-S I/O
interface and a specific fieldbus protocol. The fieldbus operator has 4th
highest priority. The fieldbus master operator is used by the
superimposed plant control to operate the excitation system via a second
or master fieldbus.
Fieldbus
specific fieldbus protocol. The fieldbus operator has 5th highest priority.
The fieldbus operator is used by the superimposed plant control to
operate the excitation system via fieldbus.
Remote CT
The remote CT operator (Status 6) can consist of up to 4 different CTs

(Control Terminals). It has the lowest priority of all operators. The remote
CTs can be located in the control room of a power plant or elsewhere.
48
3BHS240590 E04
ABB
6.4.
Operator Select Sequences

Figure 6-1 illustrates the overall operator state control logic:
In the upper area of Figure 6-1 each operator state is represented with an
enclosing step according to the GRAFCET notation. The boxes include
the operator status numbers according to Section 6.3 Operator Locations
(OperatorStatus.ControlStatus).
Example:
If no operator request is pending, one of these steps is active, depending

on the current value of the OperatorStatus.ControlStatus parameter which
defines the active operator location. This active step contains 3 enclosed
steps that are responsible for operator parameter mapping, enabling the
active external reference and the operator release command logic, as
illustrated in Figure 6-4 for the local operator location.
The logic for the other operator locations is equivalent and therefore not
shown in detail here.
Status Service contains a 4th enclosed step: if the control system is
energized, i.e. at initial start-up (top of Figure 6-1), the service operator is
set as active operator. After a short delay, the service operator is
released and control is passed over to the default operator (see top of
Figure 6-3).
If an operator request is set, it must first be verified that a switchover is
permissible. Therefore a logic checks the validity of switchover requests
(see central area of Figure 6-1). Depending on the current active
operator, switchover to another operator location can roughly take place if
one of the following conditions is met:
If an operator with a higher priority than the active one sets a request,
it will become active operator.
If the active operator is released and no request is pending, the

default operator will be set as the active one.
An operator with lower priority can only take over active control, if the
currently active operator has been released.
The criteria for a valid request are rather complex and therefore shown in
a separate diagram. Figure 6-2 shows the example for a local request.
The logic for the other operator locations is equivalent and therefore not
shown in detail here.
Once a request is valid, the active operator location can be switched. This
is achieved with the corresponding step in the lower area of Figure 6-1
and the corresponding operator status will be established.
Based on the new active operator location, the operator parameter
handling shown on top of Figure 6-1 will start again.
3BHS240590 E04
49
ABB
Figure 6-1 Operator Select: Overview
50
3BHS240590 E04
ABB
Preconditions for a status change

are checked
Valid Request for Local
Local_Status.OperatorCommand.RequestControl (request for local operator)

not Local_Status.OperatorCommand.ReleaseControl (local is not released)
OperatorStatus.ControlStatus>2 (local is not active and has higher priority than active operator)
or OperatorStatus.ControlReleased (active operator has released)
This oprerator can only become

active if:
The operator request is set, the
release command is not set and
this operator is not yet active
or
No other operator with higher

priority is active
Par.In.DefaultCommandInput=2 (local operator is default operator)

OperatorStatus.ControlReleased (active operator has released)
No other operator request is set

The operator has not been
released before
The current channel must be
active or the same operator has
been activated in the other
channel.
C
and
OperatorStatus.ControlStatus<>2 (local operator is not already active operator)
Local_Status.OperatorCommand.ReleaseOperator (channel not blocked by external HW input)
and
Cmd.ChannelActive (this is the active control channel)
or
not Cmd.ChannelActive (this is not the active control channel)
IO.In.OtherChannelControlStatus=2 (but local is active operator in other channel)
" " stands for "and"
Figure 6-2 Operator Select Logic: Request Local

(Transition g according to Figure 6-1)
The operator select logic conditions for Service, Remote, Fieldbus
Master, Fieldbus and Remote_CT selections are analogous.
3BHS240590 E04
51
ABB
Figure 6-3 Operator Status: Service

(Enclosed steps in State "1 Status Service" according to Figure 6-1)
52
3BHS240590 E04
ABB
Figure 6-4 Operator Status: Local

(Enclosed steps in State "2 Status Local" according to Figure 6-1)
The operator status logic conditions for Remote, Fieldbus Master,
Fieldbus and Remote_CT selections are analogous.
3BHS240590 E04
53
ABB
Appendix A - Drawings
The following drawings are included:
Channel Overview
Manual - Auto State Machine
Channel selection (shown for channel 1, channel 2 is analogous)
SYSTEM CONFIGURED
(Configuration sequence completed)
If not
If
Channel 2 Switching configured

Channel 2 active
Channel 2 Switching configured

Channel 2 active
or
or
Backup Channel Switching configured
Backup Channel active
Backup Channel Switching configured

Backup Channel active
SYSTEM ON
COLD START
WARM START
Set "ExcSysOn" = 1
" " stands for "and"
Figure A- 1 Channel Overview
54
3BHS240590 E04
ABB
Figure A- 2 Channel State Machine
3BHS240590 E04
55
ABB
Figure A- 3 Auto-Manual State Machine
56
3BHS240590 E04
ABB
UNITROL 6800 Signal and Parameter List
Document No.:
3BHS258025 E07
Revision Status
Rev.-
Date
Software Release
11/2010
v3.0.00
ABB
Display parameters / signals on the ECT (Excitation Control Terminal):
Touch Parameters
Parameter toolbar top line after touching Parameters the first time
The parameters/signals are live data from a

Channel (Control), source CH1.
Remark: The table lines are white grey
Open snapshot
Create snapshot: UPLOAD
Display parameters / signals on the CCP (Converter Control Panel):

Main Display
Main Menu
Submenu
80.1
AVR
LOC 1
200.0 V Syn
10.00 A Exc
100.0 V Exc
SETPT
12:45
ME
NU
LOC 1
MAIN MENU---------1
PARAMETERS
EVENT LOGGER
CLOCK SET
EXIT
12:45
ENTER
LOC 1
PAR GROUPS ------99
99 Op_Cmd
100 SystemParameter
01 Reg_Regulator_In
02 Reg_AVR
03 Reg_SCLim_In
EXIT
3BHS258025 E07
SEL
ABB
Signals and Parameters
Name
Qualified Name
Description
Unit
FastCommMonRamp
FastCommMonRamp
Fast ramp-up signal for CT communication Monitoring.This signal is

incremented by the ECT every 0.1 second.
INT
BreakerConfigWord
In.Brk_Breaker
Breaker/Isolator coordination configuration word.

defines number and types (AC/DC) of used breakers;
INT
Default
Min
Max
100
FCB = FieldCircuitBreaker,
FI = FieldInterruptor
-0
NoBreaker:
This value is set for an excitation system without any breakers.
-1 FCB1DC, FI1DC:
Defines a breaker control with 1 DC field breaker and 1 optional DC
isolator.
If the DC isolator is used it must be configured in the
BreakerGroup1.
-2 FCB1AC, FI1DC:
Defines a breaker control with 1 AC field breaker and 1 optional DC
isolator.
If the DC isolator is used it must be configured in the
BreakerGroup1.
-3 FCB1AC, FCB3DC:
Defines a breaker control with 1 AC field breaker with optional isolator,
which must be configured in the BreakerGroup1 module, and 1DC field
breaker
with optional isolator, which must be configured in the BreakerGroup3
module.
Important:
Both field breaker (AC and DC) sides must be configured.
The breakers shall not be configured as only isolators. No
breaker/isolator
interlock is implemented.
For only isolator on AC or DC side use configuration1 or 2.
-4. FCB1DC, FCB2DC:
Defines a breaker control with 2 DC field breakers with optional isolators
which
must be seperately configured in the BreakerGroup1 and
BreakerGroup2 modules.
This configuration provides a changeover functionality between the two
DC
breakers.
For more details see BreakerSwitchOver module.
The breaker group configuration words of breaker group 1 and 2 shall
not be set
to 4 for this breaker configuration.
-5. FCB1AC, FCB2AC, FI3DC:
Defines a breaker control with two AC field breakers with an optional
isolator on
the DC side. The DC side isolator is defined by the breaker inter group
3BHS258025 E07
ABB
Name
Qualified Name
Description
Unit
Default
Min
Max
configuration word (BreakerIsolatorConfig).

Three modes are available:
FBonly
means the DC isolator is not used, FBFIauto means
the isolator
is used automatically with the field breakers,
FBFImanual
means that the isolator is used and operated with the
provided
manual operator open/close commands.
If the breaker group 3 is used then it has to be adjusted to breaker
group config
4 (FIonly).
Breaker group 1 and 2 must be configured as 1 (FBonly).
This configuration provides a changeover functionality between the two
DC
breakers.
-6. FI1AC, FI2AC, FB3DC:
Defines a breaker control with two AC isolators and a field breaker on
the DC
side.
Isolator 1 or 2 is preselected by breaker command. The DC field breaker
can
operate in manual or automatic mode together with the preselcted AC
isolator:
FBFIauto
means the isolator is used automatically with the field
breakers,
FBFImanual
means that the isolator is used and operated with the
provided
manual operator open/close commands.
No changeover functionality for this configuration.
Breaker inter group configuration 2 or 3 can be selected for this
configuration!
BreakerIsolatorConfig
-100 has to be used if software is operating the SMTS-RT breaker

Breaker/Isolator coordination configuration word.
Only relevant if breaker configuration word is set either
to 5
1 = FCB only,
2 = FCB, FI operated automatically,
3 = FCB, FI operated manually,
5 = FCB, FI closed automatically, opened manually
or 6
2=FCB, FI operated automatically,
3=FCB, FI operated manually,
5 = FCB, FI closed automatically, opened manually
In.Brk_Breaker
3BHS258025 E07
INT
ABB
Name
Qualified Name
Description
Unit
Default
Min
Max
ManualCloseIsolator
In.Brk_Breaker
"Manual close isolator command.

Command sent to Isolator of Breakergroup 2, if the signal
"Select isolator 2" is set to logic True. Else the command
is given to breakergroup 1 "
bool
ManualOpenIsolator
In.Brk_Breaker
"Manual open isolator command.

Command sent to Isolator of Breakergroup 2, if the signal
"Select isolator 2" is set to logic True. Else the command
is given to breakergroup 1 "
bool
SelectBreaker2
In.Brk_Breaker
bool
SelectIsolator2
In.Brk_Breaker
bool
BreakerGroupConfig
In.Brk_BreakerGroup1
SelectBreaker2=TRUE and BreakerConfigWord=(4 or 5 or 6), Breaker 2 is

preselected
SelectBreaker2=FALSE and BreakerConfigWord=(4 or 5 or 6), Breaker 1 is
preselected
Select isolator 2 signal. Only relevant, if Breaker configuration word is set to
6
configuration word for Breaker group 1.
INT
"Manual "close isolator" command.

active Only if Breaker configuration word (BreakerGroupConfig) is set to 3 or
4"
"Manual "open isolator" command.
4"
"Breaker reclosing delay time.
Defines the minimum time between FCB closing operations."
bool
bool
600
configuration word for Breaker group 2.

INT
bool
1
2
3
4
5
ManualCloseIsolator
ManualOpenIsolator
ReclosingDelayTime
BreakerGroupConfig
1
2
3
4
5
ManualCloseIsolator
3BHS258025 E07
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
Fieldbreaker (FCB) only,

FCB, FI operated automatically,
FCB, FI operated manually,
Only the isolator is installed,
FCB, FI closed automatically, opened manually.

"Manual "close isolator" command.

4"
Unitrol 6800 Signal and Parameter List
ABB
Name
Qualified Name
ManualOpenIsolator
ReclosingDelayTime
BreakerGroupConfig
Description
Unit
Default
Min
Max

4"
bool
600
"configuration word for Breaker group 3.

INT

4"
4"
bool
bool
600
0.1
10
p.u.
1
2
3
4
5
=
=
=
=
=

ManualCloseIsolator
ManualOpenIsolator
ReclosingDelayTime
InterlockTime
In.Brk_BreakerSwitchOver
SwitchOverBr1ToBr2
"Breaker switchover interlock time.

Both breakers on AC side
During the switchover transient (changeover from closed breaker 1 to
closed breaker 2
and vice versa) both breakers must be open for a minimum time (softinterlock).
Both breakers on DC side
During the changeover transient both breakers must be closed during a
minimum time"
Switchover command breaker 1 to 2
SwitchOverBr2ToBr1
Switchover command breaker 2 to 1
p.u.
CurrentFaultDetectionLevel
In.Brk_Crowbar
p.u.
0.3
EnableCrowbarSupervision
In.Brk_Crowbar
"Current level to detect a crowbar fault.

When the field current (SFS_Meas_IfRel) is above this level and the breaker
is turned off,
the crowbar has to conduct.
If not, the crowbar event "CrowbarFlt ( 21111 )" is set."
Enable the Crowbar fault supervision
bool
3BHS258025 E07
ABB
Name
Qualified Name
Description
Unit
Default
Min
Max
0 ==OFF Crowbar isnt retriggerable

1 ==ON Crowbar is retriggerable at SLIP Cycle time >0.5s. In this case
ALARM Loss of synchronism is generated. If the Cycle Time is <=0.5s,
FAULT Crowbar failure is generated (e.g. Thyristor for negative current
failed by short circuit)
"Disable the antivalency supervison.
The AntiValency function, which compares the IsOn and IsOff signals, is
common for all breaker types. Both feedback signals are checked for
antivalency. An Antivalency fault is set (FCB1AntivalFlt 21194), when both
feedback signals are not antivalent for longer than a configurable time
"Antivalency FaultOnDelay Time"."
"Antivalency fault detection OnDelay time, used for FCB.
An Antivalency fault is set (FCB1AntivalFlt 21194), when the two feedback
signals are not antivalent for longer than a configurable time
"AntivalencyFaultOnDelayTime".The AntiValency function, which compares
the IsOn and IsOff signals, is blocked by "Disable the antivalency supervison"
p.u.
bool
0.5
10
In.Brk_FieldBreaker1
"Emax OffCoil fault delay time.

Time, which is allowed to elapse after an Off-command, before the alarm is
given if the breaker is still closed."
0.15
10
EnableBreakerChargedMon
"Enables the breaker charged monitoring.

This checkbox enables the Breaker ready input monitoring
Emax: Spring loaded
HPB:
not used
Gerapid: ed coil capacitors charged"
bool
FCBNotChargedOnDelayTime
Breaker NotCharged delay time.

Max time, which is allowed to elapse after a Field Circuit Breaker (FCB) Off
command, before a Field Circuit Breaker "not charged" fault (21222) is
given, if the required feedback signal is not present
600
FCBOffFaultDelayTime
1.4
10
FCBOnFaultDelayTime
1.4
10
FieldBreakerType
"Breaker OffFault delay time.

max time, which is allowed to elapse after a field circuit breaker (FCB) Off
command is given, before a FCBxOffFault is given, if the required feedback
signal is not present"
"Breaker OnFault delay time.
max time, which is allowed to elapse after a Field Circuit Breaker (FCB)
On command is given, before a FCBOnFault (21195) is given, if the required
feedback signal is not present"
"Field breaker 1 type config word.
1 = Emax / MEGT
2 = GErapid
3 = HPB
Only the Emax can be either used as AC or DC breaker"""
INT
RelRotorSlip
In.Brk_Crowbar
AntivalencyCheckDisabled
AntivalencyFaultOnDelayTime
EmaxOffCoilFaultDelayTime
3BHS258025 E07
ABB
Name
Qualified Name
Description
Unit
Default
Min
Max
GerapidOffCoilFaultDelayTime
"Gerapid OffCoil fault delay time.

0.1
10
HPBEnagePulseTime
10
HPBOffCoilFaultDelayTime
"HPB Engage pulse time.

Time for a pulse, which is given after an Off Command, to engage the
breaker ."
"HPB OffCoil fault delay time.
0.15
10
bool
0.5
10

common for all breaker types. The two feedback signals, which are common
for all breaker types are checked for antivalency. An Antivalency fault is set
(FCB2AntivalFlt 21204), when the two feedback signals are not antivalent for
longer than a configurable time "Antivalency FaultOnDelay Time"."
the IsOn and IsOff signals, is blocked by "Disable the antivalency
supervison."
0.15
10

Emax: Spring loaded
HPB:
not used
bool

600
1.4
10
FCBOnFaultDelayTime

max time, which is allowed to elapse after a field circuit breaker Off
command is given, before a FCBxOffFault (21202 or 21203) is given, if the
required feedback signal is not present."
max time, which is allowed to elapse after a field circuit breaker (FCB) On
command is given, before a FCBOnFault (21195) is given, if the required
feedback signal is not present."
1.4
10
3BHS258025 E07
ABB
Name
Qualified Name
Description
Unit
Default
Min
Max
FieldBreakerType

1 = Emax / MEGT
2 = GErapid
3 = HPB
Only the Emax can be either used as AC or DC breaker"
INT

0.1
10
HPBEnagePulseTime
10

breaker ."
0.15
10
bool
0.5
10

for all breaker types are checked for antivalency. An Antivalency fault is set
(FCB3AntivalFlt 21214), when the two feedback signals are not antivalent for
longer than a configurable time "Antivalency FaultOnDelay Time"."
the IsOn and IsOff signals, is blocked by "Disable the anrivalency
supervison."
0.15
10

Emax: Spring loaded
HPB:
not used
bool

600

Off command is given, before a FCBxOffFault (21212 or 21213) is given, if
the required feedback signal is not present."
1.4
10
3BHS258025 E07
ABB
Name
Qualified Name
Description
Unit
Default
Min
Max

On command is given, before a FCBOnFault (21195) is given, if the required
feedback signal is not present."
1 = Emax / MEGT
2 = GErapid
3 = HPB
Only the Emax can be either used as AC or DC breaker"
1.4
10
INT

0.1
10
HPBEnagePulseTime
10

breaker."
0.15
10
In.Brk_FieldIsolator1
INT
10
"Disables the antivalency supervison.

for all breaker types are checked for antivalency. An Antivalency fault
(Iso1AntivalFlt 21200) is set when the two feedback signals are not
antivalent for longer than a configurable time "Antivalency FaultOnDelay
Time"."
"Antivalency fault detection OnDelay time, used for Isolator.
An Antivalency fault (Iso1AntivalFlt 21200) is set when the two feedback
signals are not antivalent for longer then a configurable time
the IsOn and IsOff signals, is blocked by "Disable the anrivalency
supervison".
0.15
10
EnableEmaxIsolator
"Enables the Emax type for the isolator.

0 = Standard isolator (type Ritter.)
1 = Emax Breaker used as isolator"
bool
EnableInterlock
bool
IsolatorOffFaultDelayTime
"Enables the interlock.

0 = Disables the optional interlock function of the isolator (Emax Breaker
used)
1 = Enables the optional interlock function of the isolator"
"Isolator turn off fault delay time.
max time, which is allowed to elapse after a Isolator On command is given,
before a IsoTurnOffFault (21199) is given, if the required feedback signal is
not present."
2.5
600
FCBOnFaultDelayTime
FieldBreakerType
10
3BHS258025 E07
ABB
Name
Qualified Name
Description
Unit
Default
Min
Max
"Isolator turn on fault delay time.

before a IsoTurnOnFault (21198) is given, if the required feedback signal is
not present."
Time"."
supervison."
2.5
600
bool
bool
10
0.15
10

FALSE = Standard isolator (type Ritter.)
TRUE = Emax Breaker used as isolator"
bool
EnableInterlock
bool
2.5
600
IsolatorOnFaultDelayTime
2.5
600
bool

FALSE = Disables the optional interlock function of the isolator (Emax
Breaker used)
TRUE = Enables the optional interlock function of the isolator"
before a IsoTurnOffFault (21199) is given, if the required feedback signal is
not present."
max time, which is allowed to elapse after an Isolator On command is
given, before a IsoTurnOnFault (21198) is given, if the required feedback
signal is not present."
"Disables the antivalency supervison.
Time"."
10
EnableEmaxIsolator
11
3BHS258025 E07
ABB
Name
Qualified Name
Description
Unit
Default
Min
Max
supervison."

0.15
10
EnableEmaxIsolator

FALSE = Standard isolator (type Ritter.)
TRUE = Emax Breaker used as isolator"
bool
EnableInterlock
bool
2.5
600
2.5
600
AlphaMax
In.Conv_Converter1

FALSE = Disables the optional interlock function of the isolator (Emax
Breaker used)
TRUE = Enables the optional interlock function of the isolator"
before an IsoTurnOffFault (21199) is given, if the required feedback signal is
not present."
max time, which is allowed to elapse after an Isolator On command is
given, before an IsoTurnOnFault (21198) is given, if the required feedback
signal is not present."
"Converter maximum firing angle (GCU Alpha Max) inverter limit.
Normally not to be altered. Commutation reserve will be compensated
depending on current if parameter ReleaseInvTilt is set to TRUE."
el
150
180
AlphaMin
In.Conv_Converter1
"Converter minimum firing angle (GCU Alpha Min) rectifier limit.

Normally not to be altered. Commutation reserve will be compensated
depending on current if parameter ReleaseInvTilt is set to TRUE."
el
10
180
CCMIfOutMaxVal
In.Conv_Converter1
5300
65535
CCMIfOutMinVal
In.Conv_Converter1
65535
CSIType
In.Conv_Converter1
Minimum CCM If output value for scaling. Needs to be coordinated with

customer.
Minimum CCM If output value for scaling. Needs to be coordinated with
customer.
"Control Signal Interface (CSI) type selection word
0 = 500 V,
1 = 1000 V,
2 = 1500 V"
INT
ekExcTrafo
In.Conv_Converter1
Main supply. Short circuit reactance of excitation transformer.
p.u.
0.06
ekExcTrafo2
In.Conv_Converter1
Backup supply. Short circuit reactance of excitation transformer
p.u.
0.06
EnableBipolarCCMOut
In.Conv_Converter1
"Enables the CCM If output to be bipolar.

Not applicable because currents cannot become negative. Must be set to
FALSE
(CCM = Communication Control Measurement Device)"
bool
12
3BHS258025 E07
ABB
Name
Qualified Name
Description
Unit
Default
Min
Max
EnableSMTSIf
In.Conv_Converter1
"Enables the SMTS If input

(SMTS = Synchronous Machine Transient Simulator, generator model)"
bool
EnableSMTSUc
In.Conv_Converter1
"Use CCM Analog output 2 for SMTS Uc

bool
EnableUsynComp
In.Conv_Converter1
Enable USyn compensation for fixed Uc. Uc_comp=Uc/USyn_pu
p.u.
ExcSysSupplyMode2
In.Conv_Converter1
"Excitation system backup supply mode
p.u.
FanShuntSupplyMinLevel
In.Conv_Converter1
p.u.
0.9
1000
IfAGL
In.Conv_Converter1
Above this generator voltage level, the fan monitoring is released if the
supply is in shunt mode.
Air gap line current [A]. IfAGL 0.9 * If0
440
65535
This Parameter has also an impact on the calculation of the ceiling factor
Ceiling factor = 1.35 * UsynNominal * cos (alpha min) / IfAGL * UfNominal /
IfNominal
Nominal Field Current [A]
IfNom
In.Conv_Converter1
IfScaleSMTS
In.Conv_Converter1
"Scaling value for the SMTS If value [Vdc/p.u(IfAGL)]

IfTestInputFactor
In.Conv_Converter1
Mulitiplicative Test input to If actual value.
--
-100
100
ITransducerNom
In.Conv_Converter1
Primary current of CT at nominal (1A) current on secondary side
4000
10000
SelectCCMIfOutType
In.Conv_Converter1
"Selection of the If analog output type.

Default output is connected to CCM
FALSE = 0..10V,
TRUE = 2..10V
(CCM = Communication Control Measurement Device)"
bool
SelectUcFixed
In.Conv_Converter1
If selected the Gate Control Unit (GCU) uses fixed modulation index.
bool
SNomExcTrafo
In.Conv_Converter1
Main supply. Apparent power of excitation transformer
MVA
1.065
1000
SNomExcTrafo2
In.Conv_Converter1
Backup supply. Apparent power of excitation transformer
p.u.
1.065
1000
SnubberSwiFaultDetectionLevelAbs
In.Conv_Converter1
Above this voltage level the snubber switch monitoring will be released.
150
10000
UcFixed
In.Conv_Converter1
"Fixed Uc setpoint
(limited to NegativePlafondFactorPositivePlafondFactor)"
p.u.
-100
1000
UcScaleSMTS
In.Conv_Converter1
"Scale factor for Uc output to SMTS

V / p.u.
10
UfNom
In.Conv_Converter1
Nominal Field Voltage [V]
304
65535
USynMinPulseValue
In.Conv_Converter1
p.u.
0.05
100
UsynNom
In.Conv_Converter1
Minimum value of USyn for normal 6-pulse operation in p.u. of nominal USyn
measurement range
Main supply. Nominal Synchronous voltage [V]
395
65535
UsynNom2
In.Conv_Converter1
Backup supply. Nominal Synchronous voltage
p.u.
395
65535
13
3BHS258025 E07
1522
65535
V / p.u.
0.5
10
ABB
Name
Qualified Name
Description
Unit
Default
Min
Max
Fan1ForceHourCounterDays
In.Conv_ConverterFanControl1
Fan 1 forces the hour counter to the specified day
days
days
Fan2Preselected
Preselect Fan 2
bool
FanChangeOver
Fan change over command
bool
FanCheck
Fan check command
bool
FanRunOffTime
Fan OffDelay. Time between the FAN OFF command and the actual drop of
the supply voltage.
60
3600
FanRunUpTime
Fan OnDelay. Time between the FAN ON command and the actual activation
of the supply voltage.
3600
ForceFan1HourCounter
Force fan1 hour counter to requested value
bool
bool
Manual
Enables manual fan operation
bool
Supply2Preselected
Preselect Supply 2
bool
SupplyChangeOver
Supply change over command
bool
TurnOnFan1
Turns On command for Fan in manual mode
bool
TurnOnFan2
bool
days
days
Fan2Preselected
Preselect fan 2
bool
FanChangeOver
Fan changeover command
bool
FanCheck
Fan check command
bool
14
3BHS258025 E07
ABB
Name
Qualified Name
Description
Unit
Default
Min
Max
FanRunOffTime
the supply voltage.
60
3600
FanRunUpTime
3600
bool
bool
Manual
bool
Supply2Preselected
Preselect Supply 2
bool
SupplyChangeOver
Supply changeover command
bool
TurnOnFan1
Turn On command for Fan in manual mode
bool
TurnOnFan2
bool
days
days
Fan2Preselected
Preselect fan 2
bool
FanChangeOver
bool
FanCheck
Fan check command
bool
FanRunOffTime
the supply voltage.
60
3600
FanRunUpTime
3600
bool
bool
Manual
bool
15
3BHS258025 E07
ABB
Name
Qualified Name
Description
Unit
Default
Min
Max
Supply2Preselected
Preselect Supply 2
bool
SupplyChangeOver
bool
TurnOnFan1
bool
TurnOnFan2
bool
days
days
Fan2Preselected
Preselect fan 2
bool
FanChangeOver
bool
FanCheck
Fan check command
bool
FanRunOffTime
the supply voltage.
60
3600
FanRunUpTime
3600
bool
bool
Manual
bool
Supply2Preselected
Preselect Supply 2
bool
SupplyChangeOver
bool
TurnOnFan1
bool
TurnOnFan2
bool
days
16
3BHS258025 E07
ABB
Name
Qualified Name
Description
Unit
Default
Min
Max
days
Fan2Preselected
Preselect fan 2
bool
FanChangeOver
bool
FanCheck
Fan check command
bool
FanRunOffTime
the supply voltage.
60
3600
FanRunUpTime
3600
bool
bool
Manual
bool
Supply2Preselected
Preselect Supply 2
bool
SupplyChangeOver
bool
TurnOnFan1
bool
TurnOnFan2
bool
days
days
Fan2Preselected
Preselect fan 2
bool
FanChangeOver
bool
FanCheck
Fan check command
bool
FanRunOffTime
the supply voltage.
60
3600
17
3BHS258025 E07
ABB
Name
Qualified Name
Description
Unit
Default
Min
Max
FanRunUpTime
3600
bool
bool
Manual
bool
Supply2Preselected
Preselect Supply 2
bool
SupplyChangeOver
bool
TurnOnFan1
bool
TurnOnFan2
bool
days
days
Fan2Preselected
Preselect fan 2
bool
FanChangeOver
bool
FanCheck
Fan check command
bool
FanRunOffTime
the supply voltage.
60
3600
FanRunUpTime
3600
bool
bool
Manual
bool
Supply2Preselected
Preselect Supply 2
bool
18
3BHS258025 E07
ABB
Name
Qualified Name
Description
Unit
Default
Min
Max
SupplyChangeOver
bool
TurnOnFan1
bool
TurnOnFan2
bool
days
days
Fan2Preselected
Preselect fan 2
bool
FanChangeOver
bool
FanCheck
Fan check command
bool
FanRunOffTime
the supply voltage.
60
3600
FanRunUpTime
3600
Force fan1 hour counter to force value
bool
Force fan2 hour counter to force value
bool
Manual
Enable manual fan operation
bool
Supply2Preselected
Preselect Supply 2
bool
SupplyChangeOver
bool
TurnOnFan1
bool
TurnOnFan2
bool
IsAlarmWord
In.Conv_ConverterFaultConfig1
Converter Protection. Assign Converter Faults 1 to Alarm
bitwise
260108288
IsRedundancyFaultWord
Converter Protection. Assign Converter Faults 1 to Redundancy Fault
bitwise
1576959
19
3BHS258025 E07
ABB
Name
Qualified Name
Description
Unit
Default
Min
Max
IsTripWord
Converter Protection. Assign Converter Faults 1 to Converter Trip (Block

Converter)
bitwise
-261685248
IsAlarmWord
bitwise
125828992
bitwise
126
IsTripWord

Converter)
bitwise
947912705
IsAlarmWord
bitwise
768
bitwise
IsTripWord

Converter)
bitwise
255
BlockRN
In.Conv_ConverterModule1
"Block Thyristor Rn
The thyristor Rn (phase R, negative) can be blocked manually"
bool
BlockRP
"Block Thyristor Rp
The thyristor Rp (phase R, positive) can be blocked manually"
bool
BlockSN
"Block Thyristor Sn
The thyristor Sn (phase S, negative) can be blocked manually"
bool
BlockSP
"Block Thyristor Sp
The thyristor Sp (phase S, positive) can be blocked manually"
bool
BlockTN
"Block Thyristor Tn
The thyristor Tn (phase T, negative) can be blocked manually"
bool
BlockTP
"Block Thyristor Tp
The thyristor Tp (phase T, positive) can be blocked manually"
bool
EnableRebootCmd
Enable the Converter Control Interface 1 (CCI) Reboot Command
bool
RebootDevice
bool
ResetFaults
"Reboot Converter Control Interface 1 (CCI)

This command is released only, if the respective parameter
"EnableRebootCmd" is True"
Reset Converter Control Interface (CCI)
bool
RestartConverterModule
Activate Converter Control Interface (CCI). Releases pulse again after a

blocked CCI is reset.
bool
StopConverterModule
Converter Control Interface (CCI) Protection. Force a CCI Trip
bool
BlockRN
"Block Thyristor Rn
bool
20
3BHS258025 E07
ABB
Name
Qualified Name
Description
Unit
Default
Min
Max
BlockRP
"Block Thyristor Rp
bool
BlockSN
"Block Thyristor Sn
bool
BlockSP
"Block Thyristor Sp
bool
BlockTN
"Block Thyristor Tn
bool
BlockTP
"Block Thyristor Tp
bool
EnableRebootCmd
Releases Converter Control Interface 2 (CCI) Reboot Command
bool
RebootDevice
bool
ResetFaults

bool

blocked CCI is reset.
bool
StopConverterModule
bool
BlockRN
"Block Thyristor Rn
bool
BlockRP
"Block Thyristor Rp
bool
BlockSN
"Block Thyristor Sn
bool
BlockSP
"Block Thyristor Sp
bool
BlockTN
"Block Thyristor Tn
bool
BlockTP
"Block Thyristor Tp
bool
EnableRebootCmd
bool
RebootDevice
bool
ResetFaults

bool
21
3BHS258025 E07
ABB
Name
Qualified Name
Description
Unit
Default
Min
Max

blocked CCI is reset
bool
StopConverterModule
bool
BlockRN
"Block Thyristor Rn
bool
BlockRP
"Block Thyristor Rp
bool
BlockSN
"Block Thyristor Sn
bool
BlockSP
"Block Thyristor Sp
bool
BlockTN
"Block Thyristor Tn
bool
BlockTP
"Block Thyristor Tp
bool
EnableRebootCmd
bool
RebootDevice
bool
ResetFaults

bool

bool
StopConverterModule
bool
BlockRN
"Block Thyristor Rn
bool
BlockRP
"Block Thyristor Rp
bool
BlockSN
"Block Thyristor Sn
bool
BlockSP
"Block Thyristor Sp
bool
BlockTN
"Block Thyristor Tn
bool
BlockTP
"Block Thyristor Tp
bool
22
3BHS258025 E07
ABB
Name
Qualified Name
Description
Unit
Default
Min
Max
EnableRebootCmd
bool
RebootDevice
bool
ResetFaults

bool

bool
StopConverterModule
bool
BlockRN
"Block Thyristor Rn
bool
BlockRP
"Block Thyristor Rp
bool
BlockSN
"Block Thyristor Sn
bool
BlockSP
"Block Thyristor Sp
bool
BlockTN
"Block Thyristor Tn
bool
BlockTP
"Block Thyristor Tp
bool
EnableRebootCmd
bool
RebootDevice
bool
ResetFaults

bool

bool
StopConverterModule
bool
BlockRN
"Block Thyristor Rn
bool
BlockRP
"Block Thyristor Rp
bool
BlockSN
"Block Thyristor Sn
bool
23
3BHS258025 E07
ABB
Name
Qualified Name
Description
Unit
Default
Min
Max
BlockSP
"Block Thyristor Sp
bool
BlockTN
"Block Thyristor Tn
bool
BlockTP
"Block Thyristor Tp
bool
EnableRebootCmd
bool
RebootDevice
bool
ResetFaults

bool

bool
StopConverterModule
bool
BlockRN
"Block Thyristor Rn
bool
BlockRP
"Block Thyristor Rp
bool
BlockSN
"Block Thyristor Sn
bool
BlockSP
"Block Thyristor Sp
bool
BlockTN
"Block Thyristor Tn
bool
BlockTP
"Block Thyristor Tp
bool
EnableRebootCmd
Aktiviert den Stromrichter Control Interface 8 (CCI) Neustart Befehl
bool
RebootDevice
bool
ResetFaults

bool

bool
StopConverterModule
bool
24
3BHS258025 E07
ABB
Name
Qualified Name
AllCurrentZeroAcceptDelay
In.Conv_ConverterNegCurConfig
IfLowAcceptDelay
IfLowThreshold
PulseBlockTimeout
UcPosNegSwiDelay
UcPosNegSwiLevel
ZeroCurrentThreshold
IsAlarmWord
Description
Unit
Default
Min
Max
Negative Field Current Configuration. Acceptance Delay for all pulses

blocked and all currents zero. If this condition is fulfilled the new bridge will
be released. For example switch from positive to negative converter: 1. Uc
becomes negative (Inverter mode with positive converter)->2. If becomes
low->3. Block all pulses->4. Currents are zero(Lupe)->5. Release negative
bridge. All conditions have an adjustable acceptance delay.
Negative Field Current Configuration. Acceptance Delay for IfLowThreshold
0.5
0.02
100
0.2
0.02
100
Negative Field Current Configuration. Threshold on field current for switching

from positive to negative converter and vice versa. If the field current
becomes lower than this value and Uc fulfills the condition from
UcPosNegSwiLvl the pulses of all the converters will be blocked for later
changeover to the other bridge.
Negative Field Current Configuration. Timeout for Pulse block until the all
currents are zero and all pulses are reported as blocked. If within this time
after the block pulses command not all converter currents become zero the
former converters will become active again (fall back to positive converters
while trying to switch fom positive to negative bridge). The timout should
outwait the acceptance delays (timeout>acceptance delay).
Negative Field Current Configuration. Acceptance Delay for UcPosNegSwiLvl
20
200
0.02
100
0.5
0.02
100
Negative Field Current Configuration. Threshold for switching from positive to

negative converter and vice versa. For example value=0.2 means switch
from positive to negative converter at Uc=-0.2 and switch from negative to
positive converter at Uc=0.2.
Negative Field Current Configuration. Zero Current threshold (changeover to
negative field current).
p.u.
0.2
0.05
100
10
100
In.Conv_ConverterNegCurFaultConfig1
Negative Converter Protection. Assign Converter Faults 1 to Alarm
p.u.
260108288
Negative Converter Protection. Assign Converter Faults 1 to Redundancy

Fault
p.u.
1572864
IsTripWord
Negative Converter Protection. Assign Converter Faults 1 to Converter Trip

(Block Converter)
p.u.
-261681153
IsAlarmWord
bitwise
125828992

Fault
bitwise
126
IsTripWord

(Block Converter)
bitwise
947912705
IsAlarmWord
bitwise
768

Fault
bitwise
25
3BHS258025 E07
ABB
Name
Qualified Name
Description
Unit
Default
Min
Max
IsTripWord

(Block Converter)
bitwise
255
AirTemp1AlarmLevel
In.Conv_ConverterSystem1
Air temp1 Alarm detection level;

Alarm detection level of the Converter air inlet temperature supervision.
The Fault level is reached 10K above this setting.
MVA
60
-10
150
AirTemp2AlarmLevel
Air temp2 Alarm detection level;

Alarm detection level of the Converter air inlet temperature supervision.
The Fault level is reached 10K above this setting.
MVA
90
-10
150
CECAlphaLim
"Current equalization angle limitation

Max allowed correction in degree for the Current Equalizing Control (CEC)"
el
60
CECModeSel
bool
CECTi
"Current equalization.
True : The mean current over all thyristors (the same reference for each
thyristor)
False: The mean current over all branch thyristors is used as setpoint. (each
branch has ist own setpoint for Current Equalizing Control (CEC))"
Current equalization regulator time constant
10
65.53
ConverterNegCurrConfigWord
"Negative converter module configuration word.

0 = not configured,
4 = Converter 8 is configured as negative-current converter UNL11300
8 = Converter 8 is configured as negative-current converter D5
9 = Converter 8 is configured as negative-current converter Generic1
Value 4-12 is cross checked. DI 12 has to be logic 1"
INT
12
ConverterSystemConfigWord
"Converter system configuration word.

0 = not configured,
1 = Single converter
2 = Twin converters
3 = n-1 configuration Value = number of converters"
INT
26
3BHS258025 E07
ABB
Name
ConverterTempMeasConfigWord
Qualified Name
Description
Configuration word for converter temperature measurement
Bit
Bit
Bit
Bit
Bit
Bit
Unit
Default
Min
Max
bitwise
192
255
12
0 Thyristor Case R+
1 Thyristor Case T2 Thyristor Case S+
3 Thyristor Case R4 Thyristor Case T+
5 Thyristor Case S-
Bit 6 Inlet temperature

Bit 7 Outlet temperature
ConverterTypeConfigWord
"Converter type configuration word.

0 = not configured,
4 = Converter UNL11300,
8 = Converter D5,
9 = Converter Generic1,
12 = Converter Generic4"
INT
ConvSnubSwiFaultOnDelayTime
Converter snubber switch fault detection OnDelay
CoolingSupplyTypeConfigWord
"Cooling supply type configuration word.

0 = not configured,
1 = single fan supply,
2 = redundant fan supply"
INT
CoolingTypeConfigWord
"Cooling type configuration word.

0 = not configured,
1 = natural cooling,
2 = forced cooling,
3 = forced redundant cooling,
7 = water cooling,
8 = redundant water cooling"
INT
EnableAdvancedFuseBlow
System Configuration. Release Advanced Fuse blow in case of Twin

configuration (ITIND cold standby solution see doc. 3ATA029832K001)
bool
EnableCEC
"This signal releases the "Current Equalization"

before enabling this function, check if the two parameters Ek and SN Trafo is
set correctly"
bool
27
3BHS258025 E07
ABB
Name
Qualified Name
Description
Unit
Default
Min
Max
EnableColdStandby
System Configuration. Enable Cold Standby in Twin configuration (2

Converters)
bool
EnableRebootCmd
Release Reboot Command
bool
EnableUsynSH
Main supply. Release Synchronous Voltage Sample and Hold function
bool
EnableUsynSH2
Backup supply. Release Synchronous Voltage Sample and Hold function
p.u.
EnableUsynThreePhase
bool
EnableUsynThreePhase2
p.u.
FaultStage1Level
"Main supply. 3-phase synchronization

True = 3-Phase synchronization of the Gate Control Unit (GCU)
False = 1-Phase synchronization to PhaseTR of the Gate Control Unit
(GCU)"
"Backup supply. 3-phase synchronization
True = 3-Phase synchronization of the Gate Control Unit (GCU)
False = 1-Phase synchronization to PhaseTR of the Gate Control Unit
(GCU)"
"Fault stage level 1.
Number of identical types of converter faults (e.g. defective branches of
same phase), is equal or bigger than set value."
INT
10
FaultStage2Level
INT
10
FaultStage3Level
INT
10
FaultStage4Level

Number of identical type of converter faults (e.g. defective branches of same
phase), is equal or bigger than set value.
Note: Stage 2 releases the field current reduction factor
"MaxFieldCurRedFactorStage2"
Number of identical type of converter faults (e.g. defective branches of same
phase), is equal or bigger than set value.
Note: Stage 3 releases the field current reduction factor
"MaxFieldCurRedFactorStage3"
Number of identical types of converter faults (e.g. defective branches of
same phase), is equal or bigger than set value."
INT
10
ForceCCI1
Force changeover to Converter 1 for twin configuration
bool
ForceCCI2
Force changeover to Converter 2 for twin configuration
bool
IConvFiltFreq
Converter current digital filter cutoff frequency
Hz
1000
32767
IConvHoldTime
Converter current sample and hold fixed hold-time
0.03
InvTiltReserveAngle
Security margin (el ) Alpha Max Reserve-Angle
el
30
28
3BHS258025 E07
ABB
Name
Qualified Name
Description
Unit
Default
Min
Max
PhaseSeqCCW
Main supply. Converter supply phase sequence

0 = CW (R,S,T)
1 = counterCW (R,T,S)
bool
PhaseSeqCCW2
Backup supply. Converter supply phase sequence

0 = CW (R,S,T)
1 = counterCW (R,T,S)
p.u.
RebootCCIs
bool
ReleaseInvTilt
bool
ReleaseThyristorPulsBlocking
"Reboot all CCIs

"Releases Alpha Max function (prevents against instability)
before enabling this function, check if the two parameters Ek and SN Trafo
are set correctly. If released, the "AlphaMax" parameter may be increased up
to 165"
This signal releases the "thyristor pulse blocking function"
bool
ResetFaults
Reset all Converter Control Interfaces (CCI)
bool
ThyrCaseTempAlarmLevel
MVA
100
-10
150
TwinPreselectCCI2
Thyristor Case Temperature Alarm detection level;

Alarm detection level of the thyristor case temperature supervision.
The Fault level is reached 10K above this setting and trips by default the
converter.
Preselect Converter 2 in twin configuration
bool
UsynFreqNom
Main supply. Nominal synchronous voltage frequency
Hz
50
480
UsynFreqNom2
Backup supply. Nominal synchronous voltage frequency
p.u.
50
480
AnaIn1_Filter_Freq
In.Meas_CIO1
Hz
10
0.06
2067
AnaIn2_Filter_Freq
In.Meas_CIO1
Hz
10
0.06
2067
AnaIn3_Filter_Freq
In.Meas_CIO1
Hz
10
0.06
2067
AnaInTemp1_Filter_Freq
In.Meas_CIO1
Hz
10
0.06
2067
AnaInTemp1_Type
In.Meas_CIO1
"CIO 1 Analog input 1 - first order lowpass cutoff frequency value

The 3 db point of the cutoff frequency is between the two limits 0.063 and
2067 Hz"
"CIO 1 Analog input 2 first order lowpass cutoff frequency value
2067 Hz"
2067 Hz"
"CIO 1 Temperature input 1 first order lowpass cutoff frequency value
2067 Hz"
"CIO 1 Temperature sensor type analog input 1.
TRUE: PT100
FALSE: PTC"
bool
In.Meas_CIO1

Hz
10
0.06
2067
29
3BHS258025 E07
ABB
Name
Qualified Name
Description
Unit
Default
Min
Max
2067 Hz"
AnaInTemp2_Type
In.Meas_CIO1

TRUE: PT100
FALSE: PTC"
bool
In.Meas_CIO1
Hz
10
0.06
2067
AnaInTemp3_Type
In.Meas_CIO1

2067 Hz"
TRUE: PT100
FALSE: PTC"
bool
EnableFreeze
In.Meas_CIO1
"CIO 1 Freeze outputs

TRUE = Freeze
FALSE = Reset
Enable freeze is used to enable the freeze functionality of the CIO software .
If the function is enabled, the CIO keeps its outputs (analog/digital outputs) in
case of CIO any link fault in the "old" position as they were before. If the
function is not enabled, the output goes to zero."
bool
EnableRebootCmd
In.Meas_CIO1
Enables CIO 1 Reboot Command
bool
EnableTestMode
In.Meas_CIO1
bool
EnaTempSens1FaultDetection
In.Meas_CIO1
Enable the CIO Analog and Digital Output Test Mode

The CIO Test Mode applies a sawtooth at all three analogue outputs of the
CIO from -10V to 10V with a frequency of 0.162Hz. Each digital output of the
CIO will be forced
to true and back to false for 5s in the Test Mode. This Test Mode can only be
activated in the AuxReady State of the StateMachine.
"CIO 1 Enables temperature input 1 fault detection
PT100
- Sensor circuit open
>216C
- Sensor circuit shorted
< -44C
PTC
- < 20 Ohm -> Sensor Fault"
bool
In.Meas_CIO1

PT100
>216C
< -44C
PTC
bool
30
3BHS258025 E07
ABB
Name
Qualified Name
Description
Unit
Default
Min
Max
In.Meas_CIO1

PT100
>216C
- Sensor circuit shorten
< -44C
PTC
bool
ForceTrip
In.Meas_CIO1
"Force CIO 1 Trip

Forces CIO Trip. Can be used to check the system behavior, if the IO fails"
bool
RebootDevice
In.Meas_CIO1
bool
ResetFaults
In.Meas_CIO1
"Reboots CIO 1
"Reset CIO 1 faults
Resets all Alarms & Faults, stored in CIO 1.
Note:There is no Event written into fault logger"
bool
IsAlarmWord
In.Meas_CIO1Faults
"Assigns CIO 1 Events to Alarm

This parameter should not be changed"
bitwise
3872
In.Meas_CIO1Faults
"Assigns CIO 1 Events to RedundancyFault

bitwise
IsTripWord
In.Meas_CIO1Faults
"Assigns CIO 1 Events to CIO Trip

bitwise
217
AnaIn1_Filter_Freq
In.Meas_CIO2
Hz
10
0.06
2067
AnaIn2_Filter_Freq
In.Meas_CIO2
Hz
10
0.06
2067
AnaIn3_Filter_Freq
In.Meas_CIO2
Hz
10
0.06
2067
In.Meas_CIO2
Hz
10
0.06
2067
AnaInTemp1_Type
In.Meas_CIO2

2067 Hz"
2067 Hz"
2067 Hz"
2067 Hz"
TRUE: PT100
FALSE: PTC"
bool
In.Meas_CIO2
Hz
10
0.06
2067
AnaInTemp2_Type
In.Meas_CIO2

2067 Hz"
TRUE: PT100
FALSE: PTC"
bool
In.Meas_CIO2

Hz
10
0.06
2067
31
3BHS258025 E07
ABB
Name
Qualified Name
Description
Unit
Default
Min
Max
2067 Hz"
AnaInTemp3_Type
In.Meas_CIO2

TRUE: PT100
FALSE: PTC"
bool
EnableFreeze
In.Meas_CIO2

TRUE = Freeze
FALSE = Reset
case of CIO any link fault in the "old" position as they were before."
bool
EnableRebootCmd
In.Meas_CIO2
bool
EnableTestMode
In.Meas_CIO2
bool
In.Meas_CIO2

CIO will be forced
PT100
>216C
< -44C
PTC
bool
In.Meas_CIO2

PT100
>216C
< -44C
PTC
bool
In.Meas_CIO2

PT100
>216C
< -44C
PTC
bool
ForceTrip
In.Meas_CIO2
"Force CIO 2 Trip

Forces CIO Trip can be used to check the system behavior, if the IO fails"
bool
RebootDevice
In.Meas_CIO2
"Reboot CIO 2
This command is released only if the respective parameter
bool
32
3BHS258025 E07
ABB
Name
Qualified Name
Description
Unit
Default
ResetFaults
In.Meas_CIO2
"Reset CIO 2 faults

Resets all Alarms & Faults stored in CIO 2.
Note: There is no Event written into fault logger"
bool
IsAlarmWord
In.Meas_CIO2Faults

bitwise
3872
In.Meas_CIO2Faults

bitwise
IsTripWord
In.Meas_CIO2Faults

bitwise
217
AnaIn1_Filter_Freq
In.Meas_CIO3
Hz
AnaIn2_Filter_Freq
In.Meas_CIO3
AnaIn3_Filter_Freq
In.Meas_CIO3
In.Meas_CIO3
AnaInTemp1_Type
In.Meas_CIO3

2067 Hz"
2067 Hz"
2067 Hz"
2067 Hz"
TRUE: PT100
FALSE: PTC"
In.Meas_CIO3
AnaInTemp2_Type
In.Meas_CIO3
In.Meas_CIO3
AnaInTemp3_Type
In.Meas_CIO3
EnableFreeze
In.Meas_CIO3
33
3BHS258025 E07
Min
Max
10
0.06
2067
Hz
10
0.06
2067
Hz
10
0.06
2067
Hz
10
0.06
2067
bool

2067 Hz"
TRUE: PT100
FALSE: PTC"
Hz
10
0.06
2067
bool

2067 Hz"
TRUE: PT100
FALSE: PTC"
Hz
10
0.06
2067
bool

TRUE = Freeze
FALSE = Reset
bool
ABB
Name
Qualified Name
Description
Unit
Default
Min
Max
EnableRebootCmd
In.Meas_CIO3
bool
EnableTestMode
In.Meas_CIO3
bool
In.Meas_CIO3

CIO will be forced
PT100
>216C
< -44C
PTC
bool
In.Meas_CIO3

PT100
>216C
< -44C
PTC
bool
In.Meas_CIO3

PT100
>216C
< -44C
PTC
bool
ForceTrip
In.Meas_CIO3
bool
RebootDevice
In.Meas_CIO3
bool
ResetFaults
In.Meas_CIO3
"Force CIO 3 Trip

Forces CIO Trip can be used to check the system behavior, if the
input/output (IO) fails"
"Reboots CIO 3
"Resets CIO 3 faults
bool
IsAlarmWord
In.Meas_CIO3Faults

bitwise
3872
In.Meas_CIO3Faults

bitwise
IsTripWord
In.Meas_CIO3Faults

bitwise
217
AnaIn1_Filter_Freq
In.Meas_CIO4

Hz
10
0.06
2067
34
3BHS258025 E07
ABB
Name
Qualified Name
Description
Unit
Default
Min
Max
2067 Hz"
2067 Hz"
2067 Hz"
2067 Hz"
TRUE: PT100
FALSE: PTC"
Hz
10
0.06
2067
Hz
10
0.06
2067
Hz
10
0.06
2067
bool

2067 Hz"
TRUE: PT100
FALSE: PTC"
Hz
10
0.06
2067
bool

2067 Hz"
TRUE: PT100
FALSE: PTC"
Hz
10
0.06
2067
bool
In.Meas_CIO4

bool
EnableRebootCmd
In.Meas_CIO4
bool
EnableTestMode
In.Meas_CIO4
bool
In.Meas_CIO4

CIO will be forced
PT100
>216C
< -44C
PTC
bool
AnaIn2_Filter_Freq
In.Meas_CIO4
AnaIn3_Filter_Freq
In.Meas_CIO4
In.Meas_CIO4
AnaInTemp1_Type
In.Meas_CIO4
In.Meas_CIO4
AnaInTemp2_Type
In.Meas_CIO4
In.Meas_CIO4
AnaInTemp3_Type
In.Meas_CIO4
EnableFreeze
35
3BHS258025 E07
ABB
Name
Qualified Name
Description
Unit
Default
Min
Max
In.Meas_CIO4

PT100
>216C
< -44C
PTC
bool
In.Meas_CIO4

PT100
>216C
< -44C
PTC
bool
ForceTrip
In.Meas_CIO4
"Force CIO 4 Trip

bool
RebootDevice
In.Meas_CIO4
bool
ResetFaults
In.Meas_CIO4
"Reboot CIO 4
"Reset CIO 4 faults
bool
IsAlarmWord
In.Meas_CIO4Faults

bitwise
3872
In.Meas_CIO4Faults

bitwise
IsTripWord
In.Meas_CIO4Faults

bitwise
217
AnaIn1_Filter_Freq
In.Meas_CIO5
Hz
10
0.06
2067
AnaIn2_Filter_Freq
In.Meas_CIO5
Hz
10
0.06
2067
AnaIn3_Filter_Freq
In.Meas_CIO5
Hz
10
0.06
2067
In.Meas_CIO5
Hz
10
0.06
2067
AnaInTemp1_Type
In.Meas_CIO5

2067 Hz"
2067 Hz"
2067 Hz"
2067 Hz"
TRUE: PT100
FALSE: PTC"
bool
36
3BHS258025 E07
ABB
Name
Qualified Name
Description
Unit
Default
Min
Max

2067 Hz"
TRUE: PT100
FALSE: PTC"
Hz
10
0.06
2067
bool

2067 Hz"
TRUE: PT100
FALSE: PTC"
Hz
10
0.06
2067
bool
In.Meas_CIO5

TRUE = Freeze
FALSE = Reset
If the function is enabled, the CIO keep its outputs (analog/digital outputs) in
function is not enabled, the outputs go to zero."
bool
EnableRebootCmd
In.Meas_CIO5
Enable CIO 5 Reboot Command
bool
EnableTestMode
In.Meas_CIO5
bool
In.Meas_CIO5

CIO will be forced
"CIO 5 Enable temperature input 1 fault detection
PT100
>216C
< -44C
PTC
bool
In.Meas_CIO5

PT100
>216C
< -44C
PTC
bool
In.Meas_CIO5
AnaInTemp2_Type
In.Meas_CIO5
In.Meas_CIO5
AnaInTemp3_Type
In.Meas_CIO5
EnableFreeze
37
3BHS258025 E07
ABB
Name
Qualified Name
Description
Unit
Default
Min
Max
In.Meas_CIO5

PT100
>216C
< -44C
PTC
bool
ForceTrip
In.Meas_CIO5
"Force CIO 5 Trip

bool
RebootDevice
In.Meas_CIO5
bool
ResetFaults
In.Meas_CIO5
"Reset CIO 5 faults

Reset all Alarms & Faults, stored in CIO 5.
Note:There is no Event written into fault logger"
bool
IsAlarmWord
In.Meas_CIO5Faults
"Assign CIO 5 Events to Alarm

bitwise
3872
In.Meas_CIO5Faults
"Assign CIO 5 Events to RedundancyFault

bitwise
IsTripWord
In.Meas_CIO5Faults
"Assign CIO 5 Events to CIO Trip
bitwise
217
AnaIn1_Filter_Freq
In.Meas_CIO6
Hz
10
0.06
2067
AnaIn2_Filter_Freq
In.Meas_CIO6
Hz
10
0.06
2067
AnaIn3_Filter_Freq
In.Meas_CIO6

2067 Hz"
2067 Hz"
v
Hz
10
0.06
2067
In.Meas_CIO6
Hz
10
0.06
2067
AnaInTemp1_Type
In.Meas_CIO6

2067 Hz"
TRUE: PT100
FALSE: PTC"
bool
In.Meas_CIO6
Hz
10
0.06
2067
AnaInTemp2_Type
In.Meas_CIO6

2067 Hz"
TRUE: PT100
FALSE: PTC"
bool
In.Meas_CIO6

2067 Hz"
Hz
10
0.06
2067
38
3BHS258025 E07
ABB
Name
Qualified Name
Description
Unit
Default
Min
Max
AnaInTemp3_Type
In.Meas_CIO6

TRUE: PT100
FALSE: PTC"
bool
EnableFreeze
In.Meas_CIO6

TRUE = Freeze
FALSE = Reset
bool
EnableRebootCmd
In.Meas_CIO6
bool
EnableTestMode
In.Meas_CIO6
bool
In.Meas_CIO6

CIO will be forced
PT100
>216C
< -44C
PTC
bool
In.Meas_CIO6

PT100
>216C
< -44C
PTC
bool
In.Meas_CIO6

PT100
>216C
< -44C
PTC
bool
ForceTrip
In.Meas_CIO6
"Force CIO 6 Trip

bool
RebootDevice
In.Meas_CIO6
"Reboot CIO 6
bool
39
3BHS258025 E07
ABB
Name
Qualified Name
Description
Unit
Default
ResetFaults
In.Meas_CIO6
"Reset CIO 6 faults

bool
IsAlarmWord
In.Meas_CIO6Faults

bitwise
3872
In.Meas_CIO6Faults

bitwise
IsTripWord
In.Meas_CIO6Faults

bitwise
217
AnaIn1_Filter_Freq
In.Meas_CIO7
Hz
AnaIn2_Filter_Freq
In.Meas_CIO7
AnaIn3_Filter_Freq
In.Meas_CIO7
In.Meas_CIO7
AnaInTemp1_Type
In.Meas_CIO7

2067 Hz"
2067 Hz"
2067 Hz"
2067 Hz"
TRUE: PT100
FALSE: PTC"
In.Meas_CIO7
AnaInTemp2_Type
In.Meas_CIO7
In.Meas_CIO7
AnaInTemp3_Type
In.Meas_CIO7
EnableFreeze
In.Meas_CIO7
40
3BHS258025 E07
Min
Max
10
0.06
2067
Hz
10
0.06
2067
Hz
10
0.06
2067
Hz
10
0.06
2067
bool

2067 Hz"
TRUE: PT100
FALSE: PTC"
Hz
10
0.06
2067
bool

2067 Hz"
TRUE: PT100
FALSE: PTC"
Hz
10
0.06
2067
bool

TRUE = Freeze
FALSE = Reset
bool
ABB
Name
Qualified Name
Description
Unit
Default
Min
Max
EnableRebootCmd
In.Meas_CIO7
bool
EnableTestMode
In.Meas_CIO7
bool
In.Meas_CIO7

CIO will be forced
PT100
>216C
< -44C
PTC
bool
In.Meas_CIO7

PT100
>216C
< -44C
PTC
bool
In.Meas_CIO7

PT100
>216C
< -44C
PTC
bool
ForceTrip
In.Meas_CIO7
"Force CIO 7 Trip

bool
RebootDevice
In.Meas_CIO7
bool
ResetFaults
In.Meas_CIO7
"Reboot CIO 7
"Reset CIO 7 faults
bool
IsAlarmWord
In.Meas_CIO7Faults

bitwise
3872
In.Meas_CIO7Faults

bitwise
IsTripWord
In.Meas_CIO7Faults

bitwise
217
AnaIn1_Filter_Freq
In.Meas_CIO8

2067 Hz"
Hz
10
0.06
2067
41
3BHS258025 E07
ABB
Name
Qualified Name
Description
Unit
Default
Min
Max

2067 Hz"
2067 Hz"
2067 Hz"
TRUE: PT100
FALSE: PTC"
Hz
10
0.06
2067
Hz
10
0.06
2067
Hz
10
0.06
2067
bool

2067 Hz"
TRUE: PT100
FALSE: PTC"
Hz
10
2067
bool

2067 Hz"
TRUE: PT100
FALSE: PTC"
Hz
10
0.06
2067
bool
In.Meas_CIO8

TRUE = Freeze
FALSE = Reset
function is not enabled, the outputs go to zero"
bool
EnableRebootCmd
In.Meas_CIO8
bool
EnableTestMode
In.Meas_CIO8
bool
In.Meas_CIO8

CIO will be forced
PT100
>216C
< -44C
PTC
bool
AnaIn2_Filter_Freq
In.Meas_CIO8
AnaIn3_Filter_Freq
In.Meas_CIO8
In.Meas_CIO8
AnaInTemp1_Type
In.Meas_CIO8
In.Meas_CIO8
AnaInTemp2_Type
In.Meas_CIO8
In.Meas_CIO8
AnaInTemp3_Type
In.Meas_CIO8
EnableFreeze
42
3BHS258025 E07
ABB
Name
Qualified Name
Description
Unit
Default
Min
Max
In.Meas_CIO8

PT100
>216C
< -44C
PTC
bool
In.Meas_CIO8

PT100
>216C
< -44C
PTC
bool
ForceTrip
In.Meas_CIO8
"Force CIO 8 Trip

bool
RebootDevice
In.Meas_CIO8
bool
ResetFaults
In.Meas_CIO8
"Reboot CIO 8
"Reset CIO 8 faults
bool
IsAlarmWord
In.Meas_CIO8Faults

bitwise
3872
In.Meas_CIO8Faults

bitwise
IsTripWord
In.Meas_CIO8Faults

bitwise
217
CIOConfigWord
In.Meas_CIOConfig
Input/ Output configuration word. If a Bit is True, the respective Input/output

device CIO is configured
Bit 0 = CIO 1
1 = CIO 2
....
7 = CIO 8
8 = CIO 1 is redundant
....
bitwise
13
255
bool
Boot parameter, value can only be changed in the Configuration sequence
EnableRebootCmd
43
In.Meas_CIOConfig
Releases Reboot all CIO Command
3BHS258025 E07
ABB
Name
Qualified Name
Description
Unit
Default
Min
Max
bool
bool
Release Communication Control Measurement Device (CCM) Reboot

Command
bool
bool
bool
bool
In.Meas_SystemMeasurement
"Enable the SMTS Ig measurement. If this parameter as well as the

Parameter "SM_StateMachine\ReleaseSMTS" is set to True, the
measurement is taken from the test adapter instead of the current
measurement input.
(SMTS = Synchronous Machine Transient Simulator)"
"Enable the SMTS Ub measurement. If both this parameter and the
Parameter "SM_StateMachine\ReleaseSMTS" are set to True, the
measurement is taken from the test adapter instead of the voltage
measurement input.
"Enable the SMTS Ug measurement. If this parameter as well as the
Parameter "SM_StateMachine\ReleaseSMTS" is set to True, the
measurement is taken from the test adapter instead of the voltage
measurement input.
If set to True, the 5A circuit for the busbar current on CCM board is used.
bool
IBusNom
Nominal value of the busbar current in KILOAMPS
kA
12.922
65.53
IBusTprim
Nominal current [kA] of the current transducer primary side for the busbar
current
kA
15
65.53
IBusTsec
Nominal current [A] of the current transducer secondary side for the busbar
current
65535
IGenIs5A
If set to True, the 5A circuit for the generator current on Communication

Control Measurement Device (CCM) is used
bool
IGenNom
Nominal value of the machine current in KILOAMPS
kA
19.887
65.53
IGenTprim
Nominal current [kA] of the current transducer primary side for the machine
stator current
kA
20
65.53
IGenTsec
Nominal current [A] of the current transducer secondary side for the machine
stator current
4.75
65535
IgScaleSMTS
"Scaling factor for the SMTS Ig measurement

V / p.u.
10
RebootCIOs
In.Meas_CIOConfig
ResetFaults
In.Meas_CIOConfig
EnableRebootCmd
EnableSMTSIg
EnableSMTSUb
EnableSMTSUg
IBusIs5A
44
"Reboot all converter interface boards

SW-command to reboot all connected CIO's. This command is executed
only,
if the parameter "Meas_CIOConfig\EnableRebootCmd" is set to True"
"Reset all Alarms & Faults, stored in the different CIO's.
Note: There is no event written into fault logger"
3BHS258025 E07
ABB
Name
IgTestInputFactor
Qualified Name
Description
"Parameter for manipulating the measured generator voltage signal
For testing the dynamic behavior of the voltage regulator, this signal may
be used
to apply step to the actual value
Unit
p.u.
NOTE: The parameter is accepted in the software only. if the system is in a

TEST-State
The parameter is applied mulitiplicative to the Ug actual value, but has no
influence to the power signals P or Q"
Change phase rotation of machine current transducer
False = CW
True = CCW
Default
Min
Max
-100
100
Polarity
PQPhaseDeviation
Parameter to correct the phase dislocation between machine stator voltage

and current (a positive value corrects a leading voltage signal)
el
-180
180
PQPhaseDeviationBus
Parameter to correct the phase dislocation between busbar voltage and

current (a positive value corrects a leading voltage signal)
el
-180
180
PSignChange
Change of sign of active power P
Q34Change
"Changes sign of Power Factor (cos(f)) in the 3rd and 4th quadrant.
Applicable only for systems with generator and motor applications"
bool
RebootDevice
bool
UbScaleSMTS
"Reboot Communication Control Measurement Device (CCM).

"Scaling factor for the SMTS Ub measurement
V / p.u.
2.5
10
UBusNom
Nominal value of the busbar voltage in KILOVOLTS
kV
21
65.53
UBusTprim
Nominal voltage [kV] of the voltage transducer primary side for the busbar
stator voltage
kV
20
65.53
UBusTsec
Nominal voltage [V] of the voltage transducer secondary side for the busbar
stator voltage
kV
110
65.53
UGenNom
Nominal value of the machine voltage in KILOVOLTS
kV
20
65.53
UGenTprim
Nominal voltage [kV] of the voltage transducer primary side for the machine
stator voltage
kV
20
65.53
UGenTsec
Nominal voltage [V] of the voltage transducer secondary side for the
machine stator voltage
110
65535
UgScaleSMTS
"Scaling factor for the SMTS Ug measurement

V / p.u.
2.5
10
45
3BHS258025 E07
ABB
Name
UgTestInputFactor
Qualified Name
Description
Unit
"Parameter for manipulating the measured generator current signal

For testing the dynamic behavior of the stator current limiter, this signal
may be
used to apply step to the actual value
NOTE: The parameter is accepted in the software only. if the system is in a
TEST-State
The parameter is applied mulitiplicatively to the Ug actual value, but has no
influence to the power signals P or Q"
Transient Recorder Cancel recording for all Transient Recorders
(AC800PEC, CCM, CCI)
Default
Min
Max
p.u.
-100
100
bool
CancelAll
In.Meas_TransientRecorder
CIO3AnaOut1Offset
Signal Selector. Offset for CIO3 AO1 to compensate DC offset
p.u.
-10
10
CIO3AnaOut1ScaleFactor
Signal Selector. Scaling factor for CIO3 AO1 signals
V / p.u.
-10000
10000
CIO3AnaOut2Offset
p.u.
-10
10
V / p.u.
-10000
10000
CIO3AnaOut3Offset
p.u.
-10
10
V / p.u.
-10000
10000
CIO4AnaOut1Offset
p.u.
-10
10
V / p.u.
-10000
10000
CIO4AnaOut2Offset
p.u.
-10
10
V / p.u.
-10000
10000
CIO4AnaOut3Offset
p.u.
-10
10
V / p.u.
-10000
10000
Disable
Signal Selector. Supervision Parameter to stop signal injection
bool
EnableAutoTrigger
"Enables automatic triggering of all transient recorders in the system

Default: has to be set to TRUE"
bool
ReEnable
Signal Selector. Supervision Parameter to start or restart signal injection
bool
46
3BHS258025 E07
ABB
Name
SelCIO3AnaOut1Signal
Qualified Name
Description
TestSignalSelector. Select signal for CIO 3 Analog Output 1:
Unit
Default
Min
Max
INT
65535
INT
65535
INT
65535
INT
65535
INT
65535
INT
65535
INT
15
bool
0 = Value from CIT (standard);

else= SOAP Id of desired signal



0=Value from CIT (standard);
else any Simulink GlobalId of the desired signal
"TestSignalSelector. Select signal for CIO 4 Analog Output 2:

else= SOAP Id of desired signal"
"TestSignalSelector. Select signal for CIO 4 Analog Output 3:

else= SOAP Id of desired signal"
SelectCIDataDevice
"Commissioning interface data select.

0: CCM, 1-3: NC,
4: CIO1&2,
5: CIO3&4,
8: CCI1,
9: CCI2,
12: CCI5,
13: CCI6,
SelectUpperData
47
3BHS258025 E07
6: CIO5&6, 7: CIO7&8,
10: CCI3,
11: CCI4,
14: CCI7,
15: CCI8"
Commissioning interface data select. If selected, link signals AO09 AO16

are transferred to the CI-Board, else AO01 AO08
ABB
Name
SelTestSigIn1
Qualified Name
Description
Unit
TestSignalSelector. Select signal for input Test Signal 1 CIO3 Analogue Input
1:
Default
Min
Max
INT
INT
0=CIT [Recommended scaling factor];

1=AVR Summingpoint additive input [5V/p.u.];
2=MAN Summingpoint additive input [5V/p.u.];
3=Uc additive input [1V/p.u.];
4=PSS2B Pe exclusive input [10V/p.u.];
5=White Noise additive to AVR Summing point;
6=CIT
SelTestSigIn2
TestSignalSelector. Select signal for input Test Signal 2 CIO3 Analogue Input
2:
0:CIT;
1=fEp[10V/p.u.];
2=If exclusive input [2V/p.u];
3=CIT
SupervisionPMax
Signal Selector. Supervision Parameter to cancel signal injection
p.u.
-10
10
SupervisionPMin
p.u.
-10
10
SupervisionQMax
p.u.
-10
10
SupervisionQMin
p.u.
-10
10
SupervisionUgMax
p.u.
-10
10
SupervisionUgMin
p.u.
-10
10
TestSigIn1ScaleFactor
Signal Selector. Scaling factor for CIO3 AI1 signal
p.u. / V
0.01
-1000
1000
TestSigIn2ScaleFactor
Signal Selector. Scaling factor for CIO3 AI2 signal
p.u. / V
0.01
-1000
1000
TestSigInLimit
Signal Selector. Limitation for both Test signal inputs
p.u.
-10
10
TrigAll
Transient Recorder Trigger for all Transient Recorders (AC800PEC, CCM,

CCI)
bool
WhiteNoiseLowFreqGain
Low frequency gain for white noise injection
p.u.
100
CommFaultTime
In.OpSel_Fieldbus
Fieldbus Communication monitoring timeout time [s]
3600
48
3BHS258025 E07
ABB
Name
Qualified Name
Description
Unit
Default
Min
Max
EnableCommMon
In.OpSel_Fieldbus
Enables the fieldbus communication monitoring function only applicable if

Fieldbus is part of the scope
bool
CommCycleTime
In.OpSel_FieldbusMaster
Defines, how often the Fieldbus Master repeats the send command. Zero
means as fast as possible
EnableComm
Enables the fieldbus master functionality, if set to true. This function is

necessary to communicate to the SSD (static starting device)
bool
PartnerName
"IP address of the slave unit "MMS partner unit".

(MMS = Manufacturing Message Specification)"
--
PartnerVarName
Name of the access variable (structured variable) which is used to

communicate with the slave unit
--
EnableCommMon
In.OpSel_Local
bool
EnableLocalCTOperator
In.OpSel_Local
bool
FastCommMonTimeoutTime
In.OpSel_Local
3600
SlowCommMonTimeoutTime
In.OpSel_Local
30
3600
DefaultCommandInput
In.OpSel_OperatorSelect
"Enables the local Excitation Control Terminal (ECT) communication

monitoring function.
Releases control if communication is broken, therefore it shall be set to true if
local ECT is part of the scope"
Enables the local Excitation Control Terminal (ECT) operation request and
release commands.
Has to be set to TRUE to enable operation request and release commands.
If set to FALSE operation level is not selectable.
Local Excitation Control Terminal (ECT) communication monitoring timeout
time [s]
Local Excitation Control Terminal (ECT) communication monitoring timeout
time [s]
"Default operator command input:
1 = Service (Control IT level)
2 = Local Excitation Control Terminal (ECT)
3 = Remote I/O (Hardwired to CIO)
4 = Fieldbus Master
5 = Fieldbus Slave
6 = Remote Excitation Control Terminal (ECT)"
INT
EnableFbMasterOperator
Enables the fieldbus master operation request and release commands.

bool
EnableFieldbusOperator
Enables the fieldbus operation request and release commands.

bool
EnableRemoteOperator
Enables the remote operation request and release commands.

If set to FALSE operation level is not selectable
bool
EnableServiceOperator
Enables the service operation request and release commands.

bool
49
3BHS258025 E07
ABB
Name
Qualified Name
Description
Unit
Default
Min
Max
DefaultCommandInput
In.OpSel_Remote_CT
"Default operator command input

1 = remote Excitation Control Terminal 1 (ECT 1)
4 = remote Excitation Control Terminal 4 (ECT 4)"
INT
EnableCT1CommMon
In.OpSel_Remote_CT
Enables the remote Excitation Control Terminal (ECT) communication

monitoring function only applicable if remote ECT is part of the scope
bool
EnableCT1Operator
In.OpSel_Remote_CT
Enables the remote Excitation Control Terminal (ECT) operation request and
release commands for remote ECT.
bool
EnableCT2CommMon
In.OpSel_Remote_CT
Enables the Remote ECT2 communication monitoring function only

applicable if Remote ECT2 is part of the scope
bool
EnableCT2Operator
In.OpSel_Remote_CT
release commands for remote ECT 2.
bool
EnableCT3CommMon
In.OpSel_Remote_CT

bool
EnableCT3Operator
In.OpSel_Remote_CT
bool
EnableCT4CommMon
In.OpSel_Remote_CT

bool
EnableCT4Operator
In.OpSel_Remote_CT
bool
FastCommMonTimeoutTime
In.OpSel_Remote_CT
3600
In.OpSel_Remote_CT
30
3600
ServiceOperatorTimeout
In.OpSel_Service
Remote Excitation Control Terminal (ECT) Communication monitoring

timeout time [s]
Remote Excitation Control Terminal (ECT) Communication monitoring
timeout time [s]
Service Operator Timeout time [s]
3600
EnableTFFDTestMode
In.Prot_ConvFaultDetect
Enable TFFD Test mode for resistive load
bool
ExtSCIfClearingFaultLevel
External Short-Circuit Monitor. DC Short Circuit Fieldcurrent Clearing Level
p.u.
1.5
100
ExtSCIfFaultLevel
External Short-Circuit Monitor. DC Short Circuit Fieldcurrent level
p.u.
2.5
100
50
3BHS258025 E07
ABB
Name
Qualified Name
Description
Unit
Default
Min
Max
ExtSCReleaseFaultClearing
External Short-Circuit Monitor. Release 200ms Pulse Block Function for Fault
clearing
bool
ExtSCUfClearingFaultLevel
External Short-Circuit Monitor. DC Short Circuit FieldVoltage Clearing Level
p.u.
0.15
100
ExtSCUfFaultLevel
External Short-Circuit Monitor. DC Short Circuit Fieldvoltage Level
p.u.
0.05
100
FWDthreshold
Free Wheeling Detection threshold [pu Ifn]
p.u.
0.03
100
IntSCReleaseFaultClearing
Internal Short-Circuit Monitor. Release 200 ms AlphaMin in case of internal

Fault for clearing
bool
TFCDthreshold
Thyristor Fault Current Detection threshold [pu Ifn]
p.u.
0.3
100
TFFDnumOfPeriods
Thyristor Fuse Fault Detection number of periods
INT
10
255
TFFDthreshold
Thyristor Fuse Fault Detection threshold [pu Ifn]
p.u.
0.02
100
TOCDthreshold
Thyristor Over Current Detection threshold [pu Ifn]
p.u.
100
Level1ResponseValue
In.Prot_EarthFaultMon
Response level 1 for earth fault detection [kOhm]
50
65535
Level2ResponseValue
Response level 2 for earth fault detection [kOhm]
65535
SelectCIO
"Select CIO Device to connect the earth fault monitoring device.

FALSE = CIO1, (standard application)
TRUE = CIO3 "
bool
SelectIRDH275
"Select earth fault monitoring device type.

FALSE = UNS3020,
TRUE = IRDH275"
bool
EnaTemp1
In.Prot_ExcTrafoMon
Enables PT100 input 1
bool
EnaTemp2
In.Prot_ExcTrafoMon
bool
EnaTemp3
In.Prot_ExcTrafoMon
bool
EnaTripWithoutAlarmDet
In.Prot_ExcTrafoMon
bool
ResetFaults
In.Prot_ExcTrafoMon
"Enables Trip without Alarm detection.

TRUE: Trip will not be released if no alarm appeared before (sensor
monitoring)"
Reset the module faults
bool
SensorType
In.Prot_ExcTrafoMon
"Measurement sensor type

1 = PT100,
2 = PTC,
3 = binary inputs"
INT
TempFaultLevel1
In.Prot_ExcTrafoMon
Excitation transformer temperature fault level 1. Refer to isolation class
110
-65
250
51
3BHS258025 E07
ABB
Name
Qualified Name
Description
Unit
Default
Min
Max
TempFaultLevel2
In.Prot_ExcTrafoMon
Excitation transformer temperature fault level 2. Refer to isolation class
130
-65
250
Ifinst
In.Prot_OverCurrentMon
"Excitation overcurrent monitor. Instantaneous threshold,

Ensure selectivity to corresponding limiter value MaxFieldCurrent"
p.u.
100
Ifskal
Excitation overcurrent monitor. If scale factor
--
100
Ifstart
Excitation overcurrent monitor. Inverse-time start threshold
p.u.
1.2
100
InstDelay
"Excitation overcurrent monitor. Instantaneous delay

InstDelay shall be set to TWIN converter = 6 Tsyn (default)
SINGLE converter = 4 Tsyn
Tsyn = 1/6 * 1/fsyn"
0.1
60
ResetPeak
Excitation overcurrent monitor. Resets stored field current peak value
bool
SelCurve
"Excitation overcurrent monitor - select curve

0: fix delay,
1: normal inverse,
t[s]=k*0,14/(I/Itherm)exp0,02-1
2: very inverse,
t[s]=k*13,5/(I/Itherm) -1
3: extremely inverse, t[s]=k*80/(I/Itherm)exp2 -1"
INT
ThermalDownTime
Excitation overcurrent monitor. Inverse-time back-integration time
20
3600
TimeMaxFieldCurrent
Excitation overcurrent monitor. Time max field current
12.5
3600
3600
p.u.
1.5
-100
100
For this time the maximum field current from the max field current limiter
settings is allowed. With this time the k-factor of the according inverse time
curve will be calculated.
Extermly inverse (3):
k=((((MaxFieldCurrent/Ifstart)^2)-1)*TimeMaxFieldCurrent)/80;
Very inverse (2):
k=(((MaxFieldCurrent/Ifstart)-1)*TimeMaxFieldCurrent)/13.5;
Normal inverse (1):
k=((((MaxFieldCurrent/Ifstart)^0.02)-1)*TimeMaxFieldCurrent)/0.14;
FaultOnDelayTime
In.Prot_OverVoltageMon
Make sure that this time is higher than in the limiter and the same inverse
time curve is selected.
When inverse time curve 0 (fix time) is selected, this time will be used as the
fix time.
On-delay time for overvoltage fault detection
OVDetectionLevel
In.Prot_OverVoltageMon
Overvoltage detection level
52
3BHS258025 E07
ABB
Name
Qualified Name
Description
Unit
Default
Min
Max
EnableRedundantSupply
In.Prot_PowerSupplyMon
"Select redundant power supply for each control board.

TRUE = Both power supply inputs of the control boards are supervised,
FALSE = Each control board supervises only the first power supply input"
bool
Characteristic_QP00
In.Prot_PQMon
"P/Q limiter. Q-Setpoint for P=0.0pu

Characteristic Q = f(P) at P = 0%.
Consider that the characteristic in the power chart will be moved by square of
SFS_Meas_UgRel [p.u.].
E.g. If SFS_Meas_UgRel = 0.9, then Qlim = 0.81*-Qlim set"
p.u.
-0.5
-100
100
Characteristic_QP02
In.Prot_PQMon

p.u.
-0.48
-100
100
Characteristic_QP04
In.Prot_PQMon

p.u.
-0.46
-100
100
Characteristic_QP06
In.Prot_PQMon

p.u.
-0.44
-100
100
Characteristic_QP08
In.Prot_PQMon

p.u.
-0.42
-100
100
Characteristic_QP10
In.Prot_PQMon
"P/Q Protection Q-Setpoint at P=1pu

E.g. If SFS_Meas_UgRel = 0.9, then Qlim = 0.81*-Qlim set."
p.u.
-0.4
-100
100
DelayTime
In.Prot_PQMon
P/Q Protection delay
60
CTEnaADCFreezeMon
In.Prot_Protection
"Setting required if "EnableMaschineMeasCTMon" =TRUE

If TRUE, Machine CT ADC Freeze Monitor is enabled:
Responds if any of the 3 ADC output signals is stationary (freezed) for >2 s "
bool
CTEnaOpAmpCeilMon
In.Prot_Protection

If TRUE, Machine CT Opamp Ceiling Monitor is enabled:
Responds if any of the 3 ADC output signals is >96% of its limit for >20 ms"
bool
53
3BHS258025 E07
ABB
Name
Qualified Name
Description
Unit
Default
Min
Max

If TRUE, Machine CT Paraphase Monitor is enabled
Must be set TRUE in case of open delta connection (2 machine PT's serving
all 3 CCM inputs) "
If TRUE, Machine CT Sum Monitor is enabled:
Responds if the Vector-Sum of all 3 CTphases is >0.1p.u. >5 ms
Not applicable in case 2 machine CT's feed all 3 CT inputs on CCM (open
delta connection)"
"Enables Automatic Reset after ext. Trip
If TRUE General Function released.
Set related parameters in group "Prot_AutoResetOnExtTrip""
bool
bool
bool
In.Prot_Protection
"Enables Auxiliary Monitoring

If TRUE the AuxReady and AuxNotReady DI's are enabled
Ref. to EVENT Matrix settings for related actions"
bool
EnableConvFaultDetection
In.Prot_Protection
"Enables Converter Monitoring (Includes Conduction Monitoring)

Set related parameters in group "Prot_ConvFaultDetect":
TFCDthreshold
TOCDthreshold
TFFDthreshold
FWDthreshold
TFFDnumOfPeriods"
bool
EnableEarthFaultMon
In.Prot_Protection
"Enables Earth Fault Monitoring

Set related parameters in group "Prot_EarthFaultMon""
bool
EnableExcTrafoMon
In.Prot_Protection
"Enables transformer monitoring

Set related parameters in group "Prot_ExcTrafoMon""
bool
EnableExtSCMon
In.Prot_Protection
"Enables External Short-Circuit Monitoring

If TRUE and "EnableConvFaultDetection" in this group is TRUE also, then
General Function released.
Set related parameters in group "Prot_ConvFaultDetect":
TFCDthreshold
ExtSCIfFaultLevel
ExtSCUfFaultLevel
ExtSCIfCl"
bool
EnableFireAllTripDet
In.Prot_Protection
Enable signal for the FireAllTrip detection

If TRUE Function released.
bool
EnableGenSCdetection
In.Prot_Protection
Enable signal for the Generator short-circuit detection

If TRUE Function released.
bool
CTEnaParaPhaseMon
In.Prot_Protection
CTEnaSumMon
In.Prot_Protection
EnableAutoResetOnExtTrip
In.Prot_Protection
EnableAuxSupervision
54
3BHS258025 E07
ABB
Name
Qualified Name
Description
Unit
Default
Min
Max
EnableIConvMon
In.Prot_Protection
"Enables Converter Current Sensor Monitoring

If TRUE General Function released
Set related parameters below:
IconvEnaOpAmpCeilMon
IconvEnaADCFreezeMon
EnaIfExcOnMon"
bool
EnableIntSCMon
In.Prot_Protection
bool
EnableMaschineMeasCTMon
In.Prot_Protection
"Enables Internal Short-Circuit Monitoring in all cases except TWIN converter

with "Cold Standby Scheme": "ConverterSystemConfigWord"=2 and
"EnableColdStandby"=TRUE
If TRUE and "EnableConvFaultDetection" in this group is TRUE also, then
General Function released"
"Enables Machine CT Monitoring
CTEnaSumMon
CTEnaOpAmpCeilMon
CTEnaADCFreezeMon
CTEnaParaPhaseMon"
bool
EnableMaschineMeasPTMon
In.Prot_Protection
"Enables Machine PT Monitoring

PTEnaInPhaseMon
PTEnaOpAmpCeilMon
PTEnaADCFreezeMon
PTEnaAllLostMon
EnaUgExcOnMon"
bool
EnableOverCurrMon
In.Prot_Protection
"Enables Excitation Overcurrent Monitoring DC

Set related parameters in group "Prot_OverCurrentMon""
bool
EnableOverVoltageMon
In.Prot_Protection
"Enables Excitation Overvoltage Monitoring

Set related parameters in group "Prot_OverVoltageMon""
bool
EnablePhaseSeqCheck
In.Prot_Protection
"Enables Phase Sequence Check

If TRUE General Function is released.
Synchronous voltage phase sequence check during ExcOn Sequence"
bool
EnablePowerSupplyMon
In.Prot_Protection
"Enables Power Supply Monitoring

Set related parameters in group "Prot_PowerSupplyMon""
bool
EnablePQMon
In.Prot_Protection
"Enables PQ Monitoring (Loss of Excitation)

Set related parameters in group "Prot_PQMon""
bool
55
3BHS258025 E07
ABB
Name
Qualified Name
Description
Unit
Default
Min
Max
EnableRotTempMon
In.Prot_Protection
"Enables Rotor Temperature Monitoring

Set related parameters in group "Prot_RotTempMon""
bool
EnableS800Mon
In.Prot_Protection
"Enables S800 Link Monitoring

TRUE in case of S800 I/O Extensions used
Ref. to EVENT Matrix settings for related actions"
bool
EnableStallMon
In.Prot_Protection
"Enables Stall Monitoring

Set related parameters in group ""Prot_StallMon"""
EnableTripIndSupOnExtTrip
In.Prot_Protection
"Enables Trip Indication Suppression for ext. Trip

Set related parameters in group "Prot_TripIndSupOnExtTrip""
bool
EnableUfMon
In.Prot_Protection
"Enables Field Voltage Sensing Monitoring

UfEnaOpAmpCeilMon
UfEnaADCFreezeMon"
bool
EnableUsynMon
In.Prot_Protection
"Enables Synchronous Voltage Monitoring (Converter Input Voltage)

PTEnaInPhaseMon
PTEnaOpAmpCeilMon
PTEnaADCFreezeMon
PTEnaAllLostMon"
bool
EnableVHzMon
In.Prot_Protection
"Enables V/Hz Monitoring

Set related parameters in group "Prot_VHzMon""
bool
EnaIfExcOnMon
In.Prot_Protection
"Enables signal for field current monitoring while ExcOn sequence

Set related parameters in group "Prot_IfExcOnMon""
bool
EnaUgExcOnMon
In.Prot_Protection
"Enables signal for generator votage monitoring while ExcOn sequence

Set related parameters in group "Prot_UgExcOnMon""
bool
IconvEnaADCFreezeMon
In.Prot_Protection
"Setting required if "EnableIConvMon" =TRUE

If TRUE, Converter Current CT ADC Freeze Monitor is enabled:
bool
IconvEnaOpAmpCeilMon
In.Prot_Protection
"Setting required if "EnableIConvMon" =TRUE

If TRUE, Converter Current CT Opamp Ceiling Monitor is enabled:
bool
56
3BHS258025 E07
ABB
Name
Qualified Name
Description
Unit
Default
Min
Max
PTEnaADCFreezeMon
In.Prot_Protection
"Setting required if "EnableMaschineMeasPTMon" =TRUE

If TRUE, Machine PT ADC Freeze Monitor is enabled:
bool
PTEnaAllLostMon
In.Prot_Protection

If TRUE, Machine PT All Lost Monitor is enabled:
Responds if the processed machine voltage actual value is <0.1 p.u. for >20
ms and the signal drop was 12.5p.u./s
This function is disabled if any armarture short circuit is detected:
Fault cond.
Ua
AND
Ia
3-ph Term SC U1-2&U2-3&U3-1<0.05p.u. I1&S&T>1.4pu
2-ph Term SC U1-2/U2-3/U3-1<0.05p.u.
I1/I2/I3>1.4pu
3-ph Dist SC U1-2&U2-3&U3-1<0.8p.u. I1&S&T>1.2pu
2-ph Dist SC U1-2&U2-3&U3-1<0.8p.u. I1/I2/I3>1.2pu"
bool
PTEnaInPhaseMon
In.Prot_Protection

If TRUE, Machine PT In-Phase Monitor is enabled:
Responds if one of 3 PT-connections is lost for >20 ms, the remaining 2
inputs become "InPhase" condition at 50% amplitude."
bool
PTEnaOpAmpCeilMon
In.Prot_Protection

If TRUE, Machine PT Opamp Ceiling Monitor is enabled:
bool
UfEnaADCFreezeMon
In.Prot_Protection
"Setting required if"EnableUfMon" =TRUE

If TRUE, Field Voltage PT ADC Freeze Monitor is enabled:
Responds if the ADC output signals is stationary (freezed) for >2 s"
bool
UfEnaOpAmpCeilMon
In.Prot_Protection
"Setting required if"EnableUfMon" =TRUE

If TRUE, Field Voltage Opamp Ceiling Monitor is enable
Responds if the ADC output signals is >96% of its limit for >20 ms"
bool
UsynEnaADCFreezeMon
In.Prot_Protection
"Setting required if "EnableUsynMon" =TRUE

If TRUE, Synchronous Voltage ADC Freeze Monitor is enabled:
Responds if the ADC output signals is stationary (freezed) for >2 s"
bool
UsynEnaAllLostMon
In.Prot_Protection

If TRUE, Synchronous Voltage All Lost Monitor is enabled
Responds if the processed machine voltage actual value is <0.1 p.u. for >20
ms and the signal drop was 12.5 p.u./s"
bool
UsynEnaInPhaseMon
In.Prot_Protection

If TRUE, Synchronous Voltage InPhase Monitor is enabled:
Responds if one phase is lost for >20 ms, the remaining 2 inputs become
"60" condition at reduced amplitude."
bool
UsynEnaOpAmpCeilMon
In.Prot_Protection

If TRUE, Synchronous Voltage Opamp Ceiling Monitor is enabled:
bool
57
3BHS258025 E07
ABB
Name
Qualified Name
Description
Unit
Default
Min
Max
Enable
In.Prot_PSU1APDGrp1
Enables the Advanced Power distributor 1 (APD ) fault detection
bool
Enable
In.Prot_PSU1APDGrp2
Enables the Advanced Power distributor 2 (APD ) fault detection
bool
Enable
In.Prot_PSU1ICU1
Enables the Input Coupling Unit (ICU1) source fault detection
bool
SourcesConfigWord
In.Prot_PSU1ICU1
"Input Coupling Unit (ICU1) sources config word. [bitwise]

Bit1=Source1,
Bit2=Source2,
Bit3=Source3 , (Port for shunt-supply, in shunt-supply mode only supervised
if Synchronous voltage is above 0.9pu)"
bitwise
Enable
In.Prot_PSU1ICU2
"Enables the Input Coupling Unit (ICU2) source fault detection.

(engineered solution, requires second CIO device)"
bool
SourcesConfigWord
In.Prot_PSU1ICU2
"Input Coupling Unit (ICU2) sources config word. [bitwise]

Bit1=Source1,
Bit2=Source2,
Bit3=Source3 , (Port for shunt-supply, in shunt-supply mode only supervised
if Synchronous voltage is above 0.9pu)"
bitwise
Enable
In.Prot_PSU2APDGrp1
Enable the APD fault detection
bool
Enable
In.Prot_PSU2APDGrp2
Enable the APD fault detection
bool
Enable
In.Prot_PSU2ICU1
Enable the "Input coupling Unit" ICU fault detection
bool
SourcesConfigWord
In.Prot_PSU2ICU1
"ICU1 sources config word. [bitwise]

Bit1=Source1, Bit2=Source2,
Bit3=Source3 (Port for shunt-supply, in shunt-supply mode only supervised if
Synchronous voltage is above 0.9pu)"
bitwise
Enable
In.Prot_PSU2ICU2
Enable the "Input coupling Unit" ICU fault detection
bool
SourcesConfigWord
In.Prot_PSU2ICU2
"ICU2 sources config word. [bitwise]

Bit1=Source1, Bit2=Source2,
Bit3=Source3 (Port for shunt-supply, in shunt-supply mode only supervised if
Synchronous voltage is above 0.9pu)"
bitwise
BrushVDrop
In.Prot_RotTempMon
Voltage drop over the brushes
655
CurDepVDrop
In.Prot_RotTempMon
Current dependent voltage drop
655
IfTest
In.Prot_RotTempMon
3000
6553
R1
In.Prot_RotTempMon
Parameter for test field current If for simulation purposes. Used in test
modes 3 or 4.
Rotor resistance at given temperature (T1)
0.21
6553
RotTempFaultLevel1
In.Prot_RotTempMon
Rotor temperature fault level 1. Refer to isolation class
150
250
58
3BHS258025 E07
ABB
Name
Qualified Name
Description
Unit
Default
Min
Max
RotTempFaultLevel2
In.Prot_RotTempMon
Rotor temperature fault level 2. Refer to isolation class
200
250
SelectMode
In.Prot_RotTempMon
"Select rotor temperature monitoring operation mode

0 = disabled,
1 = only RotTempFaultLevel1 is supervised and generates corresponding
event which is defined in the protection matrix (generates alarm only in
default configuration)
2=RotTempFaultLevel1 and RotTempFaultLevel2 are supervised and
generate corresponding events which are defined in the protection matrix
(generates trip1 for reaching RotTempFaultLevel2 in default configuration)
3=Testmode without events, the simulated test values (parameters) for Uf
and If are used for calculations
4=Testmode with events, the simulated test values (parameters) for Uf and If
are used for calculations
5=Testmode without events, measured system values are used for
calculations
6=Testmode without events, the simulated test values (parameters) for Uf
and If are used for calculations, can be activaed always"
INT
T0
In.Prot_RotTempMon
Temperature for zero resistance of used rotor copper
-235
100
T1
In.Prot_RotTempMon
Rotor temperature at given resistance (R1)
75
-275
UfTest
In.Prot_RotTempMon
450
6653
MaxStartTime
In.Prot_StallMon
12
1000
Time00
In.Prot_StallMon
Parameter for test field voltage Uf for simulation purposes. Used in test
modes 3 or 4.
"Motor application.
Protection stall monitoring.
Time factor for max. allowed starting time.
Time=MaxStartTime*ZeroSpeedStallTime"
"Motor application.
Time factor until 0% speed. Time=Time00*ZeroSpeedStallTime"
1000
Time30
In.Prot_StallMon
"Motor application.
1000
Time60
In.Prot_StallMon
"Motor application.
1000
Time80
In.Prot_StallMon
"Motor application.
1000
Time90
In.Prot_StallMon
"Motor application.
1000
ZeroSpeedStallTime
In.Prot_StallMon
"Motor application.
Protection stall monitoring. Zero speed stall time"
3600
59
3BHS258025 E07
ABB
Name
Qualified Name
Description
Unit
Default
IsAlarm
In.Prot_SystemFaults1
System Protection. Assign System Faults 1 to Alarm
bitwise
1964320
IsAutoFault
System Protection. Assign System Faults 1 to AutoFault
bitwise
IsBUChannelHWFault
System Protection. Assign System Faults 1 to BUChannelHardwareFault
bitwise
1207959680
IsChannelFault
System Protection. Assign System Faults 1 to ChannelFault
bitwise
1335753728
IsChanneltoBULinkLoss
System Protection. Assign System Faults 1 to BUChannelLinkLoss
bitwise
1049088
IsEmergencyStop
System Protection. Assign System Faults 1 to EmergencyStop
bitwise
IsManualFault
System Protection. Assign System Faults 1 to ManualFault
bitwise
IsOtherChannelHWFault
System Protection. Assign System Faults 1 to OtherChannelHardwareFault
bitwise
64
IsRedundancyFault
System Protection. Assign System Faults 1 to RedundancyFault
bitwise
125829120
IsStartupInhibit
System Protection. Assign System Faults 1 to Startupinhibit
bitwise
1876810752
IsTrip1
System Protection. Assign System Faults 1 to Trip1
bitwise
27
IsTrip2
bitwise
IsAlarm
bitwise
16711680
IsAutoFault
bitwise
-16777216
IsBUChannelHWFault
bitwise
IsChannelFault
bitwise
bitwise
IsEmergencyStop
bitwise
IsManualFault
bitwise
60
3BHS258025 E07
Min
Max
ABB
Name
Qualified Name
Description
Unit
Default
bitwise
IsRedundancyFault
bitwise
65535
IsStartupInhibit
bitwise
IsTrip1
bitwise
IsTrip2
bitwise
IsAlarm
bitwise
268369920
IsAutoFault
bitwise
IsBUChannelHWFault
bitwise
IsChannelFault
bitwise
bitwise
IsEmergencyStop
bitwise
268435456
IsManualFault
bitwise
bitwise
IsRedundancyFault
bitwise
65535
IsStartupInhibit
bitwise
IsTrip1
bitwise
536870912
IsTrip2
bitwise
IsAlarm
bitwise
1076716347
IsAutoFault
bitwise
16384
61
3BHS258025 E07
Min
Max
ABB
Name
Qualified Name
Description
Unit
Default
IsBUChannelHWFault
bitwise
IsChannelFault
bitwise
256
bitwise
IsEmergencyStop
bitwise
2097176
IsManualFault
bitwise
1073741824
bitwise
IsRedundancyFault
bitwise
IsStartupInhibit
bitwise
536871296
IsTrip1
bitwise
860706
IsTrip2
bitwise
IsAlarm
bitwise
-507
IsAutoFault
bitwise
IsBUChannelHWFault
bitwise
IsChannelFault
bitwise
bitwise
IsEmergencyStop
bitwise
IsManualFault
bitwise
bitwise
IsRedundancyFault
bitwise
62
3BHS258025 E07
Min
Max
ABB
Name
Qualified Name
Description
Unit
Default
IsStartupInhibit
bitwise
IsTrip1
bitwise
IsTrip2
bitwise
IsAlarm
bitwise
67636207
IsAutoFault
bitwise
IsBUChannelHWFault
bitwise
IsChannelFault
bitwise
838885376
bitwise
IsEmergencyStop
bitwise
IsManualFault
bitwise
bitwise
1086324736
IsRedundancyFault
bitwise
3145728
IsStartupInhibit
bitwise
458753
IsTrip1
bitwise
2130669552
IsTrip2
bitwise
IsAlarm
bitwise
1576500709
IsAutoFault
bitwise
IsBUChannelHWFault
bitwise
IsChannelFault
bitwise
63
3BHS258025 E07
Min
Max
ABB
Name
Qualified Name
Description
Unit
Default
bitwise
IsEmergencyStop
bitwise
2071912376
IsManualFault
bitwise
bitwise
IsRedundancyFault
bitwise
IsStartupInhibit
bitwise
1346638084
IsTrip1
bitwise
570982944
IsTrip2
bitwise
IsAlarm
bitwise
IsAutoFault
bitwise
IsBUChannelHWFault
bitwise
IsChannelFault
bitwise
bitwise
IsEmergencyStop
bitwise
IsManualFault
bitwise
bitwise
IsRedundancyFault
bitwise
IsStartupInhibit
bitwise
IsTrip1
bitwise
64
3BHS258025 E07
Min
Max
ABB
Name
Qualified Name
Description
Unit
Default
Min
Max
IsTrip2
bitwise
AutoResetAlarmGrpFault
In.Prot_SystemGroupFaults
Auto Reset Group Fault Alarm
bool
AutoResetRedundancyFaultGrpFault
Auto Reset Group Fault Redundancy Fault
bool
AutoResetStartupInhibitGrpFault
Auto Reset Group Fault Startup Inhibit
bool
ForceAlarmGrpFault
Force Group Fault Alarm
bool
ForceAutoFaultGrpFault
Force Group Fault Auto Fault
bool
ForceBUChHWFaultGrpFault
Force Group Fault Backup Channel Hardware Fault
bool
ForceChannelFaultGrpFault
Force Group Fault Channel Fault
bool
ForceChtoBULinkLossGrpFault
Force Group Fault Channel to Backup Link Loss
bool
ForceEmergencyStopGrpFault
Force Group Fault Emergency Stop
bool
ForceManualFaultGrpFault
Force Group Fault Manual Fault
bool
ForceOtherChHWFaultGrpFault
Force Group Fault Other Channel Hardware Fault
bool
ForceRedundancyFaultGrpFault
Force Group Fault Redundancy Fault
bool
ForceStartupInhibitGrpFault
Force Group Fault Startup Inhibit
bool
ForceTrip1GrpFault
Force Group Fault Trip1
bool
ForceTrip2GrpFault
Force Group Fault Trip2
bool
ResetAll
Reset all GroupFaults
bool
ResetAutoFaultGrpFault
Reset Group Fault Auto Fault
bool
ResetBUChHWFaultGrpFault
Reset Group Fault Backup Channel Hardware Fault
bool
65
3BHS258025 E07
ABB
Name
Qualified Name
Description
Unit
Default
Min
Max
ResetChannelFaultGrpFault
Reset Group Fault Channel Fault
bool
ResetChtoBULinkLossGrpFault
Reset Group Fault Channel to Backup Link Loss
bool
ResetEmergencyStopGrpFault
Reset Group Fault Emergency Stop
bool
ResetManualFaultGrpFault
Reset Group Fault Manual Fault
bool
ResetOtherChHWFaultGrpFault
Reset Group Fault Other Channel Hardware Fault
bool
ResetTrip1GrpFault
Reset Group Fault Trip1
bool
ResetTrip2GrpFault
Reset Group Fault Trip2
bool
DelayFuncSelect
In.Prot_VHzMon
"V/Hz Protection inverse-time s - select curve

0: fix delay,
1: normal inverse,
2: very inverse,
INT
Gradient
In.Prot_VHzMon
V/Hz Protection Gradient (Ug/f)
--
1.2
-100
100
Tequivalent
In.Prot_VHzMon
V/Hz Protection. Equivalent time for k-factor calculation
3600
3600
For this time the voltage Uequivalent is allowed. With this time the k-factor of
the according inverse time curve will be calculated.
Extremely inverse (3):
k=((((Uequivalent/Vfn)^2)-1)*Tequivalent)/80;
Very inverse (2):
k=(((Uequivalent/Vfn)-1)*Tequivalent)/13.5;
Normal inverse (1):
k=((((Uequivalent/Vfn)^0.02)-1)*Tequivalent)/0.14;
Make sure that this time is higher than in the limiter and the same inverse
fix time.
ThermalDownTime
66
In.Prot_VHzMon
V/Hz Protection inverse-time back-integration time
3BHS258025 E07
ABB
Name
Uequivalent
Qualified Name
In.Prot_VHzMon
Description
V/Hz Protection. Equivalent voltage for k-factor calculation
Unit
p.u.
Default
1.3
Min
0
Max
100
For the time Tequivalent this voltage is allowed. With this voltage the k-factor
of the according inverse time curve will be calculated.
k=((((Uequivalent/Vfn)^2)-1)*Tequivalent)/80;
Very inverse (2):
k=(((Uequivalent/Vfn)-1)*Tequivalent)/13.5;
Normal inverse (1):
k=((((Uequivalent/Vfn)^0.02)-1)*Tequivalent)/0.14;
Make sure that this voltage is not lower than in the limiter and the same
inverse time curve is selected.
When inverse time curve 0 (fix time) is selected, this voltage will be not used.
Vfn
In.Prot_VHzMon
V/Hz Protection Voltage at nominal frequency
p.u.
1.2
-100
100
AdditionalInput
In.Reg_AVR
Regulator AVR. Summing-point spare input
p.u.
-100
100
GainReduction
In.Reg_AVR
Regulator AVR. Summing-point gain reduction factor
p.u.
100
GainReductionPSSinactive
In.Reg_AVR
Regulator AVR. Summing-point gain reduction factor
--
100
TestInput
In.Reg_AVR
Regulator AVR. Summing-point additional test input
p.u.
-100
100
EnableSetPtCorr
In.Reg_AVR_PID
Enables AVR Setpoint correction for less regulator deviation
bool
GainReduction
In.Reg_AVR_PID
PID AVR Gain reduction
--
0.5
ta
In.Reg_AVR_PID
PID AVR Lag time constant
1.52
100
tb
In.Reg_AVR_PID
PID AVR Lead time constant
0.1
10
vo
In.Reg_AVR_PID
PID AVR low frequency gain
--
500
0.01
10000
voo
In.Reg_AVR_PID
PID AVR high frequency gain
--
60
0.01
10000
vp
In.Reg_AVR_PID
PID AVR proportional gain
--
60
0.01
10000
AdditionalRefValue
In.Reg_AVR_SetPt
"Regulator, AVR setpoint.

Additional value, added to the reference summing-point"
p.u.
-100
100
ExtRefTolerance
In.Reg_AVR_SetPt
AVR Setpoint. Tolerance external reference to internal value for releasing

switchover to external reference
p.u.
0.025
ExtRefValue
In.Reg_AVR_SetPt
Regulator, AVR setpoint. External reference value.
p.u.
100
MaxRefValue
In.Reg_AVR_SetPt
Regulator, AVR setpoint. Maximal value
p.u.
1.1
100
MinRefValue1
In.Reg_AVR_SetPt
Regulator, AVR setpoint. Minimal value 1
p.u.
0.9
100
MinRefValue2
In.Reg_AVR_SetPt
Regulator, AVR setpoint. Minimal value 2
p.u.
0.9
100
67
3BHS258025 E07
ABB
Name
Qualified Name
Description
RefIntPresetValue1
In.Reg_AVR_SetPt
Regulator, AVR setpoint. Preset value 1
RefIntPresetValue2
In.Reg_AVR_SetPt
RefIntRuntime1
In.Reg_AVR_SetPt
RefIntRuntime2
Unit
Default
Min
Max
p.u.
100
Regulator, AVR setpoint. Preset value 2
p.u.
100
Regulator, AVR setpoint. Runtime 1
60
3600
In.Reg_AVR_SetPt
Regulator, AVR setpoint. Runtime 2
60
3600
Select_ExtRefValue
In.Reg_AVR_SetPt
"Regulator, AVR setpoint. Select external reference value

TRUE = Select_ExtRefValue
FALSE = external reference value not available"
bool
Select_MinRefValue2
In.Reg_AVR_SetPt
"Regulator, AVR setpoint. Select minimal value 2

TRUE = MinRefValue2
FALSE = MinRefValue1"
bool
Select_RefIntPresetValue2
In.Reg_AVR_SetPt
"Regulator, AVR setpoint. Select preset value 2

TRUE = RefIntPresetValue2
FALSE = RefIntPresetValue1"
bool
SelectRefIntRuntime2
In.Reg_AVR_SetPt
AVR Setpoint. Select runtime 2
bool
URefMax
In.Reg_AVR_SetPt

Absolute reference limitation value (independent of overspeed)"
p.u.
1.15
100
Limiter_Release
In.Reg_AVR_SetPt_VHz_Lim
Enable V/Hz Limiter
bool
LimiterDelayFuncSelect
"AVR V/Hz Limiter - select curve

0: fix delay,
1: normal inverse,
2: very inverse,
INT
LimiterGradient
AVR V/Hz Limiter. Gradient (Ug/freq)
--
1.15
LimiterVfn
AVR V/Hz Limiter. Voltage at nominal frequency
p.u.
1.15
68
3BHS258025 E07
ABB
Name
Tequivalent
Qualified Name
Description
AVR V/Hz Limiter. Equivalent time for k-factor calculation
Unit
Default
Min
Max
3600
For this time the voltage Uequivalent is allowed. With this time the k-factor of
k=((((Uequivalent/LimiterVfn)^2)-1)*Tequivalent)/80;
Very inverse (2):
k=(((Uequivalent/LimiterVfn)-1)*Tequivalent)/13.5;
Normal inverse (1):
k=((((Uequivalent/LimiterVfn)^0.02)-1)*Tequivalent)/0.14;
Make sure that this time is lower than in the monitoring and the same inverse
fix time.
ThermalDownTime
AVR V/Hz Limiter. inverse-time back-integration time
3600
Uequivalent
AVR V/Hz Limiter. Equivalent voltage for k-factor calculation
p.u.
1.3
100
"Enables the coldgas function

Adaptation of Control IT project might be necessary, allocation of to
corresponding hardware inputs"
"Enables the analog input fault detection for 2..10 V or
4..20 mA input"
bool
bool
Maximum input signal temperature [C] for scaling of the analog input value
200
200
For the time Tequivalent this voltage is allowed. With this voltage the k-factor
k=((((Uequivalent/LimiterVfn)^2)-1)*Tequivalent)/80;
Very inverse (2):
k=(((Uequivalent/LimiterVfn)-1)*Tequivalent)/13.5;
Normal inverse (1):
k=((((Uequivalent/LimiterVfn)^0.02)-1)*Tequivalent)/0.14;
Make sure that this voltage is not higher than in the monitoring and the same
When inverse time curve 0 (fix time) is selected, this voltage will be not used.
Enable
In.Reg_ColdGas
EnableAnaInFaultDetection
In.Reg_ColdGas
MaxTempAnaInValue
In.Reg_ColdGas
69
3BHS258025 E07
ABB
Name
Qualified Name
Description
Unit
Default
Min
Max
SelectAnaInputType
In.Reg_ColdGas
"Select analog input type

FALSE = 0...20 mA,
TRUE = 4...20 mA"
bool
SelectDataInput
In.Reg_ColdGas
"Select data input

TRUE = Fieldbus input selected
FALSE = Analog input selected, which needs to be allocated in Control IT"
bool
RefVal0
In.Reg_ColdGas.IfInRefValues
Temperature 6 for field current limiter
200
RefVal10
200
200
RefVal2
40
200
RefVal4
80
200
RefVal6
120
200
RefVal8
160
200
RefVal0
In.Reg_ColdGas.IfOutRefValues
Correction factor @ Temperature 6 for stator current limiter
--
RefVal10
--
0.7
RefVal2
--
RefVal4
--
RefVal6
--
0.9
RefVal8
--
0.8
RefVal0
In.Reg_ColdGas.IgInRefValues
Temperature 6 for stator current limiter
200
RefVal10
200
200
RefVal2
40
200
RefVal4
80
200
70
3BHS258025 E07
ABB
Name
Qualified Name
Description
Unit
Default
Min
Max
RefVal6
120
200
RefVal8
160
200
RefVal0
In.Reg_ColdGas.IgOutRefValues
Correction factor @ Temperature 6 for field current limiter
--
RefVal10
--
0.7
RefVal2
--
RefVal4
--
RefVal6
--
0.9
RefVal8
--
0.8
AnaInFaultOffDelayTime
In.Reg_CrossCurrComp
"Regulator, Cross Current Compensation (CCC).

Analog input fault off-delay time "
10
AnaInFaultOnDelayTime
0.1
10
CrossCurrCompOff
Regulator, Cross Current Compensation (CCC). Disable CCC
bool
CrossCurrCompOn
bool
kCCC

CCC needs to be enabled during operation
Control IT application has to be adapted to allocate the IOs and enable CCC
at desired time."
k-factor of cross current compensation "
--
0.2
MaxMeasAnaIn

Fix value = 11.5 V absolute
It is indicated as fault if equalizing line measurement exceeds 11.5 V"
10
12
puScaleFactor

Fix value, 1pu = 10 V of equalizing line "
100
71
3BHS258025 E07
ABB
Name
Rp
Qualified Name
Description
Unit
Burden resistance at Equalizing Line output caused by bidirectional Signal

Transducer (type KNICK 15 is used normally) connected between analog
output
and "Equalizing Line inter unit connection" (Transducer serves for isolated
(floating)
Equalizing Line connection to avoid any ground potential difference error).
The burden resistance Rp generates a measurement error at the 2kOhm
series
resistor at the analog output, which must be compensated by correct Rp
setting.
Default
Min
Max
150
10000
EnableSetPtCorr
In.Reg_Direct_Ctrl_PID
Typical KNICK 15 Rp value is 200 kOhm.

To check or tune the correct setting, the Equalizing Line must be
disconnected at
the output of the transducer (between transducer and outgoing Equalizing
Line) and
the Equalizing Function must be forced (AO relay energized).
Tune Rp until the difference signal
"ControlIT\Out\Reg_CrossCurrCom\CCC_SumPointOut" becomes zero.
PID Direct Control. Enable setpoint correction for less regulator deviation
GainReduction
PID Direct Control. Gain reduction
0.5
ta
PID Direct Control. Lag time constant
1.52
1000
tb
PID Direct Control. Lead time constant
0.1
10
vo
PID Direct Control. Low frequency gain
500
0.01
10000
voo
PID Direct Control. High frequency gain
60
0.01
10000
vp
PID Direct Control. Proportional gain
60
0.01
10000
DelayFuncSelect
In.Reg_Field_Cur_Max_Lim
"Maximum field current limiter - select curve

0: fix delay,
1: normal inverse,
2: very inverse,
INT
dUdtPulseFunction_Enable
"Maximum field current limiter. Enables du/dt function

TRUE = dUdtPulseFunction_Enable
FALSE = dUdtPulseFunction_Enable not available"
bool
Hysteresis
Maximum field current limiter. Hysteresis to prevent limiter pump
p.u.
0.05
100
72
3BHS258025 E07
ABB
Name
Qualified Name
Description
Unit
Default
Min
Max
MaxFieldCurrent
Maximum field current limiter. Maximum field current limit.
p.u.
100
MaxThermalFieldCurrent
"Maximum field current limiter.

Maximum thermal field current.
(inverse-time function starts if the field current exceeds this value)"
p.u.
1.05
100
NoLimitDelay
Maximum field current limiter. Time without limitation
0.2
60
Release_IfMaxLim
Maximum field current limiter. Enable max. field current limiter
bool
TdynHys
60
ThermalCoolingFactor
"Maximum field current limiter. Time after limiter engagement with doubled
hysteresis.
(Helps to prevent limiter pump)"
"Maximum field current limiter.
Factor for thermal Limit until "Cooling" completed -> Italy Specification"
--
0.5
ThermalDownTime
Maximum field current limiter. Inverse-time back-integration time
150
3600
TimeMaxFieldCurrent
Maximum field current limiter. Time max field current
10
3600
For this time the maximum field current is allowed. With this time the k-factor
k=((((MaxFieldCurrent/Ifstart)^2)-1)*TimeMaxFieldCurrent)/80;
Very inverse (2):
k=(((MaxFieldCurrent/Ifstart)-1)*TimeMaxFieldCurrent)/13.5;
Normal inverse (1):
k=((((MaxFieldCurrent/Ifstart)^0.02)-1)*TimeMaxFieldCurrent)/0.14;
fix time.
EnableSetPtCorr
In.Reg_Field_Cur_Max_Lim_PID
"Enables Maximum Field Current Limiter.

Setpoint correction for less regulator deviation
TRUE = EnableSetPtCorr
FALSE = EnableSetPtCorr not available"
bool
GainReduction
Maximum Field Current Limiter gain reduction for INTEGRAL TYPE AVR
LIMITER
--
0.5
ta
PID Maximum Field Current Limiter Lag time constant
1.52
1000
73
3BHS258025 E07
ABB
Name
Qualified Name
Description
Unit
Default
Min
Max
tb
PID Maximum Field Current Limiter Lead time constant
0.1
10
vo
PID Maximum Field Current Limiter low frequency gain
--
250
0.01
10000
voo
PID Maximum Field Current Limiter high frequency gain
--
30
0.01
10000
vp
PID Maximum Field Current Limiter proportional gain
--
30
0.01
10000
MinFieldCurrent
In.Reg_Field_Cur_Min_Lim
Minimum field current limiter. Minimum field current (setpoint)
p.u.
0.1
-100
100
Release_IfMinLim
In.Reg_Field_Cur_Min_Lim
Release minimum field current limiter
bool
EnableSetPtCorr
In.Reg_Field_Cur_Min_Lim_PID
PID Minimum Field Current Limiter. Enable setpoint correction for less
regulator deviation
bool
GainReduction
PID Minimum Field Current Limiter. Gain reduction for INTEGRAL TYPE
AVR LIMITER
--
0.5
ta
PID Minimum Field Current Limiter Lag time constant
1.52
1000
tb
PID Minimum Field Current Limiter Lead time constant
0.1
10
vo
PID Minimum Field Current Limiter low frequency gain
--
250
0.01
10000
voo
PID Minimum Field Current Limiter high frequency gain
--
30
0.01
10000
vp
PID Minimum Field Current Limiter proportional gain
--
30
0.01
10000
DisableFollowUpToActiveChannel
In.Reg_Follow_Up
"Disables Follow-up of inactive Channel

Only for test purposes"
bool
DisableFollowUpToAVRMAN
In.Reg_Follow_Up
"Disables Follow-up between Auto and Manual Mode

Only for test purposes"
bool
EpsilonAVRMAN
In.Reg_Follow_Up
"Follow up. Epsilon follow-up Auto-Manual

(error = UcAuto-UcManual)"
p.u.
0.1
100
EpsilonOtherChannel
In.Reg_Follow_Up
"Follow up. Epsilon follow-up to active channel

(error = UcChX-UcChY)"
p.u.
0.1
100
FeedbackGainAVR
In.Reg_Follow_Up
"Follow up. Feedback Gain AVR.

Direct influence to AVR summing-point without delay"
--
0.02
FeedbackGainMAN
In.Reg_Follow_Up
"Follow up. Feedback Gain MANUAL.
--
0.02
GainAVRMAN
In.Reg_Follow_Up
Follow up. Gain follow-up Auto <-> Manual
--
20
74
3BHS258025 E07
ABB
Name
Qualified Name
Description
Unit
Default
Min
Max
GainOtherChannel
In.Reg_Follow_Up
Follow up. Gain follow-up Channel <-> Channel
--
20
OnDelayAVRMAN
In.Reg_Follow_Up
"Follow up. Verzgerungs Follow-up zum aktiven Kanal,

Keine Antwort whrend den ersten 10s Plafondzeit"
3600
OnDelayOtherChannel
In.Reg_Follow_Up
"Follow up. Verzgerungs Follow-up zum aktiven Kanal,

Keine Antwort whrend den ersten 10s Plafondzeit"
3600
AddSumInput
In.Reg_Imposed_Reg
Superimposed Regulator. Additional Summing point Input for Direct Control
-100
100
DelayTime
In.Reg_Imposed_Reg
Superimposed Regulator. Delay time (no raise/lower commands within this

time after error exceeds epsilon.
60
DisableImpReg
In.Reg_Imposed_Reg
Disables signal for the imposed regulators
bool
EnableDischarge
In.Reg_Imposed_Reg
Enables signal for the imposed discharged regulator
bool
EnableImpReg
In.Reg_Imposed_Reg
bool
EnablePowerFactorReg
In.Reg_Imposed_Reg
"Enables signal for the imposed regulators.

If enabled, system change into superimposed regulator mode when going
online"
Enables signal for the imposed Power Factor regulator
bool
EnableSpareReg
In.Reg_Imposed_Reg
"Enables signal for the spare regulator

This regulator is used for special applications "
bool
EnableVarReg
In.Reg_Imposed_Reg
Enables signal for the imposed Var regulator
bool
EpsilonDischarge
In.Reg_Imposed_Reg
Superimposed Regulator. Epsilon for discharge function
p.u.
0.02
100
EpsilonPowerFactorReg
In.Reg_Imposed_Reg
Superimposed Regulator. Epsilon for Power Factor regulator function
p.u.
0.02
100
EpsilonSpareReg
In.Reg_Imposed_Reg
Superimposed Regulator. Epsilon for spare function
p.u.
0.02
100
EpsilonVarReg
In.Reg_Imposed_Reg
Superimposed Regulator. Gain for Q-Regulator function
p.u.
0.02
100
GainDischarge
In.Reg_Imposed_Reg
Superimposed Regulator. Gain for discharge function
--
20
GainPowerFactorReg
In.Reg_Imposed_Reg
Superimposed Regulator. Gain for Power Factor regulator function
--
20
GainSpareReg
In.Reg_Imposed_Reg
Superimposed Regulator. Gain for spare function
--
20
GainVarReg
In.Reg_Imposed_Reg
Superimposed Regulator. Gain for Q-Regulator function
--
20
ImpRegAct
In.Reg_Imposed_Reg
Superimposed Regulator. Actual value for spare function (function 4)
p.u.
-100
100
ImpRegRef
In.Reg_Imposed_Reg
Superimposed Regulator. Reference for spare function (function 4)
p.u.
-100
100
PreselectedReg
In.Reg_Imposed_Reg
"Superimposed Regulator. Preselected regulator.

0=no imposed regulator preselected,
1=Discharge,
2=VAR,
3=Power Factor,
4=SPARE"
p.u.
Release_DirectControl
In.Reg_Imposed_Reg
Superimposed Regulator. Release Direct Control mode
75
3BHS258025 E07
ABB
Name
Qualified Name
Description
Unit
Default
Min
Max
EnableIntegralTypeAVRLim
In.Reg_Low_High_Gate
"Low-high voltage gate for limiter selection.

Use AVR Limiter as Integral type imposed to AVR Summing-point"
bool
ForceAVR
"This signal operates to the low-high voltage gate. Force AVR input overrides
the influence of AVR limiters
Used for testing only"
bool
SetPriorityToUEL
Low-high voltage gate. Set priority to underexcitation limiters.
bool
UseAVRMANTaTbSettingsforLimiters
Low-high voltage gate. Use the AVR and Manual PID Ta/Tb Settings for the
Limiter PIDs
bool
AdditionalInput
In.Reg_Manual
MAN summing-point spare input
p.u.
-100
100
EnableSetPtCorr
In.Reg_Manual
Enables AVR Setpoint correction for less regulator deviation
bool
ta
In.Reg_Manual
PI Manual Regulator Lag time constant
1.52
100
TestInput
In.Reg_Manual
MAN summing-point additional test input
p.u.
-100
100
vo
In.Reg_Manual
PI Manual Regulator low frequency gain
--
500
0.01
10000
vp
In.Reg_Manual
PI Manual Regulator proportional gain
--
60
10000
Characteristic_IfP00
In.Reg_Manual_Restrict
"Manual P/Q Restrict.

If-Setpoint for P=0.0pu
To be set in coordination with the PQ-limiter (add margin of around 0.05 pu
due to less stability in MANUAL mode)"
p.u.
0.2
-100
100

p.u.
0.4
-100
100

p.u.
0.6
-100
100

p.u.
0.7
-100
100

p.u.
0.8
-100
100
76
3BHS258025 E07
ABB
Name
Qualified Name
Description
Unit
Default
Min
Max

p.u.
0.9
-100
100
Release

Releases manual restrictor
Active only during online operation and no auto-fault."
bool
AdditionalRefValue
In.Reg_Manual_SetPt
Manual Setpoint. Additional value, added to the reference summing-point
p.u.
-100
100
Enable_RuntimeScaling
In.Reg_Manual_SetPt
"Manual Setpoint Enable Runtime scaling

Test option only"
bool
ExtRefTolerance
In.Reg_Manual_SetPt
p.u.
0.005
ExtRefValue
In.Reg_Manual_SetPt
Manual Setpoint Tolerance external reference to internal value for releasing

switchover.
Manual Setpoint. External reference value.
p.u.
MaxRefValue
In.Reg_Manual_SetPt
Manual Setpoint. Maximum value
p.u.
1.05
-100
100
MinRefValue1
In.Reg_Manual_SetPt
Manual Setpoint. Minimum value 1
p.u.
-100
100
MinRefValue2
In.Reg_Manual_SetPt
Manual Setpoint. Minimum value 2
p.u.
-100
100
PrioritytoUEL
In.Reg_Manual_SetPt
Manual Setpoint. Set priority to underexcitation setpoint limiters
bool
RefIntPresetValue1
In.Reg_Manual_SetPt
"Manual Setpoint Preset value 1.

Normally set to 0.9 to 1pu of no load excitation current to get approximate
nominal generator voltage while starting or going offline"
p.u.
0.3
-100
100
RefIntPresetValue2
In.Reg_Manual_SetPt
Manual Setpoint. Preset value 2.
p.u.
0.3
-100
100
RefIntRuntime1
In.Reg_Manual_SetPt
Manual Setpoint Runtime 1 ->Traveling time between minimum and

maximum reference limit at permanent command
60
3600
RefIntRuntime2
In.Reg_Manual_SetPt
Manual Setpoint Runtime 2 ->Traveling time between minimum and

maximum reference limit at permanent command
60
3600
RuntimeScaleFactor
In.Reg_Manual_SetPt
"Manual Setpoint Runtime scale factor

Adapts selected runtime value by multiplying if runtime scaling is activated"
--
100
Select_ExtRefValue
In.Reg_Manual_SetPt
"Manual Setpoint. Select external reference value

TRUE = Select_ExtRefValue
FALSE = external reference value not available"
bool
Select_MinRefValue2
In.Reg_Manual_SetPt
"Manual Setpoint. Select minimum value 2

TRUE = MinRefValue2
FALSE = MinRefValue1"
bool
Select_RefIntPresetValue2
In.Reg_Manual_SetPt
"Manual Setpoint. Select preset 2 value

bool
77
3BHS258025 E07
ABB
Name
Qualified Name
Description
Unit
Default
Min
Max
SelectRefIntRuntime2
In.Reg_Manual_SetPt
"Manual Setpoint. Select preset 2 value

bool
In.Reg_Manual_SetPt_LCISetPt
Enables the analog input fault detection for 2..10 or 4..20mA input
bool
EnableAnaInputSignal
Enables the analog input signal
bool
MaxAnaInputValue
Maximum analog input value. Corresponds to 20mA or 10V.
10
12
MaxIfAnaInValue
Maximum analog input value. Corresponds to 20mA or 10V.
200
10000
SelectAnaInputType
"Select the analog input type

TRUE = 2..10V/4..20mA,
FALSE = 0..10V/0..20mA"
bool
Iequivalent
In.Reg_Manual_SetPt_VHz_Lim
Manual V/Hz Restrict. Equivalent current for k-factor calculation
p.u.
100
For the time Tequivalent this current is allowed. With this current the k-factor
k=((((Iequivalent/LimiterIfn_agl)^2)-1)*Tequivalent)/80;
Very inverse (2):
k=(((Iequivalent/LimiterIfn_agl)-1)*Tequivalent)/13.5;
Normal inverse (1):
k=((((Iequivalent/LimiterIfn_agl)^0.02)-1)*Tequivalent)/0.14;
Make sure that this current is not higher than in the monitoring and the same
When inverse time curve 0 (fix time) is selected, this current will be not used.
Limiter_Release
"Manual V/Hz Restrict. Release

Only active during offline-operation if activated"
bool
LimiterDelayFuncSelect
"Manual V/Hz Restrict - select curve

0: fix delay,
1: normal inverse,
2: very inverse,
INT
LimiterGradient_agl
Manual V/Hz Restrict. Gradient (Ifagl / f)
--
100
LimiterIfn_agl
Manual V/Hz Restrict. Field Current at nominal frequency [p.u. Ifagl]
bool
1.2
100
78
3BHS258025 E07
ABB
Name
Tequivalent
Qualified Name
Description
Manual V/Hz Restrict. Equivalent time for k-factor calculation
Unit
Default
Min
Max
3600
For this time the current Iequivalent is allowed. With this time the k-factor of
k=((((Iequivalent/LimiterIfn_agl)^2)-1)*Tequivalent)/80;
Very inverse (2):
k=(((Iequivalent/LimiterIfn_agl)-1)*Tequivalent)/13.5;
Normal inverse (1):
k=((((Iequivalent/LimiterIfn_agl)^0.02)-1)*Tequivalent)/0.14;
fix time.
ThermalDownTime
Manual V/Hz Restrict. Inverse-time back-integration time
3600
PStatic
In.Reg_P_Static
"P-Static regulator.
Normally used to compensate (positive value) line drop or get overexcited
with increasing active power after synchronizing."
--
-100
100
Release_PStaticpar
In.Reg_P_Static
P-Static regulator. TRUE = P-Static Release
bool
EnaFollowUp
In.Reg_PF_Reg_SetPt
Power factor regulator setpoint. Enable follow-up (Setpoint=actual value)
bool
ExtRefTolerance
In.Reg_PF_Reg_SetPt
"Power factor regulator setpoint.

Tolerance external reference to internal value for switchover."
p.u.
0.01
ExtRefValue
In.Reg_PF_Reg_SetPt
"Power factor regulator setpoint. External reference value

Adaptation of Control IT project necessary, allocation of ExtRefValue to
corresponding hardware input"
p.u.
MaxRefValue
In.Reg_PF_Reg_SetPt
Power factor regulator setpoint. Maximal value
p.u.
0.707
-1
MinRefValue
In.Reg_PF_Reg_SetPt
Power factor regulator setpoint. Minimal value
p.u.
-0.707
-1
RefIntPresetValue
In.Reg_PF_Reg_SetPt
Power factor regulator setpoint. Preset value
p.u.
-1
Select_BusbarControl
In.Reg_PF_Reg_SetPt
Pf Regulator Setpoint. Select Busbar Pf control
p.u.
Select_BusbarSignal
In.Reg_PF_Reg_SetPt
Power factor regulator setpoint. Select busbar Power Factor for follow-up
bool
Select_ExtRefValue
In.Reg_PF_Reg_SetPt
Power factor regulator setpoint. Select external reference value
bool
79
3BHS258025 E07
ABB
Name
Characteristic_QP00
Qualified Name
In.Reg_PQ_Lim
Description
Unit
Default
Min
Max
p.u.
-0.354
-1.5
0.2
p.u.
-0.354
-1.5
0.2
p.u.
-0.33
-1.5
0.2
p.u.
-0.289
-1.5
0.2

Characteristic_QP02
In.Reg_PQ_Lim

Characteristic_QP04
In.Reg_PQ_Lim

Characteristic_QP06
In.Reg_PQ_Lim

Characteristic_QP08
In.Reg_PQ_Lim

p.u.
-0.23
-1.5
0.2
Characteristic_QP10
In.Reg_PQ_Lim

p.u.
-0.153
-1.5
0.2
Release_PQLim
In.Reg_PQ_Lim
Regulator P/Q limiter. Release P/Q limiter
bool
EnableSetPtCorr
In.Reg_PQ_Lim_PID
"Enable P/Q Limiter.

Setpoint correction for less regulator deviation
bool
80
3BHS258025 E07
ABB
Name
Qualified Name
Description
Unit
--
Default
0.5
Min
0
Max
GainReduction
In.Reg_PQ_Lim_PID
P/Q Limiter gain reduction for INTEGRAL TYPE AVR LIMITER
ta
In.Reg_PQ_Lim_PID
PID P/Q Limiter Lag time constant
1.52
1000
tb
In.Reg_PQ_Lim_PID
PID P/Q Limiter Lead time constant
0.1
10
vo
In.Reg_PQ_Lim_PID
PID P/Q Limiter low frequency gain
--
250
0.01
10000
voo
In.Reg_PQ_Lim_PID
PID P/Q Limiter high frequency gain
--
30
10000
vp
In.Reg_PQ_Lim_PID
PID P/Q Limiter proportional gain
--
30
0.01
10000
AddTestsignal
In.Reg_PSS
Power System Stabilizer (PSS). Add additional value to PSS output
bool
BlockPSS
In.Reg_PSS
Power System Stabilizer (PSS). Block PSS
bool
EnableOnDelayTime
In.Reg_PSS
"OnDelay time for release PSS function after all conditions

( P >.. , <U <, ) for release are fulfilled"
3600
LimitLowerTime
In.Reg_PSS
3600
LimitRiseTime
In.Reg_PSS
"Power System Stabilizer (PSS).

Lower time constant for maximum output voltage. (when UgMax2 not
exceeded)"
"Power System Stabilizer (PSS).
Rise time constant for maximal output voltage. (when UgMax2 exceeded)"
3600
LowerPSSLimit
In.Reg_PSS
Power System Stabilizer (PSS). Stabilizer minimum output value
p.u.
-0.1
-100
PIDLoLim
In.Reg_PSS
"Power System Stabilizer (PSS). Lower Limit of PSS output [p.u] ->Uc"
p.u.
-3
-100
PIDUpLim
In.Reg_PSS
"Power System Stabilizer (PSS). Upper Limit of PSS output [p.u] ->Uc"
p.u.
100
PMinEna
In.Reg_PSS
p.u.
0.3
100
PSSMode
In.Reg_PSS
Power System Stabilizer (PSS). Minimum active power for stabilizer

activation
Power System Stabilizer (PSS). PSS Mode
INT
0=disabled;
1=PSS2B with PQ-Lower Limitation;
2=PSS2B without PQ-Lower Limitation;
3=PSS4B with PQ-Lower Limitation;
4=PSS4B without PQ-Lower Limitation;
5=PSS2B with APSS gain, with PQ-Lower Limitation;
6=PSS2B with APSS gain, without PQ-Lower Limitation;
7=PSS4B with APSS gain, with PQ-Lower Limitation;
8=PSS4B with APSS gain, without PQ-Lower Limitation;
PSSOff
In.Reg_PSS
Disables the selected Power System Stabilizer (PSS).
bool
PSSOn
In.Reg_PSS
Enables the selected Power System Stabilizer (PSS).
bool
TestSignalScalingFactor
In.Reg_PSS
p.u.
-100
100
UgMaxEna
In.Reg_PSS
Power System Stabilizer (PSS). Additional value to PSS output (before

limitation)
Power System Stabilizer (PSS). Maximum generator voltage for stabilizer
activation
p.u.
1.1
100
81
3BHS258025 E07
ABB
Name
Qualified Name
Description
Unit
Default
Min
Max
UgMaxLim
In.Reg_PSS
Power System Stabilizer (PSS). Maximum generator voltage 2 (Decreases

maximum output value if exceeded)
p.u.
1.07
100
UgMinEna
In.Reg_PSS
p.u.
0.9
100
UpperPSSLimit
In.Reg_PSS
Power System Stabilizer (PSS). Minimum generator voltage for stabilizer

activation
Power System Stabilizer (PSS). Stabilizer maximum output value
p.u.
0.1
100
Xe1
In.Reg_PSS
Infinite grid Reactance 1 for Xe Identification (APSS)
p.u.
0.1
6.55
Xe2
In.Reg_PSS
p.u.
0.2
6.55
Xe3
In.Reg_PSS
p.u.
0.4
6.55
XeIdentEnableLevel
In.Reg_PSS
Xe Identification Enable Level
mHz
6553.5
XxMach
In.Reg_PSS
p.u.
65
dwtestScalingFactor
In.Reg_PSS_IEEE_2B
"Quadrature-axis-reactance of the machine for the corresponding rotor

frequency oscillation"
PSS2B. Test input f channel
p.u.
-100
100
Enable_Test
In.Reg_PSS_IEEE_2B
PSS2B. Enable Test inputs
bool
Ks1
In.Reg_PSS_IEEE_2B
PSS2B. Weighting factor
--
31.143
500
Ks2
In.Reg_PSS_IEEE_2B
PSS2B. Gain Pe channel
--
0.153
Ks3
In.Reg_PSS_IEEE_2B
PSS2B. Gain sum branch
--
In.Reg_PSS_IEEE_2B
PSS2B. Ramp tracking filter "low-pass"-degree
INT
In.Reg_PSS_IEEE_2B
PSS2B. Ramp tracking filter "overall"-degree
INT
PetestScalingFactor
In.Reg_PSS_IEEE_2B
PSS2B. Test input Pe channel
p.u.
T1
In.Reg_PSS_IEEE_2B
PSS2B. First lead time constant
0.12
T10
In.Reg_PSS_IEEE_2B
PSS2B. Third lead time constant
T11
In.Reg_PSS_IEEE_2B
PSS2B. Third lag time constant
T2
In.Reg_PSS_IEEE_2B
PSS2B. First lag time constant
0.04
T3
In.Reg_PSS_IEEE_2B
PSS2B. Second lead time constant
0.28
T4
In.Reg_PSS_IEEE_2B
PSS2B. Second lag time constant
0.04
T7
In.Reg_PSS_IEEE_2B
PSS2B. Integration time constant
30
T8
In.Reg_PSS_IEEE_2B
PSS2B. Ramp tracking filter numerator
T9
In.Reg_PSS_IEEE_2B
PSS2B. Ramp tracking filter denominator
0.1
Tw1
In.Reg_PSS_IEEE_2B
PSS2B. Washout time constant 1 (f channel)
30
Tw2
In.Reg_PSS_IEEE_2B
PSS2B. Washout time constant 2 (f channel)
30
Tw3
In.Reg_PSS_IEEE_2B
PSS2B. Washout time constant 3 (Pe channel)
30
Tw4
In.Reg_PSS_IEEE_2B
PSS2B. Washout time constant 4 (Pe channel)
30
82
3BHS258025 E07
ABB
Name
Qualified Name
Description
Unit
Default
Min
KB
In.Reg_PSS_IEEE_4B
PSS4B. Low frequency overall gain KB
KB1
In.Reg_PSS_IEEE_4B
PSS4B. Low frequency gain KB1
--
66
300
KB11
In.Reg_PSS_IEEE_4B
PSS4B. Low frequency nominator constant KB11
--
KB17
In.Reg_PSS_IEEE_4B
PSS4B. Low frequency nominator constant KB17
--
KB2
In.Reg_PSS_IEEE_4B
PSS4B. Low frequency gain KB2
--
66
300
KH
In.Reg_PSS_IEEE_4B
PSS4B. High frequency overall gain KH
140
300
KH1
In.Reg_PSS_IEEE_4B
PSS4B. High frequency gain KH1
--
66
300
KH11
In.Reg_PSS_IEEE_4B
PSS4B. High frequency nominator constant KH11
--
KH17
In.Reg_PSS_IEEE_4B
PSS4B. High frequency nominator constant KH17
--
KH2
In.Reg_PSS_IEEE_4B
PSS4B. High frequency gain KH2
--
66
300
KI
In.Reg_PSS_IEEE_4B
PSS4B. Intermediate frequency overall gain KI
27
300
KI1
In.Reg_PSS_IEEE_4B
PSS4B. Intermediate frequency gain KI1
--
66
300
KI11
In.Reg_PSS_IEEE_4B
PSS4B. Intermediate frequency nominator constant KI11
--
KI17
In.Reg_PSS_IEEE_4B
PSS4B. Intermediate frequency nominator constant KI17
--
KI2
In.Reg_PSS_IEEE_4B
PSS4B. Intermediate frequency gain KI2
ms
66
300
TB1
In.Reg_PSS_IEEE_4B
PSS4B. Low frequency time constant TB1
1.51342
30
TB10
In.Reg_PSS_IEEE_4B
30
TB11
In.Reg_PSS_IEEE_4B
30
TB12
In.Reg_PSS_IEEE_4B
30
TB2
In.Reg_PSS_IEEE_4B
1.8161
30
TB3
In.Reg_PSS_IEEE_4B
30
TB4
In.Reg_PSS_IEEE_4B
30
TB5
In.Reg_PSS_IEEE_4B
30
TB6
In.Reg_PSS_IEEE_4B
30
TB7
In.Reg_PSS_IEEE_4B
1.8161
30
TB8
In.Reg_PSS_IEEE_4B
2.17932
30
TB9
In.Reg_PSS_IEEE_4B
30
TH1
In.Reg_PSS_IEEE_4B
PSS4B. High frequency time constant TH1
0.01009
0.3
TH10
In.Reg_PSS_IEEE_4B
0.3
TH11
In.Reg_PSS_IEEE_4B
0.3
83
3BHS258025 E07
Max
300
ABB
Name
Qualified Name
Description
Unit
Default
Min
Max
TH12
In.Reg_PSS_IEEE_4B
0.3
TH2
In.Reg_PSS_IEEE_4B
0.01211
0.3
TH3
In.Reg_PSS_IEEE_4B
0.3
TH4
In.Reg_PSS_IEEE_4B
0.3
TH5
In.Reg_PSS_IEEE_4B
0.3
TH6
In.Reg_PSS_IEEE_4B
0.3
TH7
In.Reg_PSS_IEEE_4B
0.01211
0.3
TH8
In.Reg_PSS_IEEE_4B
0.01453
0.3
TH9
In.Reg_PSS_IEEE_4B
0.3
TI1
In.Reg_PSS_IEEE_4B
PSS4B. Intermediate frequency time constant TI1
0.15134
TI10
In.Reg_PSS_IEEE_4B
TI11
In.Reg_PSS_IEEE_4B
TI12
In.Reg_PSS_IEEE_4B
TI2
In.Reg_PSS_IEEE_4B
0.18161
TI3
In.Reg_PSS_IEEE_4B
TI4
In.Reg_PSS_IEEE_4B
TI5
In.Reg_PSS_IEEE_4B
TI6
In.Reg_PSS_IEEE_4B
TI7
In.Reg_PSS_IEEE_4B
0.18161
TI8
In.Reg_PSS_IEEE_4B
0.21793
TI9
In.Reg_PSS_IEEE_4B
VBmax
In.Reg_PSS_IEEE_4B
PSS4B. Low frequency maximum output VBmax
p.u.
0.1
VBmin
In.Reg_PSS_IEEE_4B
PSS4B. Low frequency minimum output VBmin
p.u.
-0.1
-10
VHmax
In.Reg_PSS_IEEE_4B
PSS4B. High frequency maximum output VHmax
p.u.
0.6
100
VHmin
In.Reg_PSS_IEEE_4B
PSS4B. High frequency minimum output VHmin
p.u.
-0.6
-100
VImax
In.Reg_PSS_IEEE_4B
PSS4B. Intermediate frequency maximum output VImax
p.u.
0.6
10
VImin
In.Reg_PSS_IEEE_4B
PSS4B. Intermediate frequency minimum output VImin
p.u.
-0.6
-100
84
3BHS258025 E07
ABB
Name
QStatic
Qualified Name
In.Reg_Q_Static
Description
"Q-Static regulator.
DROOP=negative values (-0.03..-0.08) are required for parallel operation
with rigid grid
or to get reactive load-sharing with other machines which are
connected to the
same busbars without separate unit transformers
Unit
--
Default
-0.05
Min
-100
Max
100
Release_QStaticpar
In.Reg_Q_Static
COMPENSATION=positive values (eg +0.05) to compensate the unit

transformers
reactance (e.g 0.12) partly to get the same resulting droop of 0.03.. -0.08 p.u
instead of transformer reactance
Q-Static regulator. TRUE = Q-Static Release
bool
BusVoltageFaultTolerance
In.Reg_Regulator
Regulator. Bus voltage tracking fault tolerance
p.u.
0.04
BusVoltageTrackingOff
In.Reg_Regulator
Regulator. Switch bus voltage tracking off
bool
BusVoltageTrackingOn
In.Reg_Regulator
"Regulator.
Switch bus voltage tracking on. Is automatically switched off if unit is online"
bool
ForceBusVoltageTrackingOn
In.Reg_Regulator
"Regulator.
Force the bus voltage tracking to be enabled whenever the unit is OFF-Line
If set to true the AVR reference will be balanced until the machine is
synchronized (generator breaker closed)"
bool
IC_Regulators
In.Reg_Regulator
Regulator. Initial condition PI/PID
p.u.
-100
100
PresetAutoSetpoint
In.Reg_Regulator
Regulator. AVR Setpoint. Preset command
bool
PresetManSetpoint
In.Reg_Regulator
Regulator. MAN Setpoint. Preset command
bool
PresetPFRegSetpoint
In.Reg_Regulator
Regulator. Power Factor Setpoint. Preset command
bool
PresetVarRegSetpoint
In.Reg_Regulator
Regulator. Q Setpoint. Preset command
bool
UcNegRateLimit
In.Reg_Regulator
"Regulator.
Gate Control Unit (GCU) signal conditioning rate limiter negative Rate [pu
Uc/s]. 0=Infinite(disabled=no limitation)"
p.u. / s
100000
UcPosRateLimit
In.Reg_Regulator
"Regulator.
Gate Control Unit (GCU) signal conditioning rate limiter positive Rate [pu
Uc/s]. 0=Infinite(disabled=no limitation)"
p.u. / s
100000
DelayFuncSelect
In.Reg_Stat_Cur_Lim
"Stator current limiter - select curve

0: fix delay,
1: normal inverse,
2: very inverse,
INT
85
3BHS258025 E07
ABB
Name
Qualified Name
Description
Unit
bool
Default
0
Min
0
Max
1
dUdtPulseFunction_Enable
In.Reg_Stat_Cur_Lim
"Stator current limiter. Enable du/dt pulse function

TRUE = dUdtPulseFunction_Enable
FALSE = dUdtPulseFunction_Enable not available"
Hysteresis
In.Reg_Stat_Cur_Lim
Stator current limiter. Hysteresis to prevent limiter pump
p.u.
0.04
100
Iequivalent
In.Reg_Stat_Cur_Lim
Stator current limiter. Equivalent current for k-factor calculation
p.u.
100
For the time Tequivalent this current is allowed. With this current the k-factor
k=((((Iequivalent/MaxThermalStatorCurrent)^2)-1)*Tequivalent)/80;
Very inverse (2):
k=(((Iequivalent/MaxThermalStatorCurrent)-1)*Tequivalent)/13.5;
Normal inverse (1):
k=((((Iequivalent/MaxThermalStatorCurrent)^0.02)-1)*Tequivalent)/0.14;
When inverse time curve 0 (fix time) is selected, this current will be not used.
MaxThermalStatorCurrent
In.Reg_Stat_Cur_Lim
Stator current limiter. Maximum thermal stator current. (inverse-time function

starts if the stator current exceeds this value)
p.u.
1.05
100
Release_IgCapLim
In.Reg_Stat_Cur_Lim
Stator current limiter. Enable capacitive stator current limiter
bool
Release_IgIndLim
In.Reg_Stat_Cur_Lim
Stator current limiter. Enable inductive stator current limiter
bool
TdynHys
In.Reg_Stat_Cur_Lim
10
60
Tequivalent
In.Reg_Stat_Cur_Lim
"Stator current limiter.

Time after limiter engagement with higher hysteresis. (Helps to prevent
limiter pump)"
Stator current limiter. Equivalent time for k-factor calculation
10
3600
--
0.5
100
3600
For this time the current Iequivalent is allowed. With this time the k-factor of
k=((((Iequivalent/MaxThermalStatorCurrent)^2)-1)*Tequivalent)/80;
Very inverse (2):
k=(((Iequivalent/MaxThermalStatorCurrent)-1)*Tequivalent)/13.5;
Normal inverse (1):
k=((((Iequivalent/MaxThermalStatorCurrent)^0.02)-1)*Tequivalent)/0.14;
fix time.
ThermalCoolingFactor
In.Reg_Stat_Cur_Lim
ThermalDownTime
In.Reg_Stat_Cur_Lim
86
3BHS258025 E07
Stator current limiter. Factor for thermal limit until "Cooling" completed -> Italy
Specification
Stator current limiter. Inverse-time back-integration time
ABB
Name
Qualified Name
Description
Unit
Default
Min
Max
EnableSetPtCorr
In.Reg_Stat_Cur_Lim_Cap_PID
"PID Inductive Stator Current Limiter.

Enables setpoint correction for less regulator deviation
bool
GainReduction
PID Capacitive Stator Current Limiter. Gain reduction for INTEGRAL TYPE
AVR LIMITER
--
0.5
ta
PID Capacitive Stator Current Limiter Lag time constant
1.52
1000
tb
PID Capacitive Stator Current Limiter Lead time constant
0.1
vo
PID Capacitive Stator Current Limiter low frequency gain
--
250
1000
voo
PID Capacitive Stator Current Limiter high frequency gain
--
30
0.1
1000
vp
PID Capacitive Stator Current Limiter proportional gain
--
30
300
EnableSetPtCorr
In.Reg_Stat_Cur_Lim_Ind_PID
"PID Inductive Stator Current Limiter.

Enables setpoint correction for less regulator deviation
bool
GainReduction
PID Inductive Stator Current Limiter. Gain reduction for INTEGRAL TYPE
AVR LIMITER
--
0.5
ta
PID Inductive Stator Current Limiter Lag time constant
1.52
1000
tb
PID Inductive Stator Current Limiter Lead time constant
0.1
vo
PID Inductive Stator Current Limiter low frequency gain
--
250
1000
voo
PID Inductive Stator Current Limiter high frequency gain
--
30
1000
vp
PID Inductive Stator Current Limiter proportional gain
--
30
300
EnaFollowUp
In.Reg_Var_Reg_SetPt
Q Regulator Setpoint. Enable follow-up (Setpoint=actual value)
bool
ExtRefTolerance
"Q Regulator Setpoint.

Tolerance external reference to internal value for switchover."
p.u.
0.01
ExtRefValue
"Q Regulator Setpoint. External reference value

Adaptation of CIT project necessary, allocation of ExtRefValue to
corresponding hardware input"
p.u.
87
3BHS258025 E07
ABB
Name
Qualified Name
Description
Unit
Default
Min
Max
MaxRefValue
Q Regulator Setpoint. Maximal value
p.u.
-100
100
MinRefValue
Q Regulator Setpoint. Minimal value
p.u.
-1
-100
100
RefIntPresetValue
Q Regulator Setpoint. Preset value
p.u.
-100
100
Select_BusbarControl
Q Regulator Setpoint. Select Busbar Q control
p.u.
Select_BusbarSignal
Q Regulator Setpoint. Select Busbar Q for follow-up
p.u.
Select_ExtRefValue
Q Regulator Setpoint. Select external reference value
bool
AuxOff
In.SM_StateMachine
"Auxiliary-off command
Starts the AUX-OFF sequence. By default, only the FCB is opened"
bool
AuxOn
In.SM_StateMachine
"Auxiliary-on command
Starts the AUX-ON sequence. By default, only the FCB is closed"
bool
BlockExcitationStartup
In.SM_StateMachine
Block the ExcitationOn and AuxiliaryOn commands
bool
BreakingSetpoint
In.SM_StateMachine
Constant Manual Setpoint for Breaking sequence
p.u.
0.1
BreakingTime
In.SM_StateMachine
Breaking time for breaking time supervision (too long)
600
6553.5
BusTopology
In.SM_StateMachine
Use BUS Topology (On-Bus / On-Line)
bool
ConvFaultDetectionEnableLevel
In.SM_StateMachine
p.u.
0.1
DischargeLevel
In.SM_StateMachine
"Converter current fault detection enabling level

Minimum excitation current, which is required to release the different
(selected) excitation current monitorings (e.g Conduction Monitoring, ext.& int
short circuit monitoring )"
"Q-discharge level at which the system is considered as discharged
Disable the line charging function
This release does not have this function."
p.u.
0.04
0.2
DischargeOff
In.SM_StateMachine
"Discharge-off command
This command de-activates the superimposed regulator "Discharge" and
brings the system back to "Operation Mode". If the generator Main Breaker
is opened, the OFF command is generated automatically"
bool
DischargeOn
In.SM_StateMachine
"Discharge-on command
This command activates the superimposed regulator "Discharge" and brings
the reactive load back to zero."
bool
EnableAsyncStart
In.SM_StateMachine
Asynchronous machine start.

TRUE: Enable asynchronous machine start sequence
EnableAutoOfflinePreset
In.SM_StateMachine
"Enables "Preset Command" to auto setpoint when going offline"
bool
EnableAutoOfflinePreset2BusTopo
In.SM_StateMachine
Preset auto setpoint to Preset2 when going Off-Line with BusTopology
bool
88
3BHS258025 E07
ABB
Name
Qualified Name
EnableAuxOnTest
In.SM_StateMachine
Command to transfer to "Auxiliary On Test" State
EnableAuxReadyTest
In.SM_StateMachine
Command to transfer to "Auxiliary Ready Test" State
MVA
EnableLCIStartWhenBreaker2Closed
In.SM_StateMachine
Enable the LCI Start Sequence for ExcOn when Breaker 2 is closed
bool
EnableLineChargingSeq
In.SM_StateMachine
Enable the line charging excitation on sequence
bool
EnableManOfflinePreset
In.SM_StateMachine
"Enables "Preset Command" to manual setpoint when going offline"
bool
EnableOperationTest
In.SM_StateMachine
Command to transfer to "Operation Test" State
bool
EnableReadyTest
In.SM_StateMachine
Command to transfer to "Ready Test" State
bool
ExcOff
In.SM_StateMachine
"Excitation off command

Stops excitation by inverter mode. After 60s inverter mode, the firing pulses
are blocked too. Instead of inverter mode, the pulses are blocked
immediately, if the converter input side (field)Circuit Breaker is used."
bool
ExcOn
In.SM_StateMachine
bool
ExcOnStartupTime
In.SM_StateMachine
"Excitation on command
Releases thyristor firing, field flashing with shunt excitation and then the
SOFTSTART_RAMP"
"Excitation On startup time
Aux Supply:
Time, within the setpoint is ramped up from 0 to "Preset value"
Shunt supply:
The elapsed "fire all" and the "field-flashing" time is subtracted from this
value.
With the remaining time, the gradient for the softstartramp is calculated."
15
655.35
ExcOnTimeout
In.SM_StateMachine
"Excitation On timeout time

Maximum allowed duration to bring the Generator voltage (in AVR -Mode) or
the field current (in MAN-Mode) obove 95% of the respective reference value
(inclusive FIRE_ALL period and Field Flashing ).
If exceeded, excitation is shut down by "ExcOnTimeout"(21100)."
20
655.35
ExcStart
In.SM_StateMachine
"Excitation start command

closes FCB if not yet closed and releases thyristor firing, field flashing with
shunt excitation and then the SOFTSTART_RAMP"
bool
ExcStop
In.SM_StateMachine
bool
ExcSysSupplyMode
In.SM_StateMachine
"Excitation stop command

Stops excitation by inverter mode and opens the field breaker as well. After
60s inverter mode, the firing pulses are blocked too. Instead of inverter
mode, the pulses are blocked immediately, if the converter input side (field)
circuit breaker is used."
"Excitation system main supply mode
TRUE = Shunt supply
FALSE = Auxilliary/PMG supply"
bool
89
3BHS258025 E07
Description
Unit
bool
Default
0
Min
0
Max
1
ABB
Name
Qualified Name
FieldFlashTimeout
In.SM_StateMachine
"Field flash timeout time

Maximum allowed duration performed by the Field Flashing circuit (exclusive
FIRE_ALL period before closing the Field Flashing circuit breaker). If
exceeded, excitation is shut down by "FFTimeout"(21099)."
60
FireAllTimeout
In.SM_StateMachine
10
ForceAuto
In.SM_StateMachine
"Fire all timeout time

Allows FIRE ALL period before starting external Flashing Circuit. If the gate
controller is not ready (synchronous) after this period, then the field flashing
breaker is closed automatically
NOTE: The FIRE ALL process can only be restarted after 20s no action (load
limit of the pulse transformer series resistors)."
"Force Auto command
Command which transfers to AUTO (AVR) operation mode"
bool
ForceBackup
In.SM_StateMachine
bool
ForceChannel1
In.SM_StateMachine
bool
ForceChannel2
In.SM_StateMachine
bool
ForceManual
In.SM_StateMachine
"Force BU command
Input for BU channel ON command
NOTE: Remote channel transfer is normally not useful, because with a T6..
system both channels are identical and monitored. Transfer to Manual is
required only for test purposes"
"Force Channel1 command
Input for channel 1 ON command
NOTE: Remote channel transfer is normally not useful, because with an A6
or T6.. system both channels are identically and monitored. Normally the
Standby Channel serves as hot standby and will be automatically blocked if
there is a failure inside."
"Force Channel2 command
Input for channel 2 ON command
NOTE: Remote channel transfer is normally not useful, because with an A6
or T6.. system both channels are identically and monitored. Normally the
Standby Channel serves as hot standby and will be automatically blocked if
there is a failure inside."
"Force Manual command
Command which transfers to MANUAL (If-regulator) operation mode"
bool
ImachZeroLevel
In.SM_StateMachine
Level of the Stator current to detect the rotor standstill in breaking sequence.
p.u.
0.03
ImachZeroTime
In.SM_StateMachine
65.53
InvModeTime
In.SM_StateMachine
The stator current has to be lower than the ImachZero level for this time to
detect a rotor standstill
"Invert mode time
After a excitation off command, the firing angle is set to inverter maximum
(typ. 150el) for this time."
60
655.35
LimitSlipFreq
In.SM_StateMachine
Asynchronous machine start. Slip frequency level when excitation is applied
100
90
3BHS258025 E07
Description
Unit
Default
Min
Max
ABB
Name
Qualified Name
Description
Unit
Default
Min
Max
LineChargingExcOnStartupTime
In.SM_StateMachine
"Line charging excitation on startup time

Aux Supply:
Time, within the setpoint is ramped up from 0 to "Preset value"
Shunt supply:
The elapsed "fire all" and the "field-flashing" time is subtracted from this
value.
With the remaining time, the gradient for the softstartramp is calculated."
120
655.35
MaxFieldCurRedFactorStage2
In.SM_StateMachine
"Max. field current reduction factor for converter fault stage 2

The setpoint for maximum and thermal value of the Ifmax-limiter and the
excitation overcurrent monitoring is reduced by this value"
p.u.
MaxFieldCurRedFactorStage3
In.SM_StateMachine
"Max. field current reduction factor for converter fault stage 3

The setpoint for maximum and thermal value of the Ifmax-limiter and the
excitation overcurrent monitoring is reduced by this value"
p.u.
NoAuxSystemRequired
In.SM_StateMachine
"No additional auxiliary system required (system cooling,..)

This is to by-pass a plant specific AuxOn sequence."
bool
OnLineOnlyUsed
In.SM_StateMachine
"TRUE = Generator-breaker closed feedback only

FALSE = Generator-breaker closed feedback AND additional Generatorbreaker open feedback signal (not part of the standard)
Only one Online signal used
If no separate "OFF_Line" signal is supplied to the I/O Board, this parameter
has to be set to "True". In this case, the "online NOT" is interpreted as
"OFF_Line"
bool
RequestConfigChange
In.SM_StateMachine
"Request system reconfiguration

changing Configuration parameters are only effective, if the system is in the
"Config sequence". To go there, this parameter has to be set to "true" and be
"flashed". Afterwards, the respective channel has to be rebooted."
bool
bool
INT
600
Hint: The "false" condition of this parameter has to be "flashed" also,

otherwise the system waits again in "Config sequence" after the next reboot."
Reset
In.SM_StateMachine
SimModelSelection
In.SM_StateMachine
"Reset
This command will reset those fault memories whose corresponding fault is
not active anymore."
Simulation Model selection [0=off, 1=SMTS_RT, 2=CIO]
SlipDetBlockTime
In.SM_StateMachine
Asynchronous machine start. Blocking time of slip detection
Spare01_Analog
In.SM_StateMachine
Spare Analog Value for ECT
--
Spare01_Digital
In.SM_StateMachine
Spare Digital Value for ECT
bool
Spare02_Analog
In.SM_StateMachine
--
Spare02_Digital
In.SM_StateMachine
bool
Spare03_Analog
In.SM_StateMachine
--
Spare03_Digital
In.SM_StateMachine
bool
91
3BHS258025 E07
ABB
Name
Qualified Name
Description
Unit
Default
Min
Max
Spare04_Analog
In.SM_StateMachine
Spare04_Digital
In.SM_StateMachine
Spare05_Digital
In.SM_StateMachine
Spare06_Digital
In.SM_StateMachine
StartingAnywayTime
In.SM_StateMachine
Asynchronous Machine start

StartingAnywayTime
600
StartingBreakerOpenTime
In.SM_StateMachine
Asynchronous machine start. Time until the starting breaker is opened. Timer
starts when pulses are released
600
TripRelease
In.SM_StateMachine
"Trip release command (for Trip2)

If Trip-condition has to be released by the unit protection, this signal is used
to release the trip-request and trip the excitation system."
UcConstantTime
In.SM_StateMachine
Asynchronous machine start. Time period for Uc=constant
600
UcFixedAsyncStart
In.SM_StateMachine
100
UseExternalSlipMeas
In.SM_StateMachine
Asynchronous machine start. Fixed Uc setpoint for asynchronous machine

start
Asynchronous machine start. Use an external slip measurement. Feed it to
the software via analog input
ForceExcOnCounter
In.Sys_Diagnosis
Diagnosis. Force the ExcOn counter
bool
ForceExcOnCounterValue
In.Sys_Diagnosis
Diagnosis. Forces the ExcOn counter to the specified value
--
65535
ForceExtTripCounter
In.Sys_Diagnosis
Diagnosis. Force the external Trips On-Line counter
bool
ForceExtTripCounterValue
In.Sys_Diagnosis
Diagnosis. Forces the external Trips On-Line counter to the specified value
--
65535
ForceFCB1TripCounter
In.Sys_Diagnosis
Diagnosis. Force the Breaker1 Trip counter
bool
ForceFCB1TripCounterValue
In.Sys_Diagnosis
Diagnosis. Forces the Breaker1 Trip counter to the specified value
--
65535
In.Sys_Diagnosis
bool
In.Sys_Diagnosis
--
65535
In.Sys_Diagnosis
bool
In.Sys_Diagnosis
--
65535
ForceIntTripCounter
In.Sys_Diagnosis
Diagnosis. Force the internal Trips On-Line counter
bool
ForceIntTripCounterValue
In.Sys_Diagnosis
Diagnosis. Forces the internal Trips On-Line counter to the specified value
--
65535
ForceOELimCounter
In.Sys_Diagnosis
Diagnosis. Force the OE Limiter counter
bool
ForceOELimCounterValue
In.Sys_Diagnosis
Diagnosis. Forces the OE Limiter counter to the specified value
--
65535
ForceOnlineHourCounter
In.Sys_Diagnosis
Diagnosis. Force the Online hours counter
bool
ForceOnlineHourCounterDays
In.Sys_Diagnosis
Diagnosis. Forces the Online hour counter to the specified day
--
65535
ForceUELimCounter
In.Sys_Diagnosis
Diagnosis. Force the UE Limiter counter
bool
92
3BHS258025 E07
0
bool
bool
ABB
Name
Qualified Name
Description
Unit
Default
ForceUELimCounterValue
In.Sys_Diagnosis
Diagnosis. Forces the UE Limiter counter to the specified value
--
LicenceKey1
In.Sys_Diagnosis
SW Activation Licence Key Part 1
--
LicenceKey2
In.Sys_Diagnosis
--
LicenceKey3
In.Sys_Diagnosis
--
SaveDiagnosisData
In.Sys_Diagnosis
Diagnosis. Save the diagnosis data
bool
bForceParameterSet
In.Sys_ExcitationSystem
Enable to force a parameter set
bool
bSetTime
Set System time
ChannelConfigWord
CosPhiNom
Min
Max
65535
bool
"Channel config word:

0 = not configured,
1 = Ch1,
2 = Ch1 & BFCR,
3 = Ch1 & Ch2,
4 = Ch1 & Ch2 and BFCR"
INT
Nominal Power Factor (cos Phi) of the machine
--
0.8
EnableDaylightSavingAutoClockChg
bool
EnableRebootCmd
Enable the Daylight Saving automatic clock change (Default: Central

European Daylight Saving Time CEDT. Else change DSTimeZoneInfo
Variable)
Release AC 800PEC Reboot Command
bool
ExcSysName
"Excitation system name

This string is used by the OPC server when creating an event subscription.
Boot parameter. Value can only be changed in the Configuration sequence."
--
ForcedParameterSet
Forced parameter set
INT
LocalTimeZoneDiff
Difference in hours of the local time zone compared to GMT
minutes
-1440
1440
LowerCeilingFactorLimit
"Lower Ceiling Factor Limitation

This parameter is used to limit the ceiling factor.
The default value of -100 is normally far outside the limiting area"
--
-100
-100
100
NominalMachineFreq
Nominal machine frequency.

Value gets freezed after system startup, a change of the value does not take
effect until the next system
Hz
50
50
60
OrderNumber
Order number of Excitation System
--
93
3BHS258025 E07
ABB
Name
Qualified Name
Description
Unit
Default
Min
Max
PreSelChannel1
"Preselect Channel 1 at startup - If selected, Channel 1 will be the active

one after a power-up of the whole system.
- If no channel is selected, the command "force channel x" will cause Ch x
to be the active one
- If both channels are selected, you will get the Alarm "PreSelectionFlt" and
a
"Startup inhibit""
bool
PreSelChannel2
bool
RebootDevice
bool
SaveParToFlash
"Preselect Channel 2 at startup

- If selected, Channel 2 will be the active one after a power-up of the whole
system.
- If no channel is selected, the command "force channel x" will cause Ch x
to be the active one
- If both channels are selected, you will get the Alarm "PreSelectionFlt" and
a
"Startup inhibit""
"Reboot AC 800PEC
""Save parameters to flash memory" command
If the execution is finished, the signal "ParSaveToFlashOK" is activated"
bool
SerialNumber
Serial number of Excitation system
--
SetTime_Day
Set System Time: Day [1-31]
days
31
31
SetTime_Hour
Set System Time: Hour [0-23]
hours
12
23
SetTime_Minute
Set System Time: Minute [0-59]
minutes
30
59
SetTime_Month
Set System Time: Month [1-12]
months
12
SetTime_Second
Set System Time: Second [0-59]
59
SetTime_Year
Set System Time: Year [1970-2099]
years
2010
1970
2099
Td0s
Direct axis no-load transient time constant Td0'

Used in the Rotor Temperature Monitoring function as a filter time constant to
eliminate the induced voltage from (L*di/dt) in Offline operation
9.5
65.53
Tds
Direct axis short circuit transient time constant Td'

Used in the Rotor Temperature Monitoring function as a filter time constant to
eliminate the induced voltage from (L*di/dt) in Online operation
1.01
65.53
UpperCeilingFactorLimit
"Upper Ceiling Factor Limitation

This parameter is used to limit the ceiling factor.
The default value of 100 is normally far outside the limiting area"
--
100
-100
100
94
3BHS258025 E07
ABB
Name
WriteToIpFile
Qualified Name
Description
Unit
"Write to IP files command

This command sets the IP of the associated CCM's, CIO's and CCI's
To do this correctly, it is mandatory, that the IP of the AC 800PEC and the
16 Bit Code Switch at the peripherals is set correct.
The default values are
1 Unit
172.16.0.
2 Unit
3 Unit
.
-
CCM's
21
22
CIO's
31
32
33
Default
Min
Max
bool
CCI's
41
42
43
Note: The remote device has to be rebooted afterwards."
Xd
Direct axis synchronous reactance Xd

Is used for the calculation of the limits of the PQ-Limiter and the PQ-Monitor
p.u.
2.29
100
Xe
Infinite grid reactance Xe

Is used for the calculation of the load angle Delta
(see "ControlIT\Out\Meas_SystemMeasurement\LoadAngle")
p.u.
0.1
6.55
Xq
Quadrature axis synchronous reactance Xq

Is used for the calculation of the load angle Delta
(see "ControlIT\Out\Meas_SystemMeasurement\LoadAngle")
and the Gain Reduction cos(Delta) of the Ig- and the PQ-Limiter
p.u.
2.14
65.53
ActivateExtRef
OperatorCommand
"Operator command.
Activate external reference signal"
bool
LowerActRef
OperatorCommand
"Operator command.
Lower actual reference signal"
bool
RaiseActRef
OperatorCommand
"Operator command.
Raise actual reference signal"
bool
ReleaseControl
OperatorCommand
"Operator command.
Operator control released signal"
bool
RequestControl
OperatorCommand
"Operator command.
Operator control request signal"
bool
ChannelActive
OperatorStatus
"Operator status.
Information that this channel is the active channel"
bool
ChannelBUActive
OperatorStatus
"Operator status.
Information that the backup channel is the active channel"
bool
ControlReleased
OperatorStatus
"Operator status.
Operator control released signal "
bool
95
3BHS258025 E07
ABB
Name
Qualified Name
Description
Unit
ControlStatus
OperatorStatus
"Operator status.
Operator select control status signal [1..6]
2 = SCP (Service Control Panel)
5 = Fieldbus
INT
OtherChannelActive
OperatorStatus
Operator status.
Information, that the indicating channel is NOT the active channel
bool
SubControlStatus
OperatorStatus
"Operator status.
Operator select sub control status of the Excitation Control Terminal (ECT)
0 = Not selected,
1 = ECT"
INT
SubOperatorID
OperatorStatus
"Operator status.
Operator select sub-operator ID of the Excitation Control Terminal (ECT)"
INT
Breaker2Selected
Out.Brk_Breaker
Feedback signal from the "Breaker-Switch-Over" Module, that Breaker2 is

the selected one to react to the FCB ON/OFF commands
FieldBreakerIsClosed
Out.Brk_Breaker
Breaker. Status signal active field breaker is closed
FieldBreakerNotChargedFault
Out.Brk_Breaker
Fieldbreaker Not Charged Fault

The set time, which is allowed to elapse after an Off command, is over and
the required feedback signal is not alive
There is also en entry in the alarm list (21222)
FieldFlashBreakerIsClosed
Out.Brk_Breaker
Breaker. Status signal fieldflash breaker is closed
FieldIsolatorIsClosed
Out.Brk_Breaker
Breaker. Status signal that the breaker switchover is finished
Isolator2Selected
Out.Brk_Breaker
Feedback signal from the "Breaker-Switch-Over" Module, that Isolator 2 is

the selected one to react to the Isolator ON/OFF commands
SwitchOverFinished
Out.Brk_Breaker
Breaker. Status signal that the breaker switchover is finished
BreakerIsClosed
Out.Brk_BreakerGroup1
Breaker group1. Status signal breaker 1 is closed
BreakerIsClosed
BreakerIsClosed
Breaker1IsClosed
Out.Brk_BreakerSwitchOver
Breaker switchover. Status signal breaker 1 is closed
Breaker2IsClosed
Breaker switchover. Status signal breaker 2 is closed
96
3BHS258025 E07
Default
Min
Max
ABB
Name
Qualified Name
Description
SwitchOverFinished
Breaker switchover. Status signal that the breaker switchover is finished
CrowbarFailure
Out.Brk_Crowbar
CrowbarFault
Out.Brk_Crowbar
Crowbar failure status signal

The monitor has at least 2 negative crowbar current pulses detected (the 1st
current pulse released the Alarm LossOfSynch), I.e. the converter supplied
current to the faulty crowbar.
"Crowbar.
Status signal crowbar fault
Alarm the event "CrowbarFlt" is created
Possible reasons: Crowbar not conducting when opening fieldbreaker"
LossOfSynchronism
Out.Brk_Crowbar
Loss of machine synchronism
NegativeCrowbarCurrent
Out.Brk_Crowbar
"Crowbar.
Crowbar current direction detected "
OverVoltageFault
Out.Brk_Crowbar
"Crowbar.
Crowbar positive current detected
Trip1 event "CrowbarOVFlt" is created
Possible reasons:
- The field overvoltage protection (crowbar) was responding on a positive or
negative
field overvoltage
- Negative field overvoltage occurs if an interruption occurs in the power
supply or field circuit"
PositiveCrowbarCurrent
Out.Brk_Crowbar
"Crowbar.
Crowbar current direction detected "
Charged
Out.Brk_FieldBreaker1
"Breaker group1, field breaker1 charged signal

Breaker is back into the position ready to be switched on"
Fault
"Breaker group1, field breaker1.

Combined fault of the following messages:
- Event emergency stop "FCB1TurnOnFlt" or
- trip1 event "FCB1TurnOffFlt" or
- trip1 event "FCB1ManOffFlt" are created"
IsClosed
"Breaker group1, field breaker1

Status signal field breaker 1 is closed,
otherwise the Event "FCB1IsOnMissing" is created"
Location

Status signal of the breaker 1 location AC or DC side
False = AC-side,
True = DC-side"
Charged
"Breaker group2. Field breaker 2 charged signal

Breaker is back into the position ready to be switched on"
97
3BHS258025 E07
Unit
Default
Min
Max
ABB
Name
Qualified Name
Description
Fault

IsClosed

Location
"Breaker group2. Field breaker 2 location signal

False = AC-side,
True = DC-side"
Charged
"Breaker group3. Field breaker3 charged signal

Breaker is back into the position ready to be switched on "
Fault

IsClosed

Location
"Breaker group3. Field breaker 3 location signal

False = AC-side,
True = DC-side"
IsClosed
Out.Brk_FieldFlash
Field flashing. status signal field flash breaker is closed
Fault
Out.Brk_FieldIsolator1
"Field isolator1. General field isolator 1 fault signal

- Alarm "Iso1lTurnOnFlt" or
- Alarm "Iso1lTurnOffFlt" or
- Alarm "Iso1lAntivalFlt" are created"
IsClosed
Field isolator1. Status signal field isolator 1 is closed
Location
"Field isolator1. Field isolator 1 location signal.

Status signal of the isolator 1 location AC or DC side
False = AC-side,
True = DC-side"
98
3BHS258025 E07
Unit
Default
Min
Max
ABB
Name
Qualified Name
Description
Unit
Fault

IsClosed
Location
"Field isolator2. Field isolator 2 location signal

False = AC-side,
True = DC-side"
Fault

IsClosed
Location
"Field isolator3. Field isolator 3 location signal

False = AC-side,
True = DC-side"
IsClosed
Out.Brk_StartingBreaker
Starting breaker status signal
DisableCCMIfMinValueInput
Out.Conv_Converter1
Disable the CCM If min. value input
--
DisableCCMIfTypeSelect
Out.Conv_Converter1
"CCM field current type selection

Selection of the CCM If bipolar output type [-1010V]"
--
IfAbs
Out.Conv_Converter1
"Converter.
Actual excitation current in AMPS.
NOTE: refresh cycle is 1s. Signal forced to zero when gate pulses blocked"
IfRel
Out.Conv_Converter1
p.u.
MaxMeasIconv
Out.Conv_Converter1
"Converter.
Actual excitation current RELATIVE.
NOTE: In the standby channel of a 2 channel system this signal is read from
the active channel."
Max. Measurable converter current
MaxMeasUconv
Out.Conv_Converter1
Max. Measurable converter voltage
OverlapAngle
Out.Conv_Converter1
"Converter.
Calculated overlap angle "
el
UfAbs
Out.Conv_Converter1
"Converter.
Actual excitation voltage in VOLTS."
99
3BHS258025 E07
Default
Min
Max
ABB
Name
Qualified Name
Description
Unit
UfRel
Out.Conv_Converter1
"Converter.
Actual excitation voltage RELATIVE. "
p.u.
USynAbs
Out.Conv_Converter1
"Converter.
Actual converter input voltage in VOLTS. "
USynRel
Out.Conv_Converter1
"Converter.
Actual converter input voltage RELATIVE. "
p.u.
ActualStep
Out.Conv_ConverterFanControl1
Converter 1 actual step of the fan control sequence

0: Fans Off
1: Fan 1 Supply 1
2: Fan 1 Supply 2
3: Fan 2 Supply 1
4: Fan 2 Supply 2
INT
CoolingFailure
Converter 1 both fans and/or supplies failed status
Fan1RunningDays
Converter 1 fan control, fan 1 hour counter value in days [d]
days
Fan1RunningSeconds
Converter 1 fan control, fan 1 hour counter value in seconds [s]
Fan1Supply1Fault
Converter 1 Fan 1 Supply 1 fault status
Fan1Supply1On
Converter 1 Fan 1 Supply 1 On status
Fan1Supply2Fault
Fan1Supply2On
Fan2RunningDays
days
Fan2RunningSeconds
Fan2Supply1Fault
Fan2Supply1On
Fan2Supply2Fault
Fan2Supply2On
Fan2Used
Converter 1 redundant fan configuration (2 fans configured) status
100
3BHS258025 E07
Default
Min
Max
ABB
Name
Qualified Name
Description
Unit
FanOff
Converter 1 Fan is off status signal
FanOn
Converter 1 Fan is on status signal
JumpToStep
Converter 1 fan control sequence jump to step order

0: Fans Off
1: Fan 1 Supply 1
2: Fan 1 Supply 2
3: Fan 2 Supply 1
4: Fan 2 Supply 2
MCB1Fault
Converter 1 Fan Supply Miniature Circuit Breaker 1 fault status
MCB2Fault
Supply2Used
Converter 1 redundant fan supply configuration (2 fan supplies configured)

status
ActualStep

0: Fans Off
1: Fan 1 Supply 1
2: Fan 1 Supply 2
3: Fan 2 Supply 1
4: Fan 2 Supply 2
CoolingFailure
Fan1RunningDays
days
Fan1RunningSeconds
Fan1Supply1Fault
Fan1Supply1On
Fan1Supply2Fault
Fan1Supply2On
Fan2RunningDays
days
Fan2RunningSeconds
Converter 2 fan control, fan 2 hour conuter value in seconds [s]
101
3BHS258025 E07
Default
Min
Max
INT
INT
ABB
Name
Qualified Name
Description
Unit
Fan2Supply1Fault
Fan2Supply1On
Fan2Supply2Fault
Fan2Supply2On
Fan2Used
FanOff
FanOn
JumpToStep

0: Fans Off
1: Fan 1 Supply 1
2: Fan 1 Supply 2
3: Fan 2 Supply 1
4: Fan 2 Supply 2
MCB1Fault
MCB2Fault
Supply2Used

status
ActualStep

0: Fans Off
1: Fan 1 Supply 1
2: Fan 1 Supply 2
3: Fan 2 Supply 1
4: Fan 2 Supply 2
CoolingFailure
Converter 3 both fans and/or supplies failes status
Fan1RunningDays
days
Fan1RunningSeconds
Fan1Supply1Fault
102
3BHS258025 E07
Default
Min
INT
INT
Max
ABB
Name
Qualified Name
Description
Unit
Fan1Supply1On
Fan1Supply2Fault
Fan1Supply2On
Fan2RunningDays
days
Fan2RunningSeconds
Fan2Supply1Fault
Fan2Supply1On
Fan2Supply2Fault
Fan2Supply2On
Fan2Used
FanOff
FanOn
JumpToStep

0: Fans Off
1: Fan 1 Supply 1
2: Fan 1 Supply 2
3: Fan 2 Supply 1
4: Fan 2 Supply 2
MCB1Fault
MCB2Fault
Supply2Used

status
103
3BHS258025 E07
Default
Min
Max
INT
ABB
Name
Qualified Name
Description
Unit
ActualStep

0: Fans Off
1: Fan 1 Supply 1
2: Fan 1 Supply 2
3: Fan 2 Supply 1
4: Fan 2 Supply 2
CoolingFailure
Fan1RunningDays
days
Fan1RunningSeconds
Fan1Supply1Fault
Fan1Supply1On
Fan1Supply2Fault
Fan1Supply2On
Fan2RunningDays
days
Fan2RunningSeconds
Fan2Supply1Fault
Fan2Supply1On
Fan2Supply2Fault
Fan2Supply2On
Fan2Used
FanOff
FanOn
104
3BHS258025 E07
Default
Min
INT
Max
ABB
Name
Qualified Name
Description
Unit
JumpToStep

0: Fans Off
1: Fan 1 Supply 1
2: Fan 1 Supply 2
3: Fan 2 Supply 1
4: Fan 2 Supply 2
MCB1Fault
MCB2Fault
Supply2Used

status
ActualStep

0: Fans Off
1: Fan 1 Supply 1
2: Fan 1 Supply 2
3: Fan 2 Supply 1
4: Fan 2 Supply 2
CoolingFailure
Fan1RunningDays
days
Fan1RunningSeconds
Fan1Supply1Fault
Fan1Supply1On
Fan1Supply2Fault
Fan1Supply2On
Fan2RunningDays
days
Fan2RunningSeconds
Fan2Supply1Fault
Fan2Supply1On
105
3BHS258025 E07
Default
Min
Max
INT
INT
ABB
Name
Qualified Name
Description
Unit
Fan2Supply2Fault
Fan2Supply2On
Fan2Used
FanOff
FanOn
JumpToStep

0: Fans Off
1: Fan 1 Supply 1
2: Fan 1 Supply 2
3: Fan 2 Supply 1
4: Fan 2 Supply 2
MCB1Fault
MCB2Fault
Supply2Used

status
ActualStep

0: Fans Off
1: Fan 1 Supply 1
2: Fan 1 Supply 2
3: Fan 2 Supply 1
4: Fan 2 Supply 2
CoolingFailure
Fan1RunningDays
days
Fan1RunningSeconds
Fan1Supply1Fault
Fan1Supply1On
Fan1Supply2Fault
106
3BHS258025 E07
Default
Min
INT
INT
Max
ABB
Name
Qualified Name
Description
Unit
Fan1Supply2On
Fan2RunningDays
days
Fan2RunningSeconds
Fan2Supply1Fault
Fan2Supply1On
Fan2Supply2Fault
Fan2Supply2On
Fan2Used
FanOff
FanOn
JumpToStep

0: Fans Off
1: Fan 1 Supply 1
2: Fan 1 Supply 2
3: Fan 2 Supply 1
4: Fan 2 Supply 2
MCB1Fault
MCB2Fault
Supply2Used

status
ActualStep

0: Fans Off
1: Fan 1 Supply 1
2: Fan 1 Supply 2
3: Fan 2 Supply 1
4: Fan 2 Supply 2
CoolingFailure
107
3BHS258025 E07
Default
Min
Max
INT
INT
ABB
Name
Qualified Name
Description
Unit
Fan1RunningDays
days
Fan1RunningSeconds
Fan1Supply1Fault
Fan1Supply1On
Fan1Supply2Fault
Fan1Supply2On
Fan2RunningDays
days
Fan2RunningSeconds
Fan2Supply1Fault
Fan2Supply1On
Fan2Supply2Fault
Fan2Supply2On
Fan2Used
FanOff
FanOn
JumpToStep
Converter 7 Next step of the fan control sequence

0: Fans Off
1: Fan 1 Supply 1
2: Fan 1 Supply 2
3: Fan 2 Supply 1
4: Fan 2 Supply 2
MCB1Fault
MCB2Fault
108
3BHS258025 E07
Default
Min
INT
Max
ABB
Name
Qualified Name
Description
Unit
Supply2Used

status
ActualStep

0: Fans Off
1: Fan 1 Supply 1
2: Fan 1 Supply 2
3: Fan 2 Supply 1
4: Fan 2 Supply 2
CoolingFailure
Fan1RunningDays
days
Fan1RunningSeconds
Fan1Supply1Fault
Fan1Supply1On
Fan1Supply2Fault
Fan1Supply2On
Fan2RunningDays
days
Fan2RunningSeconds
Fan2Supply1Fault
Fan2Supply1On
Fan2Supply2Fault
Fan2Supply2On
Fan2Used
FanOff
FanOn
109
3BHS258025 E07
Default
Min
Max
INT
ABB
Name
Qualified Name
Description
Unit
JumpToStep

0: Fans Off
1: Fan 1 Supply 1
2: Fan 1 Supply 2
3: Fan 2 Supply 1
4: Fan 2 Supply 2
MCB1Fault
MCB2Fault
Supply2Used

status
AirTemp1Level1Fault
Out.Conv_ConverterModule1
"Converter 1.
Alarm event "AirTemp1Lev1Flt" is created
- air temperature 1 exceeded"
AirTemp1Level2Fault
"Converter 1.
AirTemp1SensFault
"Converter 1.
Alarm event "ThyrTemp1SensFl" is created
-air temperature 1 sensor fault"
AirTemp2Level1Fault
"Converter 1.
AirTemp2Level2Fault
"Converter 1.
AirTemp2SensFault
"Converter 1.
- air temperature 2 sensor fault"
ConverterAirTemp1
Converter 1, converter air temperature 1
ConverterAirTemp2
ConverterTrip
Converter 1, converter is tripped
ConvModuleFaults1FaultsActive
Converter 1, Common alarm of converter fault matrix 1
110
3BHS258025 E07
Default
Min
INT
Max
ABB
Name
Qualified Name
Description
ConvOvrTempTrip
Converter 1 detected an overtemperature (>140C) at air temp outlet (Air

temp 2)
CubicleDoorFault
"Converter 1.
Alarm event "DoorFlt" is created
- cubicle door open"
EmergencyCoolingOn
Emergency cooling enabled status on converter 1.

Emergency cooling will be enabled at 120C outlet (Air temp 2) temperature
and will be disabled at 50 outlet temperature.
EnableFanControl
Converter 1, converter fan control enabled
FanManual
Converter 1, fan is in manual operation mode
Ifdc
Converter 1, field current measurement signal
NegCurr
Converter 1, converter has negative current
PulsBlockContactorClosed
"Converter 1,
Converter trip event "PulseBlockFault" is created
- Pulse block contactor closed indication"
RNFault
"Converter 1.
Converter trip event "ThyrFlt_Rn" is created
- fault of the thyristor phase R negative"
RPFault
"Converter 1.
Converter trip event "ThyrFlt_Rp" is created
- fault of the thyristor phase R positive"
SNFault
"Converter 1.
Converter trip event "ThyrFlt_Sn" is created
- fault of the thyristor phase S negative"
SnubberFuseFault
"Converter 1.
Alarm event "SnubberFuseFlt" is created
- snubber fuse fault"
SnubberSwiFault
"Converter 1.
Converter trip event "SnubberSwiFlt" is created
- snubber switch fault"
SPFault
"Converter 1.
Converter trip event "ThyrFlt_Sp" is created
- fault of the thyristor phase S positive"
111
3BHS258025 E07
Unit
Default
Min
Max
p.u.
ABB
Name
Qualified Name
Description
StandbyCoolingFault
StandbyCoolingOn
TestPositionContactorClosed
ThyrCaseTemp1
Converter 1, thyristor case temperature 1
ThyrCaseTemp1Level1Fault
"Converter 1.
Alarm event "ThyrTemp2Lev1Fl" is created
- thyristor case temperature 2 exceeded"
"Converter 1.
Converter trip event "ThyrTemp1Lev2Fl" is created
- thyristor case temperature 1 exceeded (10 C over the alarm level)"
ThyrCaseTemp2
"Converter 1.
"Converter 1.
ThyrCaseTemp3
"Converter 1.
"Converter 1.
ThyrCaseTemp4
112
3BHS258025 E07
Unit
Default
Min
Standby cooling fault status of converter 1.

When the temperature does not drop below "Air inlet Alarm level - 5" within
600s or the duty cycle or the standby cooling is higher than 10% the standby
cooling fault gets active.
Standby cooling will be enabled 3C below the inlet (Air temp 1) alarm level
and will be disabled 5 below the inlet alarm level. The standby cooling will be
activated for at least 60s.
Standby cooling enabled status on converter 1.
and will be disabled 5 below the inlet alarm level. The standby cooling is
activated for at least 60s. If the temperature does not drop below "Alarm level
- 5" within 600s or the duty cycle or the standby cooling is higher than 10%,
the standby cooling fault gets active.
"Converter 1,
There is no default event group selected, the event "TestPosition" is created
- Converter is in test position indication"
Max
ABB
Name
Qualified Name
Description
Unit
"Converter 1.
"Converter 1.
ThyrCaseTemp5
"Converter 1.
"Converter 1.
ThyrCaseTemp6
"Converter 1.
Converter 1.
- thyristor case temperature 6 exceeded (10 C over the alarm level)
ThyrCur1
Converter 1, converter thyristor current 1
ThyrCur2
ThyrCur3
ThyrCur4
ThyrCur5
ThyrCur6
ThyristorFuseFault
"Converter 1.
Alarm event "ThyristorFuseFlt" is created
- thyristor fuse fault"
ThyrTemp1SensFault
"Converter 1.
- thyristor case temperature 1 sensor fault"
113
3BHS258025 E07
Default
Min
Max
ABB
Name
Qualified Name
Description
Unit
ThyrTemp2SensFault
"Converter 1.
ThyrTemp3SensFault
"Converter 1.
ThyrTemp4SensFault
"Converter 1.
ThyrTemp5SensFault
"Converter 1.
ThyrTemp6SensFault
"Converter 1.
TNFault
"Converter 1.
Converter trip event "ThyrFlt_Tn" is created
- fault of the thyristor phase T negative"
TPFault
"Converter 1.
Converter trip event "ThyrFlt_Tp" is created
- fault of the thyristor phase T positive"
Uf
Converter 1, field voltage measurement signal
p.u.
Usyn
Converter 1, synchronous voltage measurement signal
p.u.
AirTemp1Level1Fault
"Converter 2.
AirTemp1Level2Fault
"Converter 2.
AirTemp1SensFault
"Converter 2.
AirTemp2Level1Fault
"Converter 2.
AirTemp2Level2Fault
"Converter 2.
114
3BHS258025 E07
Default
Min
Max
ABB
Name
Qualified Name
Description
Unit
AirTemp2SensFault
"Converter 2.
ConverterAirTemp1
ConverterAirTemp2
ConverterTrip
ConvOvrTempTrip

temp 2)
CubicleDoorFault
"Converter 2.
EmergencyCoolingOn

EnableFanControl
FanManual
Ifdc
NegCurr
"Converter 2,
RNFault
"Converter 2.
RPFault
"Converter 2.
115
3BHS258025 E07
Default
Min
Max
p.u.
ABB
Name
Qualified Name
Description
Unit
SNFault
"Converter 2.
SnubberFuseFault
"Converter 2.
SnubberSwiFault
"Converter 2.
SPFault
"Converter 2.
StandbyCoolingFault
StandbyCoolingOn

When the temperature do not drop below "Air inlet Alarm level - 5" within
activated for at least 60s. When the temperature do not drop below "Alarm
level - 5" within 600s or the duty cycle or the standby cooling is higher than
10% the standby cooling fault gets active.
"Converter 2,
ThyrCaseTemp1
"Converter 2.
"Converter 2.
Converter trip event ""ThyrTemp1Lev2Fl"" is created
ThyrCaseTemp2
"Converter 2.
116
3BHS258025 E07
Default
Min
Max
ABB
Name
Qualified Name
Description
Unit
"Converter 2.
ThyrCaseTemp3
"Converter 2.
"Converter 2.
ThyrCaseTemp4
"Converter 2.
"Converter 2.
ThyrCaseTemp5
"Converter 2.
"Converter 2.
ThyrCaseTemp6
"Converter 2.
"Converter 2.
ThyrCur1
ThyrCur2
117
3BHS258025 E07
Default
Min
Max
ABB
Name
Qualified Name
Description
Unit
ThyrCur3
ThyrCur4
ThyrCur5
ThyrCur6
ThyristorFuseFault
"Converter 2.
ThyrTemp1SensFault
"Converter 2.
ThyrTemp2SensFault
"Converter 2.
ThyrTemp3SensFault
"Converter 2.
ThyrTemp4SensFault
"Converter 2.
ThyrTemp5SensFault
"Converter 2.
ThyrTemp6SensFault
"Converter 2.
TNFault
"Converter 2.
TPFault
"Converter 2.
Uf
p.u.
Usyn
p.u.
118
3BHS258025 E07
Default
Min
Max
ABB
Name
Qualified Name
Description
Unit
AirTemp1Level1Fault
"Converter 3.
AirTemp1Level2Fault
"Converter 3.
AirTemp1SensFault
"Converter 3.
AirTemp2Level1Fault
"Converter 3.
AirTemp2Level2Fault
"Converter 3.
AirTemp2SensFault
"Converter 3.
ConverterAirTemp1
ConverterAirTemp2
ConverterTrip
ConvOvrTempTrip

temp 2)
CubicleDoorFault
"Converter 3.
EmergencyCoolingOn

EnableFanControl
119
3BHS258025 E07
Default
Min
Max
ABB
Name
Qualified Name
Description
Unit
FanManual
Ifdc
NegCurr
"Converter 3,
RNFault
"Converter 3.
RPFault
"Converter 3.
SNFault
"Converter 3.
SnubberFuseFault
"Converter 3.
SnubberSwiFault
"Converter 3.
SPFault
"Converter 3.
StandbyCoolingFault
StandbyCoolingOn

If the temperature does not drop below "Air inlet Alarm level - 5" within 600s
or the duty cycle or the standby cooling is higher than 10% the standby
120
3BHS258025 E07
Default
Min
p.u.
Max
ABB
Name
Qualified Name
Description
"Converter 3,
ThyrCaseTemp1
"Converter 3.
"Converter 3.
ThyrCaseTemp2
"Converter 3.
"Converter 3.
ThyrCaseTemp3
"Converter 3.
"Converter 3.
ThyrCaseTemp4
"Converter 3.
"Converter 3.
ThyrCaseTemp5
"Converter 3.
121
3BHS258025 E07
Unit
Default
Min
Max
ABB
Name
Qualified Name
Description
Unit
"Converter 3.
ThyrCaseTemp6
"Converter 3.
"Converter 3.
ThyrCur1
ThyrCur2
ThyrCur3
ThyrCur4
ThyrCur5
ThyrCur6
ThyristorFuseFault
"Converter 3.
ThyrTemp1SensFault
"Converter 3.
ThyrTemp2SensFault
"Converter 3.
ThyrTemp3SensFault
"Converter 3.
ThyrTemp4SensFault
"Converter 3.
122
3BHS258025 E07
Default
Min
Max
ABB
Name
Qualified Name
Description
Unit
ThyrTemp5SensFault
"Converter 3.
ThyrTemp6SensFault
"Converter 3.
TNFault
"Converter 3.
TPFault
"Converter 3.
Uf
p.u.
Usyn
p.u.
AirTemp1Level1Fault
"Converter 4.
AirTemp1Level2Fault
"Converter 4.
AirTemp1SensFault
"Converter 4.
AirTemp2Level1Fault
"Converter 4.
AirTemp2Level2Fault
"Converter 4.
AirTemp2SensFault
"Converter 4.
ConverterAirTemp1
ConverterAirTemp2
ConverterTrip
123
3BHS258025 E07
Default
Min
Max
ABB
Name
Qualified Name
Description
Unit
ConvOvrTempTrip

temp 2)
CubicleDoorFault
"Converter 4.
EmergencyCoolingOn

EnableFanControl
FanManual
Ifdc
NegCurr
"Converter 4,
RNFault
"Converter 4.
RPFault
"Converter 4.
SNFault
"Converter 4.
SnubberFuseFault
"Converter 4.
SnubberSwiFault
"Converter 4.
124
3BHS258025 E07
Default
Min
p.u.
Max
ABB
Name
Qualified Name
Description
SPFault
"Converter 4.
StandbyCoolingFault
StandbyCoolingOn
ThyrCaseTemp1

"Converter 4,
There is no default event group selected, the event ""TestPosition"" is
created
- Converter is in test position indication "
"Converter 4.
"Converter 4.
ThyrCaseTemp2
"Converter 4.
"Converter 4.
ThyrCaseTemp3
"Converter 4.
125
3BHS258025 E07
Unit
Default
Min
Max
ABB
Name
Qualified Name
Description
Unit
"Converter 4.
ThyrCaseTemp4
"Converter 4.
"Converter 4.
ThyrCaseTemp5
"Converter 4.
"Converter 4.
ThyrCaseTemp6
Stromrichter 4, Thyristorgehusetemperatur 6
"Converter 4.
"Converter 4.
ThyrCur1
ThyrCur2
ThyrCur3
ThyrCur4
ThyrCur5
ThyrCur6
126
3BHS258025 E07
Default
Min
Max
ABB
Name
Qualified Name
Description
Unit
ThyristorFuseFault
"Converter 4.
ThyrTemp1SensFault
"Converter 4.
ThyrTemp2SensFault
"Converter 4.
ThyrTemp3SensFault
"Converter 4.
ThyrTemp4SensFault
"Converter 4.
ThyrTemp5SensFault
"Converter 4.
ThyrTemp6SensFault
"Converter 4.
TNFault
"Converter 4.
TPFault
"Converter 4.
Uf
p.u.
Usyn
p.u.
AirTemp1Level1Fault
"Converter 5.
AirTemp1Level2Fault
"Converter 5.
AirTemp1SensFault
"Converter 5.
127
3BHS258025 E07
Default
Min
Max
ABB
Name
Qualified Name
Description
Unit
AirTemp2Level1Fault
"Converter 5.
AirTemp2Level2Fault
"Converter 5.
AirTemp2SensFault
"Converter 5.
ConverterAirTemp1
ConverterAirTemp2
ConverterTrip
ConvOvrTempTrip

temp 2)
CubicleDoorFault
"Converter 5.
EmergencyCoolingOn

EnableFanControl
FanManual
Ifdc
NegCurr
"Converter 5
128
3BHS258025 E07
Default
Min
p.u.
Max
ABB
Name
Qualified Name
Description
RNFault
"Converter 5.
RPFault
"Converter 5.
SNFault
"Converter 5.
SnubberFuseFault
"Converter 5.
SnubberSwiFault
"Converter 5.
SPFault
"Converter 5.
StandbyCoolingFault
StandbyCoolingOn

"Converter 5,
ThyrCaseTemp1
"Converter 5.
"Converter 5.
129
3BHS258025 E07
Unit
Default
Min
Max
ABB
Name
Qualified Name
Description
ThyrCaseTemp2
"Converter 5.
"Converter 5.
ThyrCaseTemp3
"Converter 5.
"Converter 5.
ThyrCaseTemp4
"Converter 5.
"Converter 5.
ThyrCaseTemp5
"Converter 5.
"Converter 5.
ThyrCaseTemp6
"Converter 5.
"Converter 5.
130
3BHS258025 E07
Unit
Default
Min
Max
ABB
Name
Qualified Name
Description
Unit
ThyrCur1
ThyrCur2
ThyrCur3
ThyrCur4
ThyrCur5
ThyrCur6
ThyristorFuseFault
"Converter 5.
ThyrTemp1SensFault
"Converter 5.
ThyrTemp2SensFault
"Converter 5.
ThyrTemp3SensFault
"Converter 5.
ThyrTemp4SensFault
"Converter 5.
ThyrTemp5SensFault
"Converter 5.
ThyrTemp6SensFault
"Converter 5.
TNFault
"Converter 5.
TPFault
"Converter 5.
131
3BHS258025 E07
Default
Min
Max
ABB
Name
Qualified Name
Description
Unit
Uf
p.u.
Usyn
p.u.
AirTemp1Level1Fault
"Converter 6.
AirTemp1Level2Fault
"Converter 6.
AirTemp1SensFault
"Converter 6.
AirTemp2Level1Fault
"Converter 6.
AirTemp2Level2Fault
"Converter 6.
AirTemp2SensFault
"Converter 6.
ConverterAirTemp1
ConverterAirTemp2
ConverterTrip
ConvOvrTempTrip

temp 2)
CubicleDoorFault
"Converter 6.
132
3BHS258025 E07
Default
Min
Max
ABB
Name
Qualified Name
Description
EmergencyCoolingOn

EnableFanControl
FanManual
Ifdc
NegCurr
"Converter 6,
RNFault
"Converter 6.
RPFault
"Converter 6.
SNFault
"Converter 6.
SnubberFuseFault
"Converter 6.
SnubberSwiFault
"Converter 6.
SPFault
"Converter 6.
StandbyCoolingFault

133
3BHS258025 E07
Unit
Default
Min
Max
p.u.
ABB
Name
Qualified Name
Description
StandbyCoolingOn
ThyrCaseTemp1
"Converter 6.
"Converter 6.
ThyrCaseTemp2
"Converter 6.
"Converter 6.
ThyrCaseTemp3
"Converter 6.
"Converter 6.
ThyrCaseTemp4
"Converter 6.
"Converter 6.
134
3BHS258025 E07
Unit
Default
Min

"Converter 6,
- Converter is in test position indication "
C
Max
ABB
Name
Qualified Name
Description
Unit
ThyrCaseTemp5
"Converter 6.
"Converter 6.
ThyrCaseTemp6
"Converter 6.
"Converter 6.
ThyrCur1
ThyrCur2
ThyrCur3
ThyrCur4
ThyrCur5
ThyrCur6
ThyristorFuseFault
"Converter 6.
ThyrTemp1SensFault
"Converter 6.
ThyrTemp2SensFault
"Converter 6.
ThyrTemp3SensFault
"Converter 6.
135
3BHS258025 E07
Default
Min
Max
ABB
Name
Qualified Name
Description
Unit
ThyrTemp4SensFault
"Converter 6.
ThyrTemp5SensFault
"Converter 6.
ThyrTemp6SensFault
"Converter 6.
TNFault
"Converter 6.
TPFault
"Converter 6.
Uf
p.u.
Usyn
p.u.
AirTemp1Level1Fault
"Converter 7.
AirTemp1Level2Fault
"Converter 7.
AirTemp1SensFault
"Converter 7.
AirTemp2Level1Fault
"Converter 7.
AirTemp2Level2Fault
"Converter 7.
AirTemp2SensFault
"Converter 7.
ConverterAirTemp1
136
3BHS258025 E07
Default
Min
Max
ABB
Name
Qualified Name
Description
ConverterAirTemp2
ConverterTrip
ConvOvrTempTrip
Converter7 detected an overtemperature (>140C) at air temp outlet (Air

temp 2)
CubicleDoorFault
"Converter 7.
EmergencyCoolingOn

EnableFanControl
FanManual
Ifdc
NegCurr
"Converter 7,
RNFault
"Converter 7.
RPFault
"Converter 7.
SNFault
"Converter 7.
137
3BHS258025 E07
Unit
Default
Min
Max
p.u.
ABB
Name
Qualified Name
Description
Unit
SnubberFuseFault
"Converter 7.
SnubberSwiFault
"Converter 7.
SPFault
"Converter 7.
StandbyCoolingFault
StandbyCoolingOn

"Converter 7,
ThyrCaseTemp1
"Converter 7.
"Converter 7.
ThyrCaseTemp2
"Converter 7.
"Converter 7.
138
3BHS258025 E07
Default
Min
Max
ABB
Name
Qualified Name
Description
Unit
ThyrCaseTemp3
"Converter 7.
"Converter 7.
ThyrCaseTemp4
"Converter 7.
"Converter 7.
ThyrCaseTemp5
"Converter 7.
"Converter 7.
ThyrCaseTemp6
"Converter 7.
"Converter 7.
ThyrCur1
ThyrCur2
ThyrCur3
ThyrCur4
139
3BHS258025 E07
Default
Min
Max
ABB
Name
Qualified Name
Description
Unit
ThyrCur5
ThyrCur6
ThyristorFuseFault
"Converter 7.
ThyrTemp1SensFault
"Converter 7.
ThyrTemp2SensFault
"Converter 7.
ThyrTemp3SensFault
"Converter 7.
ThyrTemp4SensFault
"Converter 7.
ThyrTemp5SensFault
"Converter 7.
ThyrTemp6SensFault
"Converter 7.
TNFault
"Converter 7.
TPFault
"Converter 7.
Uf
p.u.
Usyn
p.u.
AirTemp1Level1Fault
"Converter 8.
140
3BHS258025 E07
Default
Min
Max
ABB
Name
Qualified Name
Description
Unit
AirTemp1Level2Fault
"Converter 8.
AirTemp1SensFault
"Converter 8.
AirTemp2Level1Fault
"Converter 8.
AirTemp2Level2Fault
"Converter 8.
AirTemp2SensFault
"Converter 8.
ConverterAirTemp1
ConverterAirTemp2
ConverterTrip
ConvOvrTempTrip

temp 2)
CubicleDoorFault
"Converter 8.
EmergencyCoolingOn

EnableFanControl
FanManual
141
3BHS258025 E07
Default
Min
Max
ABB
Name
Qualified Name
Description
Unit
Ifdc
NegCurr
"Converter 8,
RNFault
"Converter 8.
RPFault
"Converter 8.
SNFault
"Converter 8.
SnubberFuseFault
"Converter 8.
SnubberSwiFault
"Converter 8.
SPFault
"Converter 8.
StandbyCoolingFault
StandbyCoolingOn

If the temperature does not drop below "Air inlet Alarm level - 5" within 600s
or the duty cycle or the standby cooling is higher than 10%, the standby
activated for at least 60s. If the temperature does not drop below "Alarm level
- 5" within 600s or the duty cycle or the standby cooling is higher than 10%,
the standby cooling fault gets active.
"Converter 8,
142
3BHS258025 E07
Default
Min
p.u.
Max
ABB
Name
Qualified Name
Description
ThyrCaseTemp1
"Converter 8.
"Converter 8.
ThyrCaseTemp2
"Converter 8.
"Converter 8.
ThyrCaseTemp3
"Converter 8.
"Converter 8.
ThyrCaseTemp4
"Converter 8.
"Converter 8.
ThyrCaseTemp5
"Converter 8.
"Converter 8.
143
3BHS258025 E07
Unit
Default
Min
Max
ABB
Name
Qualified Name
Description
Unit
ThyrCaseTemp6
"Converter 8.
"Converter 8.
ThyrCur1
ThyrCur2
ThyrCur3
ThyrCur4
ThyrCur5
ThyrCur6
ThyristorFuseFault
"Converter 8.
ThyrTemp1SensFault
"Converter 8.
ThyrTemp2SensFault
"Converter 8.
ThyrTemp3SensFault
"Converter 8.
ThyrTemp4SensFault
"Converter 8.
ThyrTemp5SensFault
"Converter 8.
144
3BHS258025 E07
Default
Min
Max
ABB
Name
Qualified Name
Description
Unit
ThyrTemp6SensFault
"Converter 8.
TNFault
"Converter 8.
TPFault
"Converter 8.
Uf
p.u.
Usyn
p.u.
CCI1Active
Out.Conv_ConverterSystem1
Converter module 1 is active
CCI1Tripped
Converter module 1 is tripped
CCI2Active
CCI2Tripped
CCI3Active
CCI3Tripped
CCI4Active
CCI4Tripped
CCI5Active
CCI5Tripped
CCI6Active
CCI6Tripped
CCI7Active
145
3BHS258025 E07
Default
Min
Max
ABB
Name
Qualified Name
Description
Unit
CCI7Tripped
CCI8Active
CCI8Tripped
ConvOvrTempTrip
Any of the converters detected an overtemperature (>140C) at air temp

outlet (Air temp 2)
EnableConverterModule1
Converter module 1 is enabled
FaultStage1
Converter fault stage fault 1
FaultStage2
FaultStage3
FaultStage4
SoftwareVersionCCI1
CCI 1 Software version number
--
SoftwareVersionCCI2
--
SoftwareVersionCCI3
--
146
3BHS258025 E07
Default
Min
Max
ABB
Name
Qualified Name
Description
Unit
SoftwareVersionCCI4
--
SoftwareVersionCCI5
--
SoftwareVersionCCI6
--
SoftwareVersionCCI7
--
SoftwareVersionCCI8
--
TwinCCI1Active
Converter 1 active status signal in case of cold standby bridges
TwinCCI2Active
Converter 2 active status signal in case of cold standby bridges
USynActive
Synchronous voltage measurement is active for the synchronization
CIOFaults1FaultsActive
Out.Meas_CIO1
FaultGroup has active Faults
DeviceID
Out.Meas_CIO1
CIO1 device ID
Redundant
Out.Meas_CIO1
"Status signal CIO1 is redundant

Redundancy fault "CIO1RedFault" is created"
Trip
Out.Meas_CIO1
Status signal CIO1 is tripped

Redundancy fault "CIO1Trip" is created"
Out.Meas_CIO2

DeviceID
Out.Meas_CIO2
CIO2 device ID
Redundant
Out.Meas_CIO2

Trip
Out.Meas_CIO2

Out.Meas_CIO3

DeviceID
Out.Meas_CIO3
CIO3 device ID
Redundant
Out.Meas_CIO3

Trip
Out.Meas_CIO3

Out.Meas_CIO4

147
3BHS258025 E07
Default
Min
Max
--
ABB
Name
Qualified Name
Description
DeviceID
Out.Meas_CIO4
CIO4 device ID
Redundant
Out.Meas_CIO4

Trip
Out.Meas_CIO4

Out.Meas_CIO5
DeviceID
Out.Meas_CIO5
CIO5 device ID
Redundant
Out.Meas_CIO5

Trip
Out.Meas_CIO5
"Status signal CIO5 is tripped

Out.Meas_CIO6
DeviceID
Out.Meas_CIO6
CIO6 device ID
Redundant
Out.Meas_CIO6

Trip
Out.Meas_CIO6

Out.Meas_CIO7
DeviceID
Out.Meas_CIO7
CIO7 device ID
Redundant
Out.Meas_CIO7

Trip
Out.Meas_CIO7

Out.Meas_CIO8
DeviceID
Out.Meas_CIO8
CIO8 device ID
Redundant
Out.Meas_CIO8

Trip
Out.Meas_CIO8

CIO1Identified
Out.Meas_CIOConfig
"CIO1 identification signal

Signal is true, if the set ID corresponds to the used PowerLink"
CIO2Identified
Out.Meas_CIOConfig

CIO3Identified
Out.Meas_CIOConfig

148
3BHS258025 E07
Unit
Default
Min
Max
ABB
Name
Qualified Name
Description
Unit
CIO4Identified
Out.Meas_CIOConfig

CIO5Identified
Out.Meas_CIOConfig

CIO6Identified
Out.Meas_CIOConfig

CIO7Identified
Out.Meas_CIOConfig

CIO8Identified
Out.Meas_CIOConfig

ConfigWordFault
Out.Meas_CIOConfig
"CIO configuration word fault

Alarm event "ConfigWordFlt" is created"
SoftwareVersionCIO1
Out.Meas_CIOConfig
CIO1 software version number
SoftwareVersionCIO2
Out.Meas_CIOConfig
SoftwareVersionCIO3
Out.Meas_CIOConfig
SoftwareVersionCIO4
Out.Meas_CIOConfig
SoftwareVersionCIO5
Out.Meas_CIOConfig
SoftwareVersionCIO6
Out.Meas_CIOConfig
CIO 6 software version number
SoftwareVersionCIO7
Out.Meas_CIOConfig
SoftwareVersionCIO8
Out.Meas_CIOConfig
CIO 8 software version number
Trip
Out.Meas_CIOConfig
"Any CIO trip signal

Combined message of a tripped signal from one of the CIO's
Disjunction of the Redundancy fault "CIO1Trip" to "CIO4Trip" is created"
CosPhi
Out.Meas_SystemMeasurement
Actual measurement value of the Cosinus Phi between Stator Voltage and
Stator Current
--
CosPhib
--
fAbs
"Busbar Power Factor signal used for PANEL indication.

NOTE: refresh cycle is 20ms. Signal is forced to zero if machine is
OFF_LINE.
+ sign means P and Q have the same signs (e.g. power and reactive power
generation).
- sign means P and Q have different signs (e.g. power generation and
reactive power consumption)."
Actual measurement value of the "Machine Frequency" in [Hz]
fbAbs
Actual measurement value of the "Busbar Frequency" in [Hz]
Hz
149
3BHS258025 E07
Default
Min
Max
Hz
ABB
Name
Qualified Name
Description
Unit
fRel
"Actual measurement value of the "Machine Frequency"

The value is displayed in [p.u.], so the "Nominal Frequency"
corresponds to the value 1.0 "
p.u.
IbAbs
Actual measurement value of the "Busbar current" in [kA]
kA
IbActiveAbs
Actual measurement value of the "Active Busbar current" in [kA]
kA
IbActiveRel
p.u.
IbReactiveAbs
"Actual measurement value of the ""Active Busbar Current""

The value is displayed in [p.u.], so the value of the ""Nominal Busbar
Current""
Actual measurement value of the "Reactive Busbar current" in [kA]
IbReactiveRel
p.u.
IbRel
"Actual measurement value of the "Reactive Busbar Current"

The value is displayed in [p.u.], so the value of the "Nominal Busbar
Current"
"Actual measurement value of the "Busbar Current"
The value is displayed in [p.u.], so the "Nominal Busbar Current"
IgAbs
Actual measurement value of the "Stator current" in [kA]
kA
IgActiveAbs
Actual measurement value of the "Active Stator current" in [kA]
kA
IgActiveRel
"Actual measurement value of the "Active Stator Current"

The value is displayed in [p.u.], so the value of the "Nominal Stator Current"
p.u.
IgReactiveAbs
Actual measurement value of the "Reactive Stator current" in [kA]
kA
IgReactiveRel
"Actual measurement value of the "Reactive Stator Current"

The value is displayed in [p.u.], so the value of the "Nominal Stator Current"
p.u.
IgRel
"Actual measurement value of the "Stator Current"

The value is displayed in [p.u.], so the "Nominal Stator Current"
p.u.
LoadAngle
"Actual value of the load angle, calculated by:
el
Default
Min
kA
p.u.
IgRel * Xq
IgRel * Xe
delta = arctan ------------------------------- + arctan -------------------------------UgRel+IgReactive*Xq
UgRel - IgReactive*Xe"
150
3BHS258025 E07
Max
ABB
Name
Qualified Name
Description
Unit
MaxMeasGeneratorCurrent
Maximum measurable value for "Generator Current"
kA
MaxMeasGeneratorVoltage
Maximum measurable value for "Generator Voltage"
kV
MaxMeasGridCurrent
Maximum measurable value for "Busbar Current"
kA
MaxMeasGridVoltage
Maximum measurable value for "Busbar Voltage"
kV
PAbs
Actual measurement value of the "Active Machine Power" in [MW]
MW
PbAbs
Actual measurement value of the "Active Busbar Power" in [MW]
MW
PbRel
"Actual measurement value of the "Active Busbar Power"

The value is displayed in [p.u.], so the value of the "Nominal Busbar Power"
p.u.
Phi
Actual value of the angle Phi between Stator Voltage and Stator Current
--
Phib
Actual measurement value
--
PNom
Nominal Machine Power
MW
PRel
p.u.
QAbs
"Actual measurement value of the "Active Machine Power"

The value is displayed in [p.u.], so the value of the "Nominal Machine
Power"
Actual measurement value of the "Reactive Machine Power" in [MVar]
QbAbs
Actual measurement value of the "Reactive Busbar Power" in [MVar]
MVar
QbRel
"Actual measurement value of the "Reactive Busbar Power"

The value is displayed in [p.u.], so the value of the "Nominal Busbar Power"
p.u.
QRel
p.u.
SAbs
"Actual measurement value of the "Reactive Machine Power"

The value is displayed in [p.u.], so the value of the "Nominal Machine
Power"
Actual measurement value of the "Machine Power" in [MVA]
SbAbs
Actual measurement value of the "Busbar Power" in [MVA]
MVA
151
3BHS258025 E07
Default
Min
Max
MVar
MVA
ABB
Name
Qualified Name
Description
Unit
SbRel
"Actual measurement value of the "Busbar Power"

The value is displayed in [p.u.], so the "Nominal Busbar Power"
p.u.
SRel
"Actual measurement value of the "Machine Power"

The value is displayed in [p.u.], so the "Nominal Machine Power"
p.u.
UbAbs
Actual measurement value of the "Busbar Voltage" in [kV]
kV
UbRel
"Actual measurement value of the "Busbar Voltage"

The value is displayed in [p.u.], so the "Nominal Busbar Voltage"
Busbar Voltage" corresponds to the value 1.0 "
p.u.
UgAbs
Actual measurement value of the "Stator Voltage" in [kV]
kV
UgRel
"Actual measurement value of the "Stator Voltage"

The value is displayed in [p.u.], so the "Nominal Stator Voltage"
p.u.
CommFault
Out.OpSel_Fieldbus
Fieldbus communication fault
ControlAcknowledge
Out.OpSel_Fieldbus
"Operator selection, fieldbus.

Control acknowledge signal
indicates, that the "FieldbusSlave" operator is the active control-section"
ControlStatus
Out.OpSel_Fieldbus

Operator status signal:
4 = Fieldbus Master
5 = Fieldbus Slave
FieldbusIOReleaseActive
Out.OpSel_Fieldbus

FieldbusSlave IO Release
If there is no longer a demand to operate the Excitation system from remote
via the FieldbusSlave, this command is used to allow control from an other
control board. If there is no request, the control is given the "Default" one"
FieldbusIORequestActive
Out.OpSel_Fieldbus
CommFault
Out.OpSel_FieldbusMaster

FieldbusSlave IO Request Active
There is a request to operate the Excitation system from remote via the
FieldbusSlave. If no demand with higher priority is existent, the control is
changed to this operator."
Fieldbus communication fault
152
3BHS258025 E07
Default
Min
Max
ABB
Name
Qualified Name
Description
ControlAcknowledge
"Operator selection, fieldbus master.

indicates, that the "FieldbusMaster" operator is the active control-section"
ControlStatus

Operator status signal
4 = Fieldbus Master
5 = Fieldbus Slave
FieldbusMasterIOReleaseActive

FieldbusMasterIO Release
via the FieldbusMaster, this command is used to allow control from an other
control board. If there is no request, the control is given the "Default" one "
FieldbusMasterIORequestActive
ControlAcknowledge
Out.OpSel_Local

FieldbusMasterIO Request Active
There is a request to operate the Excitation system from remote via the
FieldbusMaster. If no demand with higher priority is existent, the control is
"Operator selection, local ECT..
indicates, that the "local ECT" operator is the active control-section"
ControlReleased
Out.OpSel_Local
"Operator selection, local ECT.

Control released signal
The "Local ECT" has set its "operator released" signal to true"
ControlStatus
Out.OpSel_Local

Local ECT status signal
1 = Local Excitation Control Terminal 1 (ECT 1)
2 = Local Excitation Control Terminal 2 (ECT 2) (not supported)
3 = Local Excitation Control Terminal 3 (ECT 3) (not supported)
4 = Local Excitation Control Terminal 4 (ECT 4) (not supported)"
LocalCTActive
Out.OpSel_Local
"Operator selection, local ECT..

Local CT 1 active signal,
indicates, that "Local ECT 1" is the selected one out of possible 1 (not
supported in this SW-release)"
OperatorBlocked
Out.OpSel_Local
Not supported in this SW-release
153
3BHS258025 E07
Unit
Default
Min
Max
ABB
Name
Qualified Name
Description
Unit
OperatorSelectControlStatus
Out.OpSel_Local

4 = Fieldbus Master
5 = Fieldbus Slave
ControlReleased
Out.OpSel_OperatorSelect
Operator selection. Control released status signal
ControlStatus
"Operator selection.
Operator status signal.
4 = Fieldbus Master
5 = Fieldbus Slave
FieldbusActive
Operator active signal [Fieldbus]
specific fieldbus protocol.
The fieldbus operator has 5th highest priority.
The fieldbus operator is used by the superimposed plant control to operate
the excitation system via fieldbus"
FieldbusMasterActive
Operator active signal [Fieldbus Master]
specific fieldbus protocol.
The fieldbus operator has 4th highest priority.
The fieldbus operator is used by the superimposed plant control to control to
operate the excitation system via fieldbus."
LocalActive
Operator active signal [Local ECT]
The local operator (Status 2) is an Excitation Control Terminal (ECT).
The local operator has 2nd highest priority."
154
3BHS258025 E07
Default
Min
Max
ABB
Name
Qualified Name
Description
RemoteActive
Operator active signal [Remote I/O]
The remote operator (Status 3) acts via the analog and digital inputs/outputs
of the excitation system.
This remote operator has 3rd highest priority.
The remote operator is used by the superimposed plant control to operate
the excitation system via hardware I/Os."
RemoteCTActive
Operator active signal [Remote ECT]
The remote ECT operator (Status 6) can consist of up to 4 different ECTs
(Excitation Control Terminals).
It has the lowest priority of all operators.
The remote ECT can be located in the control room of a power plant or
elsewhere."
ServiceActive
Operator active signal [Service]
The service operator (Status 1) is an internal operator from the Control IT
level.
The excitation system is parameterized and operated with the control module
graphic in the Control IT.
The service operator has the highest priority of all operators"
ControlAcknowledge
Out.OpSel_Remote
"Operator selection, remote I/O.

indicates, that the "remote I/O" operator is the active control-section"
ControlStatus
Out.OpSel_Remote
"Operator selection, remote I/O.

4 = Fieldbus Master
5 = Fieldbus Slave
RemoteIOReleaseActive
Out.OpSel_Remote
"Operator selection, remote.

RemoteIO Release
via the I/O board CIO, this command is used to allow control from an other
control board. If there is no request, the control is given the "Default" one"
RemoteIORequestActive
Out.OpSel_Remote
"Operator selection, remote.

RemoteIO Request Active
There is a request to operate the Excitation system from remote via the I/O
board CIO. If no demand with higher priority is existent, the control is
155
3BHS258025 E07
Unit
Default
Min
Max
ABB
Name
Qualified Name
Description
Unit
ControlAcknowledge
Out.OpSel_Remote_CT
"Operator selection, remote ECT.

indicates, that the "remote ECT" operator is the active control-section"
ControlReleased
Out.OpSel_Remote_CT

Control released signal
The "remote ECT" has set it's "operator released" signal to true ."
ControlStatus
Out.OpSel_Remote_CT

Remote ECT status signal:
4 = remote Excitation Control Terminal 4 (ECT 4)"
CT1Active
Out.OpSel_Remote_CT

Remote ECT 1 active signal,
indicates, that "Remote ECT 1" is the selected one
out of possible 4"
CT2Active
Out.OpSel_Remote_CT

out of possible 4"
CT3Active
Out.OpSel_Remote_CT

out of possible 4"
CT4Active
Out.OpSel_Remote_CT

out of possible 4"
OperatorBlocked
Out.OpSel_Remote_CT
Not supported in this SW-release
OperatorSelectControlStatus
Out.OpSel_Remote_CT

4 = Fieldbus Master
5 = Fieldbus Slave
156
3BHS258025 E07
Default
Min
Max
ABB
Name
Qualified Name
Description
RemoteCTActive
Out.OpSel_Remote_CT

Remote ECT active signal,
indicates, that one out of maximum 4
"Remote ECT" is the active one"
ControlAcknowledge
Out.OpSel_Service
"Operator selection, service.

indicates, that the "service" operator is the active control-section"
RemainingServiceTime
Out.OpSel_Service
Time to Service Operator Timeout
FaultEarthFaultMonComm
Out.Prot_EarthFaultMon
"Earth fault monitoring.

Alarm event "EFRCommFlt" is created
Signal IRDH communication fault detected
(IRDH = Insulation monitoring unit)"
FaultStage1

Alarm event "EFRStage1Flt" is created
Stage 1 fault is detected
DEFAULT: 150 kOhm"
FaultStage2

Trip1 event "EFRStage2Flt" is created
Stage 2 fault is detected
DEFAULT: 120 kOhm"
IsoResValue

Display of the actual resistance (IRDH 275) [kOhm]
NOTE: The resistance value will only be displayed if the select device type is
set to True and the input device CIO1 or CIO3 is selected."
OpenLoopFault

Alarm event ""EFROpenLoopFlt"" is created"
BinInUsed
Out.Prot_ExcTrafoMon
"Protection, excitation transformer monitoring.

Signal Binary inputs are used
NOTE: Sensor type [3:binary input] has to be selected "
ExcTrafoTemp1
ExcTrafoTemp1SensorFault

Display of the analog input 1 value [C] of the transformer temperature
measurement
NOTE: The flag Enable PT100 input 1 has to be set"
Signal sensor fault of the transformer temperature measurement input 1
ExcTrafoTemp2
157
3BHS258025 E07
Unit
Default
Min
Max

measurement
ABB
Name
Qualified Name
Description
Unit

ExcTrafoTemp3

measurement
FaultTempLevel1

Alarm event "ExcTrTmpFlt1" is created
Temperature fault level 1 is detected
DEFAULT: 80.0 C"
FaultTempLevel2

Trip1 event "ExcTrTmpFlt2" is created
Temperature fault level 2 is detected
DEFAULT: 110.0 C"
PT100Used

Signal PT100 sensors are used
NOTE: Sensor type [1:PT100] has to be selected "
PTCUsed

Signal PTC sensors are used
NOTE: Sensor type [2:PTC] has to be selected "
SensorFault
Temp1Enabled

Alarm event "ExcTrSensorFlt" is created
Signal temperature sensor fault is detected
NOTE: The fault can only be active if the flag Enable Trip without Alarm fault
detection is set"
Temperature input 1 enabled status signal
Related parameter: -Prot_ExcTrafoMon \EnaTemp1"
Temp2Enabled

Related parameter: - Prot_ExcTrafoMon \EnaTemp2"
Temp3Enabled

Related parameter: - Prot_ExcTrafoMon \EnaTemp3"
TripWithoutAlarmDetEnabled

Trip without Alarm detection enabled status signal
Related parameter:- Prot_ExcTrafoMon \ EnaTripWithoutAlarmDet"
158
3BHS258025 E07
Default
Min
Max
ABB
Name
Qualified Name
Description
DelayFactor
Out.Prot_OverCurrentMon
calculated inverse-time k factor
MaxFieldCurrent
"Regulator, Field current max. limiter.

Display of the actual max. field current value"
MaxValue
"Protection, overcurrent monitoring.

Display of the stored peak current value [pu]"
Start

Signal inverse time integrator has started
1 = normal inv.
2 = very inv.
3 = extremly inv.
NOTE: The select inverse time function has to be set between 1 and 3"
ThermPos

Display of the actual inverse time integrator value [pu]"
FunctionActive
Out.Prot_OverVoltageMon
"Protection, overvoltage monitoring.

Information that the overvoltage monitoring of the active channel is active"
ReferenceValue
Out.Prot_PQMon
"Protection, PQ monitoring.
Reference value"
AutoResetOnExtTripEnabled
Out.Prot_Protection
"Protection, enabled status signal.

Auto Reset on External Trip
Related parameter: - Prot_Protection
\ EnableAutoResetOnExtTrip"
\ EnableAuxSupervision"
AuxSupervisionEnabled
Out.Prot_Protection

Auxiliary Monitoring
ConvFaultDetectionEnabled
Out.Prot_Protection

Converter Monitoring (Includes Conduction Monitoring)
Related parameter: - Prot_Protection \ EnableConvFaultDetection"
EarthFaultMonEnabled
Out.Prot_Protection

Earth Fault Monitoring
ExcitationTripped
Out.Prot_Protection
Excitation tripped status signal
ExcTrafoMonEnabled
Out.Prot_Protection

Transformer monitoring
Min
Max
\ EnableRotTempMon"
Out.Prot_Protection
"Protection.
External system trip signal
Trip the event "ExternalTrip" is created"
ExternalTripped
Out.Prot_Protection
The excitation was tripped by an external trip
3BHS258025 E07
Default
\ EnableEarthFaultMon"
ExternalTrip
159
Unit
ABB
Name
Qualified Name
Description
ExtSCMonEnabled
Out.Prot_Protection

External Short-Circuit Monitoring
\ EnableExtSCMon"
FireAllTripDetEnabled
Out.Prot_Protection

FireAllTrip detection
\ EnableFireAllTripDet"
GenSCdetectionEnabled
Out.Prot_Protection

Generator short-circuit detection
\ EnableGenSCdetection"
\ EnableIConvMon"
Unit
IConvMonEnabled
Out.Prot_Protection

Converter Current CT Monitoring
InternalTripped
Out.Prot_Protection
The excitation was tripped by an internal trip
IntSCMonEnabled
Out.Prot_Protection

External Short-Circuit Monitoring
\ EnableIntSCMon"
MaschineMeasCTMonEnabled
Out.Prot_Protection
"Protection, enable signal.

Machine CT Monitoring
\ EnableMaschineMeasCTMon"
MaschineMeasPTMonEnabled
Out.Prot_Protection

Machine PT Monitoring
\ EnableMaschineMeasPTMon"
OverCurrMonEnabled
Out.Prot_Protection

Excitation Overcurrent Monitoring DC
Related parameter: - Prot_Protection \ EnableOverCurrMon"
OverVoltageMonEnabled
Out.Prot_Protection

Excitation Overvoltage Monitoring
Out.Prot_Protection

Phase Sequence Check
Related parameter: - Prot_Protection \ EnablePhaseSeqCheck"
PowerSupplyMonEnabled
Out.Prot_Protection

Power Supply Monitoring
\ EnablePowerSupplyMon"

PQ Monitoring (Loss of Excitation)
\ EnablePQMon"
160
Out.Prot_Protection
3BHS258025 E07
Min
\ EnableOverVoltageMon"
PhaseSeqCheckEnabled
PQMonEnabled
Default
Max
ABB
Name
Qualified Name
Description
RotTempMonEnabled
Out.Prot_Protection

Rotor Temperature Monitoring
\ EnableRotTempMon"
S800MonEnabled
Out.Prot_Protection

S800 Link Monitoring
\ EnableS800Mon"
StallMonEnabled
Out.Prot_Protection

Stall Monitoring
\ EnableStallMon"
TripIndSupOnExtTripEnabled
Out.Prot_Protection

Trip Indication Suppression on External Trip
Related parameter: - Prot_Protection \ EnableTripIndSupOnExtTrip"
TripRelaisStatus
Out.Prot_Protection
Trip relais output status signal
UfMonEnabled
Out.Prot_Protection

Field Voltage PT Monitoring
\ EnableUfMon"
UsynMonEnabled
Out.Prot_Protection

Synchronous Voltage PT Monitoring
\ EnableUsynMon"
VHzMonEnabled
Out.Prot_Protection

V/Hz Monitoring
\ EnableVHzMon"
APDGrpFailed
Out.Prot_PSU1APDGrp1
"Protection, PSU1/APD Group 1.

Alarm event PSU1APD12APDFlt" is created
APDGrp1 failed
NOTE: The flag Enable APD Group has to be set"
Enable

Enabled status signal
Related parameter: - Prot_PSU1APDGrp1 \Enable"
APDGrpFailed

APDGrp2 failed
Enable

APD Group 2 enabled status signal
161
3BHS258025 E07
Unit
Default
Min
Max
ABB
Name
Qualified Name
Description
DeviceSignalFault
Out.Prot_PSU1ICU1
"Protection, PSU1/ICU1.
Alarm event "PSU1ICU1SigFlt" is created
Device status signal of the ICU1
NOTE: The flag Enable ICU has to be set"
Enable
Out.Prot_PSU1ICU1
ICU1 device enabled status signal
Related parameter: - Prot_PSU1ICU1 \Enable"
ICUFault
Out.Prot_PSU1ICU1
ICU1 failure
Source1Failed
Out.Prot_PSU1ICU1
Alarm event "PSU1ICU1Src1Flt" is created
PSU1/ICU1 source 1 is below limit
Source2Failed
Out.Prot_PSU1ICU1
Source3Failed
Out.Prot_PSU1ICU1
Alarm the event "PSU1ICU1Src3Flt" is created
DeviceSignalFault
Out.Prot_PSU1ICU2
Enable
Out.Prot_PSU1ICU2
ICUFault
Out.Prot_PSU1ICU2
ICU2 failure
Source1Failed
Out.Prot_PSU1ICU2
Source2Failed
Out.Prot_PSU1ICU2
162
3BHS258025 E07
Unit
Default
Min
Max
ABB
Name
Qualified Name
Description
Source3Failed
Out.Prot_PSU1ICU2
APDGrpFailed

APDGrp1 failed
Enable

Enabled status signal
APDGrpFailed

Alarm event "PSU2APD34APDFlt" is created
APDGrp2 failed
Enable

APD Group 2 enabled status signal
DeviceSignalFault
Out.Prot_PSU2ICU1
Enable
Out.Prot_PSU2ICU1
ICUFault
Out.Prot_PSU2ICU1
ICU1 failure
Source1Failed
Out.Prot_PSU2ICU1
Source2Failed
Out.Prot_PSU2ICU1
Source3Failed
Out.Prot_PSU2ICU1
Alarm event " PSU2ICU1Src3Flt" is created
163
3BHS258025 E07
Unit
Default
Min
Max
ABB
Name
Qualified Name
Description
Unit
DeviceSignalFault
Out.Prot_PSU2ICU2
Enable
Out.Prot_PSU2ICU2
ICUFault
Out.Prot_PSU2ICU2
ICU2 failure
Source1Failed
Out.Prot_PSU2ICU2
Alarm message, the event "PSU2ICU2Src1Flt" is created
Source2Failed
Out.Prot_PSU2ICU2
Source3Failed
Out.Prot_PSU2ICU2
IfMeasFailed
Out.Prot_RotTempMon
Protection, rotor temperature monitoring.

If measurement failed
RotRes
Out.Prot_RotTempMon
"Protection, rotor temperature monitoring.

Display of the rotor resistance measurement [mOhm]"
RotTemp
Out.Prot_RotTempMon

Display of the rotor temperature measurement [C]"
RotTempFault1
Out.Prot_RotTempMon

Alarm event "RotTempFlt1" is created
Temperature level to detect fault stage 1 [C]
DEFAULT: -65.0 C
NOTE: Select RTM mode [1=OnFaultLevel1] has to be set
DEFAULT: 5"
RotTempFault2
Out.Prot_RotTempMon

Trip1 event "RotTempFlt2" is created
Temperature level to detect fault stage 2 [C]
DEFAULT: -65.0 C
NOTE: Select RTM mode [1=OnFaultLevel1] has to be set
DEFAULT: 5"
164
3BHS258025 E07
Default
Min
Max
ABB
Name
Qualified Name
Description
UfMeasFailed
Out.Prot_RotTempMon
Protection, rotor temperature monitoring.

Uf measurement failed
ElapsedTime
Out.Prot_StallMon
Protection, Stall monitoring. Elapsed Time
RefValue
Out.Prot_StallMon
Protection, Stall monitoring. Reference Value
FaultGroup1FaultsActive
Out.Prot_SystemGroupFaults
Alarm
Out.Prot_SystemGroupFaults.GroupFaults
AutoFault
BUChannelHWFault
ChannelFault
ChanneltoBULinkLoss
EmergencyStop
ManualFault
OtherChannelHWFault
"Group fault status signal, alarm

The system fault configuration matrix assigns the fault signal status to the
groups faults"
"Group fault status signal, auto fault
groups faults"
"Group fault status signal, backup channel hardware fault
groups faults"
"Group fault status signal, channel fault
groups faults"
"Group fault status signal, other channel to backup link loss
groups faults"
"Group fault status signal, emergency stop
groups faults"
"Group fault status signal, manual fault
groups faults"
"Group fault status signal, other channel hardware fault
165
3BHS258025 E07
Unit
Default
Min
Max
ABB
Name
Qualified Name
Description
Unit
Default
Min
groups faults"
RedundancyFault
StartupInhibit
Trip1
Trip2
"Group fault status signal, redundancy fault

groups faults"
"Group fault status signal, startup inhibit
groups faults"
"Group fault status signal, trip 1
groups faults"
"Group fault status signal, trip 2
groups faults"
DelayFactor
Out.Prot_VHzMon
ReferenceValue
Out.Prot_VHzMon
"Protection, VHz monitoring.

Reference value"
SummingPointOut
Out.Reg_AVR
Regulator, AVR. Display of the AVR actual summing-point output value
ActAdditionalRefInput
Out.Reg_AVR_SetPt

Display of the additional input value"
ActRefMaxPos
Out.Reg_AVR_SetPt

Display of the actual reference setpoint max. position value"
ActRefMinPos
Out.Reg_AVR_SetPt

Display of the actual reference setpoint min. position value"
ActRefSetpoint
Out.Reg_AVR_SetPt

Display of the actual reference setpoint value"
ActRefSetpointPos
Out.Reg_AVR_SetPt

Display of the actual reference setpoint position value"
AutoSoftstartReference
Out.Reg_AVR_SetPt

Display of the actual softstart reference value"
ExtRefActive
Out.Reg_AVR_SetPt

Signal external reference is active"
ExtRefReady
Out.Reg_AVR_SetPt

Signal external reference is within tolerance
(Ready for switchover to external reference)"
MaxSetpoint_Reached
Out.Reg_AVR_SetPt

Signal max. reference integrator value reached"
MinSetpoint_Reached
Out.Reg_AVR_SetPt

Signal min. reference integrator value reached"
PresetSetpoint_Reached
Out.Reg_AVR_SetPt

Signal that the actual reference integrator value=preset value"
166
3BHS258025 E07
Max
ABB
Name
Qualified Name
Description
RuntimeValue
Out.Reg_AVR_SetPt

Display of the actual runtime value"
Selected_RefInput
Out.Reg_AVR_SetPt

Display of the selected reference input value
1 = AVR,
2 = V/HzLim,
3 = Softstart,
4 = Max. V Lim."
LimiterDelayFactor
Out.Reg_AVR_SetPt_VHz_Lim
RefVal
Out.Reg_AVR_SetPt_VHz_Lim
"Regulator, AVR setpoint VHz limiter.

Display of the actual reference value"
ActualDETemperature
Out.Reg_ColdGas
Actual Measured DE Temperature
ActualMaxMeasuredTemperature
Out.Reg_ColdGas
Actual max measured temperature
ActualNDETemperature
Out.Reg_ColdGas
Actual Measured NDE Temperature
AnaInputFault
Out.Reg_ColdGas
"Regulator, cold gas.

Analog input signal fault status for 4..20mA input type
Alarm event "ColdgasAnaInFlt" is created"
DEAnaInputFault
Out.Reg_ColdGas
DE Analog input signal fault status for 4..20mA input type
MaxIfLimCorr
Out.Reg_ColdGas

Maximum If limit correction
Display of the actual characteristic IO output"
MaxIgLimCorr
Out.Reg_ColdGas

Maximum Ig limit correction
Display of the actual characteristic IO output"
NDEAnaInputFault
Out.Reg_ColdGas
NDE Analog input signal fault status for 4..20mA input type
CCC_SumPointOut
Out.Reg_CrossCurrComp
"Regulator, cross current compensation.

Output of the CCC which adds to the AVR setpoint"
CCCActive

Cross current compensation enabled status signal and active signal"
CCCAnaInFlt

Signal analog input fault
Alarm event "AnaInFlt" is created
Related parameters:
- Reg_CrossCurrComp \ AnaInFaultOnDelayTime
- Reg_CrossCurrComp \ AnaInFaultOffDelayTime"
167
3BHS258025 E07
Unit
Default
Min
Max
ABB
Name
Qualified Name
Description
Unit
CCCEnabled
Regulator, cross current compensation.

Cross current compensation enabled status signal
Related parameters:
- Reg_CrossCurrComp \ CrossCurrCompOn
- Reg_CrossCurrComp \ CrossCurrCompOff
DelayFactor
Out.Reg_Field_Cur_Max_Lim
MaxFieldCurrent

Display of the actual max. field current value"
MaxThermalFieldCurrent

Display of the actual max. therm. field current value"
ThermalPosition

Display of the thermal current integrator position value"
AVRMan_Deviation
Out.Reg_Follow_Up
"Regulator, follow-up.
Status No deviation between AVR and Manual
NOTE: The flag disable follow up to AVR/MAN has to be set
Related parameter: - Reg_Follow_Up \ DisableFollowUpToAVRMAN"
AVRMan_Equal
Out.Reg_Follow_Up
Display of the deviation value between AVR and Manual "
Channels_Deviation
Out.Reg_Follow_Up
Status of the None deviation between channels
NOTE: The flag disable follow up to active channel has to be set
Related parameter: - Reg_Follow_Up \ DisableFollowUpToActiveChannel"
Channels_Equal
Out.Reg_Follow_Up
Display of the deviation value between channels"
DirectControlIsOn
Out.Reg_Imposed_Reg
Regulator, superimposed regulator. Direct Control is active
DischargeIsOn
Out.Reg_Imposed_Reg
"Regulator, superimposed regulator.

Signal discharge is active"
DischargeIsPreselected
Out.Reg_Imposed_Reg

Imposed regulator is preselected status signal"
Equal
Out.Reg_Imposed_Reg

Follow-up status signal "
FcnActual
Out.Reg_Imposed_Reg

Superimposed Regulator. Actual Function:
0 = None,
1 = Discharge,
2 = Var Reg,
3 = Power Factor Reg,
4 = Spare Reg"
168
3BHS258025 E07
Default
Min
Max
ABB
Name
Qualified Name
Description
ImpRegIsOff
Out.Reg_Imposed_Reg

Signal that all imposed regulator are off "
NoImpRerPreselected
Out.Reg_Imposed_Reg

PowerFactorRegIsOn
Out.Reg_Imposed_Reg

Power Factor regulator is active"
PowerFactorRegIsPreselected
Out.Reg_Imposed_Reg

SpareRegIsOn
Out.Reg_Imposed_Reg

Spare regulator is active
This regulator is used for special applications "
SpareRegIsPreselected
Out.Reg_Imposed_Reg

VarRegIsOn
Out.Reg_Imposed_Reg

Var regulator is active"
VarRegIsPreselected
Out.Reg_Imposed_Reg

AVRPIDOut
Out.Reg_Low_High_Gate
"Regulator, low high gate.

Display of the AVR PID output value"
DirectCtrlPIDOut
Regulator, low high gate.

Display of the Direct Control PID output value
IfMaxLimPIDOut

Display of the IfMax limiter PID output value
(Overexcitation limiter / Maximum field current limiter)"
IfMinLimPIDOut

Display of the IfMin limiter PID output value
(Underexcitation limiter / Minimum field current limiter)"
IgCapLimPIDOut

Display of the IgCap limiter PID output value
(underexcitation limiter / Stator current limiter underexcited)"
IgIndLimPIDOut

Display of the IgInd limiter PID output value
(Overexcitation limiter / Stator current limiter overexcited)"
PQLimPIDOut

Display of the PQ limiter PID output value"
169
3BHS258025 E07
Unit
Default
Min
Max
ABB
Name
Qualified Name
Description
Selected_Input

Display of the selected input [1 to 7]
1 = AVR
2 = MaxStatCurrLim
3 = MaxFieldCurrLim,
4 = MinStatCurrLim,
5 = MinFieldCurrLim,
6 = PQLim,
7 = DirPf"
Selected_InputValue

Display of the selected input value [1 to 7]
1 = AVR PID output value
2 = IfMax limiter PID output value
3 = IfMin limiter PID output value
4 = IgCap limiter PID output value
5 = IgInd limiter PID output value
6 = PQ limiter PID output value
7 = Direct Pf PID output value"
ManRestrictRef
Out.Reg_Manual_Restrict
"Regulator, manual restrict.

Display of the limiter reference value If(P)"
ActRefMaxPos
Out.Reg_Manual_SetPt
"Regulator, manual setpoint.

ActRefMinPos

ActRefSetpoint
Regulator, manual setpoint.

Display of the actual reference setpoint value
ActRefSetpointPos

EnableLCIRefInput
Regulator, manual setpoint.

Enables the LCI reference input to the manual regulator
ExtRefActive

ExtRefReady

Signal external reference is ready
ManualRegulatorReference

Display of the actual regulator reference value"
MaxSetpoint_Reached

Max reference integrator value reached status signal"
170
3BHS258025 E07
Unit
Default
Min
Max
ABB
Name
Qualified Name
Description
MinSetpoint_Reached

Min reference integrator value reached status signal"

RuntimeValue

Display of the actual runtime value"
Selected_RefInput

Display of the selection from the selected reference input [1 to 4]
1 = Setpoint,
2 = PQLim,
3 = V/HzLim,
4 = Softstart"
ActualLCIRefVal
Out.Reg_Manual_SetPt_LCISetPt
"Regulator, manual setpoint LCI setpoint.

LCI setpoint input. Display of the actual scaled LCI reference value"
AnaInputFault
Out.Reg_Manual_SetPt_LCISetPt
"Regulator, manual setpoint LCI setpoint.

Analog input signal fault status for 2..10V or 4..20mA input type
Alarm event "LCIAnaInFlt" is created
NOTE: Select analog input type: [True=2..10V or 4..20mA, False=0..10V or
0..20mA]
Related parameters:
- Reg_Manual_SetPt_LCISetPt \ SelectAnaInputType
- Reg_Manual_SetPt_LCISetPt \ EnableAnaInputSignal
- Reg_Manual_SetPt_LCISetPt \ EnableAnaInFaultDetection"
LimiterDelayFactor
Out.Reg_Manual_SetPt_VHz_Lim
RefVal
Out.Reg_Manual_SetPt_VHz_Lim
"Regulator, manual setpoint VHz limiter.

V/Hz limiter. Display of the actual reference value"
ActRefMaxPos
Out.Reg_PF_Reg_SetPt
"Regulator, power factor regulator setpoint.

ActRefMinPos

ActRefSetpoint

ActRefSetpointPos

ExtRefActive

ExtRefReady

171
3BHS258025 E07
Unit
Default
Min
Max
ABB
Name
Qualified Name
Description
Unit
MaxSetpoint_Reached

Min reference integrator value reached signal"
MinSetpoint_Reached

Max reference integrator value reached signal"

QSetpoint
Q Setpoint value
PQLimRef
Out.Reg_PQ_Lim
"Regulator, PQ limiter.
Display of the limiter reference value Q(P)"
ActualTestSignal
Out.Reg_PSS
"Regulator, PSS.
Display of the actual test signal value after scalling"
PSSActive
Out.Reg_PSS
"Regulator, PSS.
PSS is active status signal"
PSSActual
Out.Reg_PSS
"Regulator, PSS.
Display of the PSS output value after release"
PSSOn
Out.Reg_PSS
"Regulator, PSS.
PSS is enabled and not blocked status signal
Status: If TRUE PSS algorithm is processed and PSS function is selected.
Connect to spare digital output if status is required for remote indication.
Related parameters:
- Reg_PSS \ PSSOn
- Reg_PSS \ PSSOff
NOTE: Only if PSSOn=TRUE, then PSS loop is in operation."
Actualdwtest
Out.Reg_PSS_IEEE_2B
"Regulator, PSS IEEE 2B.

Display of the actual dw test signal value after scaling"
ActualPetest
Out.Reg_PSS_IEEE_2B

Display of the actual Pe test signal value after scaling"
TestPoint1
Out.Reg_PSS_IEEE_2B

Display of the test point value 1. Reference see function description"
TestPoint2
Out.Reg_PSS_IEEE_2B

TestPoint3
Out.Reg_PSS_IEEE_2B

TestPoint4
Out.Reg_PSS_IEEE_2B

TestPoint5
Out.Reg_PSS_IEEE_2B

TestPoint6
Out.Reg_PSS_IEEE_2B

172
3BHS258025 E07
Default
Min
Max
ABB
Name
Qualified Name
Description
TestPoint7
Out.Reg_PSS_IEEE_2B

ActRefMaxPos
Out.Reg_Regulator
Regulator. Display of the actual reference setpoint max. position value
ActRefMinPos
Out.Reg_Regulator
Regulator. Display of the actual reference setpoint min. position value
ActRefSetpoint
Out.Reg_Regulator
Regulator. Display of the actual reference setpoint value
ActRefSetpointPos
Out.Reg_Regulator
Regulator. Display of the actual reference setpoint position value
AVR_Uc
Out.Reg_Regulator
Regulator. Display of the AVR regulator output Uc value
BusVoltageTrackingActive
Out.Reg_Regulator
Regulator. Signal bus voltage tracking is active
BusVoltageTrackingEnabled
Out.Reg_Regulator
"Regulator.
Signal bus voltage tracking enabled status
Related parameter:
Reg_Regulator \ForceBusVoltageTrackingOn"
ExtRefActive
Out.Reg_Regulator
Regulator. Signal external reference is active
ExtRefReady
Out.Reg_Regulator
MAN_Uc
Out.Reg_Regulator
Regulator. Signal external reference is ready (Ready for switchover to

external reference)
Regulator. Display of the manual regulator output Uc value
MaxSetpoint_Reached
Out.Reg_Regulator
Regulator. Signal max. reference integrator value reached detected
MinSetpoint_Reached
Out.Reg_Regulator
Regulator. Signal min. reference integrator value reached detected
Out.Reg_Regulator
Regulator. Signal actuel reference integrator value=preset value detected
Reg_Uc
Out.Reg_Regulator
Regulator. Display of the regulator output Uc value
DelayFactor
Out.Reg_Stat_Cur_Lim
ThermalPosition
Out.Reg_Stat_Cur_Lim
"Regulator, Stator current limiter.

Display of the therminal current integrator position value"
ActRefMaxPos
Out.Reg_Var_Reg_SetPt
"Regulator, Var regulator setpoint.

ActRefMinPos

ActRefSetpoint

ActRefSetpointPos

ExtRefActive

173
3BHS258025 E07
Unit
Default
Min
Max
ABB
Name
Qualified Name
Description
Unit
ExtRefReady

MaxSetpoint_Reached

Min reference integrator value reached status signal"
MinSetpoint_Reached

Max reference integrator value reached status signal"

ActiveChannelStatus
Out.SM_StateMachine
"SM state machine.

AsyncMachineSpeed
Out.SM_StateMachine
SM state machine. Asynchronous machine speed
AsyncStartExcOnSeqActive
Out.SM_StateMachine
Asynchronous motor start excitation-on sequence active status
AutoChannelChangeOverFlt
Out.SM_StateMachine
Channel changeover was not successful
BootParameterMismatch
Out.SM_StateMachine
BreakingExcOnSeqActive
Out.SM_StateMachine
"SM state machine. Boot parameter status.

False=All boot parameters are stored to the flash, True=Some boot
parameters are not yet stored to the flash. Go to the Configuration sequence
in order to store them to the
flash."
SM state machine.
The Breaking Excitation-On sequence is Active.
BUMCS_StateNumber
Out.SM_StateMachine
"SM state machine.

Backup channel state machine state number"
Channel1Active
Out.SM_StateMachine
"SM state machine.

Channel 1 is active"
Channel2Active
Out.SM_StateMachine
"SM state machine.

Channel 2 is active"
ChannelActive
Out.SM_StateMachine
"SM state machine.

Discharged
Out.SM_StateMachine
"SM state machine.

Q-discharged finished"
ExcitationIsOn
Out.SM_StateMachine
"SM state machine.

Excitation is On status signal"
ExcOnTimeoutFault
Out.SM_StateMachine
The duration of the Excitation ON-Sequence was longer than expected
ExcStartupBlocked
Out.SM_StateMachine
"SM state machine.

Excitation Startup is blocked"
FaultStage1
Out.SM_StateMachine
"SM state machine.

Alarm event "ConvRed1Flt" is created
Converter fault stage fault 1"
174
3BHS258025 E07
Default
Min
Max
ABB
Name
Qualified Name
Description
FaultStage2
Out.SM_StateMachine
"SM state machine.

FaultStage3
Out.SM_StateMachine
"SM state machine.

FaultStage4
Out.SM_StateMachine
"SM state machine.

FFTimeoutFault
Out.SM_StateMachine
SM state machine.
Field flashing timed out
FieldFlashingActive
Out.SM_StateMachine
"SM state machine.

Field Flashing is active"
ForcedChannel
Out.SM_StateMachine
"SM state machine.

Channel is forced
Related parameter:
- SM_StateMachine \ ForceChannel1
- SM_StateMachine \ ForceChannel2
- SM_StateMachine \ ForceBackup"
ForcedManual
Out.SM_StateMachine
"SM state machine.

Channel is forced manual
Related parameter: - SM_StateMachine \ ForceManual"
LCIStartExcOnSeqActive
Out.SM_StateMachine
SM state machine.
The LCI-Start Excitation-On sequence is Active.
LineChargingExcOnSeqActive
Out.SM_StateMachine
SM state machine.
The LineCharging Excitation-On sequence is Active.
MANCtrlEnabled
Out.SM_StateMachine
"SM state machine.

Manual control is enabled"
MCS_StateNumber
Out.SM_StateMachine
SM state machine.
Auto/Manual control state number
NormalExcOnSeqActive
Out.SM_StateMachine
SM state machine.
The Normal Excitation-On sequence is active.
OCMCS_StateNumber
Out.SM_StateMachine
"SM state machine.

Other channel state machine state number"
OnBus
Out.SM_StateMachine
The Machine is connected to the Plant-internal BUS
OnLine
Out.SM_StateMachine
The Machine is connected to the grid
ReadyForAsyncStart
Out.SM_StateMachine
Reset
Out.SM_StateMachine
SM state machine. Asynchronous machine start. Ready for asynchronous

start.
Reset feedback
175
3BHS258025 E07
Unit
Default
Min
Max
ABB
Name
Qualified Name
Description
Unit
Service_Enabled
Out.SM_StateMachine
Operator state "Service" is enabled
SlipFrequency
Out.SM_StateMachine
SM state machine. Asynchronous machine slip frequency
SM_StateNumber
Out.SM_StateMachine
"SM state machine.

Channel state machine state number"
Spare01_Analog
Out.SM_StateMachine
Spare01_Digital
Out.SM_StateMachine
Spare02_Analog
Out.SM_StateMachine
Spare02_Digital
Out.SM_StateMachine
Spare03_Analog
Out.SM_StateMachine
Spare03_Digital
Out.SM_StateMachine
Spare04_Analog
Out.SM_StateMachine
Spare04_Digital
Out.SM_StateMachine
Spare05_Digital
Out.SM_StateMachine
Spare06_Digital
Out.SM_StateMachine
WaitTrip
Out.SM_StateMachine
Status of WaitTrip (Trip2) for indirect Trip by external TripRelease
AuxOffSquenceWait
Out.SM_StateMachine.SM_States
"SM states.
State machine status activity bit [150 Aux Off Sequence]
The Aux Off sequence opens field circuit breaker (FCB) and stops the
cooling system (if applicable)."
AuxOn
"SM states.
State machine status activity bit [200 AUX ON State]
The FCB is closed and the cooling system is running. The system is ready for
the excitation process."
AuxOnSeqWait
"SM states.
State machine status activity bit [190 Aux On Sequence]
The Aux On sequence starts the cooling system (if applicable) and closes the
field circuit breaker (FCB)."
AuxOnTest
"SM states.
State machine status activity bit
They are not yet implemented."
AuxReady
"SM states.
State machine status activity bit [100 AUX READY State]
The excitation system is configured correctly, controller is running and no
fault is pending.
System is ready to be started."
176
3BHS258025 E07
Default
Min
Max
ABB
Name
Qualified Name
Description
AuxReadyTest
"SM states.
ConfigSeqWait
"SM states.
State machine status activity bit [30 Configuration Sequence]
The configuration sequence is used to update the configuration parameters
of the system:
- Excitation system name
- Channel configuration
- I/O configuration
- Converter configuration."
DischargeSeqWait
EmergencyStopSeqWait
"SM states.
State machine status activity bit [380 Discharge Sequence]
Discharging the generator / motor system, i.e. bringing the reactive power to
zero.
Generator / motor remains on grid."
"SM states.
State machine status activity bit [170 Emergency Stop Sequence]
The Emergency Stop sequence shuts down the excitation system by:
- Opening the Field Breaker and Field Flash Breaker
- Blocking pulses
- Stopping the cooling system
- Blocking and pre-setting the regulators."
ExcOffSeqWait
"SM states.
State machine status activity bit [250 Excitation Off Sequence]
The Excitation Off sequence sets the converter to inverter mode and, after
approximately 60 seconds, blocks the pulses."
ExcOnSeqWait
"SM states.
State machine status activity bit [290 Excitation On Sequence]
In generator mode, the Excitation On sequence leads the generator to the
excited state where it is ready for synchronization with the grid.
It builds up generator voltage and field current.
- first by firing all thyristors in pure rectifier mode to utilize the generator
remanence and then by
- ramping the generator voltage and field current in controlled 6-pulse mode
(soft start) up to nominal
OffState
"SM states.
State machine status activity bit [10 OFF State]
System is ready for power-up."
177
3BHS258025 E07
Unit
Default
Min
Max
ABB
Name
Qualified Name
Description
Unit
Oninhibit
"SM states.
State machine status activity bit [40 ON INHIBIT State]
After the reset, the system moves to the AUX READY state."
Operation
OperationOnSeqWait
OperationTest
"SM states.
State machine status activity bit [400 OPERATION State]
The generator is on grid / the motor is running and the excitation system in
full operation according to the setpoints. The voltage is now regulated and
setpoints."
"SM states.
State machine status activity bit [390 Operation On Sequence]
Releasing of limiters and superimposed regulators if the generator is
synchronized to the grid."
"SM states.
Ready
"SM states.
State machine status activity bit [300 READY State]
The generator / motor is excited and ready for synchronizing."
ReadyTest
"SM states.
StopSequenceWait
"SM states.
State machine status activity bit [360 Stop Sequence]
Disable discharging and freeze regulators.
Generator is off grid (opening the generator)."
Tripped
TripSeqWait
"SM states.
State machine status activity bit [70 TRIPPED State]
After a Trip the excitation system remains in the TRIPPED state until the fault
is cleared.
After the fault clearing, the system switches to the ON INHIBIT state."
"SM states.
State machine status activity bit [80 Trip Sequence]
The Trip sequence shuts down the excitation system by:
- Opening the Field Breaker and Field Flash Breaker
- Blocking pulses
- Disabling the cooling system
- Blocking and pre-setting the regulators."
178
3BHS258025 E07
Default
Min
Max
ABB
Name
Qualified Name
Description
WaitStop
WaitTrip
"SM states.
State machine status activity bit [370 WAIT STOP State]
The generator / motor is discharged and kept to Q = 0 MVAr but still
connected to the grid. By means of the Discharge Off command, the system
can be brought back to OPERATION state."
"SM states.
State machine status activity bit [90 WAIT TRIP State]
The WAIT TRIP is attained if a Trip 2 is active. In case of a Trip 2, the Trip
sequence must be released with an external command.
On the other hand, a Trip 1 will immediately start the Trip sequence, even if
the generator is on grid."
ActivatedSWFunctions
Out.Sys_Diagnosis
Activated software functions
Unit
Default
Min
Max
Bit 0: PSS4B
Bit 1: APSS
Bit 2: White Noise test generation
ExcOnCounter
Out.Sys_Diagnosis
Diagnosis. Actual number of ExcOn
ExtTripCounter
Out.Sys_Diagnosis
Diagnosis. Actual number of external Trips On-Line
FCB1TripCounter
Out.Sys_Diagnosis
Diagnosis. Actual number of Breaker1 Trips
FCB2TripCounter
Out.Sys_Diagnosis
FCB3TripCounter
Out.Sys_Diagnosis
IntTripCounter
Out.Sys_Diagnosis
Diagnosis. Actual number of internal Trips On-Line
OELimCounter
Out.Sys_Diagnosis
Diagnosis. Actual number of OE Limiter actions
OnlineRunningTimeDays
Out.Sys_Diagnosis
Diagnosis. Online running time in Days
OnlineRunningTimeSeconds
Out.Sys_Diagnosis
Diagnosis. Online running time in Seconds
UELimCounter
Out.Sys_Diagnosis
Diagnosis. Actual number of UE Limiter actions
ActualParameterSet
Out.Sys_ExcitationSystem
Actual parameter set number
ChannelActive
"System excitation system.

CITEngineeringVersionNumber

CIT engineering version number"
CITReleaseVersionNumber

CIT release version number"
179
3BHS258025 E07
ABB
Name
Qualified Name
Description
Unit
IsChannel1

The status signal shows if channel 1 is active
TRUE = Ch1
FALSE = not ch1"
IsChannelBUSys

Channel configuration status bit defines which converter configurations is
selected
TRUE = Ch1 & BFCR or Ch1 & Ch2 & BFCR
FALSE = Ch1 or Ch1 & Ch2
Related parameter: - Sys_ExcitationSystem \ ChannelConfigWord
NOTE: Channel configuration word [2=Ch1 & BFCR]"
IsOneChannelSys

selected
TRUE = Ch1
FALSE = not Ch1
NOTE: Channel configuration word [1=Ch1]"
IsThreeChannelSys

selected
TRUE = Ch1 or Ch1 & Ch2 and BFCR
FALSE = Ch1 or Ch1 & Ch2
NOTE: Channel configuration word [4=Ch1 & Ch2 and BFCR]"
IsTwoChannelSys

selected
TRUE = Ch1 & Ch2 or Ch1 & BFCR
FALSE = Ch1 or Ch1 & Ch2 and BFCR
NOTE: Channel configuration word [2=Ch1 & BFCR] or [3=Ch1 & Ch2]"
LastSaveToFlashTime
Time stamp of last successful Save to Flash
LowerCeilingFactor

Feedback signal lower ceiling factor derived from parameter settings"
ParSaveToFlashOK

Saving to flash of the particular channel Ch1, Ch2, or BFCR was successful
Related parameter: - Sys_ExcitationSystem \ SaveParToFlash"
ReleaseRebootCommand

Release reboot command signal"
SoftwareVersionCCM

CCM software version number"
180
3BHS258025 E07
Default
Min
Max
ABB
Name
Qualified Name
Description
SoftwareVersionCCMBackup

CCM backup software version number"
SoftwareVersionCIT

Display of the software version number"
SoftwareVersionOCPEC800

OPCPEC800 software version number"
SoftwareVersionPEC800

PEC800 software version number"
SubNetId

Display of the subnetwork ID"
SysId

Display of the system ID"
SystemTime

Display of the system time"
UpperCeilingFactor

Feedback signal upper ceiling factor derived from parameter settings"
SlowCommMonRamp
SlowCommMonRamp
Slow ramp-up signal for CT communication Monitoring. This signal is

incremented by the ECT every 1.5 seconds by default.
181
3BHS258025 E07
Unit
Default
Min
Max
INT
ABB
UNITROL 6800 Alarm and Event List
Document No.
Revision Status
Date
Software Release
3BHS258033 E07
Rev. 11 / 2010
v3.0.00
ABB
Display events on the ECT (Excitation Control Terminal):
Touch Events
The Event Logger contains a table with the last 1000 entries. As soon as this window
is selected, an automatic upload will start. If a new entry occurs, the panel reads this
out of the UNITROL System and the table will automatically be updated.
Dynamic list of actual
events
Event logger table
3BHS258033 E07
ABB
Events
Name
ThyrFlt_Rp_CCI1
ID
20000
Type
Alarm
Description
CCI1. Thyristor Rp Fault: The monitoring of Converter 1 has detected a non conducting thyristor
Possible reasons:
- Pulse cable broken
- Thyristor faulty
- Gate driver interface card (UN S0881) faulty
- Pulse card (PC D231) faulty
- Current transformer faulty (Pos&Neg thyristor at same time)
Default reaction:
N-1
- Converter redundancy fault
Twin
- Converter Trip
Related parameters:
Prot_ConvFaultDetect \ TFCDthreshold
TFFDthreshold
TFFDnumOfPeriods
Further steps:
----
ThyrFlt_Tn_CCI1
20001
Alarm
CCI1. Thyristor Tn Fault: The monitoring of Converter 1 has detected a non conducting thyristor
Possible reasons:
- Thyristor faulty
Default reaction:
N-1
Twin
- Converter Trip
Related parameters:
TFFDthreshold
TFFDnumOfPeriods
Further steps:
----
3BHS258033 E07
ABB
Events
Name
ThyrFlt_Sp_CCI1
ID
20002
Type
Alarm
Description
CCI1. Thyristor Sp Fault: The monitoring of Converter 1 has detected a non conducting thyristor
Possible reasons:
- Thyristor faulty
Default reaction:
N-1
Twin
- Converter Trip
Related parameters:
TFFDthreshold
TFFDnumOfPeriods
Further steps:
----
ThyrFlt_Rn_CCI1
20003
Alarm
CCI1. Thyristor Rn Fault: The monitoring of Converter 1 has detected a non conducting thyristor
Possible reasons:
- Thyristor faulty
Default reaction:
N-1
Twin
- Converter Trip
Related parameters:
TFFDthreshold
TFFDnumOfPeriods
Further steps:
----
3BHS258033 E07
Unitrol 6800 Alarm and Event List
ABB
Events
Name
ThyrFlt_Tp_CCI1
ID
20004
Type
Alarm
Description
CCI1. Thyristor Tp Fault: The monitoring of Converter 1 has detected a non conducting thyristor
Possible reasons:
- Thyristor faulty
Default reaction:
N-1
Twin
- Converter Trip
Related parameters:
TFFDthreshold
TFFDnumOfPeriods
Further steps:
----
ThyrFlt_Sn_CCI1
20005
Alarm
CCI1. Thyristor Sn Fault: The monitoring of Converter 1 has detected a non conducting thyristor
Possible reasons:
- Thyristor faulty
Default reaction:
N-1
Twin
- Converter Trip
Related parameters:
TFFDthreshold
TFFDnumOfPeriods
Further steps:
----
3BHS258033 E07
ABB
Events
Name
FuseFlt_Rp_CCI1
ID
20006
Type
Alarm
Description
CCI1. Fuse Rp Fault: Branch Fuse Rp faulty
Possible reasons:
- high current due to internal short circuit (thyristor lost blocking capability)
- high current due to external short circuit (short circuit at DC-side of converter)
Default reaction:
N-1
Twin
- Converter Trip
Related parameters:
TFFDthreshold
TFFDnumOfPeriods
Further steps:
----
FuseFlt_Tn_CCI1
20007
Alarm
CCI1. Fuse Tn Fault: Branch Fuse Tn faulty

Possible reasons:
Default reaction:
N-1
Twin
- Converter Trip
Related parameters:
TFFDthreshold
TFFDnumOfPeriods
Further steps:
----
3BHS258033 E07
ABB
Events
Name
FuseFlt_Sp_CCI1
ID
20008
Type
Alarm
Description
CCI1. Fuse Sp Fault: Branch Fuse Sp faulty
Possible reasons:
Default reaction:
N-1
Twin
- Converter Trip
Related parameters:
TFFDthreshold
TFFDnumOfPeriods
Further steps:
----
FuseFlt_Rn_CCI1
20009
Alarm
CCI1. Fuse Rn Fault: Branch Fuse Rn faulty

Possible reasons:
Default reaction:
N-1
Twin
- Converter Trip
Related parameters:
TFFDthreshold
TFFDnumOfPeriods
Further steps:
----
3BHS258033 E07
ABB
Events
Name
FuseFlt_Tp_CCI1
ID
20010
Type
Alarm
Description
CCI1. Fuse Tp Fault: Branch Fuse Tp faulty
Possible reasons:
Default reaction:
N-1
Twin
- Converter Trip
Related parameters:
TFFDthreshold
TFFDnumOfPeriods
Further steps:
----
FuseFlt_Sn_CCI1
20011
Alarm
CCI1. Fuse Sn Fault: Branch Fuse Sn faulty

Possible reasons:
- High current due to internal short circuit (thyristor lost blocking capability)
- High current due to external short circuit (short circuit at DC-side of converter)
Default reaction:
N-1
Twin
- Converter Trip
Related parameters:
TFFDthreshold
TFFDnumOfPeriods
Further steps:
----
3BHS258033 E07
ABB
Events
Name
TOCD_R_CCI1
ID
20012
Type
Alarm
Description
CCI1. Overcurrent in Phase R detected
Possible reasons:
Default reaction:
N-1
- Converter alarm
Twin
- Converter alarm
Related parameters:
Prot_ConvFaultDetect \ TOCDthreshold
Further steps:
----
TOCD_S_CCI1
20013
Alarm
CCI1. Overcurrent in Phase S detected

Possible reasons:
Default reaction:
N-1
- Converter alarm
Twin
- Converter alarm
Related parameters:
Further steps:
----
3BHS258033 E07
ABB
Events
Name
TOCD_T_CCI1
ID
20014
Type
Alarm
Description
CCI1. Overcurrent in Phase T detected
Possible reasons:
Default reaction:
N-1
- Converter alarm
Twin
- Converter alarm
Related parameters:
Further steps:
----
UfOpCeil_CCI1
20015
Alarm
CCI1. Field Voltage measurement failure

Possible reasons:
- Operation amplifier blocked at ceiling level
Default reaction:
N-1
- Converter alarm
Twin
- Converter alarm
Related parameters:
Prot_Protection \ UfEnaOpAmpCeilMon
Further steps:
----
DevTypeErr_CCI1
20016
Alarm
CCI1. Device Type Error

Possible reasons:
- Wrong device connected to AC 800PEC (OM2 Link 1)
- Wrong installer archive loaded to CCI 1
Default reaction:
- Converter Trip
Related parameters:
---Further steps:
----
10
3BHS258033 E07
ABB
Events
Name
AddressErr_CCI1
ID
20017
Type
Alarm
Description
CCI1. Address Error
Possible reasons:
- Wrong HEX Switch setting at CCI 1
Default reaction:
- Converter Trip
Related parameters:
---Further steps:
----
LinkFault_CCI1
20018
Alarm
CCI1. Link Fault detected by AC 800PEC

Possible reasons:
- Optical link cabling to CCI interrupted (OM2 Link 1)
- PowerLink Watchdog (>3 Link cycles (100 us) no telegram received)
- PowerLink Frame Error (4 consecutive telegrams corrupt)
Default reaction:
- Converter Trip
Related parameters:
---Further steps:
- Check optical link cabling to CCI
RedPwrFail1_CCI1
20019
Alarm
CCI1. Redundant Power 1 fail

Possible reasons:
- Power supply fault at input 1 (X1:1-2)
Default reaction:
- Converter Redundancy Fault
Related parameters:
---Further steps:
- Check cabling and power supply
11
3BHS258033 E07
ABB
Events
Name
RedPwrFail2_CCI1
ID
20020
Type
Alarm
Description
Possible reasons:
Default reaction:
Related parameters:
Prot_PowerSupplyMon \ EnableRedundantSupply
Further steps:
PrciPwrFail_CCI1
20021
Alarm
CCI1. Precision Power fail

Possible reasons:
- Internal power fail on CCI
- Both power supply inputs are missing
Default reaction:
- Converter Trip
Related parameters:
---Further steps:
- Replace board
CPUWatchdog_CCI1
20022
Alarm
CCI1. CPU Watchdog

Possible reasons:
- CPU failure
- Simulink application not running
Default reaction:
- Converter Trip
Related parameters:
---Further steps:
- Reboot device
- Download installer archive
- Replace board
12
3BHS258033 E07
ABB
Events
Name
UfFreeze_CCI1
ID
20023
Type
Alarm
Description
Possible reasons:
- Operation amplifier blocked (frozen)
- ADC failure
Default reaction:
- Converter Alarm
Related parameters:
Prot_Protection \ UfEnaADCFreezeMon
Further steps:
- Replace board
USynInPhase_CCI1
20024
Alarm
CCI1. Synchronous Voltage measurement failure

Possible reasons:
- One Phase of the AC-connection lost
Default reaction:
- Converter Alarm
Related parameters:
Prot_Protection \ UsynEnaInPhaseMon
Further steps:
- Check cabling
USynOpCeil_CCI1
20025
Alarm

Possible reasons:
Default reaction:
- Converter Alarm
Related parameters:
Prot_Protection \ UsynEnaOpAmpCeilMon
Further steps:
- Replace board
13
3BHS258033 E07
ABB
Events
Name
USynFreeze_CCI1
ID
20026
Type
Alarm
Description
Possible reasons:
- ADC failure
Default reaction:
- Converter Alarm
Related parameters:
Prot_Protection \ UsynEnaADCFreezeMon
Further steps:
- Replace board
USynAllLost_CCI1
20027
Alarm

Possible reasons:
- Two or all three connections lost
Default reaction:
- Converter Alarm
Related parameters:
Prot_Protection \ UsynEnaAllLostMon
Further steps:
- Check cabling
SelfTrip_CCI1
20028
Alarm
CCI1. Link Fault detected by CCI

Possible reasons:
Default reaction:
- Converter Trip
Related parameters:
---Further steps:
- Check optical link cabling to AC 800PEC
14
3BHS258033 E07
ABB
Events
Name
AdvFuseBlow_CCI1
ID
20029
Type
Alarm
Description
CCI1. Advanced fuse blow procedure detected faulty branch. Fault clearing by Fire all pulses
Possible reasons:
- Internal short circuit at a TWIN configuration (Cold Standby)
Default reaction:
- Converter Trip
Related parameters:
Conv_ConverterSystem1 \ EnableColdStandby
EnableAdvancedFuseBlown
Further steps:
- Check thyristors
- Check fuses
IConvOpCeil_CCI1
20030
Alarm
CCI1. Converter Current measurement failure

Possible reasons:
- ADC failure
Default reaction:
- Converter Trip
Related parameters:
Prot_Protection \ IconvEnaADCFreezeMon
Further steps:
- Replace board
IConvFreeze_CCI1
20031
Alarm

Possible reasons:
Default reaction:
- Converter TRIP
Related parameters:
Prot_Protection \ IconvEnaOpAmpCeilMon
Further steps:
- Replace board
15
3BHS258033 E07
ABB
Events
Name
CoolingFailure_CCI1
ID
20032
Type
Alarm
Description
CCI1. Cooling failure
Possible reasons:
- The configured cooling system does not work sufficiently
- Pressure sensor defective
- Dirty filters
Default reaction:
- Converter TRIP
Related parameters:
Conv_ConverterSystem1 \ CoolingTypeConfigWord
Further steps:
- Replace fan(s)
- Clean air inlet filters
- Replace pressure sensor
Fan1Supply1Flt_CCI1
20033
Alarm
CCI1. Fan 1 Supply 1 fault

Possible reasons:
- Fan 1 defective
- Supply 1 missing
- Dirty filters
Default reaction:
- Converter Redundancy fault
Related parameters:
Further steps:
- Replace fan
- Check supply voltage (HW-schematic page 410)
16
3BHS258033 E07
ABB
Events
Name
Fan1Supply2Flt_CCI1
ID
20034
Type
Alarm
Description
Possible reasons:
- Fan 1 defective
- Supply 2 missing
- Dirty filters
Default reaction:
Related parameters:
Further steps:
- Replace fan
Fan2Supply1Flt_CCI1
20035
Alarm

Possible reasons:
- Fan 2 defective
- Supply 1 missing
- Dirty filters
Default reaction:
Related parameters:
Further steps:
- Replace fan
17
3BHS258033 E07
ABB
Events
Name
Fan2Supply2Flt_CCI1
ID
20036
Type
Alarm
Description
Possible reasons:
- Fan 2 defective
- Supply 2 missing
- Dirty filters
Default reaction:
Related parameters:
Further steps:
- Replace fan
MCB1Fault_CCI1
20037
Alarm
CCI1. Fan Supply Miniature Circuit Breaker 1 fault

Possible reasons:
- Fan 1 defective
Default reaction:
Related parameters:
Further steps:
- Replace fan (HW-schematic page 410)
- Re-check cabling
18
3BHS258033 E07
ABB
Events
Name
MCB2Fault_CCI1
ID
20038
Type
Alarm
Description
Possible reasons:
- Fan 2 defective
Default reaction:
Related parameters:
Further steps:
- Re-check cabling
ThyrTemp1Lev1Fl_CCI1
20039
Alarm
CCI1. Thyristor Rp Case Temperature above alarm level

(Alarm level = Fault level -10K)
Possible reasons:
- Insufficient cooling
- High ambient temperature
Default reaction:
- Converter alarm
Related parameters:
Conv_ConverterSystem1 \ ThyrCaseTempAlarmLevel
Further steps:
- Reduce excitation current to prevent overtemperature fault level
19
3BHS258033 E07
ABB
Events
Name
ID
20040
Type
Alarm
Description
CCI1. Thyristor Tn Case Temperature above alarm level
Possible reasons:
Default reaction:
- Converter alarm
Related parameters:
Further steps:
20041
Alarm
CCI1. Thyristor Sp Case Temperature above alarm level

Possible reasons:
Default reaction:
- Converter alarm
Related parameters:
Further steps:
20
3BHS258033 E07
ABB
Events
Name
ID
20042
Type
Alarm
Description
CCI1. Thyristor Rn Case Temperature above alarm level
Possible reasons:
Default reaction:
- Converter alarm
Related parameters:
Further steps:
20043
Alarm
CCI1. Thyristor Tp Case Temperature above alarm level

Possible reasons:
Default reaction:
- Converter alarm
Related parameters:
Further steps:
21
3BHS258033 E07
ABB
Events
Name
ID
20044
Type
Alarm
Description
CCI1. Thyristor Sn Case Temperature above alarm level
Possible reasons:
Default reaction:
- Converter alarm
Related parameters:
Further steps:
AirTemp1Lev1Flt_CCI1
20045
Alarm
CCI1. Air Temperature 1 ( Thyristor Cooler Input ) above alarm level

Possible reasons:
Default reaction:
- Converter alarm
Related parameters:
Conv_ConverterSystem1 \ AirTemp1AlarmLevel
Further steps:
22
3BHS258033 E07
ABB
Events
Name
ID
20046
Type
Alarm
Description
CCI1. Air Temperature 2 ( Air outlet chimney ) above alarm level
Possible reasons:
- Snubber control not working
Default reaction:
- Converter alarm
Related parameters:
Further steps:
ThyrTemp1SensFl_CCI1
20047
Alarm
CCI1. Thyristor Rp Case Temperature Sensor fault

Possible reasons:
>156C
< -13C
Default reaction:
- Converter alarm
Related parameters:
Conv_ConverterSystem1 \ ConverterTempMeasConfigWord
Further steps:
- Re-check sensor circuit
20048
Alarm
CCI1. Thyristor Tn Case Temperature Sensor fault

Possible reasons:
- Sensor circuit open >156C
- Sensor short-circuit < -13C
Default reaction:
- Converter alarm
Related parameters:
Further steps:
23
3BHS258033 E07
ABB
Events
Name
ID
20049
Type
Alarm
Description
CCI1. Thyristor Sp Case Temperature Sensor fault
Possible reasons:
>156C
< -13C
Default reaction:
- Converter alarm
Related parameters:
Further steps:
20050
Alarm
CCI1. Thyristor Rn Case Temperature Sensor fault

Possible reasons:
>156C
< -13C
Default reaction:
- Converter alarm
Related parameters:
Further steps:
20051
Alarm
CCI1. Thyristor Tp Case Temperature Sensor fault

Possible reasons:
>156C
< -13C
Default reaction:
- Converter alarm
Related parameters:
Further steps:
24
3BHS258033 E07
ABB
Events
Name
ID
20052
Type
Alarm
Description
CCI1. Thyristor Sn Case Temperature Sensor fault
Possible reasons:
>156C
< -13C
Default reaction:
- Converter alarm
Related parameters:
Further steps:
AirTemp1SensFlt_CCI1
20053
Alarm
CCI1. Air Temperature 1 Sensor fault

Possible reasons:
>156C
< -13C
Default reaction:
- Converter alarm
Related parameters:
Further steps:
20054
Alarm

Possible reasons:
>156C
< -13C
Default reaction:
- Converter alarm
Related parameters:
Further steps:
25
3BHS258033 E07
ABB
Events
Name
SnubberSwiFlt_CCI1
ID
20055
Type
Alarm
Description
CCI1. Snubber Switch fault
Possible reasons:
- IGBT Switch defective
- Optical snubber command/feedback mismatch
Default reaction:
N-1
- Converter alarm
TWIN
- Converter Trip
Related parameters:
Conv_ConverterSystem1 \ ConverterTypeConfigWord
Further steps:
SnubberFuseFlt_CCI1
20056
Alarm
CCI1. Snubber Fuse fault

Possible reasons:
---Default reaction:
---Related parameters:
---Further steps:
----
ThyristorFuseFl_CCI1
20057
Alarm
CCI1. Thyristor Fuse fault

Possible reasons:
- Digital input for fuse supervision activated
Default reaction:
- Converter alarm
Related parameters:
---Further steps:
- Check and replace faulty thyristors
- Check and replace blown fuses
26
3BHS258033 E07
ABB
Events
Name
DoorFlt_CCI1
ID
20058
Type
Alarm
Description
CCI1. Converter cabinet Door fault
Possible reasons:
- Digital input for open door activated
Default reaction:
- Converter alarm
Related parameters:
---Further steps:
- Close converter cabinet door
VersionFlt_CCI1
20059
Alarm
CCI1. Software Version fault

Possible reasons:
- Wrong converter interface SW version
Default reaction:
- Converter Trip
Related parameters:
---Further steps:
- Download required software version
NegConvFault_CCI1
20060
Alarm
CCI1. NegConvFault_CCI1
Possible reasons:
- The DI 12 signal of Converter I/O does not match converter configuration
Default reaction:
- Converter Trip
Related parameters:
Conv_ConverterSystem1 \ ConverterNegCurrConfigWord
Further steps:
- Re-check HW input
27
3BHS258033 E07
ABB
Events
Name
PulseBlockFault_CCI1
ID
20061
Type
Alarm
Description
CCI1. PulseBlock_CCI1 of HW
Possible reason:
- Pulse blocking via DI 6
- Pulse blocking via DI 5 not alive
Default reaction:
- Converter trip
Related parameters:
---Further steps:
- Re-check of HW input
TestPosition_CCI1
20062
Information
CCI1. TestPosition_CCI1
Possible reasons:
- The Converter is in Test Position
Default reaction:
- none / information event only
Related parameters:
- none
Further steps:
----
Event2_31_CCI1
20063
20064
Information
Alarm
CCI event Not usable for engineering

CCI1. Thyristor Rp Case Temperature above trip level
Possible reasons:
Default reaction:
- Converter Trip
Related parameters:
Further steps:
- Reduce excitation current immediately to prevent overtemperature fault of the other converters (n-1)
28
3BHS258033 E07
ABB
Events
Name
ID
20065
Type
Alarm
Description
CCI1. Thyristor Tn Case Temperature above trip level
Possible reasons:
Default reaction:
- Converter Trip
Related parameters:
Further steps:
20066
Alarm
CCI1. Thyristor Sp Case Temperature above trip level

Possible reasons:
Default reaction:
- Converter Trip
Related parameters:
Further steps:
20067
Alarm
CCI1. Thyristor Rn Case Temperature above trip level

Possible reasons:
Default reaction:
- Converter Trip
Related parameters:
Further steps:
29
3BHS258033 E07
ABB
Events
Name
ID
20068
Type
Alarm
Description
CCI1. Thyristor Tp Case Temperature above trip level
Possible reasons:
Default reaction:
- Converter Trip
Related parameters:
Further steps:
20069
Alarm
CCI1. Thyristor Sn Case Temperature above trip level

Possible reasons:
Default reaction:
- Converter Trip
Related parameters:
Further steps:
20070
Alarm
CCI1. Air Temperature 1 ( Thyristor Cooler Input ) above fault level

Possible reasons:
Default reaction:
- Converter alarm
Related parameters:
Further steps:
30
3BHS258033 E07
ABB
Events
Name
ID
20071
Type
Alarm
Description
CCI1. Air Temperature 2 ( Air outlet chimney ) above fault level
Possible reasons:
Default reaction:
- Converter alarm
Related parameters:
Further steps:
StbyCoolingFlt_CCI1
20072
Alarm
CCI1. Standby cooling fault

Possible reasons:
- Standby cooling duty cycle >10%
- Standby cooling on for longer than 600s
Default reaction:
- Converter alarm
Related parameters:
Further steps:
EmergCoolingOn_CCI1
20073
Alarm
CCI1. Emergency Cooling On

Possible reasons:
- Converter outlet temperature was >120C
Default reaction:
- Converter alarm
Related parameters:
Further steps:
Event3_10_CCI1
Event3_11_CCI1
31
20074
20075
Information
Information
CCI event. Not usable for engineering

3BHS258033 E07
ABB
Events
Name
Event3_12_CCI1
Event3_13_CCI1
Event3_14_CCI1
Event3_15_CCI1
Event3_16_CCI1
Event3_17_CCI1
Event3_18_CCI1
Event3_19_CCI1
Event3_20_CCI1
Event3_21_CCI1
Event3_22_CCI1
Event3_23_CCI1
Event3_24_CCI1
Event3_25_CCI1
Event3_26_CCI1
Event3_27_CCI1
Event3_28_CCI1
Event3_29_CCI1
Event3_30_CCI1
Event3_31_CCI1
32
ID
20076
20077
20078
20079
20080
20081
20082
20083
20084
20085
20086
20087
20088
20089
20090
20091
20092
20093
20094
20095
Type
Information
Information
Information
Information
Information
Information
Information
Information
Information
Information
Information
Information
Information
Information
Information
Information
Information
Information
Information
Information
Description
3BHS258033 E07
ABB
Events
Name
ThyrFlt_Rp_CCI2
ID
20100
Type
Alarm
Description
Possible reasons:
- Thyristor faulty
- Current transformer faulty (Pos & Neg thyristor at same time)
Default reaction:
N-1
Twin
- Converter Trip
Related parameters:
TFFDthreshold
TFFDnumOfPeriods
Further steps:
----
ThyrFlt_Tn_CCI2
20101
Alarm
Possible reasons:
- Thyristor faulty
Default reaction:
N-1
Twin
- Converter Trip
Related parameters:
TFFDthreshold
TFFDnumOfPeriods
Further steps:
----
33
3BHS258033 E07
ABB
Events
Name
ThyrFlt_Sp_CCI2
ID
20102
Type
Alarm
Description
Possible reasons:
- Thyristor faulty
Default reaction:
N-1
Twin
- Converter Trip
Related parameters:
TFFDthreshold
TFFDnumOfPeriods
Further steps:
----
ThyrFlt_Rn_CCI2
20103
Alarm
Possible reasons:
- Thyristor faulty
Default reaction:
N-1
Twin
- Converter Trip
Related parameters:
TFFDthreshold
TFFDnumOfPeriods
Further steps:
----
34
3BHS258033 E07
ABB
Events
Name
ThyrFlt_Tp_CCI2
ID
20104
Type
Alarm
Description
Possible reasons:
- Thyristor faulty
Default reaction:
N-1
Twin
- Converter Trip
Related parameters:
TFFDthreshold
TFFDnumOfPeriods
Further steps:
----
ThyrFlt_Sn_CCI2
20105
Alarm
Possible reasons:
- Thyristor faulty
Default reaction:
N-1
Twin
- Converter Trip
Related parameters:
TFFDthreshold
TFFDnumOfPeriods
Further steps:
----
35
3BHS258033 E07
ABB
Events
Name
FuseFlt_Rp_CCI2
ID
20106
Type
Alarm
Description
CCI2. Fuse Rp Fault: Branch Fuse Rp blown
Possible reasons:
Default reaction:
N-1
Twin
- Converter Trip
Related parameters:
TFFDthreshold
TFFDnumOfPeriods
Further steps:
----
FuseFlt_Tn_CCI2
20107
Alarm

Possible reasons:
Default reaction:
N-1
Twin
- Converter Trip
Related parameters:
TFFDthreshold
TFFDnumOfPeriods
Further steps:
----
36
3BHS258033 E07
ABB
Events
Name
FuseFlt_Sp_CCI2
ID
20108
Type
Alarm
Description
Possible reasons:
Default reaction:
N-1
Twin
- Converter Trip
Related parameters:
TFFDthreshold
TFFDnumOfPeriods
Further steps:
----
FuseFlt_Rn_CCI2
20109
Alarm

Possible reasons:
Default reaction:
N-1
Twin
- Converter Trip
Related parameters:
TFFDthreshold
TFFDnumOfPeriods
Further steps:
----
37
3BHS258033 E07
ABB
Events
Name
FuseFlt_Tp_CCI2
ID
20110
Type
Alarm
Description
Possible reasons:
Default reaction:
N-1
Twin
- Converter Trip
Related parameters:
TFFDthreshold
TFFDnumOfPeriods
Further steps:
----
FuseFlt_Sn_CCI2
20111
Alarm

Possible reasons:
Default reaction:
N-1
Twin
- Converter Trip
Related parameters:
TFFDthreshold
TFFDnumOfPeriods
Further steps:
----
38
3BHS258033 E07
ABB
Events
Name
TOCD_R_CCI2
ID
20112
Type
Alarm
Description
Possible reasons:
Default reaction:
N-1
- Converter alarm
Twin
- Converter alarm
Related parameters:
Further steps:
----
TOCD_S_CCI2
20113
Alarm

Possible reasons:
Default reaction:
N-1
- Converter alarm
Twin
- Converter alarm
Related parameters:
Further steps:
----
39
3BHS258033 E07
ABB
Events
Name
TOCD_T_CCI2
ID
20114
Type
Alarm
Description
Possible reasons:
Default reaction:
N-1
- Converter alarm
Twin
- Converter alarm
Related parameters:
Further steps:
----
UfOpCeil_CCI2
20115
Alarm

Possible reasons:
Default reaction:
N-1
- Converter alarm
Twin
- Converter alarm
Related parameters:
Further steps:
----
DevTypeErr_CCI2
20116
Alarm

Possible reasons:
Default reaction:
- Converter Trip
Related parameters:
---Further steps:
----
40
3BHS258033 E07
ABB
Events
Name
AddressErr_CCI2
ID
20117
Type
Alarm
Description
CCI2. Address Error
Possible reasons:
Default reaction:
- Converter Trip
Related parameters:
---Further steps:
----
LinkFault_CCI2
20118
Alarm

Possible reasons:
Default reaction:
- Converter Trip
Related parameters:
---Further steps:
RedPwrFail1_CCI2
20119
Alarm

Possible reasons:
Default reaction:
Related parameters:
---Further steps:
41
3BHS258033 E07
ABB
Events
Name
RedPwrFail2_CCI2
ID
20120
Type
Alarm
Description
Possible reasons:
Default reaction:
Related parameters:
Further steps:
PrciPwrFail_CCI2
20121
Alarm

Possible reasons:
Default reaction:
- Converter Trip
Related parameters:
---Further steps:
- Replace board
CPUWatchdog_CCI2
20122
Alarm
CCI2. CPU Watchdog

Possible reasons:
- CPU failure
Default reaction:
- Converter Trip
Related parameters:
---Further steps:
- Reboot device
- Replace board
42
3BHS258033 E07
ABB
Events
Name
UfFreeze_CCI2
ID
20123
Type
Alarm
Description
Possible reasons:
- ADC failure
Default reaction:
- Converter Alarm
Related parameters:
Further steps:
- Replace board
USynInPhase_CCI2
20124
Alarm

Possible reasons:
Default reaction:
- Converter Alarm
Related parameters:
Further steps:
- Check cabling
USynOpCeil_CCI2
20125
Alarm

Possible reasons:
Default reaction:
- Converter Alarm
Related parameters:
Further steps:
- Replace board
43
3BHS258033 E07
ABB
Events
Name
USynFreeze_CCI2
ID
20126
Type
Alarm
Description
Possible reasons:
- ADC failure
Default reaction:
- Converter Alarm
Related parameters:
Further steps:
- Replace board
USynAllLost_CCI2
20127
Alarm

Possible reasons:
Default reaction:
- Converter Alarm
Related parameters:
Further steps:
- Check cabling
SelfTrip_CCI2
20128
Alarm

Possible reasons:
Default reaction:
- Converter Trip
Related parameters:
---Further steps:
44
3BHS258033 E07
ABB
Events
Name
AdvFuseBlow_CCI2
ID
20129
Type
Alarm
Description
Possible reasons:
Default reaction:
- Converter Trip
Related parameters:
Further steps:
- Check thyristors
- Check fuses
IConvOpCeil_CCI2
20130
Alarm

Possible reasons:
- ADC failure
Default reaction:
- Converter TRIP
Related parameters:
Further steps:
- Replace board
IConvFreeze_CCI2
20131
Alarm

Possible reasons:
Default reaction:
- Converter TRIP
Related parameters:
Further steps:
- Replace board
45
3BHS258033 E07
ABB
Events
Name
CoolingFailure_CCI2
ID
20132
Type
Alarm
Description
Possible reasons:
- Dirty filters
Default reaction:
- Converter TRIP
Related parameters:
Further steps:
- Replace fan(s)
Fan1Supply1Flt_CCI2
20133
Alarm

Possible reasons:
- Fan 1 defective
- Supply 1 missing
- Dirty filters
Default reaction:
Related parameters:
Further steps:
- Replace fan
46
3BHS258033 E07
ABB
Events
Name
Fan1Supply2Flt_CCI2
ID
20134
Type
Alarm
Description
Possible reasons:
- Fan 1 defective
- Supply 2 missing
- pressure sensor defective
- Dirty filters
Default reaction:
Related parameters:
Further steps:
- Replace fan
Fan2Supply1Flt_CCI2
20135
Alarm

Possible reasons:
- Fan 2 defective
- Supply 1 missing
- Dirty filters
Default reaction:
Related parameters:
Further steps:
- Replace fan
47
3BHS258033 E07
ABB
Events
Name
Fan2Supply2Flt_CCI2
ID
20136
Type
Alarm
Description
Possible reasons:
- Fan 2 defective
- Supply 2 missing
- Dirty filters
Default reaction:
Related parameters:
Further steps:
- Replace fan
MCB1Fault_CCI2
20137
Alarm

Possible reasons:
- Fan 1 defective
Default reaction:
Related parameters:
Further steps:
- Re-check cabling
48
3BHS258033 E07
ABB
Events
Name
MCB2Fault_CCI2
ID
20138
Type
Alarm
Description
Possible reasons:
- Fan 2 defective
Default reaction:
Related parameters:
Further steps:
- Re-check cabling
20139
Alarm

Possible reasons:
Default reaction:
- Converter alarm
Related parameters:
Further steps:
49
3BHS258033 E07
ABB
Events
Name
ID
20140
Type
Alarm
Description
Possible reasons:
Default reaction:
- Converter alarm
Related parameters:
Further steps:
20141
Alarm

Possible reasons:
Default reaction:
- Converter alarm
Related parameters:
Further steps:
50
3BHS258033 E07
ABB
Events
Name
ID
20142
Type
Alarm
Description
Possible reasons:
Default reaction:
- Converter alarm
Related parameters:
Further steps:
20143
Alarm

Possible reasons:
Default reaction:
- Converter alarm
Related parameters:
Further steps:
51
3BHS258033 E07
ABB
Events
Name
ID
20144
Type
Alarm
Description
Possible reasons:
Default reaction:
- Converter alarm
Related parameters:
Further steps:
20145
Alarm

Possible reasons:
Default reaction:
- Converter alarm
Related parameters:
Further steps:
52
3BHS258033 E07
ABB
Events
Name
ID
20146
Type
Alarm
Description
CCI2. Air Temperature 2 ( Air outlet chimmey ) above alarm level
Possible reasons:
Default reaction:
- Converter alarm
Related parameters:
Further steps:
20147
Alarm

Possible reasons:
>156C
< -13C
Default reaction:
- Converter alarm
Related parameters:
Further steps:
20148
Alarm

Possible reasons:
>156C
< -13C
Default reaction:
- Converter alarm
Related parameters:
Further steps:
53
3BHS258033 E07
ABB
Events
Name
ID
20149
Type
Alarm
Description
Possible reasons:
>156C
< -13C
Default reaction:
- Converter alarm
Related parameters:
Further steps:
20150
Alarm

Possible reasons:
>156C
< -13C
Default reaction:
- Converter alarm
Related parameters:
Further steps:
20151
Alarm

Possible reasons:
>156C
< -13C
Default reaction:
- Converter alarm
Related parameters:
Further steps:
54
3BHS258033 E07
ABB
Events
Name
ID
20152
Type
Alarm
Description
Possible reasons:
>156C
< -13C
Default reaction:
- Converter alarm
Related parameters:
Further steps:
20153
Alarm

Possible reasons:
>156C
< -13C
Default reaction:
- Converter alarm
Related parameters:
Further steps:
20154
Alarm

Possible reasons:
>156C
< -13C
Default reaction:
- Converter alarm
Related parameters:
Further steps:
55
3BHS258033 E07
ABB
Events
Name
SnubberSwiFlt_CCI2
ID
20155
Type
Alarm
Description
Possible reasons:
Default reaction:
N-1
- Converter alarm
TWIN
- Converter Trip
Related parameters:
Further steps:
SnubberFuseFlt_CCI2
20156
Alarm

Possible reasons:
---Further steps:
----
20157
Alarm

Possible reasons:
Default reaction:
- Converter alarm
Related parameters:
---Further steps:
56
3BHS258033 E07
ABB
Events
Name
DoorFlt_CCI2
ID
20158
Type
Alarm
Description
Possible reasons:
Default reaction:
- Converter alarm
Related parameters:
---Further steps:
VersionFlt_CCI2
20159
Alarm

Possible reasons:
Default reaction:
- Converter Trip
Related parameters:
---Further steps:
NegConvFault_CCI2
20160
Alarm
Possible reasons:
Default reaction:
- Converter Trip
Related parameters:
Further steps:
- Re-check HW input
57
3BHS258033 E07
ABB
Events
Name
ID
20161
Type
Alarm
Description
CCI2. PulseBlock_CCI2 by hardware
Possible reasons:
Default reaction:
- Converter Trip
Related parameters:
---Further steps:
- Re-check HW input
TestPosition_CCI2
20162
Information
Possible reasons:
Default reaction:
Related parameters:
- none
Further steps:
----
Event2_31_CCI2
20163
20164
Information
Alarm

Possible reasons:
Default reaction:
- Converter Trip
Related parameters:
Further steps:
58
3BHS258033 E07
ABB
Events
Name
ID
20165
Type
Alarm
Description
Possible reasons:
Default reaction:
- Converter Trip
Related parameters:
Further steps:
20166
Alarm

Possible reasons:
Default reaction:
- Converter Trip
Related parameters:
Further steps:
20167
Alarm

Possible reasons:
Default reaction:
- Converter Trip
Related parameters:
Further steps:
59
3BHS258033 E07
ABB
Events
Name
ID
20168
Type
Alarm
Description
Possible reasons:
Default reaction:
- Converter Trip
Related parameters:
Further steps:
20169
Alarm

Possible reasons:
Default reaction:
- Converter Trip
Related parameters:
Further steps:
20170
Alarm

Possible reasons:
Default reaction:
- Converter alarm
Related parameters:
Further steps:
60
3BHS258033 E07
ABB
Events
Name
ID
20171
Type
Alarm
Description
Possible reasons:
Default reaction:
- Converter alarm
Related parameters:
Further steps:
StbyCoolingFlt_CCI2
20172
Alarm

Possible reasons:
Default reaction:
- Converter alarm
Related parameters:
Further steps:
EmergCoolingOn_CCI2
20173
Alarm

Possible reasons:
Default reaction:
- Converter alarm
Related parameters:
Further steps:
Event3_10_CCI2
Event3_11_CCI2
61
20174
20175
Information
Information

3BHS258033 E07
ABB
Events
Name
Event3_12_CCI2
Event3_13_CCI2
Event3_14_CCI2
Event3_15_CCI2
Event3_16_CCI2
Event3_17_CCI2
Event3_18_CCI2
Event3_19_CCI2
Event3_20_CCI2
Event3_21_CCI2
Event3_22_CCI2
Event3_23_CCI2
Event3_24_CCI2
Event3_25_CCI2
Event3_26_CCI2
Event3_27_CCI2
Event3_28_CCI2
Event3_29_CCI2
Event3_30_CCI2
Event3_31_CCI2
62
ID
20176
20177
20178
20179
20180
20181
20182
20183
20184
20185
20186
20187
20188
20189
20190
20191
20192
20193
20194
20195
Type
Information
Information
Information
Information
Information
Information
Information
Information
Information
Information
Information
Information
Information
Information
Information
Information
Information
Information
Information
Information
Description
3BHS258033 E07
ABB
Events
Name
ThyrFlt_Rp_CCI3
ID
20200
Type
Alarm
Description
Possible reasons:
- Thyristor faulty
Default reaction:
N-1
Twin
- Converter Trip
Related parameters:
TFFDthreshold
TFFDnumOfPeriods
Further steps:
----
ThyrFlt_Tn_CCI3
20201
Alarm
Possible reasons:
- Thyristor faulty
Default reaction:
N-1
Twin
- Converter Trip
Related parameters:
TFFDthreshold
TFFDnumOfPeriods
Further steps:
----
63
3BHS258033 E07
ABB
Events
Name
ThyrFlt_Sp_CCI3
ID
20202
Type
Alarm
Description
Possible reasons:
- Thyristor faulty
Default reaction:
N-1
Twin
- Converter Trip
Related parameters:
TFFDthreshold
TFFDnumOfPeriods
Further steps:
----
ThyrFlt_Rn_CCI3
20203
Alarm
Possible reasons:
- Thyristor faulty
Default reaction:
N-1
Twin
- Converter Trip
Related parameters:
TFFDthreshold
TFFDnumOfPeriods
Further steps:
----
64
3BHS258033 E07
ABB
Events
Name
ThyrFlt_Tp_CCI3
ID
20204
Type
Alarm
Description
Possible reasons:
- Thyristor faulty
Default reaction:
N-1
Twin
- Converter Trip
Related parameters:
TFFDthreshold
TFFDnumOfPeriods
Further steps:
----
ThyrFlt_Sn_CCI3
20205
Alarm
Possible reasons:
- Thyristor faulty
Default reaction:
N-1
Twin
- Converter Trip
Related parameters:
TFFDthreshold
TFFDnumOfPeriods
Further steps:
----
65
3BHS258033 E07
ABB
Events
Name
FuseFlt_Rp_CCI3
ID
20206
Type
Alarm
Description
Possible reasons:
Default reaction:
N-1
Twin
- Converter Trip
Related parameters:
TFFDthreshold
TFFDnumOfPeriods
Further steps:
----
FuseFlt_Tn_CCI3
20207
Alarm

Possible reasons:
Default reaction:
N-1
Twin
- Converter Trip
Related parameters:
TFFDthreshold
TFFDnumOfPeriods
Further steps:
----
66
3BHS258033 E07
ABB
Events
Name
FuseFlt_Sp_CCI3
ID
20208
Type
Alarm
Description
Possible reasons:
Default reaction:
N-1
Twin
- Converter Trip
Related parameters:
TFFDthreshold
TFFDnumOfPeriods
Further steps:
----
FuseFlt_Rn_CCI3
20209
Alarm

Possible reasons:
Default reaction:
N-1
Twin
- Converter Trip
Related parameters:
TFFDthreshold
TFFDnumOfPeriods
Further steps:
----
67
3BHS258033 E07
ABB
Events
Name
FuseFlt_Tp_CCI3
ID
20210
Type
Alarm
Description
Possible reasons:
Default reaction:
N-1
Twin
- Converter Trip
Related parameters:
TFFDthreshold
TFFDnumOfPeriods
Further steps:
----
FuseFlt_Sn_CCI3
20211
Alarm

Possible reasons:
Default reaction:
N-1
Twin
- Converter Trip
Related parameters:
TFFDthreshold
TFFDnumOfPeriods
Further steps:
----
68
3BHS258033 E07
ABB
Events
Name
TOCD_R_CCI3
ID
20212
Type
Alarm
Description
Possible reasons:
Default reaction:
N-1
- Converter alarm
Twin
- Converter alarm
Related parameters:
Further steps:
----
TOCD_S_CCI3
20213
Alarm

Possible reasons:
Default reaction:
N-1
- Converter alarm
Twin
- Converter alarm
Related parameters:
Further steps:
----
69
3BHS258033 E07
ABB
Events
Name
TOCD_T_CCI3
ID
20214
Type
Alarm
Description
Possible reasons:
Default reaction:
N-1
- Converter alarm
Twin
- Converter alarm
Related parameters:
Further steps:
----
UfOpCeil_CCI3
20215
Alarm

Possible reasons:
Default reaction:
N-1
- Converter alarm
Twin
- Converter alarm
Related parameters:
Further steps:
----
DevTypeErr_CCI3
20216
Alarm

Possible reasons:
Default reaction:
- Converter Trip
Related parameters:
---Further steps:
----
70
3BHS258033 E07
ABB
Events
Name
AddressErr_CCI3
ID
20217
Type
Alarm
Description
CCI3. Address Error
Possible reasons:
Default reaction:
- Converter Trip
Related parameters:
---Further steps:
----
LinkFault_CCI3
20218
Alarm

Possible reasons:
Default reaction:
- Converter Trip
Related parameters:
---Further steps:
RedPwrFail1_CCI3
20219
Alarm

Possible reasons:
Default reaction:
Related parameters:
---Further steps:
71
3BHS258033 E07
ABB
Events
Name
RedPwrFail2_CCI3
ID
20220
Type
Alarm
Description
Possible reasons:
Default reaction:
Related parameters:
Further steps:
PrciPwrFail_CCI3
20221
Alarm

Possible reasons:
Default reaction:
- Converter Trip
Related parameters:
---Further steps:
- Replace board
CPUWatchdog_CCI3
20222
Alarm
CCI3. CPU Watchdog

Possible reasons:
- CPU failure
Default reaction:
- Converter Trip
Related parameters:
---Further steps:
- Reboot device
- Replace board
72
3BHS258033 E07
ABB
Events
Name
UfFreeze_CCI3
ID
20223
Type
Alarm
Description
Possible reasons:
- ADC failure
Default reaction:
- Converter Alarm
Related parameters:
Further steps:
- Replace board
USynInPhase_CCI3
20224
Alarm

Possible reasons:
Default reaction:
- Converter Alarm
Related parameters:
Further steps:
- Check cabling
USynOpCeil_CCI3
20225
Alarm

Possible reasons:
Default reaction:
- Converter Alarm
Related parameters:
Further steps:
- Replace board
73
3BHS258033 E07
ABB
Events
Name
USynFreeze_CCI3
ID
20226
Type
Alarm
Description
Possible reasons:
- ADC failure
Default reaction:
- Converter Alarm
Related parameters:
Further steps:
- Replace board
USynAllLost_CCI3
20227
Alarm

Possible reasons:
Default reaction:
- Converter Alarm
Related parameters:
Further steps:
- Check cabling
SelfTrip_CCI3
20228
Alarm

Possible reasons:
Default reaction:
- Converter Trip
Related parameters:
---Further steps:
74
3BHS258033 E07
ABB
Events
Name
AdvFuseBlow_CCI3
ID
20229
Type
Alarm
Description
Possible reasons:
Default reaction:
- Converter Trip
Related parameters:
Further steps:
- Check thyristors
- Check fuses
IConvOpCeil_CCI3
20230
Alarm

Possible reasons:
- ADC failure
Default reaction:
- Converter TRIP
Related parameters:
Further steps:
- Replace board
IConvFreeze_CCI3
20231
Alarm

Possible reasons:
Default reaction:
- Converter TRIP
Related parameters:
Further steps:
- Replace board
75
3BHS258033 E07
ABB
Events
Name
CoolingFailure_CCI3
ID
20232
Type
Alarm
Description
Possible reasons:
- Dirty filters
Default reaction:
- Converter TRIP
Related parameters:
Further steps:
- Replace fan(s)
Fan1Supply1Flt_CCI3
20233
Alarm

Possible reasons:
- Fan 1 defective
- Supply 1 missing
- Dirty filters
Default reaction:
Related parameters:
Further steps:
- Replace fan
76
3BHS258033 E07
ABB
Events
Name
Fan1Supply2Flt_CCI3
ID
20234
Type
Alarm
Description
Possible reasons:
- Fan 1 defective
- Supply 2 missing
- Dirty filters
Default reaction:
Related parameters:
Further steps:
- Replace fan
Fan2Supply1Flt_CCI3
20235
Alarm

Possible reasons:
- Fan 2 defective
- Supply 1 missing
- Dirty filters
Default reaction:
Related parameters:
Further steps:
- Replace fan
77
3BHS258033 E07
ABB
Events
Name
Fan2Supply2Flt_CCI3
ID
20236
Type
Alarm
Description
Possible reasons:
- Fan 2 defective
- Supply 2 missing
- Dirty filters
Default reaction:
Related parameters:
Further steps:
- Replace fan
MCB1Fault_CCI3
20237
Alarm

Possible reasons:
- Fan 1 defective
Default reaction:
Related parameters:
Further steps:
- Re-check cabling
78
3BHS258033 E07
ABB
Events
Name
MCB2Fault_CCI3
ID
20238
Type
Alarm
Description
Possible reasons:
- Fan 2 defective
Default reaction:
Related parameters:
Further steps:
- Re-check cabling
20239
Alarm

Possible reasons:
Default reaction:
- Converter alarm
Related parameters:
Further steps:
79
3BHS258033 E07
ABB
Events
Name
ID
20240
Type
Alarm
Description
Possible reasons:
Default reaction:
- Converter alarm
Related parameters:
Further steps:
20241
Alarm

Possible reasons:
Default reaction:
- Converter alarm
Related parameters:
Further steps:
80
3BHS258033 E07
ABB
Events
Name
ID
20242
Type
Alarm
Description
Possible reasons:
Default reaction:
- Converter alarm
Related parameters:
Further steps:
20243
Alarm

Possible reasons:
Default reaction:
- Converter alarm
Related parameters:
Further steps:
81
3BHS258033 E07
ABB
Events
Name
ID
20244
Type
Alarm
Description
Possible reasons:
Default reaction:
- Converter alarm
Related parameters:
Further steps:
20245
Alarm

Possible reasons:
Default reaction:
- Converter alarm
Related parameters:
Further steps:
82
3BHS258033 E07
ABB
Events
Name
ID
20246
Type
Alarm
Description
CCI3. Air Temperature 2 ( Air outlet chimmey ) above alarm level
Possible reasons:
Default reaction:
- Converter alarm
Related parameters:
Further steps:
20247
Alarm

Possible reasons:
>156C
< -13C
Default reaction:
- Converter alarm
Related parameters:
Further steps:
20248
Alarm

Possible reasons:
>156C
< -13C
Default reaction:
- Converter alarm
Related parameters:
Further steps:
83
3BHS258033 E07
ABB
Events
Name
ID
20249
Type
Alarm
Description
Possible reasons:
>156C
< -13C
Default reaction:
- Converter alarm
Related parameters:
Further steps:
20250
Alarm

Possible reasons:
>156C
< -13C
Default reaction:
- Converter alarm
Related parameters:
Further steps:
20251
Alarm

Possible reasons:
>156C
< -13C
Default reaction:
- Converter alarm
Related parameters:
Further steps:
84
3BHS258033 E07
ABB
Events
Name
ID
20252
Type
Alarm
Description
Possible reasons:
>156C
< -13C
Default reaction:
- Converter alarm
Related parameters:
Further steps:
20253
Alarm

Possible reasons:
>156C
< -13C
Default reaction:
- Converter alarm
Related parameters:
Further steps:
20254
Alarm

Possible reasons:
>156C
< -13C
Default reaction:
- Converter alarm
Related parameters:
Further steps:
85
3BHS258033 E07
ABB
Events
Name
SnubberSwiFlt_CCI3
ID
20255
Type
Alarm
Description
Possible reasons:
Default reaction:
N-1
- Converter alarm
TWIN
- Converter Trip
Related parameters:
Further steps:
SnubberFuseFlt_CCI3
20256
Alarm

Possible reasons:
---Further steps:
----
20257
Alarm

Possible reasons:
Default reaction:
- Converter alarm
Related parameters:
---Further steps:
86
3BHS258033 E07
ABB
Events
Name
DoorFlt_CCI3
ID
20258
Type
Alarm
Description
Possible reasons:
Default reaction:
- Converter alarm
Related parameters:
---Further steps:
VersionFlt_CCI3
20259
Alarm

Possible reasons:
Default reaction:
- Converter Trip
Related parameters:
---Further steps:
NegConvFault_CCI3
20260
Alarm
Possible reasons:
- The DI12 signal of Converter I/O does not match converter configuration
Default reaction:
- Converter Trip
Related parameters:
Further steps:
- Re-check HW input
87
3BHS258033 E07
ABB
Events
Name
ID
20261
Type
Alarm
Description
Possible reasons:
Default reaction:
- Converter Trip
Related parameters:
---Further steps:
- Re-check HW input
TestPosition_CCI3
20262
Information
Possible reasons:
Default reaction:
Related parameters:
- none
Further steps:
----
Event2_31_CCI3
20263
20264
Information
Alarm

Possible reasons:
Default reaction:
- Converter Trip
Related parameters:
Further steps:
88
3BHS258033 E07
ABB
Events
Name
ID
20265
Type
Alarm
Description
Possible reasons:
Default reaction:
- Converter Trip
Related parameters:
Further steps:
20266
Alarm

Possible reasons:
Default reaction:
- Converter Trip
Related parameters:
Further steps:
20267
Alarm

Possible reasons:
Default reaction:
- Converter Trip
Related parameters:
Further steps:
89
3BHS258033 E07
ABB
Events
Name
ID
20268
Type
Alarm
Description
Possible reasons:
Default reaction:
- Converter Trip
Related parameters:
Further steps:
20269
Alarm

Possible reasons:
Default reaction:
- Converter Trip
Related parameters:
Further steps:
20270
Alarm

Possible reasons:
Default reaction:
- Converter alarm
Related parameters:
Further steps:
90
3BHS258033 E07
ABB
Events
Name
ID
20271
Type
Alarm
Description
Possible reasons:
Default reaction:
- Converter alarm
Related parameters:
Further steps:
StbyCoolingFlt_CCI3
20272
Alarm

Possible reasons:
Default reaction:
- Converter alarm
Related parameters:
Further steps:
EmergCoolingOn_CCI3
20273
Alarm
CCI3 Emergency Cooling On

Possible reasons:
Default reaction:
- Converter alarm
Related parameters:
Further steps:
Event3_10_CCI3
Event3_11_CCI3
91
20274
20275
Information
Information

3BHS258033 E07
ABB
Events
Name
Event3_12_CCI3
Event3_13_CCI3
Event3_14_CCI3
Event3_15_CCI3
Event3_16_CCI3
Event3_17_CCI3
Event3_18_CCI3
Event3_19_CCI3
Event3_20_CCI3
Event3_21_CCI3
Event3_22_CCI3
Event3_23_CCI3
Event3_24_CCI3
Event3_25_CCI3
Event3_26_CCI3
Event3_27_CCI3
Event3_28_CCI3
Event3_29_CCI3
Event3_30_CCI3
Event3_31_CCI3
92
ID
20276
20277
20278
20279
20280
20281
20282
20283
20284
20285
20286
20287
20288
20289
20290
20291
20292
20293
20294
20295
Type
Information
Information
Information
Information
Information
Information
Information
Information
Information
Information
Information
Information
Information
Information
Information
Information
Information
Information
Information
Information
Description
3BHS258033 E07
ABB
Events
Name
ThyrFlt_Rp_CCI4
ID
20300
Type
Alarm
Description
Possible reasons:
- Thyristor faulty
Default reaction:
N-1
Twin
- Converter Trip
Related parameters:
TFFDthreshold
TFFDnumOfPeriods
Further steps:
----
ThyrFlt_Tn_CCI4
20301
Alarm
Possible reasons:
- Thyristor faulty
Default reaction:
N-1
Twin
- Converter Trip
Related parameters:
TFFDthreshold
TFFDnumOfPeriods
Further steps:
----
93
3BHS258033 E07
ABB
Events
Name
ThyrFlt_Sp_CCI4
ID
20302
Type
Alarm
Description
Possible reasons:
- Thyristor faulty
Default reaction:
N-1
Twin
- Converter Trip
Related parameters:
TFFDthreshold
TFFDnumOfPeriods
Further steps:
----
ThyrFlt_Rn_CCI4
20303
Alarm
Possible reasons:
- Thyristor faulty
Default reaction:
N-1
Twin
- Converter Trip
Related parameters:
TFFDthreshold
TFFDnumOfPeriods
Further steps:
----
94
3BHS258033 E07
ABB
Events
Name
ThyrFlt_Tp_CCI4
ID
20304
Type
Alarm
Description
Possible reasons:
- Thyristor faulty
Default reaction:
N-1
Twin
- Converter Trip
Related parameters:
TFFDthreshold
TFFDnumOfPeriods
Further steps:
----
ThyrFlt_Sn_CCI4
20305
Alarm
Possible reasons:
- Thyristor faulty
Default reaction:
N-1
Twin
- Converter Trip
Related parameters:
TFFDthreshold
TFFDnumOfPeriods
Further steps:
----
95
3BHS258033 E07
ABB
Events
Name
FuseFlt_Rp_CCI4
ID
20306
Type
Alarm
Description
Possible reasons:
- High current due to external short circuit (short circuit at DC-side of converter) Default reaction
Default reaction:
N-1
Twin
- Converter Trip
Related parameters:
TFFDthreshold
TFFDnumOfPeriods
Further steps:
----
FuseFlt_Tn_CCI4
20307
Alarm

Possible reasons:
Default reaction:
N-1
Twin
- Converter Trip
Related parameters:
TFFDthreshold
TFFDnumOfPeriods
Further steps:
----
96
3BHS258033 E07
ABB
Events
Name
FuseFlt_Sp_CCI4
ID
20308
Type
Alarm
Description
Possible reasons:
Default reaction:
N-1
Twin
- Converter Trip
Related parameters:
TFFDthreshold
TFFDnumOfPeriods
Further steps:
----
FuseFlt_Rn_CCI4
20309
Alarm

Possible reasons:
Default reaction:
N-1
Twin
- Converter Trip
Related parameters:
TFFDthreshold
TFFDnumOfPeriods
Further steps:
----
97
3BHS258033 E07
ABB
Events
Name
FuseFlt_Tp_CCI4
ID
20310
Type
Alarm
Description
Possible reasons:
Default reaction:
N-1
Twin
- Converter Trip
Related parameters:
TFFDthreshold
TFFDnumOfPeriods
Further steps:
----
FuseFlt_Sn_CCI4
20311
Alarm

Possible reasons:
Default reaction:
N-1
Twin
- Converter Trip
Related parameters:
TFFDthreshold
TFFDnumOfPeriods
Further steps:
----
98
3BHS258033 E07
ABB
Events
Name
TOCD_R_CCI4
ID
20312
Type
Alarm
Description
Possible reasons:
Default reaction:
N-1
- Converter alarm
Twin
- Converter alarm
Related parameters:
Further steps:
----
TOCD_S_CCI4
20313
Alarm

Possible reasons:
Default reaction:
N-1
- Converter alarm
Twin
- Converter alarm
Related parameters:
Further steps:
----
99
3BHS258033 E07
ABB
Events
Name
TOCD_T_CCI4
ID
20314
Type
Alarm
Description
Possible reasons:
Default reaction:
N-1
- Converter alarm
Twin
- Converter alarm
Related parameters:
Further steps:
----
UfOpCeil_CCI4
20315
Alarm

Possible reasons:
Default reaction:
N-1
- Converter alarm
Twin
- Converter alarm
Related parameters:
Further steps:
----
DevTypeErr_CCI4
20316
Alarm

Possible reasons:
Default reaction:
- Converter Trip
Related parameters:
---Further steps:
----
100
3BHS258033 E07
ABB
Events
Name
AddressErr_CCI4
ID
20317
Type
Alarm
Description
CCI4. Address Error
Possible reasons:
Default reaction:
- Converter Trip
Related parameters:
---Further steps:
----
LinkFault_CCI4
20318
Alarm

Possible reasons:
Default reaction:
- Converter Trip
Related parameters:
---Further steps:
RedPwrFail1_CCI4
20319
Alarm

Possible reasons:
Default reaction:
Related parameters:
---Further steps:
101
3BHS258033 E07
ABB
Events
Name
RedPwrFail2_CCI4
ID
20320
Type
Alarm
Description
Possible reasons:
Default reaction:
Related parameters:
Further steps:
PrciPwrFail_CCI4
20321
Alarm

Possible reasons:
Default reaction:
- Converter Trip
Related parameters:
---Further steps:
- Replace board
CPUWatchdog_CCI4
20322
Alarm
CCI4. CPU Watchdog

Possible reasons:
- CPU failure
Default reaction:
- Converter Trip
Related parameters:
---Further steps:
- Reboot device
- Replace board
102
3BHS258033 E07
ABB
Events
Name
UfFreeze_CCI4
ID
20323
Type
Alarm
Description
Possible reasons:
- ADC failure
Default reaction:
- Converter Alarm
Related parameters:
Further steps:
- Replace board
USynInPhase_CCI4
20324
Alarm

Possible reasons:
Default reaction:
- Converter Alarm
Related parameters:
Further steps:
- Check cabling
USynOpCeil_CCI4
20325
Alarm

Possible reasons:
Default reaction:
- Converter Alarm
Related parameters:
Further steps:
- Replace board
103
3BHS258033 E07
ABB
Events
Name
USynFreeze_CCI4
ID
20326
Type
Alarm
Description
Possible reasons:
- ADC failure
Default reaction:
- Converter Alarm
Related parameters:
Further steps:
- Replace board
USynAllLost_CCI4
20327
Alarm

Possible reasons:
Default reaction:
- Converter Alarm
Related parameters:
Further steps:
- Check cabling
SelfTrip_CCI4
20328
Alarm

Possible reasons:
Default reaction:
- Converter Trip
Related parameters:
---Further steps:
104
3BHS258033 E07
ABB
Events
Name
AdvFuseBlow_CCI4
ID
20329
Type
Alarm
Description
Possible reasons:
Default reaction:
- Converter Trip
Related parameters:
Further steps:
- Check thyristors
- Check fuses
IConvOpCeil_CCI4
20330
Alarm

Possible reasons:
- ADC failure
Default reaction:
- Converter TRIP
Related parameters:
Further steps:
- Replace board
IConvFreeze_CCI4
20331
Alarm

Possible reasons:
Default reaction:
- Converter TRIP
Related parameters:
Further steps:
- Replace board
105
3BHS258033 E07
ABB
Events
Name
CoolingFailure_CCI4
ID
20332
Type
Alarm
Description
Possible reasons:
- Dirty filters
Default reaction:
- Converter TRIP
Related parameters:
Further steps:
- Replace fan(s)
Fan1Supply1Flt_CCI4
20333
Alarm

Possible reasons:
- Fan 1 defective
- Supply 1 missing
- Dirty filters
Default reaction:
Related parameters:
Further steps:
- Replace fan
106
3BHS258033 E07
ABB
Events
Name
Fan1Supply2Flt_CCI4
ID
20334
Type
Alarm
Description
Possible reasons:
- Fan 1 defective
- Supply 2 missing
- dirty filters
Default reaction:
Related parameters:
Further steps:
- Replace fan
Fan2Supply1Flt_CCI4
20335
Alarm

Possible reasons:
- Fan 2 defective
- Supply 1 missing
- Dirty filters
Default reaction:
Related parameters:
Further steps:
- Replace fan
107
3BHS258033 E07
ABB
Events
Name
Fan2Supply2Flt_CCI4
ID
20336
Type
Alarm
Description
Possible reasons:
- Fan 2 defective
- Supply 2 missing
- Dirty filters
Default reaction:
Related parameters:
Further steps:
- Replace fan
MCB1Fault_CCI4
20337
Alarm

Possible reasons:
- Fan 1 defective
Default reaction:
Related parameters:
Further steps:
- Re-check cabling
108
3BHS258033 E07
ABB
Events
Name
MCB2Fault_CCI4
ID
20338
Type
Alarm
Description
Possible reasons:
- Fan 2 defective
Default reaction:
Related parameters:
Further steps:
- Re-check cabling
20339
Alarm

Possible reasons:
Default reaction:
- Converter alarm
Related parameters:
Further steps:
109
3BHS258033 E07
ABB
Events
Name
ID
20340
Type
Alarm
Description
Possible reasons:
Default reaction:
- Converter alarm
Related parameters:
Further steps:
20341
Alarm

Possible reasons:
Default reaction:
- Converter alarm
Related parameters:
Further steps:
110
3BHS258033 E07
ABB
Events
Name
ID
20342
Type
Alarm
Description
Possible reasons:
Default reaction:
- Converter alarm
Related parameters:
Further steps:
20343
Alarm

Possible reasons:
Default reaction:
- Converter alarm
Related parameters:
Further steps:
111
3BHS258033 E07
ABB
Events
Name
ID
20344
Type
Alarm
Description
Possible reasons:
Default reaction:
- Converter alarm
Related parameters:
Further steps:
20345
Alarm

Possible reasons:
Default reaction:
- Converter alarm
Related parameters:
Further steps:
112
3BHS258033 E07
ABB
Events
Name
ID
20346
Type
Alarm
Description
Possible reasons:
Default reaction:
- Converter alarm
Related parameters:
Further steps:
20347
Alarm

Possible reasons:
>156C
< -13C
Default reaction:
- Converter alarm
Related parameters:
Further steps:
20348
Alarm

Possible reasons:
>156C
< -13C
Default reaction:
- Converter alarm
Related parameters:
Further steps:
113
3BHS258033 E07
ABB
Events
Name
ID
20349
Type
Alarm
Description
Possible reasons:
>156C
< -13C
Default reaction:
- Converter alarm
Related parameters:
Further steps:
20350
Alarm

Possible reasons:
>156C
< -13C
Default reaction:
- Converter alarm
Related parameters:
Further steps:
20351
Alarm

Possible reasons:
>156C
< -13C
Default reaction:
- Converter alarm
Related parameters:
Further steps:
114
3BHS258033 E07
ABB
Events
Name
ID
20352
Type
Alarm
Description
Possible reasons:
>156C
< -13C
Default reaction:
- Converter alarm
Related parameters:
Further steps:
20353
Alarm

Possible reasons:
>156C
< -13C
Default reaction:
- Converter alarm
Related parameters:
Further steps:
20354
Alarm

Possible reasons:
>156C
< -13C
Default reaction:
- Converter alarm
Related parameters:
Further steps:
115
3BHS258033 E07
ABB
Events
Name
SnubberSwiFlt_CCI4
ID
20355
Type
Alarm
Description
Possible reasons:
Default reaction:
N-1
- Converter alarm
TWIN
- Converter Trip
Related parameters:
Further steps:
SnubberFuseFlt_CCI4
20356
Alarm

Possible reasons:
---Further steps:
----
20357
Alarm

Possible reasons:
Default reaction:
- Converter alarm
Related parameters:
---Further steps:
116
3BHS258033 E07
ABB
Events
Name
DoorFlt_CCI4
ID
20358
Type
Alarm
Description
Possible reasons:
Default reaction:
- Converter alarm
Related parameters:
---Further steps:
VersionFlt_CCI4
20359
Alarm

Possible reasons:
Default reaction:
- Converter Trip
Related parameters:
---Further steps:
NegConvFault_CCI4
20360
Alarm
Possible reasons:
Default reaction:
- Converter Trip
Related parameters:
Further steps:
- Re-check HW input
117
3BHS258033 E07
ABB
Events
Name
ID
20361
Type
Alarm
Description
Possible reasons:
Default reaction:
- Converter Trip
Related parameters:
---Further steps:
- Re-check HW input
TestPosition_CCI4
20362
Information
Possible reasons:
Default reaction:
Related parameters:
- none
Further steps:
----
Event2_31_CCI4
20363
20364
Information
Alarm

Possible reasons:
Default reaction:
- Converter Trip
Related parameters:
Further steps:
118
3BHS258033 E07
ABB
Events
Name
ID
20365
Type
Alarm
Description
Possible reasons:
Default reaction:
- Converter Trip
Related parameters:
Further steps:
20366
Alarm

Possible reasons:
Default reaction:
- Converter Trip
Related parameters:
Further steps:
20367
Alarm

Possible reasons:
Default reaction:
- Converter Trip
Related parameters:
Further steps:
119
3BHS258033 E07
ABB
Events
Name
ID
20368
Type
Alarm
Description
Possible reasons:
Default reaction:
- Converter Trip
Related parameters:
Further steps:
20369
Alarm

Possible reasons:
Default reaction:
- Converter Trip
Related parameters:
Further steps:
20370
Alarm

Possible reasons:
Default reaction:
- Converter alarm
Related parameters:
Further steps:
120
3BHS258033 E07
ABB
Events
Name
ID
20371
Type
Alarm
Description
Possible reasons:
Default reaction:
- Converter alarm
Related parameters:
Further steps:
StbyCoolingFlt_CCI4
20372
Alarm

Possible reasons:
Default reaction:
- Converter alarm
Related parameters:
Further steps:
EmergCoolingOn_CCI4
20373
Alarm

Possible reasons:
Default reaction:
- Converter alarm
Related parameters:
Further steps:
Event3_10_CCI4
Event3_11_CCI4
121
20374
20375
Information
Information

3BHS258033 E07
ABB
Events
Name
Event3_12_CCI4
Event3_13_CCI4
Event3_14_CCI4
Event3_15_CCI4
Event3_16_CCI4
Event3_17_CCI4
Event3_18_CCI4
Event3_19_CCI4
Event3_20_CCI4
Event3_21_CCI4
Event3_22_CCI4
Event3_23_CCI4
Event3_24_CCI4
Event3_25_CCI4
Event3_26_CCI4
Event3_27_CCI4
Event3_28_CCI4
Event3_29_CCI4
Event3_30_CCI4
Event3_31_CCI4
122
ID
20376
20377
20378
20379
20380
20381
20382
20383
20384
20385
20386
20387
20388
20389
20390
20391
20392
20393
20394
20395
Type
Information
Information
Information
Information
Information
Information
Information
Information
Information
Information
Information
Information
Information
Information
Information
Information
Information
Information
Information
Information
Description
3BHS258033 E07
ABB
Events
Name
ThyrFlt_Rp_CCI5
ID
20400
Type
Alarm
Description
Possible reasons:
- Thyristor faulty
Default reaction:
N-1
Twin
- Converter Trip
Related parameters:
TFFDthreshold
TFFDnumOfPeriods
Further steps:
----
ThyrFlt_Tn_CCI5
20401
Alarm
Possible reasons:
- Thyristor faulty
Default reaction:
N-1
Twin
- Converter Trip
Related parameters:
TFFDthreshold
TFFDnumOfPeriods
Further steps:
----
123
3BHS258033 E07
ABB
Events
Name
ThyrFlt_Sp_CCI5
ID
20402
Type
Alarm
Description
Possible reasons:
- Thyristor faulty
Default reaction:
N-1
Twin
- Converter Trip
Related parameters:
TFFDthreshold
TFFDnumOfPeriods
Further steps:
----
ThyrFlt_Rn_CCI5
20403
Alarm
Possible reasons:
- Thyristor faulty
Default reaction:
N-1
Twin
- Converter Trip
Related parameters:
TFFDthreshold
TFFDnumOfPeriods
Further steps:
----
124
3BHS258033 E07
ABB
Events
Name
ThyrFlt_Tp_CCI5
ID
20404
Type
Alarm
Description
Possible reasons:
- Thyristor faulty
Default reaction:
N-1
Twin
- Converter Trip
Related parameters:
TFFDthreshold
TFFDnumOfPeriods
Further steps:
----
ThyrFlt_Sn_CCI5
20405
Alarm
Possible reasons:
- Thyristor faulty
Default reaction:
N-1
Twin
- Converter Trip
Related parameters:
TFFDthreshold
TFFDnumOfPeriods
Further steps:
----
125
3BHS258033 E07
ABB
Events
Name
FuseFlt_Rp_CCI5
ID
20406
Type
Alarm
Description
Possible reasons:
Default reaction:
N-1
Twin
- Converter Trip
Related parameters:
TFFDthreshold
TFFDnumOfPeriods
Further steps:
----
FuseFlt_Tn_CCI5
20407
Alarm

Possible reasons:
Default reaction:
N-1
Twin
- Converter Trip
Related parameters:
TFFDthreshold
TFFDnumOfPeriods
Further steps:
----
126
3BHS258033 E07
ABB
Events
Name
FuseFlt_Sp_CCI5
ID
20408
Type
Alarm
Description
Possible reasons:
Default reaction:
N-1
Twin
- Converter Trip
Related parameters:
TFFDthreshold
TFFDnumOfPeriods
Further steps:
----
FuseFlt_Rn_CCI5
20409
Alarm

Possible reasons:
Default reaction:
N-1
Twin
- Converter Trip
Related parameters:
TFFDthreshold
TFFDnumOfPeriods
Further steps:
----
127
3BHS258033 E07
ABB
Events
Name
FuseFlt_Tp_CCI5
ID
20410
Type
Alarm
Description
Possible reasons:
Default reaction:
N-1
Twin
- Converter Trip
Related parameters:
TFFDthreshold
TFFDnumOfPeriods
Further steps:
----
FuseFlt_Sn_CCI5
20411
Alarm

Possible reasons:
Default reaction:
N-1
Twin
- Converter Trip
Related parameters:
TFFDthreshold
TFFDnumOfPeriods
Further steps:
----
128
3BHS258033 E07
ABB
Events
Name
TOCD_R_CCI5
ID
20412
Type
Alarm
Description
Possible reasons:
Default reaction:
N-1
- Converter alarm
Twin
- Converter alarm
Related parameters:
Further steps:
----
TOCD_S_CCI5
20413
Alarm

Possible reasons:
Default reaction:
N-1
- Converter alarm
Twin
- Converter alarm
Related parameters:
Further steps:
----
129
3BHS258033 E07
ABB
Events
Name
TOCD_T_CCI5
ID
20414
Type
Alarm
Description
CCI5. Overcurrent in Phase T deteced
Possible reasons:
Default reaction:
N-1
- Converter alarm
Twin
- Converter alarm
Related parameters:
Further steps:
----
UfOpCeil_CCI5
20415
Alarm

Possible reasons:
Default reaction:
N-1
- Converter alarm
Twin
- Converter alarm
Related parameters:
Further steps:
----
DevTypeErr_CCI5
20416
Alarm

Possible reasons:
Default reaction:
- Converter Trip
Related parameters:
---Further steps:
----
130
3BHS258033 E07
ABB
Events
Name
AddressErr_CCI5
ID
20417
Type
Alarm
Description
CCI5. Address Error
Possible reasons:
Default reaction:
- Converter Trip
Related parameters:
---Further steps:
----
LinkFault_CCI5
20418
Alarm

Possible reasons:
Default reaction:
- Converter Trip
Related parameters:
---Further steps:
RedPwrFail1_CCI5
20419
Alarm

Possible reasons:
Default reaction:
Related parameters:
---Further steps:
131
3BHS258033 E07
ABB
Events
Name
RedPwrFail2_CCI5
ID
20420
Type
Alarm
Description
Possible reasons:
Default reaction:
Related parameters:
Further steps:
PrciPwrFail_CCI5
20421
Alarm

Possible reasons:
Default reaction:
- Converter Trip
Related parameters:
---Further steps:
- Replace board
CPUWatchdog_CCI5
20422
Alarm
CCI5. CPU Watchdog

Possible reasons:
- CPU failure
Default reaction:
- Converter Trip
Related parameters:
---Further steps:
- Reboot device
- Replace board
132
3BHS258033 E07
ABB
Events
Name
UfFreeze_CCI5
ID
20423
Type
Alarm
Description
Possible reasons:
- ADC failure
Default reaction:
- Converter Alarm
Related parameters:
Further steps:
- Replace board
USynInPhase_CCI5
20424
Alarm

Possible reasons:
Default reaction:
- Converter Alarm
Related parameters:
Further steps:
- Check cabling
USynOpCeil_CCI5
20425
Alarm

Possible reasons:
Default reaction:
- Converter Alarm
Related parameters:
Further steps:
- Replace board
133
3BHS258033 E07
ABB
Events
Name
USynFreeze_CCI5
ID
20426
Type
Alarm
Description
Possible reasons:
- ADC failure
Default reaction:
- Converter Alarm
Related parameters:
Further steps:
- Replace board
USynAllLost_CCI5
20427
Alarm

Possible reasons:
Default reaction:
- Converter Alarm
Related parameters:
Further steps:
- Check cabling
SelfTrip_CCI5
20428
Alarm

Possible reasons:
Default reaction:
- Converter Trip
Related parameters:
---Further steps:
134
3BHS258033 E07
ABB
Events
Name
AdvFuseBlow_CCI5
ID
20429
Type
Alarm
Description
Possible reasons:
Default reaction:
- Converter Trip
Related parameters:
Further steps:
- Check thyristors
- Check fuses
IConvOpCeil_CCI5
20430
Alarm

Possible reasons:
- ADC failure
Default reaction:
- Converter TRIP
Related parameters:
Further steps:
- Replace board
IConvFreeze_CCI5
20431
Alarm

Possible reasons:
Default reaction:
- Converter TRIP
Related parameters:
Further steps:
- Replace board
135
3BHS258033 E07
ABB
Events
Name
CoolingFailure_CCI5
ID
20432
Type
Alarm
Description
Possible reasons:
- Dirty filters
Default reaction:
- Converter TRIP
Related parameters:
Further steps:
- Replace fan(s)
Fan1Supply1Flt_CCI5
20433
Alarm

Possible reasons:
- Fan 1 defective
- Supply 1 missing
- Dirty filters
Default reaction:
Related parameters:
Further steps:
- Replace fan
136
3BHS258033 E07
ABB
Events
Name
Fan1Supply2Flt_CCI5
ID
20434
Type
Alarm
Description
Possible reasons:
- Fan 1 defective
- Supply 2 missing
- Dirty filters
Default reaction:
Related parameters:
Further steps:
- Replace fan
Fan2Supply1Flt_CCI5
20435
Alarm

Possible reasons:
- Fan 2 defective
- Supply 1 missing
- Dirty filters
Default reaction:
Related parameters:
Further steps:
- Replace fan
137
3BHS258033 E07
ABB
Events
Name
Fan2Supply2Flt_CCI5
ID
20436
Type
Alarm
Description
Possible reasons:
- Fan 2 defective
- Supply 2 missing
- Dirty filters
Default reaction:
Related parameters:
Further steps:
- Replace fan
MCB1Fault_CCI5
20437
Alarm

Possible reasons:
- Fan 1 defective
Default reaction:
Related parameters:
Further steps:
- Re-check cabling
138
3BHS258033 E07
ABB
Events
Name
MCB2Fault_CCI5
ID
20438
Type
Alarm
Description
Possible reasons:
- Fan 2 defective
Default reaction:
Related parameters:
Further steps:
- Re-check cabling
20439
Alarm

Possible reasons:
Default reaction:
- Converter alarm
Related parameters:
Further steps:
139
3BHS258033 E07
ABB
Events
Name
ID
20440
Type
Alarm
Description
Possible reasons:
Default reaction:
- Converter alarm
Related parameters:
Further steps:
20441
Alarm

Possible reasons:
Default reaction:
- Converter alarm
Related parameters:
Further steps:
140
3BHS258033 E07
ABB
Events
Name
ID
20442
Type
Alarm
Description
Possible reasons:
Default reaction:
- Converter alarm
Related parameters:
Further steps:
20443
Alarm

Possible reasons:
Default reaction:
- Converter alarm
Related parameters:
Further steps:
141
3BHS258033 E07
ABB
Events
Name
ID
20444
Type
Alarm
Description
Possible reasons:
Default reaction:
- Converter alarm
Related parameters:
Further steps:
20445
Alarm

Possible reasons:
Default reaction:
- Converter alarm
Related parameters:
Further steps:
142
3BHS258033 E07
ABB
Events
Name
ID
20446
Type
Alarm
Description
Possible reasons:
Default reaction:
- Converter alarm
Related parameters:
Further steps:
20447
Alarm

Possible reasons:
>156C
< -13C
Default reaction:
- Converter alarm
Related parameters:
Further steps:
20448
Alarm

Possible reasons:
>156C
< -13C
Default reaction:
- Converter alarm
Related parameters:
Further steps:
143
3BHS258033 E07
ABB
Events
Name
ID
20449
Type
Alarm
Description
Possible reasons:
>156C
< -13C
Default reaction:
- Converter alarm
Related parameters:
Further steps:
20450
Alarm

Possible reasons:
>156C
< -13C
Default reaction:
- Converter alarm
Related parameters:
Further steps:
20451
Alarm

Possible reasons:
>156C
< -13C
Default reaction:
- Converter alarm
Related parameters:
Further steps:
144
3BHS258033 E07
ABB
Events
Name
ID
20452
Type
Alarm
Description
Possible reasons:
>156C
< -13C
Default reaction:
- Converter alarm
Related parameters:
Further steps:
20453
Alarm

Possible reasons:
>156C
< -13C
Default reaction:
- Converter alarm
Related parameters:
Further steps:
20454
Alarm

Possible reasons:
>156C
< -13C
Default reaction:
- Converter alarm
Related parameters:
Further steps:
145
3BHS258033 E07
ABB
Events
Name
SnubberSwiFlt_CCI5
ID
20455
Type
Alarm
Description
Possible reasons:
Default reaction:
N-1
- Converter alarm
TWIN
- Converter Trip
Related parameters:
Further steps:
SnubberFuseFlt_CCI5
20456
Alarm

Possible reasons:
---Further steps:
----
20457
Alarm

Possible reasons:
Default reaction:
- Converter alarm
Related parameters:
---Further steps:
146
3BHS258033 E07
ABB
Events
Name
DoorFlt_CCI5
ID
20458
Type
Alarm
Description
Possible reasons:
Default reaction:
- Converter alarm
Related parameters:
---Further steps:
VersionFlt_CCI5
20459
Alarm

Possible reasons:
Default reaction:
- Converter Trip
Related parameters:
---Further steps:
NegConvFault_CCI5
20460
Alarm
Possible reasons:
- The DI 12 signal of Converter I/O does not match to converter configuration
Default reaction:
- Converter Trip
Related parameters:
Further steps:
- Re-check HW input
147
3BHS258033 E07
ABB
Events
Name
ID
20461
Type
Alarm
Description
Possible reasons:
Default reaction:
- Converter Trip
Related parameters:
---Further steps:
- Re-check HW input
TestPosition_CCI5
20462
Information
Possible reasons:
Default reaction:
Related parameters:
- none
Further steps:
----
Event2_31_CCI5
20463
20464
Information
Alarm

Possible reasons:
Default reaction:
- Converter Trip
Related parameters:
Further steps:
148
3BHS258033 E07
ABB
Events
Name
ID
20465
Type
Alarm
Description
Possible reasons:
Default reaction:
- Converter Trip
Related parameters:
Further steps:
20466
Alarm

Possible reasons:
Default reaction:
- Converter Trip
Related parameters:
Further steps:
20467
Alarm

Possible reasons:
Default reaction:
- Converter Trip
Related parameters:
Further steps:
149
3BHS258033 E07
ABB
Events
Name
ID
20468
Type
Alarm
Description
Possible reasons:
Default reaction:
- Converter Trip
Related parameters:
Further steps:
20469
Alarm

Possible reasons:
Default reaction:
- Converter Trip
Related parameters:
Further steps:
20470
Alarm

Possible reasons:
Default reaction:
- Converter alarm
Related parameters:
Further steps:
150
3BHS258033 E07
ABB
Events
Name
ID
20471
Type
Alarm
Description
Possible reasons:
Default reaction:
- Converter alarm
Related parameters:
Further steps:
StbyCoolingFlt_CCI5
20472
Alarm

Possible reasons:
Default reaction:
- Converter alarm
Related parameters:
Further steps:
EmergCoolingOn_CCI5
20473
Alarm

Possible reasons:
Default reaction:
- Converter alarm
Related parameters:
Further steps:
Event3_10_CCI5
Event3_11_CCI5
151
20474
20475
Information
Information

3BHS258033 E07
ABB
Events
Name
Event3_12_CCI5
Event3_13_CCI5
Event3_14_CCI5
Event3_15_CCI5
Event3_16_CCI5
Event3_17_CCI5
Event3_18_CCI5
Event3_19_CCI5
Event3_20_CCI5
Event3_21_CCI5
Event3_22_CCI5
Event3_23_CCI5
Event3_24_CCI5
Event3_25_CCI5
Event3_26_CCI5
Event3_27_CCI5
Event3_28_CCI5
Event3_29_CCI5
Event3_30_CCI5
Event3_31_CCI5
152
ID
20476
20477
20478
20479
20480
20481
20482
20483
20484
20485
20486
20487
20488
20489
20490
20491
20492
20493
20494
20495
Type
Information
Information
Information
Information
Information
Information
Information
Information
Information
Information
Information
Information
Information
Information
Information
Information
Information
Information
Information
Information
Description
3BHS258033 E07
ABB
Events
Name
ThyrFlt_Rp_CCI6
ID
20500
Type
Alarm
Description
Possible reasons:
- Thyristor faulty
Default reaction:
N-1
Twin
- Converter Trip
Related parameters:
TFFDthreshold
TFFDnumOfPeriods
Further steps:
----
ThyrFlt_Tn_CCI6
20501
Alarm
Possible reasons:
- Thyristor faulty
Default reaction:
N-1
Twin
- Converter Trip
Related parameters:
TFFDthreshold
TFFDnumOfPeriods
Further steps:
----
153
3BHS258033 E07
ABB
Events
Name
ThyrFlt_Sp_CCI6
ID
20502
Type
Alarm
Description
Possible reasons:
- Thyristor faulty
Default reaction:
N-1
Twin
- Converter Trip
Related parameters:
TFFDthreshold
TFFDnumOfPeriods
Further steps:
----
ThyrFlt_Rn_CCI6
20503
Alarm
Possible reasons:
- Thyristor faulty
Default reaction:
N-1
Twin
- Converter Trip
Related parameters:
TFFDthreshold
TFFDnumOfPeriods
Further steps:
----
154
3BHS258033 E07
ABB
Events
Name
ThyrFlt_Tp_CCI6
ID
20504
Type
Alarm
Description
Possible reasons:
- Thyristor faulty
Default reaction:
N-1
Twin
- Converter Trip
Related parameters:
TFFDthreshold
TFFDnumOfPeriods
Further steps:
----
ThyrFlt_Sn_CCI6
20505
Alarm
Possible reasons:
- Thyristor faulty
Default reaction:
N-1
Twin
- Converter Trip
Related parameters:
TFFDthreshold
TFFDnumOfPeriods
Further steps:
----
155
3BHS258033 E07
ABB
Events
Name
FuseFlt_Rp_CCI6
ID
20506
Type
Alarm
Description
Possible reasons:
Default reaction:
N-1
Twin
- Converter Trip
Related parameters:
TFFDthreshold
TFFDnumOfPeriods
Further steps:
----
FuseFlt_Tn_CCI6
20507
Alarm

Possible reasons:
Default reaction:
N-1
Twin
- Converter Trip
Related parameters:
TFFDthreshold
TFFDnumOfPeriods
Further steps:
----
156
3BHS258033 E07
ABB
Events
Name
FuseFlt_Sp_CCI6
ID
20508
Type
Alarm
Description
Possible reasons:
Default reaction:
N-1
Twin
- Converter Trip
Related parameters:
TFFDthreshold
TFFDnumOfPeriods
Further steps:
----
FuseFlt_Rn_CCI6
20509
Alarm

Possible reasons:
Default reaction:
N-1
Twin
- Converter Trip
Related parameters:
TFFDthreshold
TFFDnumOfPeriods
Further steps:
----
157
3BHS258033 E07
ABB
Events
Name
FuseFlt_Tp_CCI6
ID
20510
Type
Alarm
Description
Possible reasons:
Default reaction:
N-1
Twin
- Converter Trip
Related parameters:
TFFDthreshold
TFFDnumOfPeriods
Further steps:
----
FuseFlt_Sn_CCI6
20511
Alarm

Possible reasons:
Default reaction:
N-1
Twin
- Converter Trip
Related parameters:
TFFDthreshold
TFFDnumOfPeriods
Further steps:
----
158
3BHS258033 E07
ABB
Events
Name
TOCD_R_CCI6
ID
20512
Type
Alarm
Description
Possible reasons:
Default reaction:
N-1
- Converter alarm
Twin
- Converter alarm
Related parameters:
Further steps:
----
TOCD_S_CCI6
20513
Alarm

Possible reasons:
Default reaction:
N-1
- Converter alarm
Twin
- Converter alarm
Related parameters:
Further steps:
----
159
3BHS258033 E07
ABB
Events
Name
TOCD_T_CCI6
ID
20514
Type
Alarm
Description
Possible reasons:
Default reaction:
N-1
- Converter alarm
Twin
- Converter alarm
Related parameters:
Further steps:
----
UfOpCeil_CCI6
20515
Alarm

Possible reasons:
Default reaction:
N-1
- Converter alarm
Twin
- Converter alarm
Related parameters:
Further steps:
----
DevTypeErr_CCI6
20516
Alarm

Possible reasons:
Default reaction:
- Converter Trip
Related parameters:
---Further steps:
----
160
3BHS258033 E07
ABB
Events
Name
AddressErr_CCI6
ID
20517
Type
Alarm
Description
CCI6. Address Error
Possible reasons:
Default reaction:
- Converter Trip
Related parameters:
---Further steps:
----
LinkFault_CCI6
20518
Alarm

Possible reasons:
Default reaction:
- Converter Trip
Related parameters:
---Further steps:
RedPwrFail1_CCI6
20519
Alarm

Possible reasons:
Default reaction:
Related parameters:
---Further steps:
161
3BHS258033 E07
ABB
Events
Name
RedPwrFail2_CCI6
ID
20520
Type
Alarm
Description
Possible reasons:
Default reaction:
Related parameters:
Further steps:
PrciPwrFail_CCI6
20521
Alarm

Possible reasons:
- Both pover supply inputs are missing
Default reaction:
- Converter Trip
Related parameters:
---Further steps:
- Replace board
CPUWatchdog_CCI6
20522
Alarm
CCI6. CPU Watchdog

Possible reasons:
- CPU failure
Default reaction:
- Converter Trip
Related parameters:
---Further steps:
- Reboot device
- Replace board
162
3BHS258033 E07
ABB
Events
Name
UfFreeze_CCI6
ID
20523
Type
Alarm
Description
Possible reasons:
- ADC failure
Default reaction:
- Converter Alarm
Related parameters:
Further steps:
- Replace board
USynInPhase_CCI6
20524
Alarm

Possible reasons:
Default reaction:
- Converter Alarm
Related parameters:
Further steps:
- Check cabling
USynOpCeil_CCI6
20525
Alarm

Possible reasons:
Default reaction:
- Converter Alarm
Related parameters:
Further steps:
- Replace board
163
3BHS258033 E07
ABB
Events
Name
USynFreeze_CCI6
ID
20526
Type
Alarm
Description
Possible reasons:
- ADC failure
Default reaction:
- Converter Alarm
Related parameters:
Further steps:
- Replace board
USynAllLost_CCI6
20527
Alarm

Possible reasons:
Default reaction:
- Converter Alarm
Related parameters:
Further steps:
- Check cabling
SelfTrip_CCI6
20528
Alarm

Possible reasons:
Default reaction:
- Converter Trip
Related parameters:
---Further steps:
164
3BHS258033 E07
ABB
Events
Name
AdvFuseBlow_CCI6
ID
20529
Type
Alarm
Description
Possible reasons:
Default reaction:
- Converter Trip
Related parameters:
Further steps:
- Check thyristors
- Check fuses
IConvOpCeil_CCI6
20530
Alarm

Possible reasons:
- ADC failure
Default reaction:
- Converter TRIP
Related parameters:
Further steps:
- Replace board
IConvFreeze_CCI6
20531
Alarm

Possible reasons:
Default reaction:
- Converter TRIP
Related parameters:
Further steps:
- Replace board
165
3BHS258033 E07
ABB
Events
Name
CoolingFailure_CCI6
ID
20532
Type
Alarm
Description
Possible reasons:
- Dirty filters
Default reaction:
- Converter TRIP
Related parameters:
Further steps:
- Replace fan(s)
Fan1Supply1Flt_CCI6
20533
Alarm

Possible reasons:
- Fan 1 defective
- Supply 1 missing
- Dirty filters
Default reaction:
Related parameters:
Further steps:
- Replace fan
166
3BHS258033 E07
ABB
Events
Name
Fan1Supply2Flt_CCI6
ID
20534
Type
Alarm
Description
Possible reasons:
- Fan 1 defective
- Supply 2 missing
- Dirty filters
Default reaction:
Related parameters:
Further steps:
- Replace fan
Fan2Supply1Flt_CCI6
20535
Alarm

Possible reasons:
- Fan 2 defective
- Supply 1 missing
- Dirty filters
Default reaction:
Related parameters:
Further steps:
- Replace fan
167
3BHS258033 E07
ABB
Events
Name
Fan2Supply2Flt_CCI6
ID
20536
Type
Alarm
Description
Possible reasons:
- Fan 2 defective
- Supply 2 missing
- Dirty filters
Default reaction:
Related parameters:
Further steps:
- Replace fan
MCB1Fault_CCI6
20537
Alarm

Possible reasons:
- Fan 1 defective
Default reaction:
Related parameters:
Further steps:
- Re-check cabling
168
3BHS258033 E07
ABB
Events
Name
MCB2Fault_CCI6
ID
20538
Type
Alarm
Description
Possible reasons:
- Fan 2 defective
Default reaction:
Related parameters:
Further steps:
- Re-check cabling
20539
Alarm

Possible reasons:
Default reaction:
- Converter alarm
Related parameters:
Further steps:
169
3BHS258033 E07
ABB
Events
Name
ID
20540
Type
Alarm
Description
Possible reasons:
Default reaction:
- Converter alarm
Related parameters:
Further steps:
20541
Alarm

Possible reasons:
Default reaction:
- Converter alarm
Related parameters:
Further steps:
170
3BHS258033 E07
ABB
Events
Name
ID
20542
Type
Alarm
Description
Possible reasons:
Default reaction:
- Converter alarm
Related parameters:
Further steps:
20543
Alarm

Possible reasons:
Default reaction:
- Converter alarm
Related parameters:
Further steps:
171
3BHS258033 E07
ABB
Events
Name
ID
20544
Type
Alarm
Description
Possible reasons:
Default reaction:
- Converter alarm
Related parameters:
Further steps:
20545
Alarm

Possible reasons:
Default reaction:
- Converter alarm
Related parameters:
Further steps:
172
3BHS258033 E07
ABB
Events
Name
ID
20546
Type
Alarm
Description
Possible reasons:
Default reaction:
- Converter alarm
Related parameters:
Further steps:
20547
Alarm

Possible reasons:
>156C
< -13C
Default reaction:
- Converter alarm
Related parameters:
Further steps:
20548
Alarm

Possible reasons:
>156C
< -13C
Default reaction:
- Converter alarm
Related parameters:
Further steps:
173
3BHS258033 E07
ABB
Events
Name
ID
20549
Type
Alarm
Description
Possible reasons:
>156C
< -13C
Default reaction:
- Converter alarm
Related parameters:
Further steps:
20550
Alarm

Possible reasons:
>156C
< -13C
Default reaction:
- Converter alarm
Related parameters:
Further steps:
20551
Alarm

Possible reasons:
>156C
< -13C
Default reaction:
- Converter alarm
Related parameters:
Further steps:
174
3BHS258033 E07
ABB
Events
Name
ID
20552
Type
Alarm
Description
Possible reasons:
>156C
< -13C
Default reaction:
- Converter alarm
Related parameters:
Further steps:
20553
Alarm

Possible reasons:
>156C
< -13C
Default reaction:
- Converter alarm
Related parameters:
Further steps:
20554
Alarm

Possible reasons:
>156C
< -13C
Default reaction:
- Converter alarm
Related parameters:
Further steps:
175
3BHS258033 E07
ABB
Events
Name
SnubberSwiFlt_CCI6
ID
20555
Type
Alarm
Description
Possible reasons:
Default reaction:
N-1
- Converter alarm
TWIN
- Converter Trip
Related parameters:
Further steps:
SnubberFuseFlt_CCI6
20556
Alarm

Possible reasons:
---Further steps:
----
20557
Alarm

Possible reasons:
Default reaction:
- Converter alarm
Related parameters:
---Further steps:
176
3BHS258033 E07
ABB
Events
Name
DoorFlt_CCI6
ID
20558
Type
Alarm
Description
Possible reasons:
Default reaction:
- Converter alarm
Related parameters:
---Further steps:
VersionFlt_CCI6
20559
Alarm

Possible reasons:
Default reaction:
- Converter Trip
Related parameters:
---Further steps:
NegConvFault_CCI6
20560
Alarm
Possible reasons:
Default reaction:
- Converter Trip
Related parameters:
Further steps:
- Re-check HW input
177
3BHS258033 E07
ABB
Events
Name
ID
20561
Type
Alarm
Description
Possible reasons:
Default reaction:
- Converter Trip
Related parameters:
---Further steps:
- Re-check HW input
TestPosition_CCI6
20562
Information
Possible reasons:
Default reaction:
Related parameters:
- none
Further steps:
----
Event2_31_CCI6
20563
20564
Information
Alarm

Possible reasons:
Default reaction:
- Converter Trip
Related parameters:
Further steps:
178
3BHS258033 E07
ABB
Events
Name
ID
20565
Type
Alarm
Description
Possible reasons:
Default reaction:
- Converter Trip
Related parameters:
Further steps:
20566
Alarm

Possible reasons:
Default reaction:
- Converter Trip
Related parameters:
Further steps:
20567
Alarm

Possible reasons:
Default reaction:
- Converter Trip
Related parameters:
Further steps:
179
3BHS258033 E07
ABB
Events
Name
ID
20568
Type
Alarm
Description
Possible reasons:
Default reaction:
- Converter Trip
Related parameters:
Further steps:
20569
Alarm

Possible reasons:
Default reaction:
- Converter Trip
Related parameters:
Further steps:
20570
Alarm

Possible reasons:
Default reaction:
- Converter alarm
Related parameters:
Further steps:
180
3BHS258033 E07
ABB
Events
Name
ID
20571
Type
Alarm
Description
Possible reasons:
Default reaction:
- Converter alarm
Related parameters:
Further steps:
StbyCoolingFlt_CCI6
20572
Alarm

Possible reasons:
Default reaction:
- Converter alarm
Related parameters:
Further steps:
EmergCoolingOn_CCI6
20573
Alarm

Possible reasons:
Default reaction:
- Converter alarm
Related parameters:
Further steps:
Event3_10_CCI6
Event3_11_CCI6
181
20574
20575
Information
Information

3BHS258033 E07
ABB
Events
Name
Event3_12_CCI6
Event3_13_CCI6
Event3_14_CCI6
Event3_15_CCI6
Event3_16_CCI6
Event3_17_CCI6
Event3_18_CCI6
Event3_19_CCI6
Event3_20_CCI6
Event3_21_CCI6
Event3_22_CCI6
Event3_23_CCI6
Event3_24_CCI6
Event3_25_CCI6
Event3_26_CCI6
Event3_27_CCI6
Event3_28_CCI6
Event3_29_CCI6
Event3_30_CCI6
Event3_31_CCI6
182
ID
20576
20577
20578
20579
20580
20581
20582
20583
20584
20585
20586
20587
20588
20589
20590
20591
20592
20593
20594
20595
Type
Information
Information
Information
Information
Information
Information
Information
Information
Information
Information
Information
Information
Information
Information
Information
Information
Information
Information
Information
Information
Description
3BHS258033 E07
ABB
Events
Name
ThyrFlt_Rp_CCI7
ID
20600
Type
Alarm
Description
Possible reasons:
- Thyristor faulty
Default reaction:
N-1
Twin
- Converter Trip
Related parameters:
TFFDthreshold
TFFDnumOfPeriods
Further steps:
----
ThyrFlt_Tn_CCI7
20601
Alarm
Possible reasons:
- Thyristor faulty
Default reaction:
N-1
Twin
- Converter Trip
Related parameters:
TFFDthreshold
TFFDnumOfPeriods
Further steps:
----
183
3BHS258033 E07
ABB
Events
Name
ThyrFlt_Sp_CCI7
ID
20602
Type
Alarm
Description
Possible reasons:
- Thyristor faulty
Default reaction:
N-1
Twin
- Converter Trip
Related parameters:
TFFDthreshold
TFFDnumOfPeriods
Further steps:
----
ThyrFlt_Rn_CCI7
20603
Alarm
Possible reasons:
- Thyristor faulty
Default reaction:
N-1
Twin
- Converter Trip
Related parameters:
TFFDthreshold
TFFDnumOfPeriods
Further steps:
----
184
3BHS258033 E07
ABB
Events
Name
ThyrFlt_Tp_CCI7
ID
20604
Type
Alarm
Description
Possible reasons:
- Thyristor faulty
Default reaction:
N-1
Twin
- Converter Trip
Related parameters:
TFFDthreshold
TFFDnumOfPeriods
Further steps:
----
ThyrFlt_Sn_CCI7
20605
Alarm
Possible reasons:
- Thyristor faulty
Default reaction:
N-1
Twin
- Converter Trip
Related parameters:
TFFDthreshold
TFFDnumOfPeriods
Further steps:
----
185
3BHS258033 E07
ABB
Events
Name
FuseFlt_Rp_CCI7
ID
20606
Type
Alarm
Description
Possible reasons:
Default reaction:
N-1
Twin
- Converter Trip
Related parameters:
TFFDthreshold
TFFDnumOfPeriods
Further steps:
----
FuseFlt_Tn_CCI7
20607
Alarm

Possible reasons:
Default reaction:
N-1
Twin
- Converter Trip
Related parameters:
TFFDthreshold
TFFDnumOfPeriods
Further steps:
----
186
3BHS258033 E07
ABB
Events
Name
FuseFlt_Sp_CCI7
ID
20608
Type
Alarm
Description
Possible reasons:
Default reaction:
N-1
Twin
- Converter Trip
Related parameters:
TFFDthreshold
TFFDnumOfPeriods
Further steps:
----
FuseFlt_Rn_CCI7
20609
Alarm

Possible reasons:
Default reaction:
N-1
Twin
- Converter Trip
Related parameters:
TFFDthreshold
TFFDnumOfPeriods
Further steps:
----
187
3BHS258033 E07
ABB
Events
Name
FuseFlt_Tp_CCI7
ID
20610
Type
Alarm
Description
Possible reasons:
Default reaction:
N-1
Twin
- Converter Trip
Related parameters:
TFFDthreshold
TFFDnumOfPeriods
Further steps:
----
FuseFlt_Sn_CCI7
20611
Alarm

Possible reasons:
Default reaction:
N-1
Twin
- Converter Trip
Related parameters:
TFFDthreshold
TFFDnumOfPeriods
Further steps:
----
188
3BHS258033 E07
ABB
Events
Name
TOCD_R_CCI7
ID
20612
Type
Alarm
Description
Possible reasons:
Default reaction:
N-1
- Converter alarm
Twin
- Converter alarm
Related parameters:
Further steps:
----
TOCD_S_CCI7
20613
Alarm

Possible reasons:
Default reaction:
N-1
- Converter alarm
Twin
- Converter alarm
Related parameters:
Further steps:
----
189
3BHS258033 E07
ABB
Events
Name
TOCD_T_CCI7
ID
20614
Type
Alarm
Description
Possible reasons:
Default reaction:
N-1
- Converter alarm
Twin
- Converter alarm
Related parameters:
Further steps:
----
UfOpCeil_CCI7
20615
Alarm

Possible reasons:
Default reaction:
N-1
- Converter alarm
Twin
- Converter alarm
Related parameters:
Further steps:
----
DevTypeErr_CCI7
20616
Alarm

Possible reasons:
Default reaction:
- Converter Trip
Related parameters:
---Further steps:
----
190
3BHS258033 E07
ABB
Events
Name
AddressErr_CCI7
ID
20617
Type
Alarm
Description
CCI7. Address Error
Possible reasons:
Default reaction:
- Converter Trip
Related parameters:
---Further steps:
----
LinkFault_CCI7
20618
Alarm

Possible reasons:
Default reaction:
- Converter Trip
Related parameters:
---Further steps:
RedPwrFail1_CCI7
20619
Alarm

Possible reasons:
Default reaction:
Related parameters:
---Further steps:
191
3BHS258033 E07
ABB
Events
Name
RedPwrFail2_CCI7
ID
20620
Type
Alarm
Description
Possible reasons:
Default reaction:
Related parameters:
Further steps:
PrciPwrFail_CCI7
20621
Alarm

Possible reasons:
Default reaction:
- Converter Trip
Related parameters:
---Further steps:
- Replace board
CPUWatchdog_CCI7
20622
Alarm
CCI7. CPU Watchdog

Possible reasons:
- CPU failure
Default reaction:
- Converter Trip
Related parameters:
---Further steps:
- Reboot device
- Replace board
192
3BHS258033 E07
ABB
Events
Name
UfFreeze_CCI7
ID
20623
Type
Alarm
Description
Possible reasons:
- ADC failure
Default reaction:
- Converter Alarm
Related parameters:
Further steps:
- Replace board
USynInPhase_CCI7
20624
Alarm

Possible reasons:
Default reaction:
- Converter Alarm
Related parameters:
Further steps:
- Check cabling
USynOpCeil_CCI7
20625
Alarm

Possible reasons:
Default reaction:
- Converter Alarm
Related parameters:
Further steps:
- Replace board
193
3BHS258033 E07
ABB
Events
Name
USynFreeze_CCI7
ID
20626
Type
Alarm
Description
Possible reasons:
- ADC failure
Default reaction:
- Converter Alarm
Related parameters:
Further steps:
- Replace board
USynAllLost_CCI7
20627
Alarm

Possible reasons:
Default reaction:
- Converter Alarm
Related parameters:
Further steps:
- Check cabling
SelfTrip_CCI7
20628
Alarm

Possible reasons:
Default reaction:
- Converter Trip
Related parameters:
---Further steps:
194
3BHS258033 E07
ABB
Events
Name
AdvFuseBlow_CCI7
ID
20629
Type
Alarm
Description
Possible reasons:
Default reaction:
- Converter Trip
Related parameters:
Further steps:
- Check thyristors
- Check fuses
IConvOpCeil_CCI7
20630
Alarm

Possible reasons:
- ADC failure
Default reaction:
- Converter TRIP
Related parameters:
Further steps:
- Replace board
IConvFreeze_CCI7
20631
Alarm

Possible reasons:
Default reaction:
- Converter TRIP
Related parameters:
Further steps:
- Replace board
195
3BHS258033 E07
ABB
Events
Name
CoolingFailure_CCI7
ID
20632
Type
Alarm
Description
Possible reasons:
- Dirty filters
Default reaction:
- Converter TRIP
Related parameters:
Further steps:
- Replace fan(s)
Fan1Supply1Flt_CCI7
20633
Alarm

Possible reasons:
- Fan 1 defective
- Supply 1 missing
- Dirty filters
Default reaction:
Related parameters:
Further steps:
- Replace fan
196
3BHS258033 E07
ABB
Events
Name
Fan1Supply2Flt_CCI7
ID
20634
Type
Alarm
Description
Possible reasons:
- Fan 1 defective
- Supply 2 missing
- Dirty filters
Default reaction:
Related parameters:
Further steps:
- Replace fan
Fan2Supply1Flt_CCI7
20635
Alarm

Possible reasons:
- Fan 2 defective
- Supply 1 missing
- Dirty filters
Default reaction:
Related parameters:
Further steps:
- Replace fan
197
3BHS258033 E07
ABB
Events
Name
Fan2Supply2Flt_CCI7
ID
20636
Type
Alarm
Description
Possible reasons:
- Fan 2 defective
- Supply 2 missing
- Dirty filters
Default reaction:
Related parameters:
Further steps:
- Replace fan
MCB1Fault_CCI7
20637
Alarm

Possible reasons:
- Fan 1 defective
Default reaction:
Related parameters:
Further steps:
- replace fan (HW-schematic page 410)
- re-check cabling
198
3BHS258033 E07
ABB
Events
Name
MCB2Fault_CCI7
ID
20638
Type
Alarm
Description
Possible reasons:
- Fan 2 defective
Default reaction:
Related parameters:
Further steps:
- Re-check cabling
20639
Alarm

Possible reasons:
Default reaction:
- Converter alarm
Related parameters:
Further steps:
199
3BHS258033 E07
ABB
Events
Name
ID
20640
Type
Alarm
Description
Possible reasons:
Default reaction:
- Converter alarm
Related parameters:
Further steps:
20641
Alarm

Possible reasons:
Default reaction:
- Converter alarm
Related parameters:
Further steps:
200
3BHS258033 E07
ABB
Events
Name
ID
20642
Type
Alarm
Description
Possible reasons:
Default reaction:
- Converter alarm
Related parameters:
Further steps:
20643
Alarm

Possible reasons:
Default reaction:
- Converter alarm
Related parameters:
Further steps:
201
3BHS258033 E07
ABB
Events
Name
ID
20644
Type
Alarm
Description
Possible reasons:
Default reaction:
- Converter alarm
Related parameters:
Further steps:
20645
Alarm

Possible reasons:
Default reaction:
- Converter alarm
Related parameters:
Further steps:
202
3BHS258033 E07
ABB
Events
Name
ID
20646
Type
Alarm
Description
Possible reasons:
Default reaction:
- Converter alarm
Related parameters:
Further steps:
20647
Alarm

Possible reasons:
>156C
< -13C
Default reaction:
- Converter alarm
Related parameters:
Further steps:
20648
Alarm

Possible reasons:
>156C
< -13C
Default reaction:
- Converter alarm
Related parameters:
Further steps:
203
3BHS258033 E07
ABB
Events
Name
ID
20649
Type
Alarm
Description
Possible reasons:
>156C
< -13C
Default reaction:
- Converter alarm
Related parameters:
Further steps:
20650
Alarm

Possible reasons:
>156C
< -13C
Default reaction:
- Converter alarm
Related parameters:
Further steps:
20651
Alarm

Possible reasons:
>156C
< -13C
Default reaction:
- Converter alarm
Related parameters:
Further steps:
204
3BHS258033 E07
ABB
Events
Name
ID
20652
Type
Alarm
Description
Possible reasons:
>156C
< -13C
Default reaction:
- Converter alarm
Related parameters:
Further steps:
20653
Alarm

Possible reasons:
>156C
< -13C
Default reaction:
- Converter alarm
Related parameters:
Further steps:
20654
Alarm

Possible reasons:
>156C
< -13C
Default reaction:
- Converter alarm
Related parameters:
Further steps:
205
3BHS258033 E07
ABB
Events
Name
SnubberSwiFlt_CCI7
ID
20655
Type
Alarm
Description
Possible reasons:
Default reaction:
N-1
- Converter alarm
TWIN
- Converter Trip
Related parameters:
Further steps:
SnubberFuseFlt_CCI7
20656
Alarm

Possible reasons:
---Further steps:
----
20657
Alarm

Possible reasons:
Default reaction:
- Converter alarm
Related parameters:
---Further steps:
206
3BHS258033 E07
ABB
Events
Name
DoorFlt_CCI7
ID
20658
Type
Alarm
Description
Possible reasons:
Default reaction:
- Converter alarm
Related parameters:
---Further steps:
VersionFlt_CCI7
20659
Alarm

Possible reasons:
Default reaction:
- Converter Trip
Related parameters:
---Further steps:
NegConvFault_CCI7
20660
Alarm
Possible reasons:
Default reaction:
- Converter Trip
Related parameters:
Further steps:
- Re-check HW input
207
3BHS258033 E07
ABB
Events
Name
ID
20661
Type
Alarm
Description
Possible reasons:
Default reaction:
- Converter Trip
Related parameters:
---Further steps:
- Re-check HW input
TestPosition_CCI7
20662
Information
Possible reasons:
Default reaction:
Related parameters:
- none
Further steps:
----
Event2_31_CCI7
20663
20664
Information
Alarm
CCI event. Keinem Ereignis zugeordnet

Possible reasons:
Default reaction:
- Converter Trip
Related parameters:
Further steps:
208
3BHS258033 E07
ABB
Events
Name
ID
20665
Type
Alarm
Description
Possible reasons:
Default reaction:
- Converter Trip
Related parameters:
Further steps:
20666
Alarm

Possible reasons:
Default reaction:
- Converter Trip
Related parameters:
Further steps:
20667
Alarm

Possible reasons:
Default reaction:
- Converter Trip
Related parameters:
Further steps:
209
3BHS258033 E07
ABB
Events
Name
ID
20668
Type
Alarm
Description
Possible reasons:
Default reaction:
- Converter Trip
Related parameters:
Further steps:
20669
Alarm

Possible reasons:
Default reaction:
- Converter Trip
Related parameters:
Further steps:
20670
Alarm

Possible reasons:
Default reaction:
- Converter alarm
Related parameters:
Further steps:
210
3BHS258033 E07
ABB
Events
Name
ID
20671
Type
Alarm
Description
Possible reasons:
Default reaction:
- Converter alarm
Related parameters:
Further steps:
StbyCoolingFlt_CCI7
20672
Alarm

Possible reasons:
Default reaction:
- Converter alarm
Related parameters:
Further steps:
EmergCoolingOn_CCI7
20673
Alarm

Possible reasons:
Default reaction:
- Converter alarm
Related parameters:
Further steps:
Event3_10_CCI7
Event3_11_CCI7
211
20674
20675
Information
Information

3BHS258033 E07
ABB
Events
Name
Event3_12_CCI7
Event3_13_CCI7
Event3_14_CCI7
Event3_15_CCI7
Event3_16_CCI7
Event3_17_CCI7
Event3_18_CCI7
Event3_19_CCI7
Event3_20_CCI7
Event3_21_CCI7
Event3_22_CCI7
Event3_23_CCI7
Event3_24_CCI7
Event3_25_CCI7
Event3_26_CCI7
Event3_27_CCI7
Event3_28_CCI7
Event3_29_CCI7
Event3_30_CCI7
Event3_31_CCI7
212
ID
20676
20677
20678
20679
20680
20681
20682
20683
20684
20685
20686
20687
20688
20689
20690
20691
20692
20693
20694
20695
Type
Information
Information
Information
Information
Information
Information
Information
Information
Information
Information
Information
Information
Information
Information
Information
Information
Information
Information
Information
Information
Description
3BHS258033 E07
ABB
Events
Name
ThyrFlt_Rp_CCI8
ID
20700
Type
Alarm
Description
Possible reasons:
- Thyristor faulty
Default reaction:
N-1
Twin
- Converter Trip
Related parameters:
TFFDthreshold
TFFDnumOfPeriods
Further steps:
----
ThyrFlt_Tn_CCI8
20701
Alarm
Possible reasons:
- Thyristor faulty
Default reaction:
N-1
Twin
- Converter Trip
Related parameters:
TFFDthreshold
TFFDnumOfPeriods
Further steps:
----
213
3BHS258033 E07
ABB
Events
Name
ThyrFlt_Sp_CCI8
ID
20702
Type
Alarm
Description
Possible reasons:
- Thyristor faulty
Default reaction:
N-1
Twin
- Converter Trip
Related parameters:
TFFDthreshold
TFFDnumOfPeriods
Further steps:
----
ThyrFlt_Rn_CCI8
20703
Alarm
Possible reasons:
- Thyristor faulty
Default reaction:
N-1
Twin
- Converter Trip
Related parameters:
TFFDthreshold
TFFDnumOfPeriods
Further steps:
----
214
3BHS258033 E07
ABB
Events
Name
ThyrFlt_Tp_CCI8
ID
20704
Type
Alarm
Description
Possible reasons:
- Thyristor faulty
Default reaction:
N-1
Twin
- Converter Trip
Related parameters:
TFFDthreshold
TFFDnumOfPeriods
Further steps:
----
ThyrFlt_Sn_CCI8
20705
Alarm
Possible reasons:
- Thyristor faulty
Default reaction:
N-1
Twin
- Converter Trip
Related parameters:
TFFDthreshold
TFFDnumOfPeriods
Further steps:
----
215
3BHS258033 E07
ABB
Events
Name
FuseFlt_Rp_CCI8
ID
20706
Type
Alarm
Description
Possible reasons:
Default reaction:
N-1
Twin
- Converter Trip
Related parameters:
TFFDthreshold
TFFDnumOfPeriods
Further steps:
----
FuseFlt_Tn_CCI8
20707
Alarm

Possible reasons:
Default reaction:
N-1
Twin
- Converter Trip
Related parameters:
TFFDthreshold
TFFDnumOfPeriods
Further steps:
----
216
3BHS258033 E07
ABB
Events
Name
FuseFlt_Sp_CCI8
ID
20708
Type
Alarm
Description
Possible reasons:
Default reaction:
N-1
Twin
- Converter Trip
Related parameters:
TFFDthreshold
TFFDnumOfPeriods
Further steps:
----
FuseFlt_Rn_CCI8
20709
Alarm

Possible reasons:
Default reaction:
N-1
Twin
- Converter Trip
Related parameters:
TFFDthreshold
TFFDnumOfPeriods
Further steps:
----
217
3BHS258033 E07
ABB
Events
Name
FuseFlt_Tp_CCI8
ID
20710
Type
Alarm
Description
Possible reasons:
Default reaction:
N-1
Twin
- Converter Trip
Related parameters:
TFFDthreshold
TFFDnumOfPeriods
Further steps:
----
FuseFlt_Sn_CCI8
20711
Alarm

Possible reasons:
Default reaction:
N-1
Twin
- Converter Trip
Related parameters:
TFFDthreshold
TFFDnumOfPeriods
Further steps:
----
218
3BHS258033 E07
ABB
Events
Name
TOCD_R_CCI8
ID
20712
Type
Alarm
Description
Possible reasons:
Default reaction:
N-1
- Converter alarm
Twin
- Converter alarm
Related parameters:
Further steps:
----
TOCD_S_CCI8
20713
Alarm

Possible reasons:
Default reaction:
N-1
- Converter alarm
Twin
- Converter alarm
Related parameters:
Further steps:
----
219
3BHS258033 E07
ABB
Events
Name
TOCD_T_CCI8
ID
20714
Type
Alarm
Description
Possible reasons:
Default reaction:
N-1
- Converter alarm
Twin
- Converter alarm
Related parameters:
Further steps:
----
UfOpCeil_CCI8
20715
Alarm

Possible reasons:
Default reaction:
N-1
- Converter alarm
Twin
- Converter alarm
Related parameters:
Further steps:
----
DevTypeErr_CCI8
20716
Alarm

Possible reasons:
Default reaction:
- Converter Trip
Related parameters:
---Further steps:
----
220
3BHS258033 E07
ABB
Events
Name
AddressErr_CCI8
ID
20717
Type
Alarm
Description
CCI8. Address Error
Possible reasons:
Default reaction:
- Converter Trip
Related parameters:
---Further steps:
----
LinkFault_CCI8
20718
Alarm

Possible reasons:
Default reaction:
- Converter Trip
Related parameters:
---Further steps:
RedPwrFail1_CCI8
20719
Alarm

Possible reasons:
Default reaction:
Related parameters:
---Further steps:
221
3BHS258033 E07
ABB
Events
Name
RedPwrFail2_CCI8
ID
20720
Type
Alarm
Description
Possible reasons:
Default reaction:
Related parameters:
Further steps:
PrciPwrFail_CCI8
20721
Alarm

Possible reasons:
Default reaction:
- Converter Trip
Related parameters:
---Further steps:
- Replace board
CPUWatchdog_CCI8
20722
Alarm
CCI8. CPU Watchdog

Possible reasons:
- CPU failure
Default reaction:
- Converter Trip
Related parameters:
---Further steps:
- Reboot device
- Replace board
222
3BHS258033 E07
ABB
Events
Name
UfFreeze_CCI8
ID
20723
Type
Alarm
Description
Possible reasons:
- ADC failure
Default reaction:
- Converter Alarm
Related parameters:
Further steps:
- Replace board
USynInPhase_CCI8
20724
Alarm

Possible reasons:
Default reaction:
- Converter Alarm
Related parameters:
Further steps:
- Check cabling
USynOpCeil_CCI8
20725
Alarm

Possible reasons:
Default reaction:
- Converter Alarm
Related parameters:
Further steps:
- Replace board
223
3BHS258033 E07
ABB
Events
Name
USynFreeze_CCI8
ID
20726
Type
Alarm
Description
Possible reasons:
- ADC failure
Default reaction:
- Converter Alarm
Related parameters:
Further steps:
- Replace board
USynAllLost_CCI8
20727
Alarm

Possible reasons:
Default reaction:
- Converter Alarm
Related parameters:
Further steps:
- Check cabling
SelfTrip_CCI8
20728
Alarm

Possible reasons:
Default reaction:
- Converter Trip
Related parameters:
---Further steps:
224
3BHS258033 E07
ABB
Events
Name
AdvFuseBlow_CCI8
ID
20729
Type
Alarm
Description
Possible reasons:
Default reaction:
- Converter Trip
Related parameters:
Further steps:
- Check thyristors
- Check fuses
IConvOpCeil_CCI8
20730
Alarm

Possible reasons:
- ADC failure
Default reaction:
- Converter TRIP
Related parameters:
Further steps:
- Replace board
IConvFreeze_CCI8
20731
Alarm

Possible reasons:
Default reaction:
- Converter TRIP
Related parameters:
Further steps:
- Replace board
225
3BHS258033 E07
ABB
Events
Name
CoolingFailure_CCI8
ID
20732
Type
Alarm
Description
Possible reasons:
- Dirty filters
Default reaction:
- Converter TRIP
Related parameters:
Further steps:
- Replace fan(s)
Fan1Supply1Flt_CCI8
20733
Alarm

Possible reasons:
- Fan 1 defective
- Supply 1 missing
- Dirty filters
Default reaction:
Related parameters:
Further steps:
- Replace fan
226
3BHS258033 E07
ABB
Events
Name
Fan1Supply2Flt_CCI8
ID
20734
Type
Alarm
Description
Possible reasons:
- Fan 1 defective
- Supply 2 missing
- Dirty filters
Default reaction:
Related parameters:
Further steps:
- Replace fan
Fan2Supply1Flt_CCI8
20735
Alarm

Possible reasons:
- Fan 2 defective
- Supply 1 missing
- Dirty filters
Default reaction:
Related parameters:
Further steps:
- Replace fan
227
3BHS258033 E07
ABB
Events
Name
Fan2Supply2Flt_CCI8
ID
20736
Type
Alarm
Description
Possible reasons:
- Fan 2 defective
- Supply 2 missing
- Dirty filters
Default reaction:
Related parameters:
Further steps:
- Replace fan
MCB1Fault_CCI8
20737
Alarm

Possible reasons:
- Fan 1 defective
Default reaction:
Related parameters:
Further steps:
- Re-check cabling
228
3BHS258033 E07
ABB
Events
Name
MCB2Fault_CCI8
ID
20738
Type
Alarm
Description
Possible reasons:
- Fan 2 defective
Default reaction:
Related parameters:
Further steps:
- Re-check cabling
20739
Alarm

Possible reasons:
Default reaction:
- Converter alarm
Related parameters:
Further steps:
229
3BHS258033 E07
ABB
Events
Name
ID
20740
Type
Alarm
Description
Possible reasons:
Default reaction:
- Converter alarm
Related parameters:
Further steps:
20741
Alarm

Possible reasons:
Default reaction:
- Converter alarm
Related parameters:
Further steps:
230
3BHS258033 E07
ABB
Events
Name
ID
20742
Type
Alarm
Description
Possible reasons:
Default reaction:
- Converter alarm
Related parameters:
Further steps:
20743
Alarm

Possible reasons:
Default reaction:
- Converter alarm
Related parameters:
Further steps:
231
3BHS258033 E07
ABB
Events
Name
ID
20744
Type
Alarm
Description
Possible reasons:
Default reaction:
- Converter alarm
Related parameters:
Further steps:
20745
Alarm

Possible reasons:
Default reaction:
- Converter alarm
Related parameters:
Further steps:
232
3BHS258033 E07
ABB
Events
Name
ID
20746
Type
Alarm
Description
Possible reasons:
Default reaction:
- Converter alarm
Related parameters:
Further steps:
20747
Alarm

Possible reasons:
>156C
< -13C
Default reaction:
- Converter alarm
Related parameters:
Further steps:
20748
Alarm

Possible reasons:
>156C
< -13C
Default reaction:
- Converter alarm
Related parameters:
Further steps:
233
3BHS258033 E07
ABB
Events
Name
ID
20749
Type
Alarm
Description
Possible reasons:
>156C
< -13C
Default reaction:
- Converter alarm
Related parameters:
Further steps:
- re-check sensor circuit
20750
Alarm

Possible reasons:
>156C
< -13C
Default reaction:
- Converter alarm
Related parameters:
Further steps:
20751
Alarm

Possible reasons:
>156C
< -13C
Default reaction:
- Converter alarm
Related parameters:
Further steps:
234
3BHS258033 E07
ABB
Events
Name
ID
20752
Type
Alarm
Description
Possible reasons:
>156C
< -13C
Default reaction:
- Converter alarm
Related parameters:
Further steps:
20753
Alarm

Possible reasons:
>156C
< -13C
Default reaction:
- Converter alarm
Related parameters:
Further steps:
20754
Alarm

Possible reasons:
>156C
< -13C
Default reaction:
- Converter alarm
Related parameters:
Further steps:
235
3BHS258033 E07
ABB
Events
Name
SnubberSwiFlt_CCI8
ID
20755
Type
Alarm
Description
Possible reasons:
Default reaction:
N-1
- Converter alarm
TWIN
- Converter Trip
Related parameters:
Further steps:
SnubberFuseFlt_CCI8
20756
Alarm

Possible reasons:
---Further steps:
----
20757
Alarm

Possible reasons:
Default reaction:
- Converter alarm
Related parameters:
---Further steps:
236
3BHS258033 E07
ABB
Events
Name
DoorFlt_CCI8
ID
20758
Type
Alarm
Description
Possible reasons:
Default reaction:
- Converter alarm
Related parameters:
---Further steps:
VersionFlt_CCI8
20759
Alarm

Possible reasons:
Default reaction:
- Converter Trip
Related parameters:
---Further steps:
NegConvFault_CCI8
20760
Alarm
Possible reasons:
Default reaction:
- Converter Trip
Related parameters:
Further steps:
- Re-check HW input
237
3BHS258033 E07
ABB
Events
Name
ID
20761
Type
Alarm
Description
Possible reasons:
Default reaction:
- Converter Trip
Related parameters:
---Further steps:
- Re-check HW input
TestPosition_CCI8
20762
Information
Possible reasons:
Default reaction:
Related parameters:
- none
Further steps:
----
Event2_31_CCI8
20763
20764
Information
Alarm

Possible reasons:
Default reaction:
- Converter Trip
Related parameters:
Further steps:
238
3BHS258033 E07
ABB
Events
Name
ID
20765
Type
Alarm
Description
Possible reasons:
Default reaction:
- Converter Trip
Related parameters:
Further steps:
20766
Alarm

Possible reasons:
Default reaction:
- Converter Trip
Related parameters:
Further steps:
20767
Alarm

Possible reasons:
Default reaction:
- Converter Trip
Related parameters:
Further steps:
239
3BHS258033 E07
ABB
Events
Name
ID
20768
Type
Alarm
Description
Possible reasons:
Default reaction:
- Converter Trip
Related parameters:
Further steps:
20769
Alarm

Possible reasons:
Default reaction:
- Converter Trip
Related parameters:
Further steps:
20770
Alarm

Possible reasons:
Default reaction:
- Converter alarm
Related parameters:
Further steps:
240
3BHS258033 E07
ABB
Events
Name
ID
20771
Type
Alarm
Description
Possible reasons:
Default reaction:
- Converter alarm
Related parameters:
Further steps:
StbyCoolingFlt_CCI8
20772
Alarm

Possible reasons:
Default reaction:
- Converter alarm
Related parameters:
Further steps:
EmergCoolingOn_CCI8
20773
Alarm

Possible reasons:
Default reaction:
- Converter alarm
Related parameters:
Further steps:
Event3_10_CCI8
Event3_11_CCI8
241
20774
20775
Information
Information

3BHS258033 E07
ABB
Events
Name
Event3_12_CCI8
Event3_13_CCI8
Event3_14_CCI8
Event3_15_CCI8
Event3_16_CCI8
Event3_17_CCI8
Event3_18_CCI8
Event3_19_CCI8
Event3_20_CCI8
Event3_21_CCI8
Event3_22_CCI8
Event3_23_CCI8
Event3_24_CCI8
Event3_25_CCI8
Event3_26_CCI8
Event3_27_CCI8
Event3_28_CCI8
Event3_29_CCI8
Event3_30_CCI8
Event3_31_CCI8
OvrCurrInstFlt
ID
20776
20777
20778
20779
20780
20781
20782
20783
20784
20785
20786
20787
20788
20789
20790
20791
20792
20793
20794
20795
21000
Type
Information
Information
Information
Information
Information
Information
Information
Information
Information
Information
Information
Information
Information
Information
Information
Information
Information
Information
Information
Information
Error
Description
Field Current instantaneous overcurrent fault
Possible reasons:
- Short circuit either on converter AC or DC-side
Default reaction:
- Trip
Related parameters:
- ProtOvercurrentMon \ Ifskal
\ Ifinst
\ InstDelay
Further steps:
----
242
3BHS258033 E07
ABB
Events
Name
OvrCurrInvFlt
ID
21001
Type
Error
Description
Field Current inverse time overcurrent fault
Possible reasons:
- Overload either on AC or DC-side
Default reaction:
- Trip
Related parameters:
- Prot_OverCurrentMon
\ Ifskal
\ Ifstart
\ SelCurve
\ TimeMaxFieldCurrent
\ FixInvDelay
\ ThermalDownTime
- Reg_Field_Cur_Max_Lim \ MaxFieldCurrent
Further steps:
----
PQProtFlt
21002
Alarm
P/Q Protection fault

Possible reasons:
- Loss of Excitation
- FCB Tripped from external
Default reaction:
- Auto Fault
Related parameters:
Prot_PQMon \ Characteristic_QP10
\ Characteristic_QP08
\ DelayTime
Further steps:
----
243
3BHS258033 E07
ABB
Events
Name
VHzProtFlt
ID
21003
Type
Error
Description
V\Hz Protection fault
Possible reasons:
- The machine voltage was higher than the V\Hz protection characteristic
Default reaction:
- Trip
Related parameters:
- Prot_VHzMon \ Gradient
\ Vfn
\ ThermalDownTime
\ DelayTime
\ DelayFuncSelect
\ Uequivalent
\ Tequivalent
Further steps:
----
DCSCTrip
21004
Error
External short-circuit Trip: Short-circuit on converter dc side

Possible reasons:
- Short circuit on DC Side which was not possible to clear due to a 200ms pulse blocking period
Default reaction:
- Trip
Related parameters:
Prot_ConvFaultDetect \ ExtSCIfFaultLevel
\ ExtSCUfFaultLevel
\ ExtSCIfClearingFaultLevel
\ ExtSCUfClearingFaultLevel
\ ExtSCReleaseFaultClearing
\ TFCDthreshold
Prot_Protection
\ EnableIConvMon
\ EnableConvFaultDetection
Further steps:
----
244
3BHS258033 E07
ABB
Events
Name
S800Watchdog
ID
21005
Type
Alarm
Description
S800 Watchdog
Possible reasons:
- Connection to optional I/O of S800 module (OM1 Link 5)
Default reaction:
- Alarm
Related parameters:
Prot_protection \ EnableS800Mon
Further steps:
- Check optical link
OtherCHHWFlt
21006
Alarm
Other Channel Hardware fault

Possible reasons:
- Powerfail or FPGA freeze on other Channel detected
Default reaction:
- Immediate changeover to this channel
Related parameters:
---Further steps:
- Check power supply
- Replace hardware
BUHWFlt
21007
Alarm
Backup Channel Hardware fault

Possible reasons:
- Powerfail or FPGA freeze on other Channel detected
Default reaction:
- Changeover to back-up channel blocked
Related parameters:
---Further steps:
- Check power supply
- Replace hardware
245
3BHS258033 E07
ABB
Events
Name
OtherCHLinkFlt
ID
21008
Type
Alarm
Description
Other Channel Link fault detected by AC 800PEC
Possible reasons:
- Optical link cabling to other AC 800PEC interrupted (OM1 Link 1&2)
Default reaction:
- Alarm
Related parameters:
---Further steps:
- Check optical links cabling to other AC 800PEC
BUCHLinkFlt
21009
Alarm
CCM Backup Channel Link fault detected by AC 800PEC

Possible reasons:
- Optical link cabling to CCM Backup Channel interrupted (OM1 Link 3)
Default reaction:
- Channel to back-up link loss
Related parameters:
---Further steps:
- Check optical link cabling to CCM
CCMLinkFlt
21010
Alarm
CCM Link fault detected by AC 800PEC

Possible reasons:
- Optical link cabling to CCM interrupted (OM1 Link 4)
Default reaction:
- Channel fault
Related parameters:
---Further steps:
- Check optical link cabling to CCM
246
3BHS258033 E07
ABB
Events
Name
OtherCHVerFlt
ID
21011
Type
Alarm
Description
Other Channel Software version fault
Possible reasons:
- Wrong Channel SW version in other regulator channel
Default reaction:
- Alarm
Related parameters:
---Further steps:
BUCHVersionFlt
21012
Alarm
Backup Channel Software version fault

Possible reasons:
- Wrong SW version in Backup Channel
Default reaction:
- Alarm
Related parameters:
---Further steps:
CCMVersionFlt
21013
Alarm
CCM Software version fault

Possible reasons:
- Wrong SW version in CCM measuring board
Default reaction:
- Alarm
Related parameters:
---Further steps:
247
3BHS258033 E07
ABB
Events
Name
OtherCHAddrErr1
ID
21014
Type
Alarm
Description
Other Channel Redundant Link 1 Address Error
Link fault detected by AC 800PEC
Possible reasons:
- Optical link cabling to other AC 800PEC connected to wrong optical port (Link 1 to Link 1 )
- CCM Hex switch setting not correct
Default reaction:
- Alarm
Related parameters:
---Further steps:
- Check optical link cabling to other channel
OtherCHAddrErr2
21015
Alarm
Other Channel Redundant Link 2 Address Error

Link fault detected by AC 800PEC
Possible reasons:
- Optical link cabling to other AC 800PEC connected to wrong optical port (OM1 Link 2 to OM1 Link 2 )
- CCM Hex switch setting not correct
Default reaction:
- Alarm
Related parameters:
---Further steps:
BUCHAddressErr
21016
Alarm
Backup Channel Address Error

Possible reasons:
- Wrong HEX Switch setting at back-up CCM
Default reaction:
- Channel fault
Related parameters:
---Further steps:
----
248
3BHS258033 E07
ABB
Events
Name
CCMAddressErr
ID
21017
Type
Alarm
Description
CCM Address Error
Possible reasons:
- Wrong HEX Switch setting at CCM
Default reaction:
- Channel fault
Related parameters:
---Further steps:
----
OtherCHDevType1
21018
Alarm
Other Channel Device Type Error on Redundant Link 1

Device Type Error detected by AC 800PEC
Possible reasons:
- Wrong installer archive loaded to other AC 800PEC
Default reaction:
- Alarm
Related parameters:
---Further steps:
----
OtherCHDevType2
21019
Alarm
Other Channel Device Type Error on Redundant Link 2

Device Type Error detected by AC 800PEC
Possible reasons:
- Wrong installer archive loaded to other AC 800PEC
Default reaction:
- Alarm
Related parameters:
---Further steps:
----
249
3BHS258033 E07
ABB
Events
Name
BUDevTypeErr
ID
21020
Type
Alarm
Description
Backup Device Type Error
Possible reasons:
- Wrong installer archive loaded to CCM BU
Default reaction:
- Channel to back-up link loss
- Alarm
Related parameters:
---Further steps:
----
CCMDevTypeErr
21021
Alarm
CCM Device Type Error

Possible reasons:
- Wrong installer archive loaded to CCM 1
Default reaction:
- Channel fault
Related parameters:
---Further steps:
----
PowerFail
21022
Alarm
Power fail
Possible reasons:
- Internal power fail on AC 800PEC
Default reaction:
- channel fault, if possible channel transfer
Related parameters:
---Further steps:
- Replace board
250
3BHS258033 E07
ABB
Events
Name
BURedPwrFail1
ID
21023
Type
Alarm
Description
Backup CCM Redundant Power 1 fail
Possible reasons:
Default reaction:
- Redundancy Fault
Related parameters:
---Further steps:
CCMRedPwrFail1
21024
Alarm
CCM Redundant Power 1 fail

Possible reasons:
Default reaction:
- Redundancy Fault
Related parameters:
---Further steps:
BURedPwrFail2
21025
Alarm
Backup CCM Redundant Power 2 fail

Possible reasons:
Default reaction:
- Redundancy Fault
Related parameters:
Further steps:
251
3BHS258033 E07
ABB
Events
Name
CCMRedPwrFail2
ID
21026
Type
Alarm
Description
CCM Redundant Power 2 fail
Possible reasons:
Default reaction:
- Redundancy Fault
Related parameters:
Further steps:
BUPrciPwrFail
21027
Alarm
BU Precision Power fail

Possible reasons:
- Internal power fail on CCM - BU
Default reaction:
- BU channel HW-Fault
Related parameters:
---Further steps:
- Replace board
CCMPrciFail
21028
Alarm
CCM Precision Power fail

Possible reasons:
- Internal power fail on CCM
Default reaction:
- Channel Fault
Related parameters:
---Further steps:
- Replace board
252
3BHS258033 E07
ABB
Events
Name
CPUWatchdog
ID
21029
Type
Alarm
Description
CPU Watchdog
Possible reasons:
- CPU failure
Default reaction:
- Channel Fault
Related parameters:
---Further steps:
- Reboot device
- Replace board
BUCPUWatchdog
21030
Alarm
Backup Channel CPU Watchdog

Possible reasons:
- CPU failure
Default reaction:
- Backup channel HW-fault
Related parameters:
---Further steps:
- Reboot device
- Replace board
CCMCPUWatchdog
21031
Alarm
CCM CPU Watchdog

Possible reasons:
- CPU failure
Default reaction:
- Channel fault
Related parameters:
---Further steps:
- Reboot device
- Replace board
253
3BHS258033 E07
ABB
Events
Name
CCI1Trip
ID
21032
Type
Alarm
Description
CCI1 Trip: Pulses Blocked on CCI1
Possible reasons:
- Optical link cabling to CCI1 interrupted (OM2 Link 1)
- CCI1 CPU failure
- Internal power fail on CCI1
- Wrong installer archive loaded to CCI1
- Wrong HEX Switch setting at CCI1
- Insufficient converter cooling
- Overtemperature in converter module (Heat sinks and/or in/outlet air)
- Defective current measuring
- Fuse blown (only with cold stand-by systems)
- Thyristor not conducting (only with cold stand-by systems)
Default reaction:
- Redundancy Fault
Related parameters:
- Verify the listing together with the individual events
Further steps:
- See individual events
254
3BHS258033 E07
ABB
Events
Name
CCI2Trip
ID
21033
Type
Alarm
Description
Possible reasons:
- CCI2 CPU failure
Default reaction:
- Redundancy Fault
Related parameters:
Further steps:
255
3BHS258033 E07
ABB
Events
Name
CCI3Trip
ID
21034
Type
Alarm
Description
Possible reasons:
- CCI3 CPU failure
Default reaction:
- Redundancy Fault
Related parameters:
Further steps:
256
3BHS258033 E07
ABB
Events
Name
CCI4Trip
ID
21035
Type
Alarm
Description
Possible reasons:
- CCI4 CPU failure
Default reaction:
- Redundancy Fault
Related parameters:
Further steps:
257
3BHS258033 E07
ABB
Events
Name
CCI5Trip
ID
21036
Type
Alarm
Description
Possible reasons:
- CCI5 CPU failure
Default reaction:
- Redundancy Fault
Related parameters:
Further steps:
258
3BHS258033 E07
ABB
Events
Name
CCI6Trip
ID
21037
Type
Alarm
Description
Possible reasons:
- CCI6 CPU failure
- Overtemerature in converter module (Heat sinks and/or in/outlet air)
Default reaction:
- Redundancy Fault
Related parameters:
Further steps:
259
3BHS258033 E07
ABB
Events
Name
CCI7Trip
ID
21038
Type
Alarm
Description
Possible reasons:
- CCI7 CPU failure
Default reaction:
- Redundancy Fault
Related parameters:
Further steps:
260
3BHS258033 E07
ABB
Events
Name
CCI8Trip
ID
21039
Type
Alarm
Description
Possible reasons:
- CCI8 CPU failure
Default reaction:
- Redundancy Fault
Related parameters:
Further steps:
CCI1RedFault
21040
Alarm
CCI1 Redundancy fault

Possible reasons:
- Power supply fault at CCI1 input 1 (X1:1-2)
- Fuse blown (only with N-1 systems)
- Thyristor not conducting (only with N-1 systems)
- Fan fault
Default reaction:
- Redundancy Fault
Related parameters:
Further steps
261
3BHS258033 E07
ABB
Events
Name
CCI2RedFault
ID
21041
Type
Alarm
Description
Possible reasons:
- Fan fault
Default reaction:
- Redundancy Fault
Related parameters:
Further steps
CCI3RedFault
21042
Alarm

Possible reasons:
- Fan fault
Default reaction:
- Redundancy Fault
Related parameters:
Further steps
262
3BHS258033 E07
ABB
Events
Name
CCI4RedFault
ID
21043
Type
Alarm
Description
Possible reasons:
- Fan fault
Default reaction:
- Redundancy Fault
Related parameters:
Further steps
CCI5RedFault
21044
Alarm

Possible reasons:
- Fan fault
Default reaction:
- Redundancy Fault
Related parameters:
Further steps
263
3BHS258033 E07
ABB
Events
Name
CCI6RedFault
ID
21045
Type
Alarm
Description
Possible reasons:
- Fan fault
Default reaction:
- Redundancy Fault
Related parameters:
Further steps
CCI7RedFault
21046
Alarm

Possible reasons:
- Fan fault
Default reaction:
- Redundancy Fault
Related parameters:
Further steps
264
3BHS258033 E07
ABB
Events
Name
CCI8RedFault
ID
21047
Type
Alarm
Description
Possible reasons:
- Fan fault
Default reaction:
- Redundancy Fault
Related parameters:
Further steps
CCI1Alarm
21048
Alarm
CCI1 Alarm
Possible reasons:
- Usyn measurement fail
- Uf measurement fail
- Temperature sensor fault
- Overtemperature (alarm level) in converter module (Heat sinks and/or in/outlet air)
- Snubber switch fault (N-1)
- Snubber fuse fault (N-1)
- Converter cabinet door open
- Wrong SW version
Default reaction:
- Redundancy Fault
Related parameters:
Further steps:
265
3BHS258033 E07
ABB
Events
Name
CCI2Alarm
ID
21049
Type
Alarm
Description
CCI2 Alarm
Possible reasons:
- Overtemperature (alarm level) in converter module (Heat sinks and/or in/outlet air
- Wrong SW version
Default reaction:
- Redundancy Fault
Related parameters:
Further steps:
CCI3Alarm
21050
Alarm
CCI3 Alarm
Possible reasons:
- Wrong SW version
Default reaction:
- Redundancy Fault
Related parameters:
Further steps:
266
3BHS258033 E07
ABB
Events
Name
CCI4Alarm
ID
21051
Type
Alarm
Description
CCI4 Alarm
Possible reasons:
- Wrong SW version
Default reaction:
- Redundancy Fault
Related parameters:
Further steps:
CCI5Alarm
21052
Alarm
CCI5 Alarm
Possible reasons:
- Wrong SW version
Default reaction:
- Redundancy Fault
Related parameters:
Verify the listing together with the individual events
Further steps:
267
3BHS258033 E07
ABB
Events
Name
CCI6Alarm
ID
21053
Type
Alarm
Description
CCI6 Alarm
Possible reasons:
- Wrong SW version
Default reaction:
- Redundancy Fault
Related parameters:
Further steps:
CCI7Alarm
21054
Alarm
CCI7 Alarm
Possible reasons:
- Wrong SW version
Default reaction:
- Redundancy Fault
Related parameters:
Further steps:
268
3BHS258033 E07
ABB
Events
Name
CCI8Alarm
ID
21055
Type
Alarm
Description
CCI8 Alarm
Possible reasons:
- Overtemperature (alarm level) in converter module (Heat sinks and/or in/outlet air
- Wrong SW version
Default reaction:
- Redundancy Fault
Related parameters:
Further steps:
PTMonInPhaseFlt
21056
Alarm
Generator Voltage measurement failure

Possible reasons:
Default reaction:
- Auto fault
Related parameters:
Prot_Protection \ PTEnaInPhaseMon
Further steps:
- Check cabling
PTMonOpampCeil
21057
Alarm

Possible reasons:
Default reaction:
- Auto fault
Related parameters:
Prot_Protection \ PTEnaOpAmpCeilMon
Further steps:
- Replace board
269
3BHS258033 E07
ABB
Events
Name
PTMonADCFreeze
ID
21058
Type
Alarm
Description
Possible reasons:
- ADC failure
Default reaction:
- Auto fault
Related parameters:
Prot_Protection \ PTEnaADCFreezeMon
Further steps:
- Replace board
PTMonAllLost
21059
Alarm

Possible reasons:
Default reaction:
- Auto fault
Related parameters:
Prot_Protection \ PTEnaAllLostMon
Further steps:
- Check cabling
CTMonSumFault
21060
Alarm
Generator Current measurement failure

Possible reasons:
- One or two connections lost
Default reaction:
- Auto fault
Related parameters:
Prot_Protection \ CTEnaSumMon
Further steps:
- Check cabling
270
3BHS258033 E07
ABB
Events
Name
CTMonOpampCeil
ID
21061
Type
Alarm
Description
Possible reasons:
Default reaction:
- Auto fault
Related parameters:
Prot_Protection \ CTEnaOpAmpCeilMon
Further steps:
- Replace board
CTMonADCFreeze
21062
Alarm

Possible reasons:
- ADC failure
Default reaction:
- Auto fault
Related parameters:
Prot_Protection \ CTEnaADCFreezeMon
Further steps:
- Replace board
CTMonParaphase
21063
Alarm

Possible reasons:
- One connection lost (if only two CT-measurement circuit is used)
Default reaction:
- Auto fault
Related parameters:
Prot_Protection \ PTEnaParaPhaseMon
Further steps:
- Check cabling
271
3BHS258033 E07
ABB
Events
Name
CIO1Trip
ID
21064
Type
Alarm
Description
CIO1 Trip
Possible reasons:
- Optical link cabling to CIO1 interrupted (Link 1)
- CIO1 CPU failure
- Internal power fail on CIO1
- Wrong device connected to AC 800PEC (Link 1)
- Wrong installer archive loaded to CIO1
- Wrong HEX Switch setting at CIO1
Default reaction:
- Redundancy Fault
Related parameters:
Further steps:
CIO2Trip
21065
Alarm
CIO2 Trip
Possible reasons:
- CIO2 CPU failure
Default reaction:
- Redundancy Fault
Related parameters:
Further steps:
272
3BHS258033 E07
ABB
Events
Name
CIO3Trip
ID
21066
Type
Alarm
Description
CIO3 Trip
Possible reasons:
- CIO3 CPU failure
Default reaction:
- Redundancy Fault
Related parameters:
Further steps:
CIO4Trip
21067
Alarm
CIO4 Trip
Possible reasons:
- CIO4 CPU failure
Default reaction:
- Redundancy Fault
Related parameters:
Further steps:
273
3BHS258033 E07
ABB
Events
Name
CIO5Trip
ID
21068
Type
Alarm
Description
CIO5 Trip
Possible reasons:
- CIO5 CPU failure
Default reaction:
- Redundancy Fault
Related parameters:
Further steps:
CIO6Trip
21069
Alarm
CIO6 Trip
Possible reasons:
- CIO6 CPU failure
Default reaction:
- Redundancy Fault
Related parameters:
Further steps:
274
3BHS258033 E07
ABB
Events
Name
CIO7Trip
ID
21070
Type
Alarm
Description
CIO7 Trip
Possible reasons:
- CIO7 CPU failure
Default reaction:
- Redundancy Fault
Related parameters:
Further steps:
CIO8Trip
21071
Alarm
CIO8 Trip
Possible reasons:
- CIO8 CPU failure
Default reaction:
- Redundancy Fault
Related parameters:
Further steps:
275
3BHS258033 E07
ABB
Events
Name
CIO1RedFault
ID
21072
Type
Alarm
Description
CIO1 Redundancy fault
Possible reasons:
- Power supply fault at CIO1 input 1 (X1:1-2)
Default reaction:
- Redundancy fault
Related parameters:
Further steps:
CIO2RedFault
21073
Alarm

Possible reasons:
Default reaction:
- Redundancy fault
Related parameters:
Further steps:
CIO3RedFault
21074
Alarm

Possible reasons:
Default reaction:
- Redundancy fault
Related parameters:
Further steps:
276
3BHS258033 E07
ABB
Events
Name
CIO4RedFault
ID
21075
Type
Alarm
Description
Possible reasons:
Default reaction:
- Redundancy fault
Related parameters:
Further steps:
CIO5RedFault
21076
Alarm

Possible reasons:
Default reaction:
- Redundancy Fault
Related parameters:
Further steps:
CIO6RedFault
21077
Alarm

Possible reasons:
Default reaction:
- Redundancy Fault
Related parameters:
Further steps:
277
3BHS258033 E07
ABB
Events
Name
CIO7RedFault
ID
21078
Type
Alarm
Description
Possible reasons:
Default reaction:
- Redundancy Fault
Related parameters:
Further steps:
CIO8RedFault
21079
Alarm

Possible reasons:
Default reaction:
- Redundancy Fault
Related parameters:
Further steps:
278
3BHS258033 E07
ABB
Events
Name
CIO1Alarm
ID
21080
Type
Alarm
Description
CIO1 Alarm
Possible reasons:
- Wrong SW version on CIO1
- Temperature sensor fault at CIO temperature input 1,2 or 3 (X900)
Default reaction:
- Alarm
Related parameters:
Meas_CIO1 \ EnaTempSens1FaultDetection
AnaInTemp1_Type
AnaInTemp2_Type
AnaInTemp3_Type
EnableFilt4
EnableFilt5
EnableFilt6
Further steps:
----
279
3BHS258033 E07
ABB
Events
Name
CIO2Alarm
ID
21081
Type
Alarm
Description
CIO2 Alarm
Possible reasons:
Default reaction:
- Alarm
Related parameters:
AnaInTemp1_Type
AnaInTemp2_Type
AnaInTemp3_Type
EnableFilt4
EnableFilt5
EnableFilt6
Further steps:
----
280
3BHS258033 E07
ABB
Events
Name
CIO3Alarm
ID
21082
Type
Alarm
Description
CIO3 Alarm
Possible reasons:
Default reaction:
- Alarm
Related parameters:
AnaInTemp1_Type
AnaInTemp2_Type
AnaInTemp3_Type
EnableFilt4
EnableFilt5
EnableFilt6
Further steps:
----
281
3BHS258033 E07
ABB
Events
Name
CIO4Alarm
ID
21083
Type
Alarm
Description
CIO4 Alarm
Possible reasons:
Default reaction:
- Alarm
Related parameters:
AnaInTemp1_Type
AnaInTemp2_Type
AnaInTemp3_Type
EnableFilt4
EnableFilt5
EnableFilt6
Further steps:
----
282
3BHS258033 E07
ABB
Events
Name
CIO5Alarm
ID
21084
Type
Alarm
Description
CIO5 Alarm
Possible reasons:
Default reaction:
- Alarm
Related parameters:
AnaInTemp1_Type
AnaInTemp2_Type
AnaInTemp3_Type
EnableFilt4
EnableFilt5
EnableFilt6
Further steps:
----
283
3BHS258033 E07
ABB
Events
Name
CIO6Alarm
ID
21085
Type
Alarm
Description
CIO6 Alarm
Possible reasons:
Default reaction:
- Alarm
Related parameters:
AnaInTemp1_Type
AnaInTemp2_Type
AnaInTemp3_Type
EnableFilt4
EnableFilt5
EnableFilt6
Further steps:
----
284
3BHS258033 E07
ABB
Events
Name
CIO7Alarm
ID
21086
Type
Alarm
Description
CIO7 Alarm
Possible reasons:
- Temperature sensor fault at CIO temerature input 1,2 or 3 (X900)
Default reaction:
- Alarm
Related parameters:
AnaInTemp1_Type
AnaInTemp2_Type
AnaInTemp3_Type
EnableFilt4
EnableFilt5
EnableFilt6
Further steps:
----
285
3BHS258033 E07
ABB
Events
Name
CIO8Alarm
ID
21087
Type
Alarm
Description
CIO8 Alarm
Possible reasons:
- Temperature sensor fault at CIO temerature input 1,2 or 3 (X900)
Default reaction:
- Alarm
Related parameters:
AnaInTemp1_Type
AnaInTemp2_Type
AnaInTemp3_Type
EnableFilt4
EnableFilt5
EnableFilt6
Further steps:
----
SmallIODev_CH
21088
Alarm
Small IO deviation between Channel 1 and Channel 2

Possible reasons:
- Defective I/O section on CCM Board
- Wiring faults
Default reaction:
- Alarm
Related parameters:
---Further steps:
- Check wiring
- Replace device
286
3BHS258033 E07
ABB
Events
Name
SmallIODev_BU
ID
21089
Type
Alarm
Description
Small IO deviation between this Channel and Backup Channel
Possible reasons:
- Defective I/O section on CCM Board
- Wiring faults
Default reaction:
- Alarm
Related parameters:
---Further steps:
- Check wiring
- Replace device
OtherCHChannlFl
21090
Alarm
Other Channel Channel fault

Possible reasons:
- Other channel has a channel fault event
Default reaction:
- Alarm
Related parameters:
---Further steps:
- Check other channel
BUChannelFlt
21091
Alarm
Backup Channel Channel fault

Possible reasons:
- Backup channel has a channel fault event
Default reaction:
- Alarm
Related parameters:
---Further steps:
- Check Backup channel
287
3BHS258033 E07
ABB
Events
Name
CHXfer
ID
21092
Type
Information
Description
Automatic channel transfer occurred. (Channel transfer not forced by the user)
Possible reasons:
- CCM link fault
- CCM Address error
- CCM device type error
- AC 800PEC Power fail
- CCM Power fail
- CCM CPU watchdog
- AC 800PEC CPU watchdog
- CCM link fault
- CIO config word fault
- Manual fault in manual mode
- Auto and manual mode fault
Default reaction:
---Further steps:
- According to individual event documentation
Event3_30
Event3_31
EFRStage1Flt
21094
21095
21096
Information
Information
Alarm
< Not usable for engineering >

Earth Fault Relay Stage 1 fault
Possible reasons:
- Resistance to Ground too low
Default reaction:
- Alarm
Related parameters
- Prot_EarthFaultMon / Level1ResponseValue
/ SelectIRDH275
/ SelectCIO
- Prot_Protection
/ EnaEarthFaultMon
Further steps:
----
288
3BHS258033 E07
ABB
Events
Name
EFRStage2Flt
ID
21097
Type
Error
Description
Ground Fault Relay Stage 2 fault
Possible reasons:
- Resistance to Ground too low
Default reaction:
- Trip
Related parameters
- Prot_EarthFaultMon / Level2ResponseValue
/ SelectIRDH275
/ SelectCIO
- Prot_Protection
/ EnaEarthFaultMon
Further steps:
----
EFRCommFlt
21098
Alarm
Earth Fault Relay Communication fault

Possible reasons:
- The serial link to the device IRDH275 is disturbed
- Link to selected CIO failed
Default reaction:
- Alarm
Related parameters
- Prot_EarthFaultMon / SelectIRDH275
/ SelectCIO
- Prot_Protection
/ EnaEarthFaultMon
Further steps:
----
FFTimeout
21099
Error
Field-flashing timeout
Possible reasons:
- Field Flashing breaker was closed for a longer time than expected
Default reaction:
- Emergency stop
Related parameters:
SM-StateMashine \ FieldFlashTimeout
Further steps:
----
289
3BHS258033 E07
ABB
Events
Name
ExcOnTimeout
ID
21100
Type
Error
Description
Excitation-on timeout
Possible reasons:
- The overall excitation starting time was longer than the supervision time
- Converter electronics was not able to fire thyristors
Default reaction:
- Emergency stop
Related parameters:
SM_StateMashine \ ExcOnTimeout
FireAllTimeout
FieldFlashTimeout
Further steps:
----
OVFlt
21101
Error
Synchronous voltage "over-voltage fault level" reached

Possible reasons:
- Trip
Related parameters:
Prot_Pretecion
\ Enable OverVoltageMon
Prot_OverVoltageMon \ OVDetectionLevel
\ FaultOnDelayTime
Further steps:
----
ParSaveFlt
21102
Alarm
Parameter save fault

Possible reasons:
- Flash defective
Default reaction:
- Alarm
Related parameters:
---Further steps:
- Replace AC 800PEC
290
3BHS258033 E07
ABB
Events
Name
AuxNotReadyFlt
ID
21103
Type
Alarm
Description
One or more auxiliaries are not ready
Possible reasons:
- Aux not ready input (CIO1 DI09 activated)
- Aux ready input (CIO3 DI06 not activated)
Default reaction:
- Alarm
- Start-up inhibit
Related parameters:
---Further steps:
- Check inputs
ConfigWordFlt
21104
Alarm
CIO configuration word is not valid

Possible reasons:
- Wrong CIO Configuration
Default reaction:
- Channel fault
- Start-up inhibit
Related parameters:
MeasCIOConfig \ CIOConfigWord
Further steps:
- Check configuration
FieldBusExtTrip
21105
Error
Field Bus External Trip

Possible reasons:
- Trip via fieldbus. Fieldbus control word Bit 2 (Bits 015)
Bit 2 is logic zero
Default reaction:
- Trip
Related parameters:
---Further steps:
----
291
3BHS258033 E07
ABB
Events
Name
ConvRed1Flt
ID
21106
Type
Alarm
Description
Converter Redundancy Stage fault level 1
More thyristors in the same branch as defined with stage level parameter are not conducting
Possible reasons:
- Defective Thyristors
- Defective branch fuses
- Defective CCI's
- Defective pulse amplifiers
- Blocked Thyristors
- Blocked CCI
Default reaction:
- Alarm
Related parameters:
Conv_ConverterSystem1 \ FaultStage1Level
Further steps:
----
ConvRed2Flt
21107
Alarm

Possible reasons:
- Defective CCI's
- Blocked CCI
Default reaction:
- Alarm
Related parameters:
Further steps:
----
292
3BHS258033 E07
ABB
Events
Name
ConvRed3Flt
ID
21108
Type
Alarm
Description
Possible reasons:
- Defective CCI's
- Blocked CCI
Default reaction:
- Alarm
Related parameters:
Further steps:
----
ConvRed4Flt
21109
Error
Converter Redundance Stage fault level 4

Possible reasons:
- Defective CCI's
- Blocked CCI
Default reaction:
- Trip
Related parameters:
Further steps:
----
293
3BHS258033 E07
ABB
Events
Name
PTFailExcOn
ID
21110
Type
Error
Description
PT fail during excitation on sequence
Possible reasons:
- PT's not connected
- CCM defective
Default reaction:
- Auto Fault
Related parameters:
Prot_Protection \ EnaUgExcOnMon
Further steps:
- Check PT circuit
- Check CCM
CrowbarFlt
21111
Alarm
Crowbar fault
Possible reasons:
- Crowbar not conducting when opening fieldbreaker
Default reaction:
- Alarm
Related parameters:
---Further steps:
----
294
3BHS258033 E07
ABB
Events
Name
CrowbarOVFlt
ID
21112
Type
Error
Description
Crowbar Over-voltage detection
Possible reasons:
- The field overvoltage protection (crowbar) was responding to a positive or negative
field overvoltage
- Negative field overvoltage occurs if an interruption occurs in the power
supply or field circuit
Default reaction:
- Trip
Related parameters:
---Further steps:
- Check whether there is (or has been) a problem with the generator.
If not, report the problem to ABB.
- Check the function of the field breaker at the in- or output of the converter.
- Check connection line and insulation resistance of the field winding.
- Check Positive field overvoltage, this error is usually caused by a generator fault,
which induces negative field current, such as pole slip, short circuit at the generator
terminals etc.
RotTempFlt1
21113
Alarm
Rotor Temperature level 1 fault

Possible reasons:
- UNITROL 6000 monitors the rotor temperature, which is calculated from
the excitation current, the excitation voltage and the resulting field resistance.
Alarm is triggered if this value exceeds the set temperature.
Default reaction:
- Alarm
Related parameters:
Prot_Protection \ EnableRotTempMon
Prot_RotTempMon \ RotTempFaultLevel1
\ R1
\ T1
\ T0
\ SelectMode
\ BrushVDrop
\ CurrDepVDrop
Further steps:
- Check whether the rotor has been overloaded for a long time and whether the rotor cooling system is working properly.
295
3BHS258033 E07
ABB
Events
Name
RotTempFlt2
ID
21114
Type
Error
Description
Rotor Temperature level 2 fault
Possible reasons:
- UNITROL 6000 monitors the rotor temperature, which is calculated from
the excitation current, the excitation voltage and the resulting field resistance.
Alarm is triggered if this value exceeds the set temperature.
Default reaction:
- Trip
Related parameters:
Prot_Protection \ EnableRotTempMon
Prot_RotTempMon \ RotTempFaultLevel2
\ R1
\ T1
\ T0
\ SelectMode
\ BrushVDrop
\ CurrDepVDrop
Further steps:
- Check whether the rotor has been overloaded for a long time and whether the rotor cooling system is working properly.
CrowbarFailure
21115
Error
Crowbar failure
Possible reasons:
- The monitor has detected at least 2 negative crowbar current pulses (the 1st current pulse released the Alarm LossOfSynch),
although the machine main breaker was tripped by the 1st. pulse. I.e. the converter supplied current to the faulty crowbar.
Default reaction:
- Trip
Related parameters:
Brk_Crowbar
\ RelRotorSlip
Further steps:
- Check the crowbar thyristor for negative current.
- Replace the faulty thyristor according crowbar instructions.
296
3BHS258033 E07
ABB
Events
Name
OnlineStatusFlt
ID
21116
Type
Alarm
Description
Main Circuit Breaker. Online Status Fault
Possible reasons:
- Feedback signal lost while generator current is still >0
Default reaction:
- Alarm
Related parameters:
---Further steps:
- Check cabling
WrongPhaseSeq
21117
Error
Wrong Phase Sequence

Possible reasons:
- Converter supply phase sequence is different than parameterized in software
Default reaction:
- Emergency Stop
Related parameters:
Conv_Converter / PhaseSeqCCW
/ PhaseSeqCCW2
Prot_Protection / EnablePhaseSeqCheck
Further steps:
- Change parameter value in software
EFROpenLoopFlt
21118
Alarm
Earth Fault Relay Open Loop fault

Possible reasons:
- Open measurement loop
- Indicates a broken wire or defective fuse when the measured resistance of the Bender relay is higher than 49.9 Mohm.
Default reaction:
- Alarm
Related parameters
- Prot_EarthFaultMon / SelectIRDH275
/ SelectCIO
- Prot_Protection
/ EnaEarthFaultMon
Further steps:
- Check cabling
297
3BHS258033 E07
ABB
Events
Name
LossOfSynch
ID
21119
Type
Alarm
Description
Loss of synchronism
Possible reasons:
- Caused by loss of machine synchronism, there was at least one negative crowbar current cycle detected
(negative compared to normal (positive) field current direction). If there is more than one negative current
cycle, then CrowbarFailure is generated.
Default reaction:
- Alarm
Related parameters:
Brk_Crowbar \ RelRotorSlip
Further steps:
- If the cause is assumed to be from excitation system, check P/Q-limiter and P/Q-monitor.
LocalCTOPCFlt
21120
Alarm
Local CT OPC Communication fault

Possible reasons:
- Ethernet cable to ECT unplugged
- Ethernet switch not working
- OPC-Server not working
Default reaction:
- Alarm
Related parameters:
OpSel_Local \ EnableCommMom
\ SlowCommMonTimeoutTime
Further steps:
- Check wiring
- Check OPC server
- Doublecheck that parameter "SlowCommMonRamp" is written correctly in ECT.
298
3BHS258033 E07
ABB
Events
Name
RemCT1OPCFlt
ID
21121
Type
Alarm
Description
Remote CT1 OPC Communication fault
Possible reasons:
- Optical electrical ethernet converter defective
Default reaction:
- Alarm
Related parameters:
Further steps:
- Check wiring
- Check OPC server
- Doublecheck if parameter "SlowCommMonRamp" is written correctly in ECT
RemCT2OPCFlt
21122
Alarm

Possible reasons:
Default reaction:
- Alarm
Related parameters:
Further steps:
- Check wiring
- Check OPC server
299
3BHS258033 E07
ABB
Events
Name
RemCT3OPCFlt
ID
21123
Type
Alarm
Description
Possible reasons:
Default reaction:
- Alarm
Related parameters:
Further steps:
- Check wiring
- Check OPC server
RemCT4OPCFlt
21124
Alarm

Possible reasons:
Default reaction:
- Alarm
Related parameters:
Further steps:
- Check wiring
- Check OPC server
300
3BHS258033 E07
ABB
Events
Name
BlockStartUpFlt
ID
21125
Type
Alarm
Description
Block Startup
Possible reasons:
- Digital input activated (Default not used)
Default reaction:
- Startup blocked
Related parameters:
---Further steps:
----
ManFailExcOn
21126
Error
CT fail during excitation on sequence

Possible reasons:
- Converter CTs not connected
- CSI defective
- CCI defective
Default reaction:
- Manual Fault
Related parameters:
Prot_Protection \ EnaIfExcOnMon
Further steps:
- Check CT circuit
- Check CCI
FBCommFlt
21127
Alarm
Field Bus Communication fault

Possible reasons:
- Fieldbus connection disturbed
Default reaction:
- Alarm
- Release of the Fieldbus operation request
Related parameters:
OpSel_Fieldbus \ EnableCommMon
ComFaultTime
Further steps:
----
301
3BHS258033 E07
ABB
Events
Name
ExcTrTmpFlt1
ID
21128
Type
Alarm
Description
Excitation Transformer Temperature Level 1 fault
Possible reasons:
- Insufficient cooling of the excitaion transformer
Default reaction:
- Alarm
Related parameters:
ExcTrafoMon \ TempFaultLevel1
EnableExcTrafoMon
SelectPT100
EnaTemp1
EnaTemp2
EnaTemp3
Further steps:
----
ExcTrTmpFlt2
21129
Error
Excitation Transformer Temperature Level 2 fault

Possible reasons:
- Insufficient cooling of the excitation transformer
Default reaction:
- Trip
Related parameters:
ExcTrafoMon \ TempFaultLevel2
EnableExcTrafoMon
SelectPT100
EnaTemp1
EnaTemp2
EnaTemp3
Further steps:
----
302
3BHS258033 E07
ABB
Events
Name
ExcTrSensorFlt
ID
21130
Type
Alarm
Description
Excitation Transformer Temperature Sensor fault
Possible reasons:
- Circuit to sensor open
- Level 2 picked up without level 1 alive
- Level 1 and 2 picked up within 100 ms
Default reaction:
- Alarm
Related parameters:
ExcTrafoMon \ dTdtDetectLevel
EnableExcTrafoMon
EnaTemp1
EnaTemp2
EnaTemp3
Further steps:
----
Event5_03
Event5_04
Event5_05
Event5_06
Event5_07
Event5_08
PSU1ICU1Src1Flt
21131
21132
21133
21134
21135
21136
21137
Information
Information
Information
Information
Information
Information
Alarm

Power Supply Unit 1 Input Coupling Unit +ER-V80 Source 1 Fault
Possible reasons:
- See corresponding hardware diagram
Default reaction:
- Alarm
Related parameters:
Prot_Protection \ EnablePowerSupplyMon
Prot_PSU1ICU1 \ SourceConfigWord
Further steps:
----
303
3BHS258033 E07
ABB
Events
Name
PSU1ICU1Src2Flt
ID
21138
Type
Alarm
Description
Possible reasons:
Default reaction:
- Alarm
Related parameters:
Further steps:
----
PSU1ICU1Src3Flt
21139
Alarm

Possible reasons:
Default reaction:
- Alarm
Related parameters:
Further steps:
----
PSU1ICU1SigFlt
21140
Alarm
Power Supply Unit 1 Input Coupling Unit +ER-V80 Signal Fault

Possible reasons:
- Hardware defective
- Monitoring line to I/O board interrupted
Default reaction:
- Alarm
Related parameters:
Further steps:
----
304
3BHS258033 E07
ABB
Events
Name
PSU1APD12APDFlt
ID
21141
Type
Alarm
Description
Power Supply Unit 1 APD 1-2 Fault
Possible reasons:
- APD +ER-Q801 or +ER-Q802 defective
Default reaction:
- Alarm
Related parameters:
Prot_PSU1APDGrp1 \ Enable
Further steps:
----
PSU1ICU2Src1Flt
21142
Alarm

Possible reasons:
Default reaction:
- Alarm
Related parameters:
Further steps:
----
PSU1ICU2Src2Flt
21143
Alarm

Possible reasons:
Default reaction:
- Alarm
Related parameters:
Further steps:
----
305
3BHS258033 E07
ABB
Events
Name
PSU1ICU2Src3Flt
ID
21144
Type
Alarm
Description
Possible reasons:
Default reaction:
- Alarm
Related parameters:
Further steps:
----
PSU1ICU2SigFlt
21145
Alarm
Power Supply Unit 1 Input Coupling Unit +ER-V81 Signal Fault

Possible reasons:
Default reaction:
- Alarm
Related parameters:
Further steps:
----
PSU1APD34APDFlt
21146
Alarm

Possible reasons:
- APD +ER-Q801 or +ER-Q802 defective
Default reaction:
- Alarm
Related parameters:
Further steps:
----
306
3BHS258033 E07
ABB
Events
Name
PSU2ICU1Src1Flt
ID
21147
Type
Alarm
Description
Power Supply Unit 2 Input Coupling Unit +EE-V80 Source 1 Fault
Possible reasons:
Default reaction:
- Alarm
Related parameters:
Further steps:
----
PSU2ICU1Src2Flt
21148
Alarm

Possible reasons:
Default reaction:
- Alarm
Related parameters:
Further steps:
----
PSU2ICU1Src3Flt
21149
Alarm

Possible reasons:
Default reaction:
- Alarm
Related parameters:
Further steps:
----
307
3BHS258033 E07
ABB
Events
Name
PSU2ICU1SigFlt
ID
21150
Type
Alarm
Description
Power Supply Unit 2 Input Coupling Unit +EE-V80 Signal Fault
Possible reasons:
Default reaction:
- Alarm
Related parameters:
Further steps:
----
PSU2APD12APDFlt
21151
Alarm

Possible reasons:
- See corresponding hardware diagramm
- APD +EE-Q801 or +EE-Q802 or +EE-Q803 defective
Default reaction:
- Alarm
Related parameters:
Further steps:
----
PSU2ICU2Src1Flt
21152
Alarm

Possible reasons:
Default reaction:
- Alarm
Related parameters:
Further steps:
----
308
3BHS258033 E07
ABB
Events
Name
PSU2ICU2Src2Flt
ID
21153
Type
Alarm
Description
Possible reasons:
Default reaction:
- Alarm
Related parameters:
Further steps:
----
PSU2ICU2Src3Flt
21154
Alarm

Possible reasons:
Default reaction:
- Alarm
Related parameters:
Further steps:
----
PSU2ICU2SigFlt
21155
Alarm
Power Supply Unit 2 Input Coupling Unit +EE-V81 Signal Fault

Possible reasons:
Default reaction:
- Alarm
Related parameters:
Further steps:
----
309
3BHS258033 E07
ABB
Events
Name
PSU2APD34APDFlt
ID
21156
Type
Alarm
Description
Possible reasons:
- APD +EE-Q811 or +EE-Q812 or +EE-Q813 defective
Default reaction:
- Alarm
Related parameters:
Further steps:
----
CITVersionFlt
21157
Alarm
CIT software version fault

Possible reasons:
- The downloaded CIT software version is not compatible with M/S software version
Default reaction:
- Alarm
Related parameters:
---Further steps:
----
ColdgasAnaInFlt
21158
Alarm
Coldgas-Measurement analog Input Fault

Possible reasons:
- One or both analog input signals for the DE/NDE temperature signals are below the supervision level
Default reaction:
- Alarm
Related parameters:
Reg_ColdGas \ SelectAnaInputType
Further steps:
----
310
3BHS258033 E07
ABB
Events
Name
LCIAnaInFlt
ID
21159
Type
Alarm
Description
LCIAnaInFlt
Possible reasons:
- The analog input signal for the reference is below the supervision level.
Default reaction:
- Alarm
Related parameters:
-Reg_LCISetPtInput \ SelectAnaInputType
\ EnableAnaInFaultDetection
Further steps:
----
PreSelectionFlt
21160
Alarm
Channel Preselection fault

Possible reasons:
- Channel 1 and Channel 2 are indicated as the active one after start-up
Default reaction:
- Alarm
- none channel is starting as the active one
Related parameters:
Sys_ExcitationSystem \ PreSelChannel1
PreSelChannel2
Further steps:
----
311
3BHS258033 E07
ABB
Events
Name
DCSCDetected
ID
21161
Type
Alarm
Description
External Short-Circuit detected
Possible reasons:
- Short-circuit on converter dc side is detected
Default reaction:
- Alarm
Related parameters:
Prot_Protection \ EnableConvFaultDetection
EnableExtSCMon
Prot_ConvFaultDetect \ ExtSCIfFaultLevel
ExtSCUfFaultLevel
TFCDthreshold
Further steps:
----
DCSCBlockPulses
21162
Alarm
External Short-Circuit clearing: Pulse block activated

Possible reasons:
- Short-circuit on converter dc side is detected
Default reaction:
- Alarm
Related parameters:
EnableExtSCMon
Prot_ConvFaultDetec \ ExtSCIfFaultLevel
ExtSCUfFaultLevel
TFCDthreshold
ExtSCReleaseFaultClearing
Further steps:
----
312
3BHS258033 E07
ABB
Events
Name
IntSCAlphaMin
ID
21163
Type
Alarm
Description
Internal Short-Circuit clearing: Alpha min activated
Possible reasons:
- Alarm
Related parameters:
EnableIntSCMon
Further steps:
----
IntSCTrip
21164
Error
Internal Short-Circuit
Possible reasons:
- Trip
Related parameters:
EnableIntSCMon
Further steps:
----
GenSC3Phase
21165
Alarm
Generator 3-Phase Short-Circuit detected

Possible reasons:
- All 3 Phases measure less than 5% voltage and at the same time more
than 140% current
Default reaction:
- Alarm
Related parameters:
---Further steps:
----
313
3BHS258033 E07
ABB
Events
Name
GenSC2Phase
ID
21166
Type
Alarm
Description
Generator 2-Phase Short-Circuit detected
Possible reasons:
- One or two Phases measure less than 5% voltage and at the same time more
than 140% current
Default reaction:
- Alarm
Related parameters:
---Further steps:
----
DistantSC3Phase
21167
Alarm
Distant 3-Phase Short-Circuit detected

Possible reasons:
- All 3 Phases measure less than 80% voltage and at the same time more
than 120% current
Default reaction:
- Alarm
Related parameters:
---Further steps:
----
DistantSC2Phase
21168
Alarm
Distant 2-Phase Short-Circuit detected

Possible reasons:
- One or two Phases measure less than 80% voltage and at the same time more
than 120% current
Default reaction:
- Alarm
Related parameters:
---Further steps:
----
314
3BHS258033 E07
ABB
Events
Name
AnySC
ID
21169
Type
Alarm
Description
Any Short-Circuit detected
This signal is followed by a signal of the range 21165 . . .21168 to get better information
Possible reasons:
- High current and at the same time a low voltage detected
Default reaction:
- Alarm
Related parameters:
---Further steps:
----
Event6_10
CTOvercurrent
21170
21171
Information
Alarm

Generator Current measurement fault: Current out of measurable range
Possible reasons:
- Sensing current > 1,53 A (7.65A) 1.53%
Default reaction:
- Alarm
- Blocking of single phase CT-Monitoring
Related parameters:
Prot_Protection \ EnableMaschineMeasCTMon
Further steps:
----
ActiveCHFlt
21172
Error
Active Channel fault

Possible reasons:
- The active channel is faulty and there is no possibility to transfer to another channel
Default reaction:
- Trip
Related parameters:
---Further steps:
----
315
3BHS258033 E07
ABB
Events
Name
MANFltinMAN
ID
21173
Type
Alarm
Description
Manual fault in manual mode:
Possible reasons:
- There is a Manual Fault while the Unit is running in Manual Mode
Default reaction:
- Channel fault
Related parameters:
---Further steps:
----
AUTOandMANFlt
21174
Alarm
Auto and Manual fault:

Possible reasons:
- Auto Mode as well as Manual Mode of the same channel are faulty
Default reaction:
- Channel fault
Related parameters:
---Further steps:
----
NegFieldCurrFlt
21175
Error
Negative bridge fault while applying negative current

Possible reasons:
- Check the Event List regarding event numbers 20700 to 20795
Default reaction:
- Trip
Related parameters:
---Further steps:
----
316
3BHS258033 E07
ABB
Events
Name
ConverterCfgFlt
ID
21176
Type
Alarm
Description
Converter configuration fault
Possible reasons:
- ConverterSystemConfigWord <1 or >8
- ConverterSystemConfigWord not equal to 2 and parameter EnableColdStandby = True
- ConverterNegCurrConfigWord =1 and parameter EnableColdStandby = True
Default reaction:
- All pulses blocked
Related parameters:
Conv_ConverterSystem1 \ ConverterSystemConfigWord
ConverterNegCurrConfigWord
EnableColdStandby
Further steps:
----
ChannelCfgFlt
21177
Alarm
Channel configuration fault:

Possible reasons:
- ChannelConfigWord <1 or >3
Default reaction:
- System deadlocked
Related parameters:
Sys_ExcitationSystem \ ChannelConfigWord
Further steps:
----
IOCfgFlt
21178
Alarm
IO configuration fault
Possible reasons:
- CIOConfigWord <1 or >32767
Default reaction:
- Alarm
Related parameters:
Meas_CIOConfig \ CIOConfigWord
Further steps:
----
317
3BHS258033 E07
ABB
Events
Name
IntSCDet
ID
21179
Type
Alarm
Description
Internal Short-Circuit detected.
Possible reasons:
- Defective Thyristor
Default reaction:
- Alarm
Related parameters:
EnableIntSCMon
Further steps:
----
OtherCHLink1Flt
21180
Alarm
Other Channel Redundant Link 1 Fault.

Possible reasons:
- Opt cabling interrupted
Default reaction:
- Alarm
Related parameters:
---Further steps:
OtherCHLink2Flt
21181
Alarm
Other Channel Redundant Link 2 Fault.

Possible reasons:
- Optical cabling interrupted
Default reaction:
- Alarm
Related parameters:
---Further steps:
318
3BHS258033 E07
ABB
Events
Name
OtherCHCPUWD
ID
21182
Type
Alarm
Description
Other Channel CPU Watchdog
Possible reasons:
- CPU failure
Default reaction:
- Other channel HW-fault
Related parameters:
---Further steps:
- Reboot device
- Replace board
OtherCHPwrFail
21183
Alarm
Other Channel Power Fail

Possible reasons:
- Internal power fail on AC 800PEC of other channel
Default reaction:
- Other channel HW-fault
Related parameters:
---Further steps:
- Replace board
ExternalTrip
21184
Error
External Trip
Possible reasons:
- CCM I/O DI5 activated
Default reaction:
- Trip
Related parameters:
---Further steps:
----
ActUfMeasFlt
Event6_27
319
21186
21187
Alarm
Information
Actual Uf Measurement Failure

3BHS258033 E07
ABB
Events
Name
HotStartUpFlt
ID
21188
Type
Alarm
Description
Hot-startup fault. Channel started after: Channel fault, reset manual as soon as the Regulator deviation between channel 1 and channel 2 is zero
Possible reasons:
Default reaction:
Related parameters:
---Further steps:
----
CHFltStandbyCH
21189
Alarm
Hardware Fault on this channel detected by the Other Channel or the Backup Channel
Possible reasons:
Default reaction:
Related parameters:
---Further steps:
----
OtherCHHWFltBU
21190
Alarm
Hardware Fault on the Other Channel detected by the Backup Channel

Possible reasons:
Default reaction:
Related parameters:
---Further steps:
----
320
3BHS258033 E07
ABB
Events
Name
PassiveCHTrip
ID
21191
Type
Error
Description
Channel is not active and has a Trip
Possible reasons:
Default reaction:
Related parameters:
---Further steps:
----
FCB1Off1CoilFlt
21192
Alarm
Field Circuit Breaker 1 Off-Coil 1 Fault

Possible reasons:
- OFF command not executed within the set parameter time
"is Off" feedback signal is missing.
Default reaction:
- Alarm
Related parameters:
Brk_FieldBreaker1 \ EmaxOff1Off2DelayTime
Further steps:
----
FCB1Off2CoilFlt
21193
Alarm

Possible reasons:
Default reaction:
- Alarm
Related parameters:
Further steps:
----
321
3BHS258033 E07
ABB
Events
Name
FCB1AntivalFlt
ID
21194
Type
Alarm
Description
Field Circuit Breaker 1 Status Antivalency Fault
Possible reasons:
- There is a wrong position indication of the breaker
Feedback "is ON" and "is OFF" are both true or false at the same time
Default reaction:
- Alarm
Related parameters:
Brk_FieldBreaker1 \ AntivalencyCheckDisabled
Further steps:
----
FCB1TurnOnFlt
21195
Alarm
Field Circuit Breaker 1 Turn-On Fault

Possible reasons:
- ON command not executed within the set parameter time
"is On" feedback signal is missing.
Default reaction:
- Emergency Stop
Related parameters:
Brk_FieldBreaker1 \ FCBOnDelayTime
Further steps:
----
FCB1TurnOffFlt
21196
Alarm
Field Circuit Breaker 1 Turn-Off Fault

Possible reasons:
Default reaction:
- Trip
Related parameters:
Brk_FieldBreaker1 \ FCBOffDelayTime
Further steps:
----
322
3BHS258033 E07
ABB
Events
Name
FCB1ManOffFlt
ID
21197
Type
Alarm
Description
Field Circuit Breaker 1 Manual-Off Fault
Possible reasons:
- Fieldbreaker was opened without command from the fieldbreaker control module
(either manually or by trip command, given directly to the OFF coil)
Default reaction:
- Trip
Related parameters:
---Further steps:
----
Iso1lTurnOnFlt
21198
Alarm
Isolator 1 Turn-On Fault

Possible reasons:
Default reaction:
- Emergency Stop
Related parameters:
Brk_FieldIsolator1 \ IsolatorOnDelayTime
Further steps:
----
Iso1lTurnOffFlt
21199
Alarm
Isolator 1 Turn-Off Fault

Possible reasons:
Default reaction:
- Emergency Stop
Related parameters:
Brk_FieldIsolator1 \ IsolatorOffDelayTime
Further steps:
----
323
3BHS258033 E07
ABB
Events
Name
Iso1lAntivalFlt
ID
21200
Type
Alarm
Description
Isolator 1 Status Antivalency Fault
Possible reasons:
Default reaction:
- Alarm
Related parameters:
Brk_Fieldisolator1 \ AntivalencyCheckDisabled
Further steps:
----
Iso1OnLdOffFlt
21201
Error
Isolator 1 On-Load Open Fault

Possible reasons:
- The Isolator was opened manually when it was on-load
Default reaction:
- Trip
Related parameters:
---Further steps:
----
FCB2Off1CoilFlt
21202
Alarm

Possible reasons:
Default reaction:
- Alarm
Related parameters:
Further steps:
----
324
3BHS258033 E07
ABB
Events
Name
FCB2Off2CoilFlt
ID
21203
Type
Alarm
Description
Possible reasons:
Default reaction:
- Alarm
Related parameters:
Further steps:
----
FCB2AntivalFlt
21204
Alarm

Possible reasons:
Default reaction:
- Alarm
Related parameters:
Further steps:
----
FCB2TurnOnFlt
21205
Alarm

Possible reasons:
Default reaction:
- Emergency Stop
Related parameters:
Further steps:
----
325
3BHS258033 E07
ABB
Events
Name
FCB2TurnOffFlt
ID
21206
Type
Alarm
Description
Possible reasons:
Default reaction:
- Trip
Related parameters:
Further steps:
----
FCB2ManOffFlt
21207
Alarm

Possible reasons:
Default reaction:
- Trip
Related parameters:
---Further steps:
----
Iso2lTurnOnFlt
21208
Alarm

Possible reasons:
Default reaction:
- Emergency Stop
Related parameters:
Further steps:
----
326
3BHS258033 E07
ABB
Events
Name
Iso2lTurnOffFlt
ID
21209
Type
Alarm
Description
Possible reasons:
Default reaction:
- Emergency Stop
Related parameters:
Further steps:
----
Iso2lAntivalFlt
21210
Alarm

Possible reasons:
Default reaction:
- Alarm
Related parameters:
Further steps:
----
Iso2OnLdOffFlt
21211
Error

Possible reasons:
- The Isolator was opened manually when it was on-load
Default reaction:
- Trip
Related parameters:
---Further steps:
----
327
3BHS258033 E07
ABB
Events
Name
FCB3Off1CoilFlt
ID
21212
Type
Alarm
Description
Possible reasons:
Default reaction:
- Alarm
Related parameters:
Further steps:
----
FCB3Off2CoilFlt
21213
Alarm

Possible reasons:
Default reaction:
- Alarm
Related parameters:
Further steps:
----
FCB3AntivalFlt
21214
Alarm

Possible reasons:
Default reaction:
- Alarm
Related parameters:
Further steps:
----
328
3BHS258033 E07
ABB
Events
Name
FCB3TurnOnFlt
ID
21215
Type
Alarm
Description
Possible reasons:
Default reaction:
- Emergency Stop
Related parameters:
Further steps:
----
FCB3TurnOffFlt
21216
Alarm

Possible reasons:
Default reaction:
- Trip
Related parameters:
Further steps:
----
FCB3ManOffFlt
21217
Alarm

Possible reasons:
Default reaction:
- Trip
Related parameters:
---Further steps:
----
329
3BHS258033 E07
ABB
Events
Name
Iso3lTurnOnFlt
ID
21218
Type
Alarm
Description
Possible reasons:
Default reaction:
- Emergency Stop
Related parameters:
Further steps:
----
Iso3lTurnOffFlt
21219
Alarm

Possible reasons:
Default reaction:
- Emergency Stop
Related parameters:
Further steps:
----
Iso3lAntivalFlt
21220
Alarm

Possible reasons:
Default reaction:
- Alarm
Related parameters:
Further steps:
----
330
3BHS258033 E07
ABB
Events
Name
Iso3OnLdOffFlt
ID
21221
Type
Error
Description
Possible reasons:
- The Isolator was opened manually when it was on load
Default reaction:
---Further steps:
----
FCBNotChgdFlt
FireAllTrip
21222
21223
Alarm
Error
Field Circuit Breaker "not charged" fault

Trip while system running with fire all
Possible reasons:
- Too high synchronous voltage, generator voltage or field current while excitation start with fire all thyristors
Default reaction:
- Emergency stop
Related parameters:
Prot_Protection \ EnableFireAllTripDet
Further steps:
----
Event8_00
Event8_01
Event8_02
Event8_03
Event8_04
Event8_05
Event8_06
Event8_07
Event8_08
Event8_09
Event8_10
Event8_11
Event8_12
331
21224
21225
21226
21227
21228
21229
21230
21231
21232
21233
21234
21235
21236
Information
Information
Information
Information
Information
Information
Information
Information
Information
Information
Information
Information
Information
< Can be used for Engineering >

3BHS258033 E07
ABB
Events
Name
Event8_13
Event8_14
Event8_15
Event8_16
Event8_17
Event8_18
Event8_19
Event8_20
Event8_21
Event8_22
Event8_23
Event8_24
Event8_25
Event8_26
Event8_27
Event8_28
Event8_29
Event8_30
Event8_31
UnderFreqFlt
ID
21237
21238
21239
21240
21241
21242
21243
21244
21245
21246
21247
21248
21249
21250
21251
21252
21253
21254
21255
21256
Type
Information
Information
Information
Alarm
Alarm
Alarm
Alarm
Alarm
Alarm
Alarm
Alarm
Alarm
Alarm
Alarm
Alarm
Alarm
Alarm
Alarm
Alarm
Error
Description
Under frequency fault
Possible reasons:
- The V/Hz-Limiter initiated an emergency stop because the frequency was <20% or
the generator voltage was <10% on the V/Hz-limiter characteristic.Possibly the unit
was shut-down without giving an off command to the excitation system.
Default reaction:
- EmergencyStop
Related parameters:
Reg_AVR_SetPt_VHz_Lim \ Limiter_Release
\ LimiterGradient
\ LimiterVfn
Further steps:
- Check if the unit was shut-down without giving an off command to the excitation system.
- Check the V/Hz-limiter settings.
332
3BHS258033 E07
ABB
Events
Name
ConvOvrTempTrip
ID
21257
Type
Error
Description
Converter overtemperature trip
Possible reasons:
- Any Converter air outlet temperature was >140C
Default reaction:
- Trip
Related parameters:
Further steps:
----
LinkFault_CIO1
22000
Alarm
CIO1. Link Fault

Possible reasons:
- Optical link cabling to CIO interrupted (OM2 Link 5)
Default reaction:
- CIO Trip
Related parameters:
---Further steps:
- Check optical link cabling to CIO
RedPwrFail1_CIO1
22001
Alarm
CIO1. Redundant Power fail 1

Possible reasons:
Default reaction:
- Redundancy Fault
Related parameters:
---Further steps:
333
3BHS258033 E07
ABB
Events
Name
RedPwrFail2_CIO1
ID
22002
Type
Alarm
Description
Possible reasons:
Default reaction:
- Redundancy Fault
Related parameters:
Further steps:
PrciPwrFail_CIO1
22003
Alarm
CIO1. Precision Power fail

Possible reasons:
- Internal power fail on CIO
Default reaction:
- CIO Trip
Related parameters:
---Further steps:
- Replace board
CPUWatchdog_CIO1
22004
Alarm
CIO1. CPU Watchdog

Possible reasons:
- CPU failure
Default reaction:
- CIO Trip
Related parameters:
---Further steps:
- Reboot device
- Replace board
334
3BHS258033 E07
ABB
Events
Name
VersionFlt_CIO1
ID
22005
Type
Alarm
Description
CIO1. Software Version fault
Possible reasons:
Default reaction:
- CIO Trip
Related parameters:
---Further steps:
AddressErr_CIO1
22006
Alarm
CIO1. Address Error

Possible reasons:
- Wrong HEX Switch setting at CIO
Default reaction:
- CIO Trip
Related parameters:
---Further steps:
- Check Hex-Switch setting on CIO
DevTypeErr_CIO1
22007
Alarm
CIO1. Device Type Error

Possible reasons:
- Wrong installer archive loaded to CIO
Default reaction:
- CIO Trip
Related parameters:
---Further steps:
335
3BHS258033 E07
ABB
Events
Name
SigConsistFlt_CIO1
ID
22008
Type
Alarm
Description
CIO1 Digital IO deviation between IO's of Channel 1 and Channel 2
Possible reasons:
- Defective I/O section on CIO Board
- Wiring faults
Default reaction:
- Alarm
Related parameters:
---Further steps:
- Check wiring
- Replace device
Temp1SnsFlt_CIO1
22009
Alarm
CIO1. Temperature Sensor 1 fault

Possible reasons:
PT100 PTC
- Short circuit at sensor cabling < 82.5 Ohm < 20 Ohm
- Open circuit at sensor cabling > 181.6 Ohm > --- Ohm
Default reaction:
- Alarm
Related parameters:
---Further steps:
----
Temp2SnsFlt_CIO1
22010
Alarm

Possible reasons:
PT100 PTC
Default reaction:
- Alarm
Related parameters:
---Further steps:
----
336
3BHS258033 E07
ABB
Events
Name
Temp3SnsFlt_CIO1
ID
22011
Type
Alarm
Description
Possible reasons:
PT100 PTC
Default reaction:
- Alarm
Related parameters:
---Further steps:
----
Event1_12_CIO1
Event1_13_CIO1
Event1_14_CIO1
Event1_15_CIO1
LinkFault_CIO2
22012
22013
22014
22015
22100
Information
Information
Alarm
Alarm
Alarm
CIO event. Not usable for engineering

CIO2. Link Fault
Possible reasons:
- Optical link cabling to CIO1 interrupted (OM6 Link 3)
Default reaction:
- CIO Trip
Related parameters:
---Further steps:
337
3BHS258033 E07
ABB
Events
Name
RedPwrFail1_CIO2
ID
22101
Type
Alarm
Description
Possible reasons:
Default reaction:
- Redundancy Fault
Related parameters:
---Further steps:
RedPwrFail2_CIO2
22102
Alarm

Possible reasons:
Default reaction:
- Redundancy Fault
Related parameters:
Further steps:
PrciPwrFail_CIO2
22103
Alarm

Possible reasons:
Default reaction:
- CIO Trip
Related parameters:
---Further steps:
- Replace board
338
3BHS258033 E07
ABB
Events
Name
CPUWatchdog_CIO2
ID
22104
Type
Alarm
Description
CIO2. CPU Watchdog
Possible reasons:
- CPU failure
Default reaction:
- CIO Trip
Related parameters:
---Further steps:
- Reboot device
- Replace board
VersionFlt_CIO2
22105
Alarm

Possible reasons:
Default reaction:
- CIO Trip
Related parameters:
---Further steps:
AddressErr_CIO2
22106
Alarm
CIO2. Address Error

Possible reasons:
Default reaction:
- CIO Trip
Related parameters:
---Further steps:
- Check Hex-Swtich setting on CIO
339
3BHS258033 E07
ABB
Events
Name
DevTypeErr_CIO2
ID
22107
Type
Alarm
Description
Possible reasons:
Default reaction:
- CIO Trip
Related parameters:
---Further steps:
SigConsistFlt_CIO2
22108
Alarm
CIO2. Digital IO deviation between IO's of Channel 1 and Channel 2

Possible reasons:
- Wiring faults
Default reaction:
- Alarm
Related parameters:
---Further steps:
- Check wiring
- Replace device
Temp1SnsFlt_CIO2
22109
Alarm

Possible reasons:
PT100 PTC
Default reaction:
- Alarm
Related parameters:
---Further steps:
----
340
3BHS258033 E07
ABB
Events
Name
Temp2SnsFlt_CIO2
ID
22110
Type
Alarm
Description
Possible reasons:
PT100 PTC
Default reaction:
- Alarm
Related parameters:
---Further steps:
----
Temp3SnsFlt_CIO2
22111
Alarm

Possible reasons:
PT100 PTC
Default reaction:
- Alarm
Related parameters:
---Further steps:
----
Event1_12_CIO2
Event1_13_CIO2
Event1_14_CIO2
Event1_15_CIO2
341
22112
22113
22114
22115
Information
Information
Alarm
Alarm
CIO event. Keinem Ereignis zugeordnet

3BHS258033 E07
ABB
Events
Name
LinkFault_CIO3
ID
22200
Type
Alarm
Description
CIO3. Link Fault
Possible reasons:
Default reaction:
- CIO Trip
Related parameters:
---Further steps:
RedPwrFail1_CIO3
22201
Alarm

Possible reasons:
Default reaction:
- Redundancy Fault
Related parameters:
---Further steps:
RedPwrFail2_CIO3
22202
Alarm

Possible reasons:
Default reaction:
- Redundancy Fault
Related parameters:
Further steps:
342
3BHS258033 E07
ABB
Events
Name
PrciPwrFail_CIO3
ID
22203
Type
Alarm
Description
Possible reasons:
Default reaction:
- CIO Trip
Related parameters:
---Further steps:
- Replace board
CPUWatchdog_CIO3
22204
Alarm
CIO3. CPU Watchdog

Possible reasons:
- CPU failure
Default reaction:
- CIO Trip
Related parameters:
---Further steps:
- Reboot device
- Replace board
VersionFlt_CIO3
22205
Alarm

Possible reasons:
Default reaction:
- CIO Trip
Related parameters:
---Further steps:
343
3BHS258033 E07
ABB
Events
Name
AddressErr_CIO3
ID
22206
Type
Alarm
Description
CIO3. Address Error
Possible reasons:
Default reaction:
- CIO Trip
Related parameters:
---Further steps:
DevTypeErr_CIO3
22207
Alarm

Possible reasons:
Default reaction:
- CIO Trip
Related parameters:
---Further steps:
SigConsistFlt_CIO3
22208
Alarm

Possible reasons:
- Wiring faults
Default reaction:
- Alarm
Related parameters:
---Further steps:
- Check wiring
- Replace device
344
3BHS258033 E07
ABB
Events
Name
Temp1SnsFlt_CIO3
ID
22209
Type
Alarm
Description
Possible reasons:
PT100 PTC
Default reaction:
- Alarm
Related parameters:
---Further steps:
----
Temp2SnsFlt_CIO3
22210
Alarm

Possible reasons:
PT100 PTC
Default reaction:
- Alarm
Related parameters:
---Further steps:
----
Temp3SnsFlt_CIO3
22211
Alarm

Possible reasons:
PT100 PTC
Default reaction:
- Alarm
Related parameters:
---Further steps:
----
Event1_12_CIO3
Event1_13_CIO3
345
22212
22213
Information
Information

3BHS258033 E07
ABB
Events
Name
Event1_14_CIO3
Event1_15_CIO3
LinkFault_CIO4
ID
22214
22215
22300
Type
Alarm
Alarm
Alarm
Description
CIO4. Link Fault
Possible reasons:
Default reaction:
- CIO Trip
Related parameters:
---Further steps:
RedPwrFail1_CIO4
22301
Alarm

Possible reasons:
Default reaction:
- Redundancy Fault
Related parameters:
---Further steps:
RedPwrFail2_CIO4
22302
Alarm

Possible reasons:
Default reaction:
- Redundancy Fault
Related parameters:
Further steps:
346
3BHS258033 E07
ABB
Events
Name
PrciPwrFail_CIO4
ID
22303
Type
Alarm
Description
Possible reasons:
Default reaction:
- CIO Trip
Related parameters:
---Further steps:
- Replace board
CPUWatchdog_CIO4
22304
Alarm
CIO4. CPU Watchdog

Possible reasons:
- CPU failure
Default reaction:
- CIO Trip
Related parameters:
---Further steps:
- Reboot device
- Replace board
VersionFlt_CIO4
22305
Alarm

Possible reasons:
Default reaction:
- CIO Trip
Related parameters:
---Further steps:
347
3BHS258033 E07
ABB
Events
Name
AddressErr_CIO4
ID
22306
Type
Alarm
Description
CIO4. Address Error
Possible reasons:
Default reaction:
- CIO Trip
Related parameters:
---Further steps:
DevTypeErr_CIO4
22307
Alarm

Possible reasons:
Default reaction:
- CIO Trip
Related parameters:
---Further steps:
SigConsistFlt_CIO4
22308
Alarm

Possible reasons:
- Wiring faults
Default reaction:
- Alarm
Related parameters:
---Further steps:
- Check wiring
- Replace device
348
3BHS258033 E07
ABB
Events
Name
Temp1SnsFlt_CIO4
ID
22309
Type
Alarm
Description
Possible reasons:
PT100 PTC
Default reaction:
- Alarm
Related parameters:
---Further steps:
----
Temp2SnsFlt_CIO4
22310
Alarm

Possible reasons:
PT100 PTC
Default reaction:
- Alarm
Related parameters:
---Further steps:
----
Temp3SnsFlt_CIO4
22311
Alarm

Possible reasons:
PT100 PTC
Default reaction:
- Alarm
Related parameters:
---Further steps:
----
Event1_12_CIO4
Event1_13_CIO4
349
22312
22313
Information
Information

3BHS258033 E07
ABB
Events
Name
Event1_14_CIO4
Event1_15_CIO4
LinkFault_CIO5
ID
22314
22315
22400
Type
Alarm
Alarm
Alarm
Description
CIO5. Link Fault
Possible reasons:
Default reaction:
- CIO Trip
Related parameters:
---Further steps:
RedPwrFail1_CIO5
22401
Alarm

Possible reasons:
Default reaction:
- Redundancy Fault
Related parameters:
---Further steps:
RedPwrFail2_CIO5
22402
Alarm

Possible reasons:
Default reaction:
- Redundancy Fault
Related parameters:
Further steps:
350
3BHS258033 E07
ABB
Events
Name
PrciPwrFail_CIO5
ID
22403
Type
Alarm
Description
Possible reasons:
Default reaction:
- CIO Trip
Related parameters:
---Further steps:
- Replace board
CPUWatchdog_CIO5
22404
Alarm
CIO5. CPU Watchdog

Possible reasons:
- CPU failure
Default reaction:
- CIO Trip
Related parameters:
---Further steps:
- Reboot device
- Replace board
VersionFlt_CIO5
22405
Alarm

Possible reasons:
Default reaction:
- CIO Trip
Related parameters:
---Further steps:
351
3BHS258033 E07
ABB
Events
Name
AddressErr_CIO5
ID
22406
Type
Alarm
Description
CIO5. Address Error
Possible reasons:
Default reaction:
- CIO Trip
Related parameters:
---Further steps:
DevTypeErr_CIO5
22407
Alarm

Possible reasons:
Default reaction:
- CIO Trip
Related parameters:
---Further steps:
SigConsistFlt_CIO5
22408
Alarm
CIO5.Digital IO deviation between IO's of Channel 1 and Channel 2

Possible reasons:
- Wiring faults
Default reaction:
- Alarm
Related parameters:
---Further steps:
- Check wiring
- Replace device
352
3BHS258033 E07
ABB
Events
Name
Temp1SnsFlt_CIO5
ID
22409
Type
Alarm
Description
Possible reasons:
PT100 PTC
Default reaction:
- Alarm
Related parameters:
---Further steps:
----
Temp2SnsFlt_CIO5
22410
Alarm

Possible reasons:
PT100 PTC
Default reaction:
- Alarm
Related parameters:
---Further steps:
----
Temp3SnsFlt_CIO5
22411
Alarm

Possible reasons:
PT100 PTC
Default reaction:
- Alarm
Related parameters:
---Further steps:
----
Event1_12_CIO5
Event1_13_CIO5
353
22412
22413
Information
Information

3BHS258033 E07
ABB
Events
Name
Event1_14_CIO5
Event1_15_CIO5
LinkFault_CIO6
ID
22414
22415
22500
Type
Alarm
Alarm
Alarm
Description
CIO6. Link Fault
Possible reasons:
Default reaction:
- CIO Trip
Related parameters:
---Further steps:
RedPwrFail1_CIO6
22501
Alarm

Possible reasons:
Default reaction:
- Redundancy Fault
Related parameters:
---Further steps:
RedPwrFail2_CIO6
22502
Alarm

Possible reasons:
Default reaction:
- Redundancy Fault
Related parameters:
Further steps:
354
3BHS258033 E07
ABB
Events
Name
PrciPwrFail_CIO6
ID
22503
Type
Alarm
Description
Possible reasons:
Default reaction:
- CIO Trip
Related parameters:
---Further steps:
- Replace board
CPUWatchdog_CIO6
22504
Alarm
CIO6. CPU Watchdog

Possible reasons:
- CPU failure
Default reaction:
- CIO Trip
Related parameters:
---Further steps:
- Reboot device
- Replace board
VersionFlt_CIO6
22505
Alarm

Possible reasons:
Default reaction:
- CIO Trip
Related parameters:
---Further steps:
355
3BHS258033 E07
ABB
Events
Name
AddressErr_CIO6
ID
22506
Type
Alarm
Description
CIO6. Address Error
Possible reasons:
Default reaction:
- CIO Trip
Related parameters:
---Further steps:
DevTypeErr_CIO6
22507
Alarm

Possible reasons:
Default reaction:
- CIO Trip
Related parameters:
---Further steps:
SigConsistFlt_CIO6
22508
Alarm

Possible reasons:
- Wiring faults
Default reaction:
- Alarm
Related parameters:
---Further steps:
- Check wiring
- Replace device
356
3BHS258033 E07
ABB
Events
Name
Temp1SnsFlt_CIO6
ID
22509
Type
Alarm
Description
Possible reasons:
PT100 PTC
Default reaction:
- Alarm
Related parameters:
---Further steps:
----
Temp2SnsFlt_CIO6
22510
Alarm

Possible reasons:
PT100 PTC
Default reaction:
- Alarm
Related parameters:
---Further steps:
----
Temp3SnsFlt_CIO6
22511
Alarm

Possible reasons:
PT100 PTC
Default reaction:
- Alarm
Related parameters:
---Further steps:
----
Event1_12_CIO6
Event1_13_CIO6
357
22512
22513
Information
Information

3BHS258033 E07
ABB
Events
Name
Event1_14_CIO6
Event1_15_CIO6
LinkFault_CIO7
ID
22514
22515
22600
Type
Alarm
Alarm
Alarm
Description
CIO7. Link Fault
Possible reasons:
Default reaction:
- CIO Trip
Related parameters:
---Further steps:
RedPwrFail1_CIO7
22601
Alarm

Possible reasons:
Default reaction:
- Redundancy Fault
Related parameters:
---Further steps:
RedPwrFail2_CIO7
22602
Alarm

Possible reasons:
Default reaction:
- Redundancy Fault
Related parameters:
Further steps:
358
3BHS258033 E07
ABB
Events
Name
PrciPwrFail_CIO7
ID
22603
Type
Alarm
Description
Possible reasons:
Default reaction:
- CIO Trip
Related parameters:
---Further steps:
- Replace board
CPUWatchdog_CIO7
22604
Alarm
CIO7. CPU Watchdog

Possible reasons:
- CPU failure
Default reaction:
- CIO Trip
Related parameters:
---Further steps:
- Reboot device
- Replace board
VersionFlt_CIO7
22605
Alarm

Possible reasons:
Default reaction:
- CIO Trip
Related parameters:
---Further steps:
359
3BHS258033 E07
ABB
Events
Name
AddressErr_CIO7
ID
22606
Type
Alarm
Description
CIO7. Address Error
Possible reasons:
Default reaction:
- CIO Trip
Related parameters:
---Further steps:
DevTypeErr_CIO7
22607
Alarm

Possible reasons:
Default reaction:
- CIO Trip
Related parameters:
---Further steps:
SigConsistFlt_CIO7
22608
Alarm

Possible reasons:
- Wiring faults
Default reaction:
- Alarm
Related parameters:
---Further steps:
- Check wiring
- Replace device
360
3BHS258033 E07
ABB
Events
Name
Temp1SnsFlt_CIO7
ID
22609
Type
Alarm
Description
Possible reasons:
PT100 PTC
Default reaction:
- Alarm
Related parameters:
---Further steps:
----
Temp2SnsFlt_CIO7
22610
Alarm

Possible reasons:
PT100 PTC
Default reaction:
- Alarm
Related parameters:
---Further steps:
----
Temp3SnsFlt_CIO7
22611
Alarm

Possible reasons:
PT100 PTC
Default reaction:
- Alarm
Related parameters:
---Further steps:
----
Event1_12_CIO7
Event1_13_CIO7
361
22612
22613
Information
Information

3BHS258033 E07
ABB
Events
Name
Event1_14_CIO7
Event1_15_CIO7
LinkFault_CIO8
ID
22614
22615
22700
Type
Alarm
Alarm
Alarm
Description
CIO8. Link Fault
Possible reasons:
Default reaction:
- CIO Trip
Related parameters:
---Further steps:
RedPwrFail1_CIO8
22701
Alarm

Possible reasons:
Default reaction:
- Redundancy Fault
Related parameters:
---Further steps:
RedPwrFail2_CIO8
22702
Alarm

Possible reasons:
Default reaction:
- Redundancy Fault
Related parameters:
Further steps:
362
3BHS258033 E07
ABB
Events
Name
PrciPwrFail_CIO8
ID
22703
Type
Alarm
Description
Possible reasons:
Default reaction:
- CIO Trip
Related parameters:
---Further steps:
- Replace board
CPUWatchdog_CIO8
22704
Alarm
CIO8. CPU Watchdog

Possible reasons:
- CPU failure
Default reaction:
- CIO Trip
Related parameters:
---Further steps:
- Reboot device
- Replace board
VersionFlt_CIO8
22705
Alarm

Possible reasons:
Default reaction:
- Alarm
Related parameters:
---Further steps:
363
3BHS258033 E07
ABB
Events
Name
AddressErr_CIO8
ID
22706
Type
Alarm
Description
CIO8. Address Error
Possible reasons:
Default reaction:
- CIO Trip
Related parameters:
---Further steps:
DevTypeErr_CIO8
22707
Alarm

Possible reasons:
Default reaction:
- CIO Trip
Related parameters:
---Further steps:
SigConsistFlt_CIO8
22708
Alarm

Possible reasons:
- Wiring faults
Default reaction:
- Alarm
Related parameters:
---Further steps:
- Check wiring
- Replace device
364
3BHS258033 E07
ABB
Events
Name
Temp1SnsFlt_CIO8
ID
22709
Type
Alarm
Description
Possible reasons:
PT100 PTC
Default reaction:
- Alarm
Related parameters:
---Further steps:
----
Temp2SnsFlt_CIO8
22710
Alarm

Possible reasons:
PT100 PTC
Default reaction:
- Alarm
Related parameters:
---Further steps:
----
Temp3SnsFlt_CIO8
22711
Alarm

Possible reasons:
PT100 PTC
Default reaction:
- Alarm
Related parameters:
---Further steps:
----
Event1_12_CIO8
Event1_13_CIO8
365
22712
22713
Information
Information

3BHS258033 E07
ABB
Events
Name
Event1_14_CIO8
Event1_15_CIO8
ChannelFault
ID
22714
22715
23000
Type
Alarm
Alarm
Alarm
Description
Channel Fault - Group alarm
Possible reasons:
- One or more events which are assigned to "Channel Fault" has (have) occurred
- The signal was forced by the command "Force Channel Fault"
Default reaction:
- Single channel -> Trip
- Redundant system -> Channel transfer
Related parameters:
---Further steps:
- According to individual event description
AutoFault
23001
Alarm
Auto Fault - Group alarm

Possible reasons:
- One or more events which are assigned to "Auto Fault" has (have) occurred
- The signal was forced by the command "Force Auto Fault"
Default reaction:
- Single channel -> Transfer to "Manual Mode"
- Redundant system -> Channel transfer, own channel transfer to "Manual Mode"
Related parameters:
---Further steps:
- according to individual event description
ManualFault
23002
Alarm
Manual Fault - Group alarm

Possible reasons:
- One or more events which are assigned to "Manual Fault" has (have) occurred
- The signal was forced by the command "Force Manual Fault"
Default reaction:
- Single channel -> Trip
- Redundant system -> Channel transfer
Related parameters:
---Further steps:
366
3BHS258033 E07
ABB
Events
Name
OtherCHHWFault
ID
23003
Type
Alarm
Description
Other Channel Hardware Fault - Group alarm
Possible reasons:
- One or more events which are assigned to "Other Channel Hardware Fault" has (have) occurred
- The signal was forced by the command "Force Other Channel Hardware Fault"
Default reaction:
- Blocking of channel transfer ability to "Other Channel"
Related parameters:
---Further steps:
BUCHHWFault
23004
Alarm
Backup Channel Hardware Fault - Group alarm

Possible reasons:
- One or more events which are assigned to Back-up Fault has (have) occurred
- The signal was forced by the command "Force Back-up Fault"
Default reaction:
- If Back-up channel is active -> Trip
- If Back-up channel is not active -> Alarm
Related parameters:
---Further steps:
CHtoBULinkLoss
23005
Alarm
Channel to Backup Link Loss - Group alarm

Possible reasons:
- One or more events which are assigned to Channel to Backup Link Loss has (have) occurred
- The signal was forced by the command "Channel to Backup Link Loss"
Default reaction:
- Blocking of channel transfer ability to Backup Channel
Related parameters:
---Further steps:
367
3BHS258033 E07
ABB
Events
Name
EmergencyStop
ID
23006
Type
Error
Description
Emergency Stop - Group alarm
Possible reasons:
- One or more events which are assigned to "Emergency Stop" has (have) occurred
- The signal was forced by the command "Emergency Stop"
Default reaction:
- Excitation is switched off
- Fieldbreaker is opened
Related parameters:
---Further steps:
Trip1
23007
Error
Trip 1 - Group alarm

Possible reasons:
- One or more events which are assigned to "Trip 1" has (have) occurred
- The signal was forced by the command "Trip 1"
Default reaction:
- Trip command given to Plant Protection
Related parameters:
---Further steps:
Trip2
23008
Error
Trip 2 - Group alarm

Possible reasons:
- One or more events which are assigned to "Trip 2" has (have) occurred
- The signal was forced by the command "Trip 2"
Default reaction:
- Trip request given to Plant Protection
- If accepted
Related parameters:
---Further steps:
368
3BHS258033 E07
ABB
Events
Name
StartupInhibit
ID
23009
Type
Alarm
Description
Startup Inhibit - Group alarm
Possible reasons:
- One or more events which are assigned to "Startup Inhibit" has (have) occurred
- The signal was forced by the command "Force Startup Inhibit"
Default reaction:
- Blocking of Fieldbreaker Close command
- Blocking of Excitation On command
Related parameters:
---Further steps:
RedundancyFault
23010
Alarm
Redundancy Fault - Group alarm

Possible reasons:
- One or more events which are assigned to "Redundancy Fault" has (have) occurred
- The signal was forced by the command "Redundancy Fault"
Default reaction:
---Further steps:
Alarm
23011
Alarm
Alarm - Group alarm

Possible reasons:
- One or more events which are assigned to "Alarm" has (have) occurred
- The signal was forced by the command "Alarm"
Default reaction:
---Further steps:
369
3BHS258033 E07
ABB
Events
Name
ForceChannelFault
ID
23100
Type
Information
Description
Force Channel Fault
Possible reasons:
- The signal was forced by the manually given command. Typically activated to test the System / Plant behavior to a "Channel Fault"
Default reaction:
---Further steps:
----
ForceAutoFault
23101
Information
Force Auto Fault

Possible reasons:
- The signal was forced by the manually given command. Typically activated to test the System / Plant behavior to a "Auto Fault"
Default reaction:
---Further steps:
----
ForceManualFault
23102
Information
Force Manual Fault

Possible reasons:
- The signal was forced by the manually given command. Typically activated to test the System / Plant behavior to a "Manual Fault"
Default reaction:
---Further steps:
----
370
3BHS258033 E07
ABB
Events
Name
ForceOtherCHHWFault
ID
23103
Type
Information
Description
Force Other Channel Hardware Fault
Possible reasons:
- The signal was forced by the manually given command. Typically activated to test the System / Plant behavior to a "Other Channel Hardware Fault"
Default reaction:
---Further steps:
----
ForceBUCHHWFault
23104
Information
Force Backup Channel Hardware Fault

Possible reasons:
- The signal was forced by the manually given command. Typically activated to test the System / Plant behavior to a "Backup Channel Hardware Fault"
Default reaction:
---Further steps:
----
ForceCHtoBULinkLoss
23105
Information
Force Channel to Backup Link Loss

Possible reasons:
- The signal was forced by the manually given command. Typically activated to test the System / Plant behavior to a "Channel to Backup Link Loss"
Default reaction:
---Further steps:
----
371
3BHS258033 E07
ABB
Events
Name
ForceEmergencyStop
ID
23106
Type
Information
Description
Force Emergency Stop
Possible reasons:
- The signal was forced by the manually given command. Typically activated to test the System / Plant behavior to a "Emergency Stop"
Default reaction:
---Further steps:
----
ForceTrip1
23107
Information
Force Trip 1
Possible reasons:
- The signal was forced by the manually given command. Typically activated to test the System / Plant behavior to a "Trip"
Default reaction:
---Further steps:
----
ForceTrip2
23108
Information
Force Trip 2
Possible reasons:
- The signal was forced by the manually given command. Typically activated to test the System / Plant behavior to a "conditional Trip"
Default reaction:
---Further steps:
----
372
3BHS258033 E07
ABB
Events
Name
ForceStartupInhibit
ID
23109
Type
Information
Description
Force Startup Inhibit
Possible reasons:
- The signal was forced by the manually given command. Typically activated to test the System / Plant behavior to a "Startup Inhibit"
Default reaction:
---Further steps:
----
ForceRedundancyFault
23110
Information
Force Redundancy Fault

Possible reasons:
- The signal was forced by the manually given command. Typically activated to test the System / Plant behavior to a "Redundancy Fault"
Default reaction:
---Further steps:
----
ForceAlarm
23111
Information
Force Alarm
Possible reasons:
- The signal was forced by the manually given command. Typically activated to test the System / Plant behavior to a "Alarm"
Default reaction:
---Further steps:
----
373
3BHS258033 E07
ABB
Events
Name
ForceCCI1Trip
ID
23200
Type
Information
Description
Force CCI1 Trip
Possible reasons:
- The signal was forced by the manually given command. Typically activated to test the System / Plant behavior to a "CCI1 Trip"
Default reaction:
---Further steps:
----
ForceCCI2Trip
23201
Information
Force CCI2 Trip

Possible reasons:
Default reaction:
---Further steps:
----
ForceCCI3Trip
23202
Information
Force CCI3 Trip

Possible reasons:
Default reaction:
---Further steps:
----
374
3BHS258033 E07
ABB
Events
Name
ForceCCI4Trip
ID
23203
Type
Information
Description
Force CCI4 Trip
Possible reasons:
Default reaction:
---Further steps:
----
ForceCCI5Trip
23204
Information
Force CCI5 Trip

Possible reasons:
Default reaction:
---Further steps:
----
ForceCCI6Trip
23205
Information
Force CCI6 Trip

Possible reasons:
Default reaction:
---Further steps:
----
375
3BHS258033 E07
ABB
Events
Name
ForceCCI7Trip
ID
23206
Type
Information
Description
Force CCI7 Trip
Possible reasons:
Default reaction:
---Further steps:
----
ForceCCI8Trip
23207
Information
Force CCI8 Trip

Possible reasons:
Default reaction:
---Further steps:
----
ForceCIO1Trip
23300
Information
Force CIO1 Trip

Possible reasons:
- The signal was forced by the manually given command. Typically activated to test the System / Plant behavior to a "CIO1 Trip"
Default reaction:
---Further steps:
----
376
3BHS258033 E07
ABB
Events
Name
ForceCIO2Trip
ID
23301
Type
Information
Description
Force CIO2 Trip
Possible reasons:
Default reaction:
---Further steps:
----
ForceCIO3Trip
23302
Information
Force CIO3 Trip

Possible reasons:
Default reaction:
---Further steps:
----
ForceCIO4Trip
23303
Information
Force CIO4 Trip

Possible reasons:
Default reaction:
---Further steps:
----
377
3BHS258033 E07
ABB
Events
Name
ForceCIO5Trip
ID
23304
Type
Information
Description
Force CIO5 Trip
Possible reasons:
Default reaction:
---Further steps:
----
ForceCIO6Trip
23305
Information
Force CIO6 Trip

Possible reasons:
Default reaction:
---Further steps:
----
ForceCIO7Trip
23306
Information
Force CIO7 Trip

Possible reasons:
- The signal was forced by the manually given command. Typically activated to test the System / Plant behavior to a "CIO7Trip"
Default reaction:
---Further steps:
----
378
3BHS258033 E07
ABB
Events
Name
ForceCIO8Trip
ID
23307
Type
Information
Description
Force CIO8 Trip
Possible reasons:
Default reaction:
---Further steps:
----
Reset
23400
Information
Reset
Possible reasons:
- A Reset command was given to the Excitation System
Default reaction:
---Further steps:
----
AuxReady
23401
Information
AuxReady State
Possible reasons:
- The Excitation System reached the "AuxReady" main state
Default reaction:
---Further steps:
----
379
3BHS258033 E07
ABB
Events
Name
AuxOn
ID
23402
Type
Information
Description
AuxOn State
Possible reasons:
- The Excitation System reached the "AuxOn" main state
Default reaction:
---Further steps:
----
Ready
23403
Information
Ready State
Possible reasons:
- The Excitation System reached the "Ready" main state
Default reaction:
---Further steps:
----
Operation
23404
Information
Operation State
Possible reasons:
- The Excitation System reached the "Operation" main State
Default reaction:
---Further steps:
----
380
3BHS258033 E07
ABB
Events
Name
ManualControl
ID
23405
Type
Information
Description
Manual Control Active
Possible reasons:
- The Excitation System changed to "Manual" Mode
Default reaction:
---Further steps:
----
ChannelActive
23406
Information
Channel Active
Possible reasons:
- The Excitation System changed the control to "this Channel"
Default reaction:
---Further steps:
----
TRTrig
23407
Information
Transient Recorder Trigger

Possible reasons:
- The Transient Recorder in the Excitation System was triggered either by a
- Trip
- Channel Fault
- Auto Fault
- Manual Fault
or
- manually
Default reaction:
---Further steps:
----
381
3BHS258033 E07
ABB
Events
Name
ChannelStartup
ID
23408
Type
Information
Description
Channel Startup
Possible reasons:
- The channel hardware was powered up
Default reaction:
---Further steps:
----
SW_Reboot
ForceAuto
ForceManual
ForceChannel1
ForceChannel2
ForceBU
NoCHAlarmActive
SaveToFlashOK
Converter1Active
23409
23410
23411
23412
23413
23414
23415
23416
23417
Information
Information
Information
Information
Information
Information
Information
Information
Information
The SW was restarted

A forced transfer to Auto Channel took place
A forced transfer to Manual Channel took place
A forced transfer to Channel1 took place
A forced transfer to Channel2 took place
A forced transfer to Auto Channel took place
No Alarm is active
The Writing of parameters to Flash was successful
Converter 1 Active
Reasons:
- The twin converter 1 became active
Converter2Active
23418
Information
Converter 2 Active
Reasons:
- The twin converter 2 became active
382
3BHS258033 E07
ABB
Events
Name
StallMon_Flt
ID
25006
Type
Error
Description
Stall Monitor Fault
Possible reasons:
- Motor stalls at startup
- Motor startup is too slow
Default reaction:
- Trip
Related parameters:
Prot_Protection
/ EnableStallMon
Prot_StallMon
/ ZeroSpeedStallTime
/ Time00
/ Time30
/ Time60
/ Time80
/ Time90
/ MaxStartTime
Further steps:
- Reduce Motor load
BackupSupply
25507
Information
Backup Supply Active

Reasons:
- The backup converter supply became active
MainSupply
25508
Information
Main Supply Active

Reasons:
- The main converter supply became active
383
3BHS258033 E07
ABB
UNITROL6000 Operating Instructions
Converter Type UNL13300
Document No.
Revision Status
Date
3BHS260553 E02
Rev. D
08 / 2010
ABB
ABB.
3BHS260553 E02
UNL13300, Operating Instructions
ABB
Table of Contents
List of Figures......................................................................................................................5
List of Tables .......................................................................................................................5
Chapter 1 - Introduction ....................................................................................................7
2.1.
2.1.1.
2.1.2.
2.1.3.
2.1.4.
2.2.
2.2.1.
2.2.2.
2.2.3.
2.3.
Safety Concept .............................................................................................................. 8

General .......................................................................................................................... 8
Safety Rules................................................................................................................... 8
Qualifications and Responsibilities ................................................................................. 8
Consequences of Failure to Comply............................................................................... 9
Safety Regulations ........................................................................................................10
Structure of the Safety Instructions ...............................................................................10
General Safety Instructions ...........................................................................................10
Additional Safety Instructions ........................................................................................12
Safety Labels ................................................................................................................13
Chapter 3 - Description of the Device ............................................................................14

3.1.
3.2.
3.3.
3.4.
3.5.
3.6.
3.6.1.
3.6.2.
3.6.3.
3.6.4.
Introduction ...................................................................................................................14
Field of Application........................................................................................................14
Electrical Units, Overview..............................................................................................14
Operation of the Converter............................................................................................15
Mechanical Layout ........................................................................................................16
Description of the Individual Units .................................................................................19
Converter Module..........................................................................................................19
Snubber ........................................................................................................................20
Control Unit ...................................................................................................................21
Types of Ventilation.......................................................................................................21
Chapter 4 - Maintenance..................................................................................................23
4.1.
4.2.
4.3.
4.4.
4.5.
4.5.1.
4.5.2.
4.5.3.
4.5.4.
Safety Instructions.........................................................................................................23
Introduction ...................................................................................................................23
Operating Conditions during Maintenance Work ...........................................................23
Maintenance Schedule..................................................................................................24
Specific Maintenance Tasks..........................................................................................24
Visual Inspection...........................................................................................................24
Functional Inspection ....................................................................................................25
Maintenance Work, Cleaning ........................................................................................26
Maintenance Work, Fans ..............................................................................................27
3BHS260553 E02
ABB
Chapter 5 - Troubleshooting .......................................................................................... 28
5.1.
5.2.
5.3.
5.4.
5.4.1.
5.4.2.
5.4.3.
5.4.4.
5.4.5.
5.4.6.
5.4.7.
5.5.
5.5.1.
5.5.2.
5.5.3.
Safety Instructions........................................................................................................ 28
Operating Conditions during Repair Work .................................................................... 28
Replacement of Defective Components ....................................................................... 28
Cause of Failure and Remedy...................................................................................... 29
Preparation procedures:............................................................................................... 29
Fault sources and fault elimination ............................................................................... 29
Thyristor Failure ........................................................................................................... 30
Faults in the Snubber Circuit ........................................................................................ 33
Fault in the Fan Box / Replacing the Fan Box .............................................................. 35
Fault in the CCI Device / Replacing the Device ............................................................ 36
Fault in the Electronics / Replacing a Board ................................................................. 37
Changing a Thyristor .................................................................................................... 37
Tools and auxiliary materials ........................................................................................ 37
Polarity of the Thyristors mounted between the Heat Sinks.......................................... 38
Replacement of Thyristors UNS 4680 .......................................................................... 39
Chapter 6 - Final Check................................................................................................... 42

Chapter 7 - Spares........................................................................................................... 43
3BHS260553 E02
ABB
List of Figures
Figure 2-1 - PPE .............................................................................................................................12
Figure 2-2 - Structure of Safety Label..............................................................................................13
Figure 2-3 - Safety Labels ...............................................................................................................13
Figure 3-1 - Converter cubicle with branch fuses on the DC side ....................................................16
Figure 3-2 - Converter cubicle with branch fuses on the AC side.....................................................17
Figure 3-3 Door of the cubicle ......................................................................................................18
Figure 3-4 Overvoltage protection (Snubber)................................................................................18
Figure 3-5 - Converter Module with branch fuses on the DC side....................................................19
Figure 3-6 - Snubber .......................................................................................................................20
Figure 3-7 - Supply of the CCI .........................................................................................................21
Figure 3-8 - Natural Ventilation........................................................................................................21
Figure 3-9 - Forced Ventilation ........................................................................................................22
Figure 3-10 - Fan Arrangement .......................................................................................................22
Figure 5-1 - Branch Fuse.................................................................................................................30
Figure 5-2 - Thyristor Blocking Ability ..............................................................................................31
Figure 5-3 - Thyristor Firing Ability...................................................................................................31
Figure 5-4 - Diode Module of the Snubber Circuit............................................................................33
Figure 5-5 - Snubber Circuit ............................................................................................................34
Figure 5-6 - Replacing the Fan Box.................................................................................................35
Figure 5-7 - Changing a Fan ...........................................................................................................35
Figure 5-8 - CCI Device...................................................................................................................36
Figure 5-9 Mounting Direction of the Thyristor..............................................................................38
Figure 5-10 - Replacement of a Thyristor ........................................................................................41
List of Tables
Table 4-1 - Maintenance Schedule..................................................................................................24
Table 4-2 - Maximum Fan Operating Days......................................................................................25
Table 4-3 - Test Redundant Fan......................................................................................................26
Table 4-4 - Heat Sink and Air Temperature of the Converter...........................................................26
Table 5-1 - Operating Conditions for Replacement of Components.................................................28
Table 7-1 - Order Numbers for Spare Parts.....................................................................................43
3BHS260553 E02
ABB
General Information
If any questions arise, consult the local ABB representative or the factory.
3BHS260553 E02
ABB
This document describes the maintenance and troubleshooting
procedures for the UNL13300 converter in the UNITROL 6000 excitation
system.
3BHS260553 E02
ABB
2.1.
Safety Concept
2.1.1.
General
The Safety Instructions for maintenance and troubleshooting must be
adhered to. It is important to read all the instructions carefully before
carrying out any activity on the equipment, and to keep the Operating
Instructions in a safe place for future use.
It should be noted that the Safety Instructions listed in the User Manual of
the excitation system must also be strictly followed.
2.1.2.
Safety Rules
The following safety procedures according to EN 50110-1 must absolutely
be followed if any (maintenance) work is carried out on the excitation
system:
2.1.3.
Disconnect completely.
Secure against re-connection.
Verify that the installation is dead.
Carry out grounding and short-circuiting.
Provide protection against adjacent live parts.

Maintenance and repair personnel must have received training in the
procedures for working with the excitation system and must have been
made aware of the dangers related to the currently valid regulations.
Maintenance personnel must have been instructed in emergency switchoff measures and must be aware how to isolate the equipment from the
mains in an emergency.
Maintenance personnel must be familiar with accident prevention
measures that apply to their workplace and must have received training in
first aid and firefighting.
3BHS260553 E02
ABB
The operator guarantees that all persons involved in maintenance and

repair activities on the excitation system have received appropriate
training together with the necessary instructions, and have thoroughly
read and clearly understood the Safety Instructions in this chapter.
2.1.4.
Consequences of Failure to Comply

Failure to comply with the safety regulations increases the danger that
personnel may suffer electric shock, and that the equipment and
machinery may be damaged. Third parties who approach the installation
are also at risk.
If the scheduled maintenance activities are performed only partially or not
at all, damage may occur with associated expensive repair costs.
Particularly soiling and dust deposits on the converter increase the risk
and favor conditions for voltage flashovers that can cause substantial
damage.
3BHS260553 E02
ABB
2.2.
Safety Regulations
2.2.1.
Structure of the Safety Instructions

Signal Word!
Safety sign
Situation
- Type of Hazard Statement
Possible consequence
- Consequence Statement
Essential safety measure
- Avoidance Statement
The signal word is divided into these categories and emphasized by the
use of the following safety signs:
DANGER!
This symbol indicates an imminent danger resulting from mechanical
forces or high voltage. A non-observance leads to life-threatening
physical injury or death.
WARNING!
This symbol indicates a dangerous situation. A non-observance may
lead to bad or life-threatening physical injury or death.
CAUTION!
This symbol indicates a dangerous situation. A non-observance may
lead to physical injury or cause damage to the converter.
NOTICE!
This symbol emphasizes important information. A non-observance may
cause damage to the converter or to objects close to it.
IMPORTANT!
This symbol indicates useful information. Not to be used to indicate
dangerous situations.
2.2.2.
General Safety Instructions

The operating voltage in the control cabinets is above 50 V. In the power
part, voltages can reach 1080 V ac and short-circuit currents can be very
10
3BHS260553 E02
ABB
high. In order to warn personnel against opening the doors during

operation, warning signs are affixed to all cabinet doors.
Other warning signs are mounted on the inside of the cabinet doors and
on the covers of the converter modules.
DANGER!
UNITROL 6000-Systems operate with dangerous voltages of up to
1080 V ac.
DANGER!
The secondary voltage of the transformer and the machine voltages are
present in the excitation cabinet.
DANGER!
Removal of covers serving as protection against contact.
There is increased risk of injury or death due to accidental contact with
live parts.
All troubleshooting activities must be carried out with the converter
WARNING!
The capacitor of the snubber circuit may still be charged.
The capacitor of the snubber circuit must be discharged.
CAUTION!
Electrical parts and Cu-busbars may still be hot.
This may cause slight burns.
Do not touch any parts immediately after removing the module cover.
3BHS260553 E02
11
ABB
2.2.3.
Additional Safety Instructions

Local and factory safety regulations must be followed strictly for all
activities while the system is operating and when the doors to the
converter cubicle (+EG) are open.
For additional safety, it is
recommended to wear protective
clothing, a face shield and hearing
protection.
(PPE = Personal Protective
Equipment)
Figure 2-1 - PPE

Additional special measures must also be implemented:
Access to the work area must be restricted (safety fence) and yellow
warning signs with the words Caution Extremely Dangerous High
Voltage" must be displayed prominently.
Steps must be taken to ensure that switched-off systems cannot be
switched on again due to control errors or by third parties (e.g. disable
activation switches with padlocks).
12
3BHS260553 E02
ABB
2.3.
Safety Labels
Safety labels are affixed to any equipment / location where a potential
danger applies.
The degree and likelihood of such dangers are denoted by the signal
words DANGER, WARNING and CAUTION. The content of the warning
sign contains information about the situation in question and the
preventive safety measures that must be taken.
Sign
Description
DANGER
Hazardous voltage inside.
Disconnect power and
ground equipment before
maintenance work.
Signal word
Situation
Essential safety measure
Figure 2-2 - Structure of Safety Label

Sign
Description
DANGER
DANGER, electrical
This symbol indicates imminent danger
that will result in life-threatening
physical injury or death.
WARNING
WARNING, electrical
This symbol indicates a possible
dangerous situation that could result in
serious physical injury or death.
CAUTION
CAUTION, electrical
This symbol indicates a possible
dangerous situation that could result in
moderate physical injury. This signal
word can also be used for warnings
relating to equipment damage.
Figure 2-3 - Safety Labels
3BHS260553 E02
13
ABB
Chapter 3 - Description of the Device
3.1.
Introduction
The UNL13300 converter is the latest design of a power component in a
static excitation system for supplying power to a synchronous machine
rotor.
The entire system is air- or self-cooled. Each converter can be equipped
with up to two fan boxes. The mechanical configuration of the cabinets
defines the protection class (IP).
The modular design allows the thyristors and the snubber circuit
components to be fitted optimally according to the input voltage.
3.2.
Field of Application
This converter is a part of the excitation system that is used to supply
power to a synchronous machine. The system is not suitable for use in
any other application.
3.3.
Electrical Units, Overview

A converter cabinet of the UNL 13300 type has a modular construction
and consists of the following units:
For technical performance data see data sheet 3BHS260553 E01.
Converter Module (-G01)
The converter module UNS 4680 is a fully controlled 3-phase bridge with
six thyristors cooled on both sides. To protect the thyristors against
overcurrents, which can result from internal or external short-circuits,
each thyristor branch has an ultra-fast fuse with defect indication switch.
The Gate Drive Interface (GDI, -A02) and the Converter Signal Interface
(CSI, -A03) belongs to the converter module.
Snubber (-F01)
The snubber (overvoltage protective circuit) UNS 4681 protects the six
thyristors in the converter module from undesirable overvoltages. The unit
has a 3-phase protection on the input side and the fuses are fitted with a
defect indication switch.
3BHS260553 E02
14
ABB
Snubber Resistor (-R01)

The external resistor is part of the snubber, however it must be ordered
separately.
Control Unit (-A01)
The control unit consists of the Converter Control Interface (CCI)
mounted on the cubicle door.
Types of Ventilation (-E01)
A natural or forced ventilation is provided for the converter modules.
Forced cooling can consist of simple or redundant ventilation.
3.4.
Operation of the Converter

The Converter Control Panel (CCP) is purely a display device, which is
connected to the Control Converter Interface (CCI). It provides
information on the principal operating functions of the converter and it is
built into the converter cubicle door.
For more information see the "Operating Instructions" of the CCP.
The Excitation Control Terminal (ECT) is used for controlling and
monitoring the whole excitation system.
For more information see the "Operating Instructions" of the ECT.
A Service Control Panel (SCP) can be installed instead of the ECT.
3BHS260553 E02
15
ABB
3.5.
Mechanical Layout
Standard converter cubicle with branch fuses on the DC side

(This figure shows a possible cubicle layout)
Front view
Left view
Figure 3-1 - Converter cubicle with branch fuses on the DC side
16
3BHS260553 E02
ABB
Standard converter cubicle with branch fuses on the AC side

Front view
Left view
Figure 3-2 - Converter cubicle with branch fuses on the AC side
3BHS260553 E02
17
ABB
Door internal view, CCI (-A01) mounted on the door

(This figure shows a possible door layout)
Figure 3-3 Door of the cubicle

Overvoltage protection (Snubber), view from bottom
Figure 3-4 Overvoltage protection (Snubber)
18
3BHS260553 E02
ABB
3.6.
Description of the Individual Units
3.6.1.
Converter Module
The converter module (UNS4680) consists of an assembly plate on which
6 thyristors are mounted (-V1 to -V6). Each thyristor is located between
two heat sinks. The branch fuses (-F1 to -F6) are fixed to the front heat
sinks. Each set of three is attached to a connecting rail, the upper being
the minus rail and the lower being the plus rail. The alternating current
connections (AK1, AK2, AK3) are arranged at the top. On the left-hand
side of the assembly plate, the converter signal interface CSI and the
gate driver interface GDI) are fixed.
Figure 3-5 - Converter Module with branch fuses on the DC side

The converter modules are equipped with three current sensors (-T01 to
-T03) at the AC busbars. Thus an automatic current balance can be
achieved and the functionality of each semiconductor can be observed.
The current sensors transfer the measured current values to the
Converter Signal Interface (CSI).
3BHS260553 E02
19
ABB
The GDI board supplies the converter with electrically insulated firing
pulses. With an isolation voltage of 7.5 kV, the pulse transformers are
mounted separately for electrical isolation.
The Converter Signal Interface (CSI) conditions the AC and DC
measured values and forwards the analog values to the CCI board.
The elements of the rectifier bridge are numbered so that those belonging
to individual branches have equal numbers. Thus -V1, -F1 or -V2, -F2
etc., create each of the six branches.
TA type plate (1) is provided on the right-hand side in order to identify the
module. The type plate contains all the necessary information for the
ordering of spare parts.
3.6.2.
Snubber
The snubber (UNS4681) consists of the following parts:
(1) Assembly plate with the diodes (-V1 to -V6), capacitor (-C1) and fuse
holder (-F02) with three fuses.
(2) Resistor (-R01). The resistor is part of the snubber, however it must
be ordered separately.
-R1
-R01
(2)
Figure 3-6 - Snubber
20
3BHS260553 E02
ABB
3.6.3.
Control Unit
The CCI device performs decentralized control and monitoring functions
and provides a link between the pulse generator and the pulse output
stage (GDI). It also regulates current equalization between the converters
connected in parallel.
The CCI device operates on the 24 V power supply (PS), monitored from
the Advanced Power Distributor (APD). In order to replace the CCI, the
APD offers the opportunity to switch off the CCI power supply of this
particular converter.
Figure 3-7 - Supply of the CCI
3.6.4.
Types of Ventilation
Basically the following variants are available:
Natural ventilation of the converter module
The heat produced by the thyristor losses is
carried away by the natural air flow which is
established by the chimney effect of the heat
sinks. No fans are required.
To prevent the thyristor modules from mutually
heating each other a baffle plate (1) is directing
the warm air from the lower module towards the
rear.
(1)
Natural ventilation is only possible in cabinets

with a roof grid according to standard IP30.
Cabinets according to higher protection
standards are not available, because a closed
roof makes natural air circulation impossible.
Figure 3-8 - Natural Ventilation
3BHS260553 E02
21
ABB
Forced ventilation of the converter module

Variant 1: simple ventilation
This consists of a six part channelling kit (2)
which directs the air through the converter
module and a ventilator box (3) with two
fans.
Variant 2: redundant ventilation
Like Variant 1, but with four fans. Only two
fans are in operation at the same time.
(2)
(2)
Variant 3: reinforced ventilation

Like Variant 1, but with four fans. All four
fans are constantly in operation.
(2)
(2)
(3)
Figure 3-9 - Forced Ventilation
Arrangement of the fans and switches

with full set.
M1
S1
M3
S3
M2
S2
M4
S4
(View from above)

Air entry
-E01
Figure 3-10 - Fan Arrangement
22
3BHS260553 E02
ABB
Chapter 4 - Maintenance
4.1.
Safety Instructions
The safety warnings and instructions described in Chapter 2 - must be
followed.
4.2.
Introduction
Although electronic components do not show any signs of wear and very
few indications of aging, the EG cubicle contains a number of
conventional electromechanical components, such as fans that are
subject to a certain degree of wear.
Dirt accumulates in the converter due to air circulation.
Therefore, some tasks must be carried out regularly to ensure operating
safety.
Only original replacement parts must be used in maintenance work.
See Datasheet "UNL13300 Converter".
4.3.
Operating Conditions during Maintenance Work

conditions:
All power supplies (main and auxiliary power supplies) shut down
and disconnected, and the Excitation System grounded.
5
3BHS260553 E02
23
ABB
4.4.
Maintenance Schedule
Table 4-1 - Maintenance Schedule
Action
OC Level
*)
Check Intervals
3 months
4.5.1 Visual Inspection

Air filter mats (Excitation system)
Converter fans
4.5.2 Functional Inspection
Event logger
Converter fans operating hours
Converter fans changeover test
Converter cooling air
4.5.3 Maintenance Work, Cleaning
Cubicles
Converter heat sinks
Control electronics
4.5.4 Maintenance Work, Fans
Converter fans
Annual
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
If necessary
If necessary
X**)
*) OC system operating conditions

If it is possible or makes sense, the maintenance could be done with a lower level of system operating
conditions
**) The relevant converter has to be out of operation (monitoring of the fan flap)
The basic status information on the Converter Control Panel (CCP) must display OFF (converter
blocked)
If this maintenance schedule differs from the one for the excitation
system, the schedule for the entire system takes precedence.
The lower OC level is always valid independent of the documents (User
Manual or operating instructions).
4.5.
Specific Maintenance Tasks

The time intervals indicated above must be followed strictly, particularly in
the first year of operation. The degree of soiling significantly affects the
maintenance interval. This should be monitored closely during the first
year of operation. The intervals can then be optimized according to the
results of these checks. In the event of heavy soiling, intervals must be
shorter.
4.5.1.
Visual Inspection
For the visual inspection proceed as follows:
Visual inspection is carried out with system operating condition 5
Generator in parallel operation (synchronized), visually inspect the
following items:
Air Filters Mats (Excitation System)
Contamination of the air filter mats.
24
3BHS260553 E02
ABB
1) Compare the Operating Instructions of the excitation system.

Converter Fans
2) Check if there are abnormal noises.
Since it is not possible to lubricate the bearings, fans with excessive noise
must be replaced at the next overhaul.
4.5.2.
Functional Inspection
Functional inspection is carried out with system operating condition
Generator in parallel operation (synchronized). Inspect the following
items:
Event Logger
From Converter Control Panel (CCP) or Control Terminal (ECT)
3) Check the Event Logger for active alarms/faults.
CCP: Main Menu \ FAULT LOGGER
ECT: select Events, dynamic list of actual events and the event logger
table.
No alarms/faults should be indicated.
Converter Fans Operating Days
4) Check the operating hours of the fans:
ECT: Select Parameters, choose path [Control IT \ Out \
Table 4-2 - Maximum Fan Operating Days
Path]
Converter #
Signal name
Criteria
Conv_ConverterFanControlx]
Fan1RunningDays
Fan2RunningDays
Fan1RunningDays
Fan2RunningDays
<1 667 days

<1 667 days
<1 667 days
<1 667 days
Fan 1 and 2
Fan 3 and 4
Fan 1 and 2
Fan 3 and 4
If a criterion is fulfilled, replace the corresponding fan according to

Chapter 5.4.5
Converter Fans Changeover Test
If the converter is equipped with a redundant fan, the fan that is not in
operation must be checked periodically.
5) Check the converter fan changeover:
ECT: Select Parameters, choose path [Control IT \ In \
3BHS260553 E02
25
ABB
Table 4-3 - Test Redundant Fan

Path]
Converter #
Signal name
Criteria
Conv_ConverterFanControlx]
FanChangeOver
FanChangeOver
FanChangeOver
FanChangeOver
Fan rotate
Fan rotate
Fan rotate
Fan rotate
Fan 1 & 2 to 3 & 4

Fan 3 & 4 to 1 & 2
Fan 1 & 2 to 3 & 4
Fan 3 & 4 to 1 & 2
If a fan does not rotate, replace the corresponding fan according to

Chapter 5.4.5
Converter Heat Sinks and Cooling Air
6) Check the temperature of the thyristor/converter:
- R57: Cooling air 1 temperature inside the converter module
ECT: Select Parameters and choose path [Control IT \ Out \
Table 4-4 - Heat Sink and Air Temperature of the Converter
Path]
Converter #
Conv_ConverterModule1]
Conv_ConverterModulex]
Cooling air 1
Cooling air 1
Signal name
Criteria
ConverterAirTemp
ConverterAirTemp
<90C
<90C
If the temperature is above 90C, clean the converter heat sink and
replace dirty air filter mats according to Chapters 4.5.3 and 4.5.1.
4.5.3.
Maintenance Work, Cleaning

7) Cleaning is carried out with system operating condition
All
power supplies (main and auxiliary power supplies) shut down and
disconnected, and the Excitation System grounded.
Cubicles
8) Clean the air outlets of the converter cubicle.
Converter Heat Sinks
9) Open the cabinet doors with the double bit key.
10) Remove the module cover.
11) Connect the grounding equipment to the two bolts (DC side) and the
AC bus.
12) Clean the equipment with a brush and vacuum cleaner. Never use
solvents or compressed air.
26
3BHS260553 E02
ABB
Control Electronics
13) Check the printed circuit boards.
Dirt and dust should not accumulate on the printed circuit boards under
normal conditions. Use a vacuum cleaner and soft brushes to clean the
boards. On no account use solvents!
4.5.4.
Maintenance Work, Fans

Maintenance of the fans is carried out with system operating condition.
Be careful: The relevant converter must be out of operation.
DANGER!
Dangerous voltage
The live parts are located directly over the fan box area and there is no
cover mounted, any contact with them will cause serious or even fatal
injury.
When the excitation system is in operation, a replacement of the fan box
must be done with great care.
Converter Fan
Replace the fans after approximately 40 000 hours of operation.
See Chapter 5.4.5 - Fault in the Fan Box / Replacing the Fan Box
3BHS260553 E02
27
ABB
5.1.
Safety Instructions
The safety warnings and instructions described in Chapter 2 - must be
followed.
5.2.
Operating Conditions during Repair Work

conditions:
All power supplies (main and auxiliary power supplies) shut down
and disconnected, and the Excitation System grounded.
Operating condition for OFF-LINE Repair
Generator in parallel operation (synchronized)
Operating condition for ON-LINE Repair, but the relevant converter is not
in operation.
5.3.
Replacement of Defective Components

Table 5-1 - Operating Conditions for Replacement of Components
Replacement
OC*)
OFF-LINE
Converter Module, configuration standard and twin:

- Thyristor
Converter Module, configuration economic; w/o redundancy:
- Thyristor
- Fan box, single
ON-LINE
X
X**)
X
X
X
X
X
*) OC system operating conditions (refer to Chapter 5.2)

If it is possible and reasonable, the maintenance could be done with a lower level of system operating conditions.
**) The relevant converter must be out of operation
The basic status information on the Converter Control Panel (CCP) must display OFF (converter blocked)
3BHS260553 E02
28
ABB
5.4.
Cause of Failure and Remedy

The converters described here are always an integral part of the
excitation system that consists of control electronic and power modules.
Malfunctions in an +EG cubicle (e.g. loss of air pressure) are reported to
the control electronic of the excitation system via signaling switches, and
the causes can be identified with the aid of:
Converter Control Panel (CCP) on the +EG converter cubicle or
Excitation Control Terminal (ECT) on the +ER control cubicle or
User Manual of the excitation system.
The following is a list of possible causes of faults as well as the procedure

for troubleshooting internal failures in the +EG cubicle:
5.4.1.
Preparation procedures:
1) Switch off the whole excitation system (See Table 5-1 - Operating
Conditions for Replacement of Components).
2) Remove auxiliary voltage (See the electrical drawing of the excitation
system).
3) Earth AC and DC busbars.
4) Remove contact protection (Plexiglass).
5.4.2.
Fault sources and fault elimination

Thyristor Failure
Chapter 5.4.3
Carrying out the thyristor test.

Replacing a thyristor.
Replacing a branch fuse.
Function check.
Faults in the Snubber Circuit
Chapter 5.4.4
Carry out snubber test.

Changing fuses.
Repairing the snubber.
Function check.
Fault in the Fan Box / Replacing the Fan Box
Chapter 5.4.5
Removal of the ventilator box.

Changing a fan.
Functional check.
3BHS260553 E02
29
ABB
Fault in the CCI Device / Replacing the Device
Chapter 5.4.6
Fault in the Electronics / Replacing a Board
Chapter 5.4.7
Overheating due to poor Ventilation
User Manual,
Contamination of the air filter mats
5.4.3.
Excitation System,
Chapter 9
Thyristor Failure
DANGER!
Excitation system operates with dangerous voltages of up to 1080 V ac.
persons involved or equipment damage.
The following tasks must only be carried out with the system switched
off and grounded.
Carrying out the thyristor test
1) Identify the faulty thyristor branch:
A faulty semiconductor is indicated on the Converter Control Panel
(CCP). This applies both for loss of voltage blocking capability and for
firing failure.
For equipment without current monitoring the auxiliary contact on the
branch fuses must be checked:
The loss of blocking capability of a
thyristor always leads to a
response of the associated branch
fuse. The fuses are equipped with
signaling contacts i.e. the affected
converter branch is identifiable
through the protruding red plastic
part of the signaling contact.
(1) = response
(2) = no response
(1)
(2)
Figure 5-1 - Branch Fuse

2) Remove defective fuses
In Chapter 5.5.3 the step-by-step procedure for the removal of a
semiconductor is described. To remove a fuse steps D1 and D2 of these
instructions are to be followed.
3) Testing the blocking ability of the thyristor:
30
3BHS260553 E02
ABB
The blocking ability of a thyristor must be tested before its removal. In the
unmounted position thyristors basically do not work since the silicon layer
only makes contact within the thyristor by pressure. A simple test can be
made with a continuity tester (torch, test buzzer) with a DC voltage of 3 V
to 10 V.
Apply the voltage of the continuity

tester in the forward direction of the
thyristor: for the upper half of the bridge
(+) to the front heat sink, (-) to the rear
one. The tester must not indicate
continuity.
GDI
For the lower bridge half, reverse the

polarities: (+) to the back heat sink, (-)
to the front one.
- V4
Figure 5-2 - Thyristor Blocking Ability

If the tester shows continuity, there is a short circuit in the semiconductor.
The element must be replaced and returned to the manufacturer for a
more precise fault diagnosis, with a brief explanation of the origin of the
fault.
4) Testing the firing ability of the thyristor.
If the thyristor blocks in the forward direction the firing can be tested.
Remove the gate wire (white) from the

belonging connection on the gate driver
interface (GDI). Now fire the thyristor by
briefly contacting the (+) potential with
the gate wire. After being fired it must
continue conducting until the voltage is
cut off.
GDI
- V4
Figure 5-3 - Thyristor Firing Ability

Should the tester show no continuity even when the gate wire is in
contact, then either the cable or the thyristor is defective and the
semiconductor must be removed.
3BHS260553 E02
31
ABB
Should the tester only show continuity while the gate wire is in contact, it
is possible that the latching current is not reached. According to the size
of the layers a current of 100 to 300 mA is required for the thyristor to
continue conducting once fired. If this current cannot be delivered by the
continuity tester, the test must be carried out with a stronger source (a
power supply or similar). However, the voltage must not exceed 10 V. If
the thyristor is supplied with a higher current and still does not fire, it can
be considered as defective and must be replaced.
The gate wire is to be reconnected after the test.
5) Testing with an unmounted thyristor.
When the thyristor is unmounted, the gate wire can be tested. If broken,
the wire can be replaced and the thyristor reinstalled. It is important
however that the correct cable quality and a suitable connection plug is
used. If in doubt, replace the whole thyristor and order a gate wire set
from the manufacturer.
Note: On changing the gate wire ensure that the plug unit (Faston, etc.) is
tight. This connection can no longer be checked once the thyristor is
mounted.
The gate connection should never be soldered. This can damage the
element.
To test the firing directly on the gate when unmounted, the thyristor
housing must be weighted down e.g. with the removed heat sink half. If
the thyristor is defective it must be returned to the manufacturer with a
short explanation of the fault situation.
Replacing a Thyristor
The step-by-step procedure for changing a semiconductor is described in
Chapter 5.5 - Changing a Thyristor.
Replacing a Thyristor Branch Fuse
This is achieved following the step-by-step instructions in the last section.
Removal: see steps D1 and D2, reinstallation as described in M5 and M6.
Functional Check on the Module
After the cleaning and repair works on the primary circuit have been
completed, a visual inspection must be carried out and the insulation
checked.
1) First, ensure that all the screws and cables are tightened again, that
all tools have been removed and that no loose parts have been left
in the module or the cubicle.
2) Once the repair works are finished, remove the grounding on the
primary circuit.
32
3BHS260553 E02
ABB
3) Connect the five main connections AK1, AK1, AK1, (+) and (-) (see
electrical drawings) to the converter module and check the
grounding with a 500 V ac isolation tester. In this way, the pulse
cables will also be checked. The insulation resistance must not be
less than 1 MOhm.
4) After replacing a branch fuse, pull out the red plastic part on the
signal switch in order to check the safety fuse monitoring function.
This simulates the activation of the firing pin. Now check that the
event has been signaled correctly by the control electronics.
5.4.4.
Faults in the Snubber Circuit

All activity on the snubber circuit must be carried out with the converter
The safety warnings and instructions described in Chapter 2.2 must be
followed in all cases.
WARNING!
The snubber circuit capacitor may still be charged.
The snubber circuit capacitor must be discharged.
Procedure for testing the snubber

1) Measure the capacitor voltage. The capacitor must be discharged. If it
is not, discharge it with a wire bridge.
2) Open the fuse holders. Defective fuses are indicated by the protrusion
of the set stud. This may either indicate a short-circuited diode or a
flashover of the capacitor. The fuse holder can be left open for further
measurements.
3) Test the diodes with a continuity tester. The forward direction is
presented below. Depending on the sensitivity of the tester, the resistor
must be disconnected first. (Resistor -R01 ca. 1.2 kOhm).
Figure 5-4 - Diode Module of the Snubber Circuit
3BHS260553 E02
33
ABB
4) Test the resistor and capacitor with an Ohmmeter. To clearly identify a

defective element it may be necessary to remove the wiring between the
components.
Changing of fuses
Only original spare parts should be used when replacing defective fuses.
Ensure that the contact surfaces are clean and insert the fuses with the
set stud upwards.
Repairing the snubber
Only original spare parts should be used when replacing defective
components. After replacements, the wiring must be returned to its
original state as shown in the following diagrams:
UNS 4681, Var. 511, Var. 513
UNS 4681, Var. 512 (only one diode in series)
Figure 5-5 - Snubber Circuit

Functional Check
A fused, three-phase secondary power supply will be needed for the
functional check, e.g. power supply to fans, maximum voltage 50 V AC.
While the fuse holder is open, apply the secondary power after the fuse
holder and then measure the voltage across the capacitor. In normal
operation, the voltage is 1.35 x rms value of the alternating voltage
applied. Tolerance is +/- 10%. Close the fuse holder and measure the
capacitor with a voltmeter.
34
3BHS260553 E02
ABB
5.4.5.
Fault in the Fan Box / Replacing the Fan Box

The converter is not in operation
Replacing the Fan Box
(1)
-F1
1) The fans must be switched off by opening the

appropriate protection switches (see electrical
drawing of the excitation system)
-F3
-F5
2) Release wire binders and pull out the plug (1).
(2)
(3)
3) Release fixing screws in positions (2) and (3).

4) Withdraw the ventilator box (-E01) from the
front (4).
5) Insert new ventilator box and refit all screws.
-E01
6) Re-insert plug (1) and fix the wire binders.

7) Reclose protection switches.
(4)
Figure 5-6 - Replacing the Fan Box

Changing a Fan
The fan can only be replaced with the ventilator box removed.
1) The cable duct within the box must be opened
and the cable released from its terminal.
2) The airflap (1) on the defective fan must be
carefully raised (take care not to bend the
operating flags for the auxiliary contact !).
(1)
3) The four screws (2) are to be released and the

fan lifted out.
4) Install the new fan.
5) Check the operation of the air flap (easy
movement, the switch will operate).
(2)
6) Reinstall the ventilator box.

Figure 5-7 - Changing a Fan
3BHS260553 E02
35
ABB
5.4.6.
Fault in the CCI Device / Replacing the Device

CCI Device Preparation
Write down the device address of the old converter module before
installing a new CCI-Board.
4
2
C
1
Figure 5-8 - CCI Device

Code Switch S200 for Device Address:
1) Set the number of the corresponding converter unit
If the firmware is not in the valid range, an alarm will be pending on the
ECT according to point 8).
Replacing the CCI Device
2) Switch off the Advanced Power Distributor (APD) switch, which
supplies the CCI. (+ER cubicle).
The basic status information on the Converter Control Panel (CCP)

must display OFF (converter blocked).
3) Remove all cable connectors and fiber optic cables
4) Remove all screws holding the device
5) Fix the new device with all screws
6) Plug in all cable connectors and fiber optic cables
7) Switch on the APD (Power up)
8) If the firmware is not in the valid range, the alarm CCIx1) Device
Type Error is pending on the ECT.
Download the corresponding firmware
1)
x = Number of the CCI-Board
9) Confirm the RESET in ECT to release the converter again.

10) Check the display on the CCP in the cabinet door:
The basic status information on the Converter Control Panel (CCP)

must display ON (Converter in operation)
The converter is again in operation.
36
3BHS260553 E02
ABB
5.4.7.
Fault in the Electronics / Replacing a Board

The boards are inside the converter module. For safety reasons it is not
allowed to open the cover from the converter in operation.
DANGER!
Dangerous voltage
The live parts are located directly behind the cover; any contact with
When the excitation system is in operation, the front cover on the
converter module must not be removed for any reason.
Preparation of the Board
No settings are necessary on any other boards.
Replacement of a Board
1) Remove all cable connectors.
2) Remove all screws holding the board.
3) Fix the new device with all screws.
4) Plug in all cable connectors.
5.5.
Changing a Thyristor
In the next section, the removal of a defective thyristor and the installation
of its replacement are presented in illustrated steps with comments.
The safety warnings and instructions described in Chapter 2.2 must be
followed in all cases.
Defective thyristors are replaced while the converter module is switched
off and grounded.
For simplification purposes, only the upper bridge half is represented in
the diagram. On the lower bridge half the fuses are mounted under the
heat sink. Apart from the thyristors being the other way round (Anodes
and Cathodes are reversed) the procedure remains the same.
5.5.1.
Tools and auxiliary materials

No special tools are required to carry out a thyristor change. In addition to
the normal tools like screwdrivers, Allen keys, spanners, etc., the
following tools and materials are to be available:
3BHS260553 E02
37
ABB
Tools
Torque spanner 30 Nm
Straightedge
A rustfree steel wire brush
Clamping tool for cable end connectors
Faston cable end connectors 6.3 x 0.8 mm
Auxiliary materials
Silicon grease:
Temperature resistant silicon grease (Melt temperature > 180 C)
(ABB Identification No. NBT 400 725 P1)
Contact grease for rail connections:
Acid free Vaseline grease without abrasive contents
(ABB Identification No. NBT 400 055 P2)
Industrial alcohol (denatured light spirit)
5.5.2.
Polarity of the Thyristors mounted between the Heat Sinks
(-)
Converter version with branch fuses on the DC or AC side
(+)
Figure 5-9 Mounting Direction of the Thyristor
38
3BHS260553 E02
ABB
5.5.3.
Replacement of Thyristors UNS 4680

The polarity of the thyristor which is depicted in the previous section is to
be respected during assembly
- Removal of a thyristor see steps D1 to D6
- Installation of a thyristor see steps M1 to M6
(1)
(2)
lead
(5)
D1
Release nut (2), withdraw threaded bolt (1).
M6
Screw in threaded bolt (1) by hand and tighten nut

(2) with a 22 Nm torque.
Note:
Always screw in the threaded bolt by hand up to

stop.
D2
Remove the auxiliary contact from the fuse.

Release nut (3). Withdraw threaded bolt (4).
Remove fuse (5). (mounted above or underneath
the heat sink)
M5
Install fuse (5) and threaded bolt (4). Tighten nut

(3) with a torque of 22 Nm. Attach auxiliary contact
to fuse.
(3)
(4)
3BHS260553 E02
39
ABB
D3
(6)
(9)
(14)
(10)
D3
Release the pressure on the clamping fixture by

loosening the nuts (6) and (7) alternately with
turns. Remove the nuts. Remove the yoke (8)
along with its spring set.
M4
Push yoke (8) over the bolts. First tighten nuts (6)
and (7) by hand. Then with a spanner alternately
tighten nuts with turns until the yoke no longer
displays any curvature (check with straightedge
(9)).
D4
Remove the front half of the heat sink (11).
M3
Push front heat sink half (11) over bolts (12).
D5
Remove gate connections to thyristor. (In the event

of a defective gate wire: remove the connections
from the pulse transformer and cut away the wire
binder on the gate wire). Remove the thyristor (13)
with holder.
M2
Push the new thyristor (13) with its holder over the
bolts (12). Connect the gate lead to the thyristor.
(In the event of a defective gate wire: lay out a new
wire and fix with a wire binder. Insert the gate lead
into the pulse transformer: white to connection 6,
red to 7).
M4
(7)
(8)
(10)
(11)
(12)
(13)
(12)
Note: Before inserting the new gate wire, cut it to the

required length and fit with suitable AMP wire end
terminals.
40
3BHS260553 E02
ABB
D6
State before mounting new thyristor.
M1
Clean the contact surfaces of both heat sink

halves thoroughly with alcohol. Then apply some
silicon grease to a steel wire brush and roughen
the contact surfaces by brushing them
(crosswise). This removes the aluminum oxide
layer. Wipe away the resultant black material.
Finally with a clean, non fibrous cloth deposit a
little silicon grease on the heat sinks contact
surfaces.
Note:
The contact surfaces must only be provided with

a thin film of grease! Once the grease is applied
mount the thyristor immediately.
Figure 5-10 - Replacement of a Thyristor
3BHS260553 E02
41
ABB
Chapter 6 - Final Check
After all works and functional checks in the EG cubicle are completed and
before the system is put into operation again, a final visual inspection
must be carried out.
Check that all screws and cables are tight, all tools have been
removed, and no loose parts are left in the cubicle.
Check that the grounding equipment is removed.
Close the door of the cubicle.
Do not forget to reset the Alarms/Events in the ECT.
The restart after troubleshooting has to be done as described in the User

Manual of the excitation system.
3BHS260553 E02
42
ABB
Chapter 7 - Spares
When changing assemblies or components only original spare parts are
to be used.
In order to be able to carry out the necessary repairs as quickly as
possible in the event of a breakdown, we recommend that you keep
certain spare parts in store. The numbers of these parts is dependent on:
The number of converters per equipment.
The number of equipments in the power station.
The number of redundant systems.
3BHS260553 E02
43
ABB
REVISION
Rev.
ind.
Page (P)
Chapt (C)
Description
Date
Dept./Init.
(C) 2
(C) 3.5
- Safety instructions completed with safety rules

- New mechanical layouts
30.01.2009 / Mo
(C) 4.5
- Correction of tables 4.2 to 4.4
05.03.2009 / Mo
(C) 6
- Final check, new chapter
20.03.2009 / Mo
--
- Converter version with branch fuses on the AC side
19.08.2010 / Mo
3BHS260553 E02
44
PP D113 B AC 800PEC Controller

Data Sheet
AC 800PEC
PP D113 B
Features
High Control Performance
High I/O Performance
High Reliability
Qualified for Industrial Environment
32-bit PowerPC G3
64-bit IEEE Floating-Point-Unit
64 Mbyte Memory with Error-Correction
16 Mbyte Flash
Two 10/100BASE-TX Ethernet Ports
Two UARTs
Virtex-II Field-Programmable Gate Array
140x General Purpose Programmable I/O
Voltage/Temperature Monitors
Two AnyIO interfaces
Up to six optical modules
Operation temperature range -40 to +70C
Highlights
AC 800PEC is a high-end controller belonging to
IT
ABBs Control
family, it is configured and
programmed with Control Builder M and
MATLAB/Simulink with Real-Time Workshop. The
Controller combines a very powerful CPU and large
Field-Programmable Gate Array, which suites AC
800PEC to control demanding Power Electronics
Systems.
Its utilizing Ethernet as preferred medium for
configuration and communication to upper control.
The unit mounts on a DIN rail and interfaces with
ABBs S800 IO system via optical Modulebus and
ABBs communication modules via communication
Expansion Bus. AC 800PEC system also supports
rd
3 party Anybus-S fieldbus modules.
IO modules are connected via high-speed point to
point fiber optical connections. PP D113 B supports
up to 36 bi-directional fiber-optic links.
Technical Data
Simplified
AC
800PEC
Block
Diagram
Processor module (AC 800PEC-CPU)

PPC750FX@600MHz
64-bit IEEE FPU@600MHz
Virtex-II @40/80MHz
10k/20k/30k LUTs
40x/56x/96x 18x18bit Multipliers
Two PCI32@40MHz
Burst-DMA - FPGA to SDRAM
64 MB ECC memory
16 MB Flash memory
Basic Unit (AC 800PEC-BU)

1x AC 800PEC-CPU
2x Interface for up to 6x AC 800PEC-OM
2x 800PEC-AIO-CEX
Back plane (AC 800PEC-BP)

DIN-rail mounting
PEC800 housing l 450, w 120, h 100mm
Environmental conditions
Air conditions:
Operating temp:
Relative humidity:
Protection Class
Vibrations:
Traction:
EMC:
Power supply (AC 800PEC-PS)

24V Power supply unit included

2x24 Volt redundant input
Optical module (AC 800PEC-OM)

PEC800-OMs mount to PEC800-BP backplane

Max. 6 optical modules including 6 links each
OM for plastic and glass fiber optic (POF or GOF)
Any-IO (AC 800PEC-AIO-CEX)
CEX modules (RS 232 and RS 422)

Anybus-S modules (ProfiBUS, CANopen,
Ethernet Modbus/TCP, Modbus RTU)
TA= -25 to 55C:

TA= -40 to 70C:
Reliability:
IEC 60068-2
-40 to +70C
5% to 95% @ +40C
IP 20
IEC 60255-21-1
EN 61373
IEC 61000-4-3
IEC 61000-4-4
IEC 61000-4-5
EN 55011
PPC750FX@600MHz
PPC750FX@400MHz
3020 FIT (GB, 40C)
UF D128 AC 800PEC Optical Module-I-6-V10

Data Sheet
Optical Module with

6 bi-directional
versatile links
Features
Low-cost versatile connector
3 or 6 links per module
1 mm POF or 200 m HCS cable
10 Mbp/s
Up to 120 m
Safe driver shut-down
Configurable power for optical transmitters
I2C EEPROM for data storage
Highlights
AC 800PEC OM-I-V10 Versatile Optical Modules are used
to interface the AC 800PEC system to remote devices
connected by optical fiber cables. The modules support
the Agilent Versatile fiber system.
The module converts optical signals from/to LVTTLsignals. The optical signals are transmitted and received
by means of optical fiber cables.
The transmitter power is configurable to a low- power and
a high-power mode. The low-power mode is used for
smaller systems with short POF cables. The high-power
mode is used for systems with long cables and in systems
utilizing HCS cables.
An independent input is supported for safe shut-down of
all transmitters. Safe shut-down is typically used during
system start-up or for watchdog functionality.
For module identification and non-volatile data storage an
EEPROM (I2C-bus) is available.
Technical Data
EEPROM
I2C
X1
X2
OE
Power budget, TA = 0 to 70C: POF/HCS

7.6 dB / 1.5 dB
2.6 dB / NA
Max. cable length, TA = 0 to 70C: 30/60 mA
8 m / 25 m
10 m / 30 m
NA / 120 m
Power budget, TA = -40 to 85C: POF/HCS

High-Power (60 mA):
Low-Power (30 mA):
6.8 dB / 0.7 dB
1.8 dB / NA
Max. cable length, TA = -40 to 85C: 30/60 mA
1 mm POF standard:
1 mm POF low-loss:
200 m HCS:
TX / IO 12
1 mm POF standard:
1 mm POF low-loss:
200 m HCS:
RX / IO 11
Other features
Transmitter: Agilent QFBR-1549 (HFBR-1528)

Receiver:
Agilent QFBR-2549 (HFBR-2528)
1 mm POF standard fiber:
-0.27 dB/m
1 mm POF low-loss fiber:
-0.23 dB/m
200 m HCS fiber:
-10 dB/km
High-Power (60 mA):

Low-Power (30 mA):
TX / IO 10
TX / IO 08
RX / IO 09
RX / IO 07
TX / IO 06
RX / IO 05
TX / IO 04
RX / IO 03
TX / IO 02
RX / IO 01
I/O compatibility
Simplified
Block Diagram
5 m / 20 m
6m / 25 m
NA / 50 m
Global shut-down:
8 s (max)
Power requirements (type / max)

High power mode:
Low power mode:
I/O supply:
2.7 W / 3.0 W @ 5 V
1.8 W / 2.0 W @ 5 V
0.05 W / 0.1 W @ 3.3 V
Environmental requirements
Operating temp.:
Relative humidity:
Vibrations:
EMC:
-40 to +70C
5% to 95% @ +40C
TBD
TBD
PC D230 A01 PEC80-CCM Communication Control

and Measurement Data Sheet
PEC80CCM
Device
Features
Fast Controller Board PEC80-PM Processing
module
4 port Ethernet communication switch
Interface
Control panel serial interface
RS 485 CAN interface
4 Optical module interfaces with maximum 12
optical links
6 fast digital 24 Volt inputs isolated with opto
couplers
4 system control LEDs
2 digital relay outputs and one galvanically
isolated electronic 24 volt fast output
4 current measuring inputs 5 an 1 ampere
4 voltage inputs 110 volt ac
2 galvanically isolated analog outputs with
10 Volts
Watchdog function
High Reliability
Operation temperature range 25 to +70 C
Highlights
The Communication Control and Measurement device
PC D230 A is an intelligent control and measurement
device with specially designed customer interfaces as
required within UNITROL 6000 Excitation Control
Systems.
The device is based on the AC80-PEC control
platform and includes the control module PEC80-CU
with the processor module PEC80-PM, power supply
PEC80-PS and several optical modules PEC80-OM. It
supports the software functionalities as implemented
within PEC80 control system.
A four port Ethernet switch, a panel interface, a RS485
Modbus and a CAN interface are available for
communication. In case of other fieldbus requirements
a FIG fieldbus module can be adapted additionally.
Further on it serves as a signal conditioner as required
in synchronous machine excitation systems. Eight fast
measurement inputs allows detection of three phase
machine current and voltage and one phase bus bar
current and voltage.
For control purpose the device provides 6 optical
isolated digital 24/48 Volt inputs, two relays and one
isolated electronic output. Finally two isolated analog
outputs are also available.
The device is powered by a redundant 24 volt supply
input.
Technical Data
PEC80-PS
CAN
4 channel 1/5 A
current Inputs
RS232
4 channel
110 V voltage
Application IO
Supply
RS485
Communication
Ethernet
PEC80-OM
PEC80-PM
PEC80-OM
Opto Interface
I2C
Opto links
to IO and
Converter
PEC80-CCM
PEC80-CU
Fast IO
ADC control
6 channel
digital inputs
3 channel
digital outputs
Supply
2 channel
analog
PEC80-EMU
Simplified
Block
Diagram
Communication
4 x 10/100 MB Ethernet ports
RS 485 CAN open interface
ABB Service Control Panel
RS 485 Modbus interface
Fieldbus via FIG modules
4 x optical Modules
Device address
Setting range hex 0 to F
Analog voltage input
Digital outputs
1 isolated 24 Volt output channel
Continuous current
0.3 A
Thermal and short circuit protected
Isolation test voltage 500 Vrms
2 relay outputs 250 volt / 2A; NO contacts
Isolation test voltage 1.5 kVrms
Nominal Input
Input impedance
Analog accuracy
Temperature Drift
Input frequency
Isolation test voltage
110Vrms; max. 163%

< 2M
< 0.1% Nominal
< 50 ppm/C
10 to 120 Hz
2 kVrms
Analog current input

Input signal range
Input impedance
Analog accuracy
Temperature Drift
Input frequency
1 / 5A; max.150%
isolated sensor input
<0.2% Nominal
< 50 ppm/C
10 to 120 Hz
2 kVrms
Analog output
Output signal range
Output current
Analog accuracy
Output bandwidth
10 Volt
4 mA/Channel
<1% FSR ;12 Bit
1 kHz
500 Vrms
Digital inputs
6 isolated 24/48 volt input channels
Input current
typically 6 mA
Isolation test voltage 500 Vrms
Real time clock

Seconds, Minutes, Hours, Day of Week,
Date of Month and Year
Backup time typical 15 days
Power supply inputs
Redundant 24V with 18 to 30V range
Operating temp:
Relative humidity:
Vibrations:
EMC:
Reliability: GB, 40C
-25 to +70C
5% to 95% @ +40C
IEC 60255-21
IEC/EN 61000
6747 FIT
EXCITATION SYSTEM UNITROL5000

Gate Driver Interface GDI
UNITROL
UNS 0881a-P, V1/V2
Data sheet
FEATURES
Final pulse stage for a DB6 or B2-thyristor bridge.

Suitable for disc-type thyristor up to 4".
internal (V1) or external (V2) pulse transformer
SHORT DESCRIPTION
The gate driver interface GDI is used for remote operation of a single- or three-phase converter
bridge. All converter control functions have to be included in a previous device (normally in
Converter Interface UNS 0880). The gate driver interface GDI is to be connected to the converter
interface CIN by flat cable.
The typical application of this device is in excitation installations with the following functions in
particular:
Final pulse stage for a DB6- or B2-thyristor bridge with one thyristor per thyristor bridge
branch.
The applicable range is 1.5" up to 4" thyristors.
Device Context of var.1:

CIN
GDI
Device Context of var.2:

GDI
TRIAX-Cable, lenght max. 30m
CIN
external Pulstransformer
Rev.
a
b
04-03-06
Gi
nd.
Zust. Stelle
ATPT1
bern. Stelle
c
d
Ausgest:
Normgepr.:
Entst. aus / Ers. f.:

Ersetzt durch:
Geprft:
Freigeg.:
00-01-07 Ru
00-01-12 Ro
00-01-13 Ru
Dok.-Art
Format
Sprache
Seite
TA
A4
3BHS 107542 E01
14
PC D235 A AC 800PEC CIO-FU

Combined Input Output Data Sheet
PC
D235 A
Device
Features
16 Relay outputs
12 digital control inputs, 24V or 48V with two
independent 24V polling voltage supplies
3 analog outputs, +/-10V
3 analog inputs, +/-10V or +/-20mA
3 interfaces to PT100 or PTC temperature sensors
Isolated bender relay interface RS485
1 optical module interface with 3 optical links
4 system control LEDs
Independent watchdog function
High Reliability
Operation temperature range 25 to +70C
Highlights
The Combined Input Output device PC
D235 A is a general purpose interface
device which provides digital and analog
inputs and outputs. Redundancy of all
system interfaces by means of two PC
D235 A devices is supported.
The device is based on the AC 800PEC
control platform and includes the FPGA
based control module PD D205 A,
application interface board UC D208 A,
power supply KU D210 A and one
optical module UF D202 A.
The device is powered by a redundant
24 volt supply input.
Technical Data
Opto interface
PC D235 A
Supply
KU D210 A
UF D202 A
application IO
FPGA
Communication
PD D205 A
ABB
PowerLinks
IO
Digital Output
ADC control
Digital Input
Supply
UC D208 A
Analog Output
Analog Input
Simplified
Block
Diagram
Power Supply Inputs
Redundant 24V
Max. supply current
Digital Inputs
20 to 28V
2A
Isolated 24/48 volt

Input Channels
One polling voltage supply
per group
Input current
Polling voltage
Max. current of polling
voltage supply
Communication
RS 485 Isolated bender relay interface
10MBd Optical Link
Analog Inputs
Input voltage range
Input current range
Burden resistance

Input bandwith
Output voltage range

Max. output current
-10V+10V
Digital Outputs
-20mA+20mA
Relay output channels
50
Switching voltage
< 1% FSR
Switching voltage
2kHz
Analog Outputs

-10V+10V
5mA
< 1% FSR
typically 6mA
500Vrms
24V
85mA
2 groups of 8
240VAC; 2A
250VDC; 0.3A
500Vrms
0 to 15
Device Address
Setting range
Environmental Requirements
Temperature Inputs
3-Wire measurement
Suitable sensor
Meas. range PT100
Accuracy PT100
Switching resistance PTC
2 groups of 6
PTC and PT100

-40 to +240C
< 1.5C
500
Operating temp
Relative humidity (40C)
Vibrations
EMC
Reliability (GB, 40C)
-25 to +70C
5% to 95%
IEC 60255-21
IEC/EN 61000
7082 FIT
PC D231 B01 PEC80-CCI Converter Control

Interface Data Sheet
PEC80CCI
Device
Features
4 system control LED
4 port Ethernet communication switch interface
Control panel serial interface RS232
CAN interface RS485
1 optical module interface with 3 optical links
Independent watchdog function
High Reliability
Operation temperature range 25 to +70C
3-phase measurement of converter voltage Usync

Measurement of converter output voltage Udc
3-phase measurement of converter current Iconv
Gate driver interface to GDI UNS 0881
8 interfaces to KTY temperature sensors
Optical interface to snubber control
8 digital power outputs 24 volt
11 digital control inputs
1 dedicated pulse blocking input
Highlights
The Converter Control Interface device PC D231 B
is an intelligent control device with thyristor bridge
rectifier specific IO and control functions as
required within UNITROL 6000 Excitation Control
Systems. It serves as an interface to the GDI, CSI
and SCI.
The device is based on the AC80-PEC control
platform and includes the control module PEC80CU with the processor module PEC80-PM, power
supply PEC80-PS and one optical module PEC80OM. It supports the whole software functionalities
as implemented within PEC80 control system.
A four port Ethernet switch, a panel interface, a
RS485 Modbus and a CAN interface are available
for communication.
The CCI is conditioner of the synchronous voltage
measurement, the converter output voltage, the 3phase converter current as well as temperature
inputs. In addition the following functions are
implemented:
Synchronization, Gate Control Unit, Fault
Detection Function, Redundancy Switch and
Current Equalizing Regulation.
The device is powered by a redundant 24 volt
supply input.
Technical Data
PEC80-CCI
Power
Supply
PEC80-CU
PEC80-PS
CAN
Gate Driver Interface GDI
RS232
Application IO
Converter Signal Interface CSI
Communication
RS485
Ethernet
PEC80-OM
ADC control
Snubber Control Interface SCI
Supply
12 digital inputs
PEC80-CCU
Communication
4 x 10/100MB Ethernet ports
ABB Service Control Panel
1 x Optical Module
Control of Snubber Control Interface
Converter voltage and Udc inputs
Nominal input AC 1.133V; max. 150%
Input range
-2.40 to +2.40V
Input impedance
10.0k
Analog accuracy
< 0.5% FSR
Input frequency
0 to 600Hz
Suitable for 500V, 1kV and 1.5kV of CSI
Converter current inputs
Nominal input DC 1.00V, max. 350%
Input range
-3.50 to +3.50V
Analog accuracy
< 0.8% FSR
Input frequency
0 to 600Hz
Temperature inputs
Suitable for KTY10-6 sensor 2k @ 25C
Measuring range -10 to +150C
Overall accuracy
< 2.3C
Gate driver interface
Supply for GDI
Pulse outputs
8 temperature inputs
8 digital outputs
PEC80-PM
Power links
to the control
channels
Opto Interface
I2C
Fast IO
24V, max. 1.4A

24V/300mA
Simplified
Block
Diagram
Digital inputs
11 insulated input channels with internal
24V supply voltage. One out of them is
dedicated for pulse release.
1 insulated 24/48V voltage input channel,
dedicated for pulse blocking.
Input current
typically 6mA
500Vrms
Digital outputs
8 isolated 24 Volt output channels
Continuous current, 2 x 300mA, 6 x 50mA
Thermal and short circuit protected
500Vrms
Device address
Setting range 0 to 15
Power supply inputs
Redundant 24V with 20 to 28V range
Operating temp:
-25 to +70C
Relative humidity: 5% to 95% @ +40C
Vibrations:
IEC 60255-21
EMC:
IEC/EN 61000
Reliability:
GB, 40C 6164 FIT
UA D215 A PEC80-CSI-2 Converter Signal Interface

Data Sheet
PEC80CSI-2
Device
Features
Highlights
Current Measurement
The UA D215 Converter Signal Interface (CSI-2) offers

the ability to measure 3-phase current, the 3-phase
synchronous system voltage and the converter DC
voltage. AC current sensing is done with passive current
transformers. An integrated current sensor demagnetization unit prevents saturation of the current
transformer in case of a breakdown in one of the current
phases. Further, it may occur that positive and negative
phase currents are not equal and the current
transformer core could get an unwanted DC offset. The
demagnetization unit also prevents this.
3-Phase current measurement with up to

0.5% accuracy, including the ability to detect
the currents direction.
Integrated current transformer demagnetization unit, available with 15V and 30V
demagnetization voltage.
Supported current transformers:
5kA current transformer 3ADT751007P1
3kA current transformer 3ADT751010P1
Faston-T connectors to connect to the current
transformers.
Voltage Measurement
3-Phase synchronous voltage measurement

with up to 0.5% accuracy.
1x converter field voltage measurement
(differential, 2 voltage inputs).
CCI Interface
Depending on single or redundant output

variant, one respectively two D-SUB
connector with 25 contacts is available.
The Converter Signal Interface is available in 8 different

variants. Each variant has its own nominal input voltage
range and a defined demagnetization voltage matching
to a specific current transformer. In addition redundant
variants are available.
The device does not require a power supply.
Remark: Below the following functionalities are
mentioned in brackets: Demagnetization Voltage /
Nominal Input Voltage / Redundancy.
X201
8R
8R
8R
Simplified
Block
Diagram
Demagnetization Unit
1 AAC
2 AAC
3.5 AAC
10 AAC
50/60 Hz
10..600 Hz
3
<0.5%
Zoom-in Current Measurement

Rated current
Burden resistors
I
1R
Current Measurement
Rated current
Allowed current flow:
- continuously
- during 10s
- during 1s
Rated frequency
Frequency range
Number of current inputs
Measurement accuracy
I
1R
3 nominal input voltage ranges Un:

- 500VAC (Test voltage 2.5kVAC)
- 1000VAC (Test voltage 5kVAC)
- 1500VAC (Test voltage 7.5kVAC)
Max. continuous input voltage: 1.5 x Un
Nominal output voltage with CCI 1.133 V
Measurement accuracy:
<0.5%
X401
1R
Voltage Measurement
X301
U
I
X501
CCI Interface
(X1001)
X402
X900
X302
X800
X202
X700
X500
X600
Technical Data
0.125 A
8.0
2 different demagnetization voltages:

- 15V using 3kA current transformer
3ADT751010P1
- 30V using 5kA current transformer
3ADT751007P1
Environmental Requirements
Operating temp:
Relative humidity:
Vibrations:
EMC:
Reliability, single
redundant
-25 to +70C
5% to 95% @ +40C
IEC 60255-21
IEC/EN 61000
GB, 40C 1040 FIT
GB, 40C 1556 FIT
KS D211 Input Coupling Unit ICU

Data sheet
KS D211 A101
KS D211 A102
Input Coupling
Unit
Features
Highlights
Rectifier
The Input Coupling Unit, ICU, is part of the UNITROL

6000 power supply.
It can be connected to up to tree AC/DC supply voltages,
which then serve as redundant power supplies for the
UN6000 system.
Each supply voltage is monitored and its presence or
absence is indicated by one of three status LEDs.
A galvanically isolated status signal informs the system
about the presence or absence of each of the three
supply voltages by means of a PEC80 CIOs digital
input.
3 x AC or DC inputs
2 x DC or pulsed DC outputs
Rated output power: 480W
Voltage input range:
AC: 110VRMS to 240VRMS (KS D211 A101)
DC: 110V to 250V (KS D211 A101)
DC: 24V +10%/-15% (KS D211 A102)
Monitor
Monitoring of each input voltage

Single isolated digital output indicating the
presence/absence of each input voltage
3 status LEDs
Technical Data
Simplified
Block Diagram
Outline
AC Input KS D211 A101
Nominal supply voltage

Variation
Allowed freq range
170VRMS
+/- 40%
10Hz 600Hz
DC Input
Nominal supply voltages

(KS D211 A101)
Nominal supply voltage
(KS D211 A102)
110V,125V,220
24V
DC Output
Voltage range
(KS D211 A101)
Voltage range
(KS D211 A102)
Maximum current
91.5V 335V
18V 26V
5.5A
Environment requirements
Operating temp
Rel. Humidity
Vibrations
EMC
Reliability
0 to +70C
30 100%
non condensing
IEC 60255-21
IEC/EN 61000
GB 40C 500FIT

L1006-Unitrol6800 User Manual

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

L1006-Unitrol6800 User Manual

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

UNITROL 6800 User Manual

UNITROL 6800 User Manual

UNITROL 6800 User Manual

General .......................................................................................................................... 1-1

Chapter 2 - System Overview.........................................................................................2-1

General .......................................................................................................................... 2-1

Chapter 3 - Safety Instructions ......................................................................................3-1

General .......................................................................................................................... 3-1

Chapter 4 - Transportation, Storage and Decommissioning.......................................4-1

General .......................................................................................................................... 4-1

UNITROL 6800 User Manual

Safety Regulations ........................................................................................................ 4-1

Chapter 5 - Mechanical Installation .............................................................................. 5-1

General ......................................................................................................................... 5-1

Chapter 6 - Electrical Installation .................................................................................. 6-1

General ......................................................................................................................... 6-1

UNITROL 6800 User Manual

Connections for Ground Fault Relay ........................................................................... 6-10

Chapter 7 - Commissioning ...........................................................................................7-1

General .......................................................................................................................... 7-1

Chapter 8 - Operation .....................................................................................................8-1

General .......................................................................................................................... 8-1

Chapter 9 - Preventive Maintenance .............................................................................9-1

General .......................................................................................................................... 9-1

UNITROL 6800 User Manual

Operating Conditions during Maintenance Work .......................................................... 9-3

Chapter 10 -Troubleshooting ....................................................................................... 10-1

General ....................................................................................................................... 10-1

Chapter 11 -Technical Description .............................................................................. 11-1

UNITROL 6800 User Manual

UNITROL 6800 User Manual

UNITROL 6800 User Manual

UNITROL 6800 User Manual

AC Power inlet Cubicle

Field Circuit Breaker

Gate Driver Interface

Input Coupling Unit

UNITROL 6800 User Manual

Field Current Regulation

Release button ECT

Snubber Control Interface

Volt per Hertz (-Limiter)

UNITROL 6800 User Manual

of the excitation system, including detailed descriptions of the functions

Figure 1-1 General View of the Excitation System (Typical configuration)

UNITROL 6800 User Manual

The excitation system is a thyristor-based static system for medium and

The excitation system provides automatic voltage regulation with single or

Contents of this Manual

UNITROL 6800 User Manual

The Appendix contains all project-specific technical information, such as

UNITROL 6800 User Manual

Description of the excitation system.

Main technical data

Description of the Excitation System

UNITROL 6800 User Manual

Chapter 2 - System Overview

Main Technical Data (Example)

Rated stator voltage

Rated power factor

Rated field current

System design ambient temperature

Temperature range during storage